DCS-Mirror
/
unfoldingWord_en_tn
mirror of https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader

Converted from en_tn_27-DAN.tsv to tn_DAN.tsv 

Signed-off-by: unfoldingWord <info@unfoldingword.org>
This commit is contained in:
unfoldingWord 2022-12-16 21:27:50 +00:00
parent 6a02b7174f
commit 508e5a1e14
2 changed files with 890 additions and 890 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

890
en_tn_27-DAN.tsv
View File

@ -1,890 +0,0 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
DAN front intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Daniel\n\n1. Daniel and his friends in the court of Nebuchadnezzar (1:1–21)\n1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s first dream (2:1–49)\n1. Daniel’s friends delivered from the fiery furnace (3:1–30)\n1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s second dream (4:1–37)\n1. Belshazzar’s feast and the writing on the wall (5:1-31)\n1. Daniel in the den of lions (6:1–28)\n1. Daniel’s vision of four beasts (7:1–28)\n1. Daniel’s vision of a ram and a goat (8:1–27)\n1. Daniel prays and Gabriel answers (9:1–23)\n1. Daniel’s vision of seventy weeks (9:24–27)\n1. Daniel’s vision of a man (10:1–11:1)\n1. The kings of the south and north (11:2–20)\n1. An evil king exalts himself (11:21-39)\n1. The time of the end (11:40–12:13)\n\n### What is the Book of Daniel about?\n\nThe first part of the Book of Daniel (chapters 1–6) is a narrative about Daniel and his friends. They were young men from Jerusalem who were taken to Babylon as prisoners. These chapters tell how they were faithful to Yahweh while living in a pagan land serving a pagan king. And it tells how God rewarded them because they were faithful.\n\nThe rest of the Book of Daniel is a series of prophetic visions. Chapters 7 and 8 deal with images representing the kingdoms and kings of the major nations. Chapters 9–11 are prophecies and visions about wars and a type of the great enemy of God appearing. Chapter 12 is a vision that describes end times.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe traditional title of this book is “The Book of Daniel” or just “Daniel.” Translators may call it “The Book About Daniel” or “The Book About the Deeds and Visions of Daniel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Daniel?\n\nDaniel was a Jew who became a Babylonian government official during the exile. He may have written the book himself. Or he may have written the parts of the book and someone else put the parts together at a later time.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Is there a missing week in Daniel’s prophecy?\n\nScholars disagree about what may appear to be a missing week in 9:24-27. It is best for translators to allow apparent mysteries such as this to remain in the text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### When did the seventy weeks begin?\n\nThe seventy weeks in 9:24-27 began when a decree was issued to rebuild the city of Jerusalem. But there were several decrees that allowed this to happen. Translators do not need to understand how prophecies were or will be fulfilled to translate the text.\n\n### Who was Darius the Mede?\n\nDarius the Mede was a Babylonian king who sent Daniel into a den of lions. People have not found his name in history outside of the Book of Daniel. Scholars have tried to explain who Darius was, but they are not certain.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### How does Daniel use the word “king”?\n\nMany kings are in the Book of Daniel, but not all of the kings ruled over all of Babylon or Persia. Some of the kings may have ruled over regions or cities.\n\n### How many chapters does Daniel have?\n\nDaniel has twelve chapters. Some Bible versions include stories called “Bel and the Dragon” and “The Prayer of Azariah.” However, few people think that these stories have the same authority as the rest of scripture. Therefore, there is no need to translate them.
DAN 1 intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Training for government jobs<br><br>Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Food laws<br><br>The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
DAN 1 1 sxi6 figs-synecdoche יְהוֹיָקִ֣ים מֶֽלֶךְ־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 Jehoiakim king of Judah This refers to **Jehoiakim** and his soldiers, not only to Jehoiakim. Alternate translation: “the army of Jehoiakim king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 1 1 x9t9 figs-synecdoche נְבוּכַדְנֶאצַּ֧ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֛ל 1 Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia This refers to **Nebuchadnezzar** and his soldiers, not only to Nebuchadnezzar. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia and his soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 1 1 cps4 וַ⁠יָּ֥צַר עָלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 and besieged it Alternate translation: “to stop the people from receiving any supplies”
DAN 1 2 w31y בְּ⁠יָד֜⁠וֹ 1 into his hand God gave to Nebuchadnezzar
DAN 1 2 l12t figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יְבִיאֵ֥⁠ם…הֵבִ֔יא 1 He brought them … he placed Although Nebuchadnezzar did not do these things alone, it may easier for the reader to retain the singular pronouns. Alternate translation: “They brought them … they placed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 1 2 tb9l וַ⁠יְבִיאֵ֥⁠ם 1 He brought them Here **them** probably refers to Jehoiakim and other prisoners, as well as the sacred objects.
DAN 1 2 riv5 אוֹצַ֥ר אֱלֹהָֽי⁠ו 1 in the treasury of his god This was an act of devotion to **his god**.
DAN 1 3 c2p4 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Then the king commanded This refers to Nebuchadnezzar.
DAN 1 3 pba3 translate-names לְ⁠אַשְׁפְּנַ֖ז 1 Ashpenaz **Ashpenaz** is the chief official. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 1 4 j6vw figs-litotes אֵֽין־בָּ⁠הֶ֣ם כָּל־מאום 1 in whom was no blemish These two negative words together emphasize a positive idea. Alternate translation: “who had perfect appearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
DAN 1 4 ki41 figs-idiom וְ⁠יֹ֤דְעֵי דַ֨עַת֙ וּ⁠מְבִינֵ֣י מַדָּ֔ע 1 endowed with knowledge and understanding learning This is an idiom. This means they knew much and could organize and use that information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 1 4 im8m בְּ⁠הֵיכַ֣ל הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 in the palace of the king This is the large house or building where the king lives.
DAN 1 4 gg5x וּֽ⁠לֲ⁠לַמְּדָ֥⁠ם 1 and to teach them Alternate translation: “and Ashpenaz was to teach them”
DAN 1 5 v9dg figs-metonymy וַ⁠יְמַן֩ לָ⁠הֶ֨ם הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ 1 The king assigned them The king’s officials did this task for him. Alternate translation: “The king’s officials counted out for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 1 5 vq2i מִ⁠פַּת־בַּ֤ג 1 of the choice food of the special, rare, good foods that the king ate
DAN 1 5 bj35 וּֽ⁠לְ⁠גַדְּלָ֖⁠ם 1 They were to be trained Alternate translation: “They were to be taught skills”
DAN 1 5 ex12 figs-activepassive וּֽ⁠לְ⁠גַדְּלָ֖⁠ם 1 They were to be trained If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Ashpenaz was to train these young men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 1 6 ln29 בָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 Among these Alternate translation: “Among the young men from Israel”
DAN 1 7 k7uc שַׂ֥ר הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֖ים 1 The chief of the officials This refers to Ashpenaz who was King Nebuchadnezzar’s highest official.
DAN 1 7 b656 translate-names בֵּ֣לְטְשַׁאצַּ֗ר…שַׁדְרַ֔ךְ…מֵישַׁ֔ךְ…עֲבֵ֥ד נְגֽוֹ 1 Belteshazzar … Shadrach … Meshach … Abednego These are all men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 1 8 s7sr figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם דָּנִיֵּאל֙ עַל־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Daniel resolved in his heart Here **heart** refers to Daniel himself. Alternate translation: “Daniel decided to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 1 8 xse9 figs-explicit לֹֽא־יִתְגָּאַ֛ל 1 he would not defile himself To **defile** something is to make is unclean. Some of the food and drink of the Babylonians would make Daniel ceremonially unclean according to God’s law. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “make himself unclean according to God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 1 8 e52r בְּ⁠פַתְבַּ֥ג 1 with the choice food of This refers to the special, rare, good foods that the king ate. See how you translated this in [Daniel 1:3](../01/03.md).
DAN 1 10 wc2i figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָּה֩ יִרְאֶ֨ה אֶת־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֜ם זֹֽעֲפִ֗ים מִן־הַ⁠יְלָדִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר כְּ⁠גִֽילְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 why should he see your faces looking worse than the youths who are of your own age? The official uses this question to explain what he thought would happen. It can be a statement. Alternate translation: “He does not want to see you looking worse than the other young men of your own age.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
DAN 1 10 n5lc figs-idiom וְ⁠חִיַּבְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־רֹאשִׁ֖⁠י לַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 Then you would endanger my head with the king This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Then the king might cut off my head” or “Then the king might kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 1 13 m7rh וְ⁠יֵרָא֤וּ לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מַרְאֵ֔י⁠נוּ וּ⁠מַרְאֵה֙ הַ⁠יְלָדִ֔ים 1 Then let our appearance be observed in your presence and the appearance of the youths Daniel asked the steward to see if he and his friends looked worse than the other young men. Alternate translation: “Then compare our appearance to see if it is worse than the appearance of the young men”
DAN 1 14 thm2 וַ⁠יְנַסֵּ֖⁠ם 1 and he tested them He tested Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah.
DAN 1 15 h7dv מַרְאֵי⁠הֶם֙…וּ⁠בְרִיאֵ֖י 1 their appearance … and they were fatter in Here **their** and **they** refer to Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah.
DAN 1 15 pj6p וּ⁠בְרִיאֵ֖י בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 and they were fatter in flesh This means to have been made healthy from what you have eaten.
DAN 1 16 uzg5 אֶת־פַּתְבָּגָ֔⁠ם…מִשְׁתֵּי⁠הֶ֑ם…וְ⁠נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 their choice food … they were to drink and gave them The pronouns **their**, *they**, and **them** refer to Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah.
DAN 1 17 das8 figs-abstractnouns נָתַ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֧ם הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים מַדָּ֥ע וְ⁠הַשְׂכֵּ֖ל 1 God gave them knowledge and insight This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns **knowledge** and **insight** can be expressed as the verbs “learn” and “understand.” Alternate translation: “God gave them the ability to learn and understand clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
DAN 1 17 wn6n figs-hyperbole בְּ⁠כָל־סֵ֣פֶר וְ⁠חָכְמָ֑ה 1 in all literature and wisdom Here “all” is a generalization to show that they had a very good education and understanding. Alternate translation: “in many things that the Babylonians had written and studied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
DAN 1 19 ita9 וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר אִתָּ⁠ם֮ הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ֒ 1 The king spoke with them The king spoke with the “four young men” ([Daniel 1:17](../01/17.md)).
DAN 1 19 u1am figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹ֤א נִמְצָא֙ מִ⁠כֻּלָּ֔⁠ם כְּ⁠דָנִיֵּ֣אל חֲנַנְיָ֔ה מִֽישָׁאֵ֖ל וַ⁠עֲזַרְיָ֑ה 1 and among all of them none was found like Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah pleased him much more than anyone else in the whole group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
DAN 1 19 e2m3 כְּ⁠דָנִיֵּ֣אל חֲנַנְיָ֔ה מִֽישָׁאֵ֖ל וַ⁠עֲזַרְיָ֑ה 1 like Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:6](../01/06.md).
DAN 1 20 f5x8 figs-hyperbole עֶ֣שֶׂר יָד֗וֹת עַ֤ל 1 ten times better than Here **ten times** is an exaggeration representing great quality. Alternate translation: “much better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
DAN 1 21 jhp9 שְׁנַ֥ת אַחַ֖ת לְ⁠כ֥וֹרֶשׁ הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 the first year of King Cyrus Alternate translation: “the first year that King Cyrus ruled Babylon”
DAN 2 intro epd5 0 # Daniel 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s dream<br><br>Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### How Daniel knew the dream<br><br>Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men.
DAN 2 1 mns5 translate-ordinal וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת שְׁתַּ֗יִם 1 In the second year “In year two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 2 1 xw34 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּתְפָּ֣עֶם רוּח֔⁠וֹ 1 His spirit was troubled Here **spirit** refers to his thoughts. Alternate translation: “His thoughts disturbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 2 1 g67b figs-idiom וּ⁠שְׁנָת֖⁠וֹ נִהְיְתָ֥ה עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 and his sleep left him This is an idiom that means his troubled thoughts prevented him from sleeping. Alternate translation: “so that he could not sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 2 2 n5gn וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕אוּ 1 So they came in Alternate translation: “So they came into the palace”
DAN 2 2 x5f6 וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְד֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 and stood before Alternate translation: “and stood in front of”
DAN 2 3 q4dv figs-synecdoche וַ⁠תִּפָּ֣עֶם רוּחִ֔⁠י 1 and my spirit is troubled Here **spirit** refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “I am troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 2 4 k6f2 translate-names אֲרָמִ֑ית 1 in Aramaic **Aramaic** was the language that people in Babylon spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 2 4 b8zx מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ לְ⁠עָלְמִ֣ין חֱיִ֔י 1 O King, live forever! The men probably said this to show the king that they were loyal to him. Alternate translation: “King, we hope you will live forever!”
DAN 2 4 n36i ל⁠עבדי⁠ך 1 to your servants The men called themselves the king’s **servants** to show him respect.
DAN 2 4 cba4 figs-exclusive נְחַוֵּֽא 1 we will show Here the word **we** refers to the men that the king is speaking to and does not include the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
DAN 2 5 nw8r figs-activepassive הַדָּמִין֙ תִּתְעַבְד֔וּן וּ⁠בָתֵּי⁠כ֖וֹן נְוָלִ֥י יִתְּשָׂמֽוּן 1 you will be torn limb from limb and your houses made a rubbish heap If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will command my soldiers to tear your bodies apart and to make your houses into rubbish heaps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 2 6 xv1k figs-activepassive מַתְּנָ֤ן וּ⁠נְבִזְבָּה֙ וִ⁠יקָ֣ר שַׂגִּ֔יא תְּקַבְּל֖וּן מִן־קֳדָמָ֑⁠י 1 you will receive gifts from me, a reward, and great honor If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give you gifts, a reward, and great honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 2 7 ux2h figs-123person מַלְכָּ֕⁠א חֶלְמָ֛⁠א יֵאמַ֥ר לְ⁠עַבְד֖וֹ⁠הִי 1 Let the king tell his servants the dream The wise men addressed the king in the third person as a sign of respect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 2 8 h6gf figs-metaphor חֲזֵית֔וֹן דִּ֥י אַזְדָּ֖א מִנִּ֥⁠י מִלְּתָֽ⁠א 1 you see that the word from me is firm A decision that will not be changed is spoken of as something firm. Alternate translation: “you see that I will not change my decision about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 2 9 ef89 חֲדָה־הִ֣יא דָֽתְ⁠כ֗וֹן 1 there is only one sentence for you Alternate translation: “there is only one punishment for you”
DAN 2 9 xj29 figs-doublet וּ⁠מִלָּ֨ה כִדְבָ֤ה וּ⁠שְׁחִיתָה֙ 1 For … lying and corrupt words These two words mean approximately the same thing and emphasize that these are “lies intended to deceive.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 2 10 m1jc figs-doublet רַ֣ב וְ⁠שַׁלִּ֔יט 1 great and powerful These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of the king’s power. Alternate translation: “most powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 2 11 n99m figs-litotes וְ⁠אָחֳרָן֙ לָ֣א אִיתַ֔י דִּ֥י יְחַוִּנַּ֖⁠הּ קֳדָ֣ם מַלְכָּ֑⁠א לָהֵ֣ן אֱלָהִ֔ין 1 and there is no one else who can show it to the king except the gods This is stated in negative form for emphasis. It can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “and only the gods can tell this to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
DAN 2 12 xu8y figs-doublet בְּנַ֖ס וּ⁠קְצַ֣ף שַׂגִּ֑יא 1 was angry and very furious These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of his anger. Alternate translation: “was incredibly angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 2 12 y1cf לְ⁠כֹ֖ל חַכִּימֵ֥י בָבֶֽל 1 all the wise men of Babylon Alternate translation: “all the men in Babylon”
DAN 2 13 w1hk figs-personification וְ⁠דָתָ֣⁠א נֶפְקַ֔ת 1 So the decree went out The decree is spoken of as if it was alive and able to go out by itself. Alternate translation: “So the king issued a command” or “So the king gave a command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
DAN 2 13 m5cr figs-activepassive וְ⁠חַכִּֽימַיָּ֖⁠א מִֽתְקַטְּלִ֑ין 1 that the wise men were to be killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the soldiers were to kill all of the wise men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 2 14 fm3n figs-doublet עֵטָ֣א וּ⁠טְעֵ֔ם 1 with prudence and discretion These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of his prudence. Alternate translation: “with caution and careful judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 2 14 cj8p translate-names לְ⁠אַרְי֕וֹךְ 1 to Arioch **Arioch** was the name of the king’s commander. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 2 14 a4fa טַבָּחַיָּ֖⁠א 1 the guard This is a group of men whose job is to protect the king.
DAN 2 16 ju9k figs-explicit וְ⁠דָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל עַ֖ל 1 Then Daniel went in Daniel probably went to the palace. Alternate translation: “Then Daniel went to the palace” or “Then Daniel went to talk with the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 2 17 bbc8 לְ⁠בַיְתֵ֣⁠הּ 1 to his house This is referring to Daniel’s house.
DAN 2 17 ijt3 מִלְּתָ֥⁠א 1 the matter Alternate translation: “the king’s decree”
DAN 2 18 yhz1 figs-activepassive דִּ֣י לָ֤א יְהֹֽבְדוּן֙ דָּנִיֵּ֣אל וְ⁠חַבְר֔וֹ⁠הִי 1 so that Daniel and his companions might not be destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the king would not kill Daniel and his companions” or “so that the king’s soldiers would not kill Daniel and his companions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 2 19 nq22 figs-activepassive רָזָ֣⁠ה גֲלִ֑י 1 the mystery was revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God revealed the mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 2 19 s94i רָזָ֣⁠ה 1 the mystery This is referring to the king’s dream and its meaning.
DAN 2 20 e8z9 figs-metonymy לֶהֱוֵ֨א שְׁמֵ֤⁠הּ דִּֽי־אֱלָהָ⁠א֙ מְבָרַ֔ךְ 1 Let the name of God be blessed Here **name** refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “Praise God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 2 21 p54i 0 General Information: These verses are also part of Daniel’s prayer.
DAN 2 21 xy7w מְהַעְדֵּ֥ה מַלְכִ֖ין 1 he removes kings Alternate translation: “he takes away kings’ authority to rule”
DAN 2 21 k348 וּ⁠מְהָקֵ֣ים מַלְכִ֑ין 1 and sets up kings Alternate translation: “and makes new kings rule over their kingdoms”
DAN 2 22 v5bq ו⁠נהיר⁠א עִמֵּ֥⁠הּ שְׁרֵֽא 1 and the light dwells with him Alternate translation: “and the light comes from where God is”
DAN 2 23 e5yc figs-123person 0 General Information: This verse is also part of Daniel’s prayer. He stops addressing God in the third person and switches to the more personal second person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 2 23 b3ga הֽוֹדַעְתַּ֨⁠נִי֙ דִּֽי־בְעֵ֣ינָא מִנָּ֔⁠ךְ 1 you have made known to me what we asked of you Alternate translation: “you told me what my friends and I asked you to tell us”
DAN 2 23 x268 מִלַּ֥ת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א הוֹדַעְתֶּֽ⁠נָא 1 you have made known to us the matter that concerns the king Alternate translation: “you told us what the king wants to know”
DAN 2 24 le8h translate-names אַרְי֔וֹךְ 1 Arioch **Arioch** was the name of the king’s commander. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 2:14](../02/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 2 26 z3qq translate-names בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֑ר 1 was Belteshazzar **Belteshazzar** was the name the Babylonians gave to Daniel. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 2 27 r8dh רָזָ⁠ה֙ דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א שָׁאֵ֔ל 1 The mystery that the king has asked This phrase refers to the king’s dream.
DAN 2 29 as3u figs-explicit וְ⁠גָלֵ֧א רָזַיָּ֛⁠א 1 and he who reveals mysteries This phrase refers to God. Alternate translation: “and God, who reveals mysteries” or “and God, who makes mysteries known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 2 30 v6bt figs-activepassive רָזָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה גֱּלִ֣י לִ֑⁠י 1 this mystery was revealed to me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God revealed this mystery to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 2 30 ca22 figs-synecdoche וְ⁠רַעְיוֹנֵ֥י לִבְבָ֖⁠ךְ תִּנְדַּֽע 1 and so that you may know the thoughts of your mind Here **your mind** refers to the king. Alternate translation: “so that you may know your deepest thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 2 34 e77j figs-activepassive הִתְגְּזֶ֤רֶת אֶ֨בֶן֙ דִּי־לָ֣א בִ⁠ידַ֔יִן 1 a stone was cut out, although not by human hands This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone, not a human, cut a stone from a mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 2 35 si32 figs-simile כְּ⁠ע֣וּר מִן־אִדְּרֵי־קַ֔יִט וּ⁠נְשָׂ֤א הִמּוֹן֙ רוּחָ֔⁠א 1 like the chaff of the summer threshing floors. The wind carried them away This phrase is comparing the pieces of the statue to small and light things which could be blown away by the wind. Alternate translation: “like dry pieces of grass blowing away in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
DAN 2 35 fe57 figs-litotes וְ⁠כָל־אֲתַ֖ר לָא־הִשְׁתֲּכַ֣ח לְ⁠ה֑וֹן 1 so that no trace of them could be found This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “so that they were completely gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
DAN 2 35 nfy2 וּ⁠מְלָ֥ת כָּל־אַרְעָֽ⁠א 1 and filled the whole earth Alternate translation: “and spread over the whole earth”
DAN 2 36 utl6 figs-pronouns נֵאמַ֥ר 1 we will tell Here **we** refers only to Daniel. He may have used to plural form in humility to avoid taking credit for knowing the meaning of the dream that God had revealed to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
DAN 2 37 e2xg מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑⁠א 1 are the king of the kings Alternate translation: “are the most important king” or “are a king who rules over other kings”
DAN 2 37 gfj7 figs-doublet חִסְנָ֛⁠א וְ⁠תָקְפָּ֥⁠א 1 the power, the strength These words mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 2 38 lz1m figs-metonymy יְהַ֣ב בִּ⁠ידָ֔⁠ךְ 1 he has given into your hand Here **hand** refers to control. Alternate translation: “he has given you control over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 2 38 flm9 וְ⁠עוֹף־שְׁמַיָּ⁠א֙ 1 the birds of the heavens Here **heavens** is used in the sense of “skies.”
DAN 2 38 ffq7 writing-symlanguage אַנְתְּה־ה֔וּא רֵאשָׁ֖⁠ה דִּ֥י דַהֲבָֽ⁠א 1 You are the head of gold In the king’s dream the statue’s head represents the king. Alternate translation: “The golden head symbolizes you” or “The golden head is a symbol of you and your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 2 39 t5ct figs-explicit תְּק֛וּם מַלְכ֥וּ אָחֳרִ֖י 1 will arise another kingdom In the king’s dream his kingdom is gold so an inferior kingdom would be silver. Alternate translation: “another kingdom, which is of silver, will arise” or “another kingdom, which is represented by the silver parts of the statue, will arise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 2 39 c45r writing-symlanguage וּ⁠מַלְכ֨וּ תליתיא אָחֳרִי֙ דִּ֣י נְחָשָׁ֔⁠א 1 then another third kingdom of bronze This is symbolic language where the bronze of parts of the statue represent a future kingdom. Alternate translation: “then still another kingdom, which is represented by the bronze parts of the statue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 2 39 k4z1 translate-ordinal וּ⁠מַלְכ֨וּ תליתיא אָחֳרִי֙ 1 then another third kingdom “then kingdom number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 2 40 q2dl translate-ordinal וּ⁠מַלְכוּ֙ רביעיה תֶּהֱוֵ֥א 1 Then there will be a fourth kingdom “Then there will be a kingdom number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 2 40 d7bf figs-simile תַקִּיפָ֖ה כְּ⁠פַרְזְלָ֑⁠א 1 strong as iron The fourth kingdom is spoken of as being as **strong as iron**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
DAN 2 40 rjj2 writing-symlanguage כָּל־אִלֵּ֖ין תַּדִּ֥ק וְ⁠תֵרֹֽעַ 1 it will crush and break all these in pieces This symbolic language means the fourth kingdom will defeat and replace the other kingdoms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 2 40 qn2j כָּל־אִלֵּ֖ין 1 all these Alternate translation: “the previous kingdoms”
DAN 2 41 lp4z וְ⁠דִֽי־חֲזַ֜יְתָה 1 And as you saw Nebuchadnezzar **saw** that the feet consisted of clay and iron. He did not see the process of making the feet.
DAN 2 43 c3hf וְ⁠לָֽא־לֶהֱוֺ֥ן דָּבְקִ֖ין דְּנָ֣ה עִם־דְּנָ֑ה 1 but they will not adhere to one another Alternate translation: “but they will not remain united”
DAN 2 44 fan9 וּֽ⁠בְ⁠יוֹמֵי⁠ה֞וֹן דִּ֧י מַלְכַיָּ֣⁠א אִנּ֗וּן 1 In the days of those kings Here **those kings** refers to the rulers of the kingdoms symbolized by the different parts of the statue.
DAN 2 44 d96c figs-activepassive דִּ֤י לְ⁠עָלְמִין֙ לָ֣א תִתְחַבַּ֔ל וּ⁠מַ֨לְכוּתָ֔⁠ה לְ⁠עַ֥ם אָחֳרָ֖ן לָ֣א תִשְׁתְּבִ֑ק 1 that will never be destroyed, nor will the kingdom be left to another people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one will ever destroy, and that another people never conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 2 45 u69a figs-activepassive מִ⁠טּוּרָ⁠א֩ אִתְגְּזֶ֨רֶת אֶ֜בֶן דִּי־לָ֣א בִ⁠ידַ֗יִן 1 a stone was cut out of the mountain by no human hands If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone cut a stone from the mountain, but it was not a human who cut it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 2 46 hb4s translate-symaction נְפַ֣ל עַל־אַנְפּ֔וֹ⁠הִי 1 fell on his face This symbolic act showed that the king was honoring Daniel. Alternate translation: “lay down with his face on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
DAN 2 46 xf46 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִנְחָה֙ וְ⁠נִ֣יחֹחִ֔ין אֲמַ֖ר לְ⁠נַסָּ֥כָה לֵֽ⁠הּ 1 and he commanded that an offering and incense be offered up to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he ordered his servants to make an offering and to offer up incense to Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 2 47 jz9s מִן־קְשֹׁט֙ דִּ֣י אֱלָהֲ⁠כ֗וֹן 1 Truly your God Alternate translation: “It is true that your God”
DAN 2 47 q3ru אֱלָ֧הּ אֱלָהִ֛ין וּ⁠מָרֵ֥א מַלְכִ֖ין 1 the God of gods and the Lord of kings Alternate translation: “greater than all the other gods, and King over all other kings”
DAN 2 47 ifr1 וְ⁠גָלֵ֣ה רָזִ֑ין 1 the one who reveals mysteries Translate **the one who reveals mysteries** as in [Daniel 2:29](../02/29.md).
DAN 2 47 h6md לְ⁠מִגְלֵ֖א רָזָ֥⁠ה דְנָֽה 1 to reveal this mystery Alternate translation: “to reveal the mystery of my dream”
DAN 2 48 lz5p וְ⁠הַ֨שְׁלְטֵ֔⁠הּ 1 and he made him ruler Alternate translation: “and the king made Daniel the ruler”
DAN 2 49 pp5r לְ⁠שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַ⁠עֲבֵ֣ד נְג֑וֹ 1 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego These were the Babylonian names of the three Jewish men who were brought to Babylon with Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md)
DAN 3 intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s new idol<br><br>Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### The furnace<br><br>There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born.
DAN 3 1 vj2c figs-metonymy נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר מַלְכָּ֗⁠א עֲבַד֙ צְלֵ֣ם דִּֽי־דְהַ֔ב…אֲקִימֵ⁠הּ֙ 1 King Nebuchadnezzar made an image of gold … He set it up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to make a gold statue … They set it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 3 1 l4e2 translate-bdistance רוּמֵ⁠הּ֙ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁתִּ֔ין פְּתָיֵ֖⁠הּ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁ֑ת 1 whose height was 60 cubits and its width six cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “that was about 27 meters tall and almost 3 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
DAN 3 1 r51y translate-names בְּ⁠בִקְעַ֣ת דּוּרָ֔א 1 on the Plain of Dura This is a location within the kingdom of Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 3 2 pj4s לַֽ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֡⁠א סִגְנַיָּ֣⁠א וּֽ⁠פַחֲוָתָ֡⁠א 1 the satraps, the prefects, and the governors These are officials who have authority over different sizes of territory.
DAN 3 2 yr48 גְדָ֨בְרַיָּ֤⁠א 1 the treasurers These officials are in charge of money.
DAN 3 3 qh6f אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֡⁠א סִגְנַיָּ֣⁠א וּֽ⁠פַחֲוָתָ֡⁠א 1 the satraps, the prefects, and the governors See how you translated this list in [Daniel 3:2](../03/02.md).
DAN 3 4 huk2 וְ⁠כָרוֹזָ֖⁠א 1 Then the herald A **herald** is an official messenger for the king.
DAN 3 4 z125 figs-activepassive לְ⁠כ֤וֹן אָֽמְרִין֙ 1 You are commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “The king commands you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 3 4 by5m figs-metonymy עַֽמְמַיָּ֔⁠א אֻמַּיָּ֖⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּֽ⁠א 1 O peoples, nations, and languages Here **nations** and **languages** represent people from different nations who speak different languages. Alternate translation: “O people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 3 5 mml9 translate-symaction תִּפְּל֤וּן וְ⁠תִסְגְּדוּן֙ 1 you must fall down and worship Alternate translation: “you must stretch yourselves out on the ground face down in worship of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
DAN 3 5 c6tz תִּפְּל֤וּן 1 you must fall down Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down.”
DAN 3 6 z9s5 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַן־דִּי־לָ֥א יִפֵּ֖ל וְ⁠יִסְגֻּ֑ד בַּ⁠הּ־שַׁעֲתָ֣⁠א יִתְרְמֵ֔א לְ⁠גֽוֹא־אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 But whoever does not fall down and worship, at that very moment, will be thrown into the midst of a furnace of blazing fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But the soldiers will throw into a blazing furnace anyone who does not fall down and worship the statue at the very moment they hear the music” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 3 6 xue4 לָ֥א יִפֵּ֖ל 1 does not fall down Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down”
DAN 3 6 x9ik אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 a furnace of blazing fire This is a large room filled with a hot fire.
DAN 3 7 i26f קַרְנָ⁠א֩ מַשְׁר֨וֹקִיתָ֜⁠א קיתרס שַׂבְּכָא֙ פְּסַנְטֵרִ֔ין 1 the horn, flute, lyre, trigon, harp These are musical instruments. See how you translated these words in [Daniel 3:5](../03/05.md).
DAN 3 7 x2pp figs-hyperbole כָּֽל־עַֽמְמַיָּ֜⁠א אֻמַיָּ֣⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֗⁠א 1 all the peoples, nations, and languages Here **all** that means all the people who were present. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
DAN 3 7 y1q9 figs-metonymy עַֽמְמַיָּ֜⁠א אֻמַיָּ֣⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֗⁠א 1 the peoples, nations, and languages Here **nations** and **languages** represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who spoke different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 3 7 vyk5 נָֽפְלִ֨ין 1 fell down Here **fell down** means “quickly lay down”
DAN 3 7 xg6t translate-symaction נָֽפְלִ֨ין…סָֽגְדִין֙ 1 fell down and worshipped They did this to worship the statue. Alternate translation: “stretched themselves out on the ground face down to worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
DAN 3 7 mi49 figs-metonymy לְ⁠צֶ֣לֶם דַּהֲבָ֔⁠א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ים נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מַלְכָּֽ⁠א 1 the golden image that King Nebuchadnezzar had set up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “the golden statue that King Nebuchadnezzar’s men had set up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 3 8 vy1k כָּ⁠ל־קֳבֵ֤ל דְּנָה֙ 1 Therefore This word is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about some new people in the story.
DAN 3 9 hf48 מַלְכָּ֖⁠א לְ⁠עָלְמִ֥ין חֱיִֽי 1 O King, live forever This was a common greeting to the king.
DAN 3 10 dzb5 קַרְנָ֣⁠א מַ֠שְׁרֹקִיתָ⁠א קיתרס שַׂבְּכָ֤א פְסַנְתֵּרִין֙ ו⁠סיפניה 1 the horn, flute, lyre, trigon, harp, and bagpipe These are musical instruments. See how you translated some of these words in [Daniel 3:5](../03/05.md).
DAN 3 10 jiv5 יִפֵּ֥ל 1 must fall down Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down”
DAN 3 10 h3iu translate-symaction יִפֵּ֥ל וְ⁠יִסְגֻּ֖ד 1 must fall down and worship The people would do this to **worship** the statue. Alternate translation: “must stretch himself out on the ground face down to worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
DAN 3 11 u6bm figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַן־דִּי־לָ֥א יִפֵּ֖ל וְ⁠יִסְגֻּ֑ד יִתְרְמֵ֕א לְ⁠גֽוֹא־אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 But whoever does not fall down and worship will be thrown into the midst of a furnace of blazing fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But your soldiers must throw into a blazing furnace anyone who does not lie down on the ground and worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 3 11 qdc6 לָ֥א יִפֵּ֖ל 1 does not fall down Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down”
DAN 3 11 p2l2 אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 a furnace of blazing fire This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
DAN 3 12 anm2 שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַ⁠עֲבֵ֣ד 1 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego These are the Babylonian names of the three Jewish friends of Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md).
DAN 3 12 ejy1 לָא־שָׂ֨מֽוּ עלי⁠ך…טְעֵ֔ם 1 pay no attention to you Alternate translation: “do not pay attention to you”
DAN 3 12 a7m8 figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְ⁠צֶ֧לֶם דַּהֲבָ֛⁠א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ימְתָּ…סָגְדִֽין 1 or worship the golden image that you have set up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “or worship the golden statue your men have set up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 3 13 jjl4 לְ⁠שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַ⁠עֲבֵ֣ד 1 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego These are the Babylonian names of the three Jewish friends of Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md).
DAN 3 14 t6f3 figs-metonymy הֲקֵ֖ימֶת 1 I have set up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “my men have set up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 3 15 kak3 קַרְנָ֣⁠א מַשְׁרוֹקִיתָ֣⁠א קיתרס שַׂבְּכָ֡א פְּסַנְתֵּרִין֩ וְ⁠סוּמְפֹּ֨נְיָ֜ה 1 the horn, flute, lyre, trigon, harp, and bagpipe These are musical instruments. See how you translated this list in [Daniel 3:5](../03/05.md).
DAN 3 15 l9el תִּפְּל֣וּן 1 to fall down Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down”
DAN 3 15 ws27 translate-symaction תִּפְּל֣וּן וְ⁠תִסְגְּדוּן֮ 1 to fall down and worship Alternate translation: “stretch yourselves out on the ground face down in worship of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
DAN 3 15 td6r figs-metonymy לְ⁠צַלְמָ֣⁠א דִֽי־עַבְדֵת֒ 1 the image that I have made, all will be well Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “the statue that my men have made, all will be well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 3 15 vth1 עַבְדֵת֒ 1 I have made, all will be well Alternate translation: “I have made, there will no longer be a problem” or “I have made, you will be free to go”
DAN 3 15 gz3y figs-activepassive בַּ⁠הּ־שַׁעֲתָ֣⁠ה תִתְרְמ֔וֹן לְ⁠גֽוֹא־אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּ֑⁠א 1 you will immediately be thrown into the midst of a furnace of blazing fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my soldiers will immediately throw you into a blazing furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 3 15 sl8a אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּ֑⁠א 1 a furnace of blazing fire This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
DAN 3 15 z8gt figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַן־ה֣וּא אֱלָ֔הּ דֵּ֥י יְשֵֽׁיזְבִנְ⁠כ֖וֹן מִן־יְדָֽ⁠י 1 Who is the god who will rescue you out of my hands? The king does not expect an answer. He is threatening the three men. Alternate translation: “No god is able to rescue you from my power!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
DAN 3 15 hw83 figs-metonymy מִן־יְדָֽ⁠י 1 out of my hands Here **hands** refers to power to punish. Alternate translation: “from my punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 3 17 d2kc אַתּ֨וּן נוּרָ֧⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּ֛⁠א 1 the furnace of blazing fire This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
DAN 3 17 sj5q figs-metonymy וּ⁠מִן־יְדָ֥⁠ךְ 1 and … out of your hand Here “hand” refers to power to punish. Alternate translation: “and … from your punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 3 18 mc1d וְ⁠הֵ֣ן לָ֔א יְדִ֥יעַ לֶהֱוֵא־לָ֖⁠ךְ מַלְכָּ֑⁠א דִּ֤י 1 But if not, let it be known to you, O king, that Alternate translation: “But king, we must let you know that even if our God does not rescue us”
DAN 3 18 iq7t figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְ⁠צֶ֧לֶם דַּהֲבָ֛⁠א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ימְתָּ 1 or … the golden image that you set up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “or … the golden statue your men set up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 3 19 bt7k figs-metaphor נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֜ר הִתְמְלִ֣י חֱמָ֗א 1 Nebuchadnezzar was filled with rage The king was so angry that rage is spoken of as if it were filling him up. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar became extremely angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 3 19 e99g figs-idiom עָנֵ֤ה וְ⁠אָמַר֙ לְ⁠מֵזֵ֣א לְ⁠אַתּוּנָ֔⁠א חַ֨ד־שִׁבְעָ֔ה עַ֛ל דִּ֥י חֲזֵ֖ה לְ⁠מֵזְיֵֽ⁠הּ 1 He answered by giving orders to heat the furnace seven times more than it was normally heated Here **seven times more than it was normally heated** is an idiom that means to make it very much hotter. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He commanded his men to make the furnace very much hotter than they normally make it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 3 21 r7tt וְ⁠כַרְבְּלָתְ⁠ה֖וֹן 1 their hats These **hats** were head covering made of wrapped cloth.
DAN 3 21 xya5 אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 the furnace of blazing fire This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
DAN 3 22 v2v9 figs-activepassive מִן־דִּ֞י מִלַּ֤ת מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ מַחְצְפָ֔ה 1 because the command of the king was urgent If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because the men quickly did what the king commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 3 24 kzd8 הֲ⁠לָא֩ גֻבְרִ֨ין תְּלָתָ֜א רְמֵ֤ינָא לְ⁠גוֹא־נוּרָ⁠א֙ מְכַפְּתִ֔ין 1 Did we not throw three men bound into the midst of the fire? Alternate translation: “We threw three men tied up into the fire, right?”
DAN 3 25 gy5s translate-ordinal וְ⁠רֵוֵ⁠הּ֙ דִּ֣י רביעי⁠א דָּמֵ֖ה לְ⁠בַר־אֱלָהִֽין 1 The appearance of the fourth is like a son of the gods The gods were believed to shine brightly with light. Alternate translation: “Man four is shining brightly with light as a son of the gods would shine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
DAN 3 27 ru5i אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֞⁠א סִגְנַיָּ֣⁠א וּ⁠פַחֲוָתָ⁠א֮ 1 The satraps, the prefects, the governors These are officials who have authority over different sizes of territory. See how you translated these in [Daniel 3:2](../03/02.md).
DAN 3 27 g7e8 figs-activepassive וּ⁠שְׂעַ֤ר רֵֽאשְׁ⁠הוֹן֙ לָ֣א הִתְחָרַ֔ךְ 1 the hair on their heads was not singed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire had not singed the hair on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 3 27 jr79 לָ֣א הִתְחָרַ֔ךְ 1 was not singed Alternate translation: “was not burned even a little”
DAN 3 27 nuu7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠סָרְבָּלֵי⁠ה֖וֹן לָ֣א שְׁנ֑וֹ 1 their cloaks were not harmed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire did not harm their robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 3 27 hv4b וְ⁠רֵ֣יחַ נ֔וּר לָ֥א עֲדָ֖ת בְּ⁠הֽוֹן 1 and the smell of fire had not come on them Alternate translation: “and they did not smell like fire”
DAN 3 28 x5ha figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִלַּ֤ת מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ שַׁנִּ֔יו 1 and set aside the command of the king Not obeying the king’s command is spoken of as if they had physically moved it away from them. Alternate translation: “and they ignored my command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 3 28 uld8 figs-idiom וִ⁠יהַ֣בוּ גשמי⁠הון 1 they gave up their bodies This phrase refers to the three men’s willingness to die for what they believed. Alternate translation: “and they were willing to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 3 28 s95d לְ⁠כָל־אֱלָ֔הּ לָהֵ֖ן לֵ⁠אלָֽהֲ⁠הֽוֹן 1 any god except their God Alternate translation: “any other god except their God”
DAN 3 29 pnl6 figs-activepassive כָל־עַ֨ם אֻמָּ֜ה וְ⁠לִשָּׁ֗ן דִּֽי־יֵאמַ֤ר שלה עַ֣ל אֱלָהֲ⁠ה֗וֹן דִּֽי־שַׁדְרַ֤ךְ מֵישַׁךְ֙ וַ⁠עֲבֵ֣ד נְג֔וֹא הַדָּמִ֣ין יִתְעֲבֵ֔ד וּ⁠בַיְתֵ֖⁠הּ נְוָלִ֣י יִשְׁתַּוֵּ֑ה 1 any people, nation, or language that speaks anything offensive against the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego will be torn limb from limb, and their houses be made into rubbish heaps If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my servants will tear apart any people, nation, or language that speaks anything offensive against the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego and will tear them limb from limb and make their houses into piles of garbage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 3 29 h7gq figs-metonymy כָל־עַ֨ם אֻמָּ֜ה וְ⁠לִשָּׁ֗ן דִּֽי־יֵאמַ֤ר 1 any people, nation, or language that speaks Here **nation** and **language** represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “any people from any nation, or those who speak any language that says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 3 29 qb3c יֵאמַ֤ר שלה עַ֣ל אֱלָהֲ⁠ה֗וֹן 1 speaks anything offensive against the God Alternate translation: “speaks words that do not respect the God”
DAN 3 29 t5vb הַדָּמִ֣ין יִתְעֲבֵ֔ד 1 will be torn limb from limb Alternate translation: “must have their bodies torn apart”
DAN 3 29 lw5h לָ֤א אִיתַי֙ אֱלָ֣ה אָחֳרָ֔ן דִּֽי־יִכֻּ֥ל לְ⁠הַצָּלָ֖ה כִּ⁠דְנָֽה 1 there is no other god who is able to save like this This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “only their God is able to save like this”
DAN 4 intro du52 0 # Daniel 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king becomes insane<br><br>The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him.
DAN 4 1 s72g figs-123person 0 General Information: In this chapter, Nebuchadnezzar tells what God did to him. In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. Verses 19-33 switch to the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. Verses 34-37 change back to first person as Nebuchadnezzar describes his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 1 ykj3 figs-metonymy נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר מַלְכָּ֗⁠א לְֽ⁠כָל־עַֽמְמַיָּ֞⁠א אֻמַיָּ֧⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֛⁠א דִּֽי־דארין בְּ⁠כָל־אַרְעָ֖⁠א 1 King Nebuchadnezzar to all peoples, nations, and languages that live in all the earth This introduces the king’s message to the people who would receive it. Your language may have a way to introduce a message. Alternate translation: “This is the message from Nebuchadnezzar to all the peoples, nations, and languages that live in all the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 4 1 sx24 figs-metonymy עַֽמְמַיָּ֞⁠א אֻמַיָּ֧⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֛⁠א 1 peoples, nations, and languages Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 4 1 rcl7 figs-hyperbole דִּֽי־דארין בְּ⁠כָל־אַרְעָ֖⁠א 1 that live in all the earth Kings would often exaggerate how wide their kingdom was. Nebuchadnezzar did rule over most of the known world at the time this book was written. Alternate translation: “who live in the kingdom of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
DAN 4 1 ew1j שְׁלָמְ⁠כ֥וֹן יִשְׂגֵּֽא 1 May your peace abound This is a common greeting.
DAN 4 2 t8rl figs-doublet אָֽתַיָּ⁠א֙ וְ⁠תִמְהַיָּ֔⁠א 1 the signs and wonders These words share similar meanings and refer to the amazing things that God had done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 4 3 jyl3 figs-parallelism אָת֨וֹ⁠הִי֙ כְּ⁠מָ֣ה רַבְרְבִ֔ין וְ⁠תִמְה֖וֹ⁠הִי כְּ⁠מָ֣ה תַקִּיפִ֑ין 1 How great are his signs, and how mighty are his wonders! Both of these phrases have the same meaning and are used to emphasize how great God’s signs and wonders are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DAN 4 3 mz21 figs-parallelism מַלְכוּתֵ⁠הּ֙ מַלְכ֣וּת עָלַ֔ם וְ⁠שָׁלְטָנֵ֖⁠הּ עִם־דָּ֥ר וְ⁠דָֽר 1 His kingdom is an everlasting kingdom,\nand his dominion is from generation to generation Both of these phrases have the same meaning and are repeated to emphasize how God’s reign is forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DAN 4 4 xpm6 figs-123person 0 General Information: In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 4 p8nt figs-parallelism שְׁלֵ֤ה הֲוֵית֙ בְּ⁠בֵיתִ֔⁠י וְ⁠רַעְנַ֖ן בְּ⁠הֵיכְלִֽ⁠י 1 was at ease in my house and prospering in my palace These two phrases are parallel and mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DAN 4 4 zv52 figs-doublet בְּ⁠בֵיתִ֔⁠י…בְּ⁠הֵיכְלִֽ⁠י 1 in my house … in my palace These two phrases mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 4 5 fmk5 figs-doublet חֵ֥לֶם…וְ⁠הַרְהֹרִין֙…וְ⁠חֶזְוֵ֥י 1 a dream … the fantasies and the visions of These phrases mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 4 5 u6n6 figs-parallelism וִֽ⁠ידַחֲלִנַּ֑⁠נִי…יְבַהֲלֻנַּֽ⁠נִי 1 that made me afraid … alarmed me These phrases are parallel and they mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DAN 4 7 l5u7 figs-123person 0 General Information: In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 8 aej3 figs-activepassive דִּֽי־שְׁמֵ֤⁠הּ בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר֙ 1 whose name is Belteshazzar If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who I named Belteshazzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 8 dhx3 בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר֙ 1 is Belteshazzar **Belteshazzar** was the name the Babylonians gave to Daniel. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md).
DAN 4 9 x1x7 וְ⁠כָל־רָ֖ז לָא־אָנֵ֣ס לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 and that no mystery is too difficult for you The can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “and you understand the meaning of every mystery”
DAN 4 10 vz2b figs-123person 0 General Information: In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 10 h4t8 וְ⁠רוּמֵ֥⁠הּ שַׂגִּֽיא 1 and its height was great Alternate translation: “and it was very tall”
DAN 4 11 w5t1 writing-symlanguage וְ⁠רוּמֵ⁠הּ֙ יִמְטֵ֣א לִ⁠שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א וַ⁠חֲזוֹתֵ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠ס֥וֹף כָּל־אַרְעָֽ⁠א 1 Its top reached to heaven, and it was visible to the end of the whole earth This is symbolic language that exaggerates how tall and how well-known the tree was. Alternate translation: “It seemed that its top reached up to the sky and that everyone in the world could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
DAN 4 12 c94i וְ⁠אִנְבֵּ֣⁠הּ שַׂגִּ֔יא 1 its fruit was abundant Alternate translation: “there was a lot of fruit on the tree”
DAN 4 12 bvq7 וּ⁠מָז֨וֹן לְ⁠כֹ֖לָּ⁠א־בֵ֑⁠הּ 1 and in it was food for all Alternate translation: “and in it was food for all people and animals”
DAN 4 13 s8rq figs-123person 0 General Information: In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 14 l1nv figs-explicit קָרֵ֨א בְ⁠חַ֜יִל וְ⁠כֵ֣ן אָמַ֗ר 1 He shouted aloud and said thus It can be made clear that the holy messenger was speaking to more than one person. Alternate translation: “He shouted to some people and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 4 14 rd55 תְּנֻ֤ד חֵֽיוְתָ⁠א֙ מִן־תַּחְתּ֔וֹ⁠הִי וְ⁠צִפְּרַיָּ֖⁠א מִן־עַנְפֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 Let the animals flee from under it and the birds from its branches Alternate translation: “The animals will flee from under it and the bird will fly away from its branches”
DAN 4 15 eb7u עִקַּ֤ר שָׁרְשׁ֨וֹ⁠הִי֙ 1 stump of its roots The **stump** is the part of the tree that is left above the ground after a tree is cut down.
DAN 4 15 e8lj וּ⁠בְ⁠טַ֤ל שְׁמַיָּ⁠א֙ 1 with the dew of heaven The **dew of heaven** is the moisture that is found on the ground in the mornings.
DAN 4 16 f3wx figs-pronouns לִבְבֵ⁠הּ֙ מִן־אנוש⁠א יְשַׁנּ֔וֹן וּ⁠לְבַ֥ב חֵיוָ֖ה יִתְיְהִ֣ב לֵ֑⁠הּ 1 Let his mind be changed from that of a man, and let the mind of an animal be given to him Since the tree represents Nebuchadnezzar, the masculine pronouns “his” and “him” in verse 16 refer to the same tree as the neuter pronoun “it” in verse 15. Alternate translation: “The man’s mind will change from a man’s mind to an animal’s mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
DAN 4 17 k6kq figs-123person 0 General Information: In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 17 j1fe figs-activepassive וּ⁠מֵאמַ֥ר קַדִּישִׁ֖ין שְׁאֵֽלְתָ֑⁠א 1 and the decision is a command of the holy ones If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the holy ones have made this decision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 17 m2np figs-explicit קַדִּישִׁ֖ין 1 the holy ones This phrase probably refers to angels. Alternate translation: “the holy angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 4 17 y8ih חַ֠יַּיָּ⁠א 1 the living Alternate translation: “every living person” or “everyone”
DAN 4 17 aas5 יִתְּנִנַּ֔⁠הּ 1 gives it Alternate translation: “gives the kingdom”
DAN 4 18 kjd4 בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֜ר 1 O Belteshazzar **Belteshazzar** was the name the Babylonians gave to Daniel. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md).
DAN 4 18 jr6i ו⁠אנתה כָּהֵ֔ל 1 But you are able Alternate translation: “But you are able to interpret it”
DAN 4 18 pl5q רֽוּחַ־אֱלָהִ֥ין קַדִּישִׁ֖ין 1 the spirit of the holy gods Nebuchadnezzar believed that Daniel’s power came from the false gods that Nebuchadnezzar worshiped. These are not the same as “the holy ones” in verse 17. See how you translated this phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
DAN 4 19 n8fk figs-123person 0 General Information: Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 19 u9rc figs-activepassive דִּֽי־שְׁמֵ֣⁠הּ בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֗ר 1 whose name was Belteshazzar If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who I also named Belteshazzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 19 a33v figs-explicit אֶשְׁתּוֹמַם֙ כְּ⁠שָׁעָ֣ה חֲדָ֔ה וְ⁠רַעְיֹנֹ֖⁠הִי יְבַהֲלֻנֵּ֑⁠הּ 1 was appalled for a while, and his thoughts alarmed him Daniel’s understanding of the meaning of the vision is what alarmed him. This can be explicitly stated. Alternate translation: “did not say anything for some time because he was very worried about the meaning of the dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 4 19 kf99 חֶלְמָ֥⁠א ל⁠שנאי⁠ך וּ⁠פִשְׁרֵ֥⁠הּ ל⁠ערי⁠ך 1 may the dream be for those who hate you and its interpretation for your enemies Daniel is expressing his wish that the dream was not about Nebuchadnezzar, even though he knew that it really was about the king.
DAN 4 20 vj36 figs-123person 0 General Information: Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]). Many terms in this verse are almost the same as in [Daniel 4:11](../04/11.md). See how you translated that verse.
DAN 4 20 x69s figs-hyperbole לִ⁠שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א…לְ⁠כָל־אַרְעָֽ⁠א 1 to heaven … to all the earth These phrases are exaggerations to emphasize that everyone everywhere knew how great Nebuchadnezzar was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
DAN 4 21 mm9p 0 General Information: Many terms in this verse are almost the same as [Daniel 4:12](../04/12.md). See how you translated that verse.
DAN 4 21 rfj9 וְ⁠אִנְבֵּ֣⁠הּ שַׂגִּ֔יא 1 and whose fruit was abundant Alternate translation: “and which bore a great amount of fruit”
DAN 4 22 uq3h אנתה־ה֣וּא מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 it is you, O king Alternate translation: “This tree represents you, O king”
DAN 4 22 gfs2 figs-parallelism וּ⁠רְבוּתָ֤⁠ךְ רְבָת֙ וּ⁠מְטָ֣ת לִ⁠שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א וְ⁠שָׁלְטָנָ֖⁠ךְ לְ⁠ס֥וֹף אַרְעָֽ⁠א 1 Your greatness has grown and reaches to heaven, and your dominion to the ends of the earth These two phrases mean similar things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DAN 4 22 s8jt figs-personification וּ⁠רְבוּתָ֤⁠ךְ רְבָת֙ 1 Your greatness has grown This phrase is using the word **grown** as a way of saying the king’s greatness has increased. Alternate translation: “Your greatness has increased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
DAN 4 23 w9s5 figs-123person 0 General Information: This verse is almost the same as [Daniel 4:13-14](./13.md) and [Daniel 4:15-16](./15.md). See how you translated those verses. Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 23 c89t עִקַּ֤ר שָׁרְשׁ֨וֹ⁠הִי֙ 1 the stump of its roots This **stump** is the part of the tree that is left above ground after a tree is cut down.
DAN 4 23 i27p בְּ⁠דִתְאָ֖⁠א דִּ֣י בָרָ֑⁠א 1 in the tender grass of the field Alternate translation: “surrounded by the tender grass of the field”
DAN 4 23 bx4z וּ⁠בְ⁠טַ֧ל שְׁמַיָּ֣⁠א 1 and … with the dew of heaven The **dew of heaven** is the moisture that settles on the ground in the mornings.
DAN 4 24 f3tz דִּ֥י מְטָ֖ת עַל 1 that has come upon Alternate translation: “that you have heard”
DAN 4 25 fd8s figs-activepassive וְ⁠לָ֣⁠ךְ טָֽרְדִ֣ין מִן־אֲנָשָׁ֡⁠א 1 that you will be driven from among men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that men will drive you away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 25 gq52 figs-activepassive וְ⁠עִשְׂבָּ֥⁠א…לָ֣⁠ךְ יְטַֽעֲמ֗וּן 1 You will be made to eat grass If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will eat grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 26 fgn1 figs-123person 0 General Information: Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 26 tcg3 figs-metonymy שַׁלִּטִ֖ן שְׁמַיָּֽ⁠א 1 Heaven rules Here **Heaven** refers to God who lives in heaven. Alternate translation: “God in heaven is the ruler of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 4 27 yna6 figs-activepassive מִלְכִּ⁠י֙ יִשְׁפַּ֣ר עלי⁠ך 1 let my advice be acceptable to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “please accept my advice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 27 s3j8 figs-metaphor ו⁠חטי⁠ך…פְרֻ֔ק 1 break off your sins Here rejecting iniquity is spoken of as breaking it off. Alternate translation: “reject your iniquities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 4 27 j7av figs-nominaladj עֲנָ֑יִן 1 the oppressed This nominal adjective refers to people who are oppressed. Alternate translation: “people who are oppressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
DAN 4 27 a7um figs-activepassive תֶּהֱוֵ֥א אַרְכָ֖ה לִ⁠שְׁלֵוְתָֽ⁠ךְ 1 there may be a prolonging of your prosperity If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may extend your prosperity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 28 rq19 figs-123person 0 General Information: Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 29 jn5h figs-123person 0 General Information: Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 30 p8hi figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לָ֥א דָא־הִ֖יא בָּבֶ֣ל רַבְּתָ֑⁠א דִּֽי־אֲנָ֤ה בֱנַיְתַ⁠הּ֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית מַלְכ֔וּ בִּ⁠תְקַ֥ף חִסְנִ֖⁠י וְ⁠לִ⁠יקָ֥ר הַדְרִֽ⁠י 1 Is this not the great Babylon, which I have built as a royal residence by the might of my power and for the glory of my majesty? Nebuchadnezzar asks this question to emphasize his own glory. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is the great Babylon, which I have built as a royal residence by the might of my power and for the glory of my majesty!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
DAN 4 30 csl9 וְ⁠לִ⁠יקָ֥ר הַדְרִֽ⁠י 1 for the glory of my majesty Alternate translation: “to show people my honor and my greatness”
DAN 4 31 g7xg figs-123person 0 General Information: Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 31 fjl7 figs-idiom ע֗וֹד מִלְּתָ⁠א֙ בְּ⁠פֻ֣ם מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 While the words were still in the mouth of the king This idiom means the king was still in the act of speaking. Alternate translation: “While the king was still speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 4 31 cv67 קָ֖ל מִן־שְׁמַיָּ֣⁠א נְפַ֑ל 1 a voice fell from heaven Alternate translation: “he heard a voice from heaven”
DAN 4 31 pt4u figs-activepassive מַלְכוּתָ֖⁠ה עֲדָ֥ת מִנָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 the kingdom has departed from you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will no longer rule over this kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 32 f4us figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִן־אֲנָשָׁ⁠א֩ לָ֨⁠ךְ טָֽרְדִ֜ין 1 You will be driven away from men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will chase you away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 32 m551 וּ⁠לְ⁠מַן־דִּ֥י יִצְבֵּ֖א 1 and … to whom he wishes Alternate translation: “and : to whoever he chooses”
DAN 4 33 ydj8 figs-123person 0 General Information: Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 33 xpp3 figs-activepassive בַּ⁠הּ־שַׁעֲתָ֗⁠א מִלְּתָ⁠א֮ סָ֣פַת עַל־נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּר֒ 1 Immediately the word was fulfilled against Nebuchadnezzar If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This decree against Nebuchadnezzar happened immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 33 chd6 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִן־אֲנָשָׁ֣⁠א טְרִ֔יד 1 He was driven away from men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People chased him away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 33 t4b6 וְ⁠טִפְר֥וֹ⁠הִי כְ⁠צִפְּרִֽין 1 and his nails like the claws of birds Alternate translation: “and his fingernails looked like birds’ claws”
DAN 4 34 amm1 figs-123person 0 General Information: In verses 34-37 Nebuchadnezzar speaks in the first person to describe his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 34 b17l וְ⁠לִ⁠קְצָ֣ת יֽוֹמַיָּ⁠ה֩ 1 At the end of the days This refers back to the seven years in [Daniel 4:32](../04/32.md).
DAN 4 34 ltf5 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַנְדְּעִ⁠י֙ עֲלַ֣⁠י יְת֔וּב 1 and my reason returned to me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and my sanity came back to me” or “and I became sane again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 34 ucj3 figs-parallelism ו⁠ל⁠עלי⁠א בָּרְכֵ֔ת וּ⁠לְ⁠חַ֥י עָלְמָ֖⁠א שַׁבְּחֵ֣ת וְ⁠הַדְּרֵ֑ת 1 I blessed the Most High, and I praised and glorified him who lives foreverI praised and glorified The two phrases refer to the same action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DAN 4 34 nk8u figs-parallelism דִּ֤י שָׁלְטָנֵ⁠הּ֙ שָׁלְטָ֣ן עָלַ֔ם וּ⁠מַלְכוּתֵ֖⁠הּ עִם־דָּ֥ר וְ⁠דָֽר 1 For his dominion is an everlasting dominion, and his kingdom endures from generation to generation These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are used to emphasize how God’s reign never ends. Alternate translation: “He rules forever and his kingdom will never end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DAN 4 35 ce6u figs-123person 0 General Information: In verses 34-37 Nebuchadnezzar speaks in the first person to describe his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 35 dgr8 figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־דארי אַרְעָ⁠א֙ כְּ⁠לָ֣ה חֲשִׁיבִ֔ין 1 All the inhabitants of the earth are regarded as nothing If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He considers all the earth’s inhabitants as nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 35 cpy8 וְ⁠כָל־דארי אַרְעָ⁠א֙ 1 All the inhabitants of the earth Alternate translation: “All the people on the earth”
DAN 4 35 p415 בְּ⁠חֵ֣יל שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א 1 among the army of heaven Alternate translation: “among the angel armies in heaven”
DAN 4 35 zpn8 וּֽ⁠כְ⁠מִצְבְּיֵ֗⁠הּ 1 according to his will Alternate translation: “whatever satisfies his purpose” or “anything he wants to do”
DAN 4 35 im6k figs-explicit וְ⁠לָ֤א אִיתַי֙ דִּֽי־יְמַחֵ֣א בִ⁠ידֵ֔⁠הּ 1 No one can hold back his hand It may be helpful to add additional detail. Alternate translation: “When he decides to do something, no one can stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 4 35 ebf8 figs-quotations וְ⁠יֵ֥אמַר לֵ֖⁠הּ מָ֥ה עֲבַֽדְתְּ 1 or say to him, ‘What have you done This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “or can question what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
DAN 4 36 m6m5 figs-123person 0 General Information: In verses 34-37 Nebuchadnezzar speaks in the first person to describe his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 36 rz1d figs-personification מַנְדְּעִ֣⁠י ׀ יְת֣וּב עֲלַ֗⁠י 1 my reason returned to me Here his sanity is spoken of as if it was able to return by its own power. Alternate translation: “I became sane again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
DAN 4 36 pb8a figs-personification הַדְרִ֤⁠י וְ⁠זִוִ⁠י֙ יְת֣וּב עֲלַ֔⁠י 1 my majesty and my splendor returned to me Here his majesty and splendor are spoken of as if they were able to return by their own power. Alternate translation: “I regained my majesty and my splendor again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
DAN 4 36 nq38 figs-doublet הַדְרִ֤⁠י וְ⁠זִוִ⁠י֙ 1 my majesty and my splendor These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of his glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 4 36 c3xy וְ⁠לִ֕⁠י הַדָּֽבְרַ֥⁠י וְ⁠רַבְרְבָנַ֖⁠י יְבַע֑וֹן 1 My counselors and my noblemen sought me Alternate translation: “My counselors and my noblemen requested my help again”
DAN 4 36 ks6b figs-metonymy וְ⁠עַל־מַלְכוּתִ֣⁠י הָתְקְנַ֔ת וּ⁠רְב֥וּ יַתִּירָ֖ה ה֥וּסְפַת לִֽ⁠י 1 and I was reestablished in my kingdom, and surpassing greatness was added to me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 37 zgl2 figs-doublet מְשַׁבַּ֨ח וּ⁠מְרוֹמֵ֤ם וּ⁠מְהַדַּר֙ 1 praise, extol, and honor All three of these words have basically the same meaning and emphasize how greatly he praised God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 4 37 g1df figs-idiom מַהְלְכִ֣ין בְּ⁠גֵוָ֔ה 1 who walk in pride This phrase uses **walk** to refer to the person who acts proud. Alternate translation: “who are proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
DAN 5 1 cc4z translate-names בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֣ר 1 Belshazzar **Belshazzar** is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 5 1 ix8k translate-numbers אֲלַ֑ף 1 a thousand of “1,000 of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DAN 5 1 tre4 וְ⁠לָ⁠קֳבֵ֥ל…חַמְרָ֥⁠א שָׁתֵֽה 1 and he drank wine in front of Alternate translation: “and he drank wine in the presence of”
DAN 5 2 gsi3 לְ⁠מָאנֵי֙ 1 the vessels of These **vessels** were cups and other items that were small enough for a person to hold and to drink from them.
DAN 5 2 lad2 figs-metonymy הַנְפֵּק֙ נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר אֲב֔⁠וּהִי 1 Nebuchadnezzar his father had taken Here **Nebuchadnezzar** refers to Nebuchadnezzar’s army. Alternate translation: “his father Nebuchadnezzar’s army had taken” or “the army of Nebuchadnezzar his father had taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 5 3 i1zm figs-activepassive מָאנֵ֣י דַהֲבָ֔⁠א דִּ֣י הַנְפִּ֗קוּ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָ֛⁠א 1 the gold vessels that had been taken out of the temple If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gold containers that the army of Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 5 3 msp6 מִן־הֵֽיכְלָ֛⁠א דִּֽי־בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖⁠א 1 out of the temple, the house of God The phrase **the house of God** tells us something more about the temple. Alternate translation: “out of God’s temple”
DAN 5 5 lkd1 בַּ⁠הּ־שַׁעֲתָ֗⁠ה 1 Suddenly Alternate translation: “As soon as they did that” or “At that moment”
DAN 5 5 cra1 גִּירָ֕⁠א 1 the plaster This refers to cement or mud that is spread on walls or ceilings to give them a smooth hard surface when it dries.
DAN 5 6 jn25 מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ זִיוֺ֣⁠הִי שְׁנ֔וֹ⁠הִי 1 the color of the king changed This change was caused by his fear. Alternate translation: “the king’s face became pale”
DAN 5 6 iee9 וְ⁠אַ֨רְכֻבָּתֵ֔⁠הּ דָּ֥א לְ⁠דָ֖א נָֽקְשָֽׁן 1 and his knees knocked together This was the result of his extreme fear.
DAN 5 7 gz5c לְ⁠חַכִּימֵ֣י בָבֶ֗ל 1 to the wise men of Babylon This refers back collectively to **the enchanters, the Chaldeans, and the astrologers** in the previous sentence.
DAN 5 7 ybp9 figs-activepassive דִּ֣י כָל־אֱ֠נָשׁ דִּֽי־יִקְרֵ֞ה כְּתָבָ֣⁠ה דְנָ֗ה וּ⁠פִשְׁרֵ⁠הּ֙ יְחַוִּנַּ֔⁠נִי אַרְגְּוָנָ֣⁠א יִלְבַּ֗שׁ ו⁠המונכ⁠א דִֽי־דַהֲבָ⁠א֙ עַֽל־צַוְּארֵ֔⁠הּ 1 Any man who reads this writing and shows me its intepretation will be clothed with purple and will have a chain of gold around his neck If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give purple clothes and a gold neck chain to whoever explains this writing and its meaning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 5 7 ms1t figs-explicit אַרְגְּוָנָ֣⁠א יִלְבַּ֗שׁ 1 will be clothed with purple Purple cloth was rare and reserved for royal officials. Alternate translation: “will be dressed in royal clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 5 7 x9vi translate-ordinal וְ⁠תַלְתִּ֥י בְ⁠מַלְכוּתָ֖⁠א יִשְׁלַֽט 1 and he will be the third ruler in the kingdom Alternate translation: “and he will be the number three ruler in the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 5 9 n4ln translate-names בֵלְשַׁאצַּר֙ 1 Belshazzar **Belshazzar** is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 5 9 gla9 וְ⁠זִיוֺ֖⁠הִי שָׁנַ֣יִן עֲל֑וֹ⁠הִי 1 and his color changed The face of the king grew even more pale than in [Daniel 5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “his face became even more pale”
DAN 5 9 w9st מִֽשְׁתַּבְּשִֽׁין 1 were perplexed To be **perplexed** is to be unable to understand, or to be confused.
DAN 5 10 rw3v מַלְכְּתָ֕⁠א 1 The queen Some modern versions understand this to be a reference to the queen mother, that is, to the king’s mother. The queen mother received much honor in ancient Babylon.
DAN 5 10 x55i מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ לְ⁠עָלְמִ֣ין חֱיִ֔י 1 O King, live forever! This was a normal way to greet the king.
DAN 5 10 zq7c וְ⁠זִיוָ֖י⁠ךְ אַל־יִשְׁתַּנּֽוֹ 1 Do not let your color change Alternate translation: “There is no need for your face to look so pale”
DAN 5 11 bql4 ר֣וּחַ אֱלָהִ֣ין קַדִּישִׁין֮ 1 the spirit of the holy gods The queen believed that Daniel’s power came from the false **gods** that Nebuchadnezzar worshiped. See how you translated this phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
DAN 5 11 c4n6 וּ⁠בְ⁠יוֹמֵ֣י אֲב֗⁠וּךְ 1 In the days of your father Alternate translation: “When your father was ruling”
DAN 5 11 ss1z figs-activepassive נַהִיר֧וּ וְ⁠שָׂכְלְתָנ֛וּ וְ⁠חָכְמָ֥ה כְּ⁠חָכְמַת־אֱלָהִ֖ין הִשְׁתְּכַ֣חַת בֵּ֑⁠הּ 1 illumination and insight and wisdom like the wisdom of the gods were found in him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had light and understanding and wisdom like the wisdom of the gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 5 12 n7wa figs-activepassive ר֣וּחַ ׀ יַתִּירָ֡ה וּ⁠מַנְדַּ֡ע וְ⁠שָׂכְלְתָנ֡וּ מְפַשַּׁ֣ר חֶלְמִין֩ וַֽ⁠אַֽחֲוָיַ֨ת אֲחִידָ֜ן וּ⁠מְשָׁרֵ֣א קִטְרִ֗ין הִשְׁתְּכַ֤חַת בֵּ⁠הּ֙ בְּ⁠דָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֥⁠א שָׂם־שְׁמֵ֖⁠הּ בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֑ר 1 an excellent spirit, knowledge, and insight for interpreting dreams, explaining riddles and solving problems were found in this Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this same Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar, had an excellent spirit, knowledge, and insight for interpreting dreams, explaining riddles and solving problems” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 5 13 hn7g figs-activepassive בֵּ⁠אדַ֨יִן֙ דָּֽנִיֵּ֔אל הֻעַ֖ל קֳדָ֣ם מַלְכָּ֑⁠א 1 Then Daniel was brought before the king If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then they brought Daniel before the king” or “Then the soldiers brought Daniel before the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 5 13 sd23 figs-metonymy דִּ֥י הַיְתִ֛י מַלְכָּ֥⁠א אַ֖בִ⁠י מִן־יְהֽוּד 1 whom my father the king brought from Judah In this phrase **father** is being used to represent all of the soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom my father’s soldiers brought out of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 5 14 yxu5 ר֥וּחַ אֱלָהִ֖ין 1 the spirit of the gods Belshazzar believed that Daniel’s power came from the false **gods** that Belshazzar worshiped. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
DAN 5 14 y4ey figs-activepassive וְ⁠נַהִיר֧וּ וְ⁠שָׂכְלְתָנ֛וּ וְ⁠חָכְמָ֥ה יַתִּירָ֖ה הִשְׁתְּכַ֥חַת בָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 and … illumination and insight and excellent wisdom are found in you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and … you have light and understanding and excellent wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 5 15 c33v figs-activepassive וּ⁠כְעַ֞ן הֻעַ֣לּוּ קָֽדָמַ֗⁠י חַכִּֽימַיָּ⁠א֙ אָֽשְׁפַיָּ֔⁠א 1 Now the wise men and enchanters have been brought in before me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the wise men and enchanters have come in before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 5 15 u817 לְ⁠הוֹדָעֻתַ֑⁠נִי 1 make known to me Alternate translation: “tell me”
DAN 5 16 u2ey figs-activepassive אַרְגְּוָנָ֣⁠א תִלְבַּ֗שׁ ו⁠המונכ⁠א דִֽי־דַהֲבָ⁠א֙ עַֽל־צַוְּארָ֔⁠ךְ 1 you will be clothed with purple and have a gold chain placed around your neck If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give you purple clothes and a gold neck chain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 5 16 iyy2 figs-explicit אַרְגְּוָנָ֣⁠א תִלְבַּ֗שׁ 1 you will be clothed with purple Purple cloth was rare and reserved for royal officials. Alternate translation: “you will be dressed in royal clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 5 16 pud4 translate-ordinal וְ⁠תַלְתָּ֥א בְ⁠מַלְכוּתָ֖⁠א תִּשְׁלַֽט 1 and you will be the third ruler in the kingdom “and you will be the number three ruler of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 5 17 evt4 מַתְּנָתָ⁠ךְ֙ לָ֣⁠ךְ לֶֽהֶוְיָ֔ן 1 Let your gifts be for yourself Alternate translation: “I do not want your gifts”
DAN 5 19 l2ng figs-hyperbole כֹּ֣ל עַֽמְמַיָּ֗⁠א אֻמַיָּ⁠א֙ וְ⁠לִשָּׁ֣נַיָּ֔⁠א 1 all peoples, nations, and languages This phrase uses the word **all** as a generalization that represents a large number. Alternate translation: “a great number of people, of different nations and languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
DAN 5 19 q693 figs-metonymy כֹּ֣ל עַֽמְמַיָּ֗⁠א אֻמַיָּ⁠א֙ וְ⁠לִשָּׁ֣נַיָּ֔⁠א 1 peoples, nations, and languages Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 5 19 bqb5 figs-doublet הֲו֛וֹ זאעין וְ⁠דָחֲלִ֖ין מִן־קֳדָמ֑וֹ⁠הִי 1 trembled and feared before him These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of the fear. Alternate translation: “were very afraid of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 5 19 ka6v figs-metonymy דִּֽי־הֲוָ֨ה צָבֵ֜א הֲוָ֣א קָטֵ֗ל 1 Whom he wished, he killed This phrase does not mean King Nebuchadnezzar put people to death himself, but rather those he commanded. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his soldiers to kill those he wanted to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 5 19 t7ri וְ⁠דִֽי־הֲוָ֤ה צָבֵא֙ הֲוָ֣ה מָרִ֔ים 1 Whom he wished, he raised up Alternate translation: “He raised up those he wanted to raise up”
DAN 5 19 db8z וְ⁠דִֽי־הֲוָ֥ה צָבֵ֖א הֲוָ֥ה מַשְׁפִּֽיל 1 and whom he wished, he humbled Alternate translation: “and he humbled those he wished to humble”
DAN 5 20 zu9p figs-synecdoche רִ֣ם לִבְבֵ֔⁠הּ 1 his heart was lifted up Here **heart** refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “the king was arrogant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 5 20 g3wq figs-synecdoche וְ⁠רוּחֵ֖⁠הּ תִּֽקְפַ֣ת 1 and his spirit was hardened Here **spirit** refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “and the king was hardened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 5 20 bbj6 figs-metaphor וְ⁠רוּחֵ֖⁠הּ תִּֽקְפַ֣ת 1 and his spirit was hardened the stubbornness of the king is spoken of as if he were **hardened**. Alternate translation: “and the king became stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 5 20 w2tx לַ⁠הֲזָדָ֑ה 1 so that he acted presumptuously He was rudely and overly confident.
DAN 5 20 nl2n figs-metonymy הָנְחַת֙ מִן־כָּרְסֵ֣א מַלְכוּתֵ֔⁠הּ 1 he was brought down from his kingly throne Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. Alternate translation: “his authority was taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 5 20 z3bm figs-activepassive הָנְחַת֙ מִן־כָּרְסֵ֣א מַלְכוּתֵ֔⁠הּ 1 he was brought down from his kingly throne If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people took away his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 5 21 sl3g figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִן־בְּנֵי֩ אֲנָשָׁ֨⁠א טְרִ֜יד 1 He was driven away from the sons of mankind If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people chased him away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 5 21 v3b5 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לִבְבֵ֣⁠הּ ׀ עִם־חֵיוְתָ֣⁠א שוי 1 and his mind was made like that of an animal Here **mind** represents his thoughts. Alternate translation: “and he thought as an animal thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 5 21 amq8 וּ⁠מִ⁠טַּ֥ל שְׁמַיָּ֖⁠א 1 with the dew of heaven The **dew** is the moisture that is found on the ground in the mornings.
DAN 5 21 m4na וּ⁠לְ⁠מַן־דִּ֥י יִצְבֵּ֖ה 1 whom he wishes Alternate translation: “whomever he chooses”
DAN 5 22 z72q translate-names בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֔ר 1 Belshazzar **Belshazzar** was the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 5 22 ij2g figs-synecdoche לָ֥א הַשְׁפֵּ֖לְתְּ לִבְבָ֑⁠ךְ 1 have not humbled your heart Here **heart** refers to Belshazzar himself. Alternate translation: “have not humbled yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 5 23 fmz3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠עַ֣ל מָרֵֽא־שְׁמַיָּ֣⁠א ׀ הִתְרוֹמַ֡מְתָּ 1 Instead, you have lifted yourself up against the Lord of heaven To rebel against God is spoken of as raising oneself up against him. Alternate translation: “Instead, you have rebelled against the Lord of heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 5 23 qc6h figs-explicit דִֽי־בַיְתֵ֜⁠הּ 1 of his house What and where “his house” is can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “from his temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 5 23 kj78 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֵֽ⁠אלָהָ֞⁠א דִּֽי־נִשְׁמְתָ֥⁠ךְ בִּ⁠ידֵ֛⁠הּ 1 but … the God in whose hand is your breath Here “breath” refers to life and “hand” refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “but … the God who gives you breath” or “but … the God who has control over your entire life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 5 23 th44 וְ⁠כָל־אֹרְחָתָ֥⁠ךְ לֵ֖⁠הּ 1 and whose are all your ways Alternate translation: “and everything you do”
DAN 5 24 i8fs figs-activepassive וּ⁠כְתָבָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה רְשִֽׁים 1 and this writing was inscribed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and it wrote this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 5 25 rcy6 figs-activepassive וּ⁠דְנָ֥ה כְתָבָ֖⁠א דִּ֣י רְשִׁ֑ים 1 This is the writing that was inscribed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the message that the hand wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 5 25 ea1k translate-transliterate מְנֵ֥א מְנֵ֖א תְּקֵ֥ל וּ⁠פַרְסִֽין 1 Mene, Mene, Tekel, and Pharsin These are the Aramaic words that were written on the wall. Spell these words with the sounds that fit your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
DAN 5 26 tg8v מְנֵ֕א מְנָֽה־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א 1 ‘Mene,’ ‘God has numbered Alternate translation: “‘Mene’ means ‘God has numbered”
DAN 5 27 q5iv תְּקֵ֑ל תְּקִ֥ילְתָּה 1 ‘Tekel,’ ‘you are weighed Alternate translation: “‘Tekel’ means ‘you are weighed”
DAN 5 27 sg5z figs-metaphor תְּקִ֥ילְתָּה בְ⁠מֹֽאזַנְיָ֖⁠א וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֥חַתְּ חַסִּֽיר 1 you have been weighed on the scales and found lacking Judging the worthiness of the king to rule is spoken of as weighing him. This means that the king is not worthy to rule. Alternate translation: “your worthiness to rule has been judged, and you have been found to be unworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 5 27 avae figs-activepassive תְּקִ֥ילְתָּה בְ⁠מֹֽאזַנְיָ֖⁠א וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֥חַתְּ חַסִּֽיר 1 you have been weighed on the scales and found lacking If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has examined your worthiness to rule, and he has found that you are not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 5 28 jb22 פְּרֵ֑ס 1 Peres **Peres** is the singular form of “Pharsin” in 5:25.
DAN 5 28 b18p פְּרֵ֑ס פְּרִיסַת֙ מַלְכוּתָ֔⁠ךְ 1 Peres,’ ‘your kingdom has been divided Alternate translation: “‘Peres’ means ‘your kingdom has been divided”
DAN 5 28 j1p8 figs-activepassive פְּרִיסַת֙ מַלְכוּתָ֔⁠ךְ וִ⁠יהִיבַ֖ת לְ⁠מָדַ֥י וּ⁠פָרָֽס 1 your kingdom has been divided and given to the Medes and Persians If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has divided your kingdom and given it to the Medes and Persians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 5 29 j9jg translate-names בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֗ר 1 Belshazzar **Belshazzar** was the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 5 29 uvj8 figs-activepassive ו⁠המונכ⁠א דִֽי־דַהֲבָ֖⁠א עַֽל־צַוְּארֵ֑⁠הּ 1 A chain of gold was put around his neck If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They put a chain of gold around his neck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 5 29 nfx6 translate-ordinal שַׁלִּ֛יט תַּלְתָּ֖א 1 the third ruler “the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 5 31 c2bj קַבֵּ֖ל מַלְכוּתָ֑⁠א 1 received the kingdom Alternate translation: “became the ruler of the kingdom”
DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Daniel and the lions\n\nDaniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.
DAN 6 1 xf5z 0 Connecting Statement: The events in this chapter take place after the Persians conquered the Babylonians and Darius the Mede began to rule in Babylon.
DAN 6 1 y6y9 שְׁפַר֙ קֳדָ֣ם דָּרְיָ֔וֶשׁ 1 It pleased Darius Alternate translation: “King Darius decided”
DAN 6 1 a1zk translate-numbers לַ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֖⁠א מְאָ֣ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֑ין 1 120 satraps “one hundred and twenty provincial governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DAN 6 2 q0vw וְ⁠עֵ֤לָּא מִנְּ⁠הוֹן֙ 1 Over them were The word **them** refers to the 120 satraps.
DAN 6 2 u9kb וּ⁠מַלְכָּ֖⁠א לָֽא־לֶהֱוֵ֥א נָזִֽק 1 so that the king might suffer no loss Alternate translation: “so that nothing should be stolen from the king” or “so that no one would steal anything from the king”
DAN 6 3 ygu7 הֲוָ֣א מִתְנַצַּ֔ח עַל 1 became distinguished above Alternate translation: “excelled above” or “was more capable than”
DAN 6 3 aig7 figs-synecdoche ר֤וּחַ יַתִּירָא֙ בֵּ֔⁠הּ 1 an extraordinary spirit was in him Here **spirit** refers to Daniel. It means he had was unusually capable. Alternate translation: “he was an exceptional person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 6 3 ef6f ר֤וּחַ יַתִּירָא֙ 1 an extraordinary spirit This **spirit** enabled him do better than the other leaders.
DAN 6 3 ry6m לַ⁠הֲקָמוּתֵ֖⁠הּ עַל 1 to appoint him over Alternate translation: “to give him authority over” or “to put him in charge of”
DAN 6 4 ex6l figs-explicit אֱדַ֨יִן סָֽרְכַיָּ֜⁠א וַ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֗⁠א הֲו֨וֹ בָעַ֧יִן עִלָּ֛ה לְ⁠הַשְׁכָּחָ֥ה לְ⁠דָנִיֵּ֖אל מִ⁠צַּ֣ד מַלְכוּתָ֑⁠א 1 Then the high officials and the satraps were seeking to find a ground for accusation against Daniel with regard to the kingdom The other administrators were jealous of Daniel. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Then the other chief administrators and the provincial governors became jealous. So they looked for mistakes in the work Daniel did for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 6 4 rl5p figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־עִלָּ֨ה וּ⁠שְׁחִיתָ֜ה לָא־יָכְלִ֣ין לְ⁠הַשְׁכָּחָ֗ה 1 but they were not able to find any ground for accusation or corruption If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but they could find no mistakes or negligence in his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 6 5 ek64 לְ⁠דָנִיֵּ֥אל דְּנָ֖ה כָּל־עִלָּ֑א 1 any ground for accusation against this Daniel Alternate translation: “any reason to complain about Daniel”
DAN 6 6 ll7v לְ⁠עָלְמִ֥ין חֱיִֽי 1 live forever! This was a normal way to greet a king.
DAN 6 7 bw29 כָל־דִּֽי־יִבְעֵ֣ה בָ֠עוּ 1 whoever makes a petition Alternate translation: “whoever makes a request”
DAN 6 7 l2iq figs-activepassive יִתְרְמֵ֕א לְ⁠גֹ֖ב אַרְיָוָתָֽ⁠א 1 shall be thrown into the den of lions If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your soldiers must throw that person into the den of lions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 6 7 h7ip לְ⁠גֹ֖ב אַרְיָוָתָֽ⁠א 1 into the den of lions This may refer to a room or pit where **lions** were kept.
DAN 6 8 nj57 0 Connecting Statement: In verse 8, the administrators continue to speak to the king.
DAN 6 8 i7m4 לָ֥א תֶעְדֵּֽא 1 may not be revoked Alternate translation: “cannot be canceled”
DAN 6 10 i5vv וְ֠⁠דָנִיֵּאל כְּ⁠דִ֨י יְדַ֜ע דִּֽי־רְשִׁ֤ים כְּתָבָ⁠א֙ 1 Now when Daniel knew that the document had been signed It is important to the story to state clearly that Daniel knew about the new law before he prayed to God.
DAN 6 10 r7ul writing-background וְ⁠כַוִּ֨ין פְּתִיחָ֥ן לֵ⁠הּ֙ בְּ⁠עִלִּיתֵ֔⁠הּ נֶ֖גֶד יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 now his windows were open in his roof chamber toward Jerusalem This is background information that explains how Daniel’s enemies knew he was praying to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
DAN 6 12 gwm4 הֲ⁠לָ֧א אֱסָ֣ר רְשַׁ֗מְתָּ דִּ֣י כָל־אֱנָ֡שׁ דִּֽי־יִבְעֵה֩ מִן־כָּל־אֱלָ֨הּ וֶֽ⁠אֱנָ֜שׁ עַד־יוֹמִ֣ין תְּלָתִ֗ין לָהֵן֙ מִנָּ֣⁠ךְ מַלְכָּ֔⁠א יִתְרְמֵ֕א לְ⁠ג֖וֹב אַרְיָותָ֑⁠א 1 Did you not sign an injunction that any man who makes a petition to any god or man within thirty days, except to you, O king, must be thrown into the den of lions? They asked this question to make the king confirm that he had made the decree.
DAN 6 12 div1 לְ⁠ג֖וֹב אַרְיָותָ֑⁠א 1 into the den of lions This may refer to a room or pit where **lions** were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
DAN 6 13 c3ar דִּ֣י דָנִיֵּ֡אל דִּי֩ מִן־בְּנֵ֨י גָלוּתָ֜⁠א דִּ֣י יְה֗וּד 1 Daniel, who is one of the people of the exile from Judah This is not a respectful way of referring to **Daniel**. They intentionally used this phrase to avoid giving Daniel the respect he was due as a chief administrator.
DAN 6 13 jia1 דִּי֩ מִן־בְּנֵ֨י גָלוּתָ֜⁠א דִּ֣י יְה֗וּד 1 who is one of the people of the exile from Judah Alternate translation: “who is an immigrant from Judah”
DAN 6 13 l8eb figs-idiom לָא־שָׂ֨ם עלי⁠ך 1 pays no attention to you This idiom means he ignores the king. Alternate translation: “does not obey you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 6 14 u8lh figs-metonymy וְ⁠עַ֧ל דָּנִיֵּ֛אל שָׂ֥ם בָּ֖ל לְ⁠שֵׁיזָבוּתֵ֑⁠הּ 1 and he set his mind on Daniel to deliver him Here **mind** refers to his thinking. Alternate translation: “and he thought very hard about how to rescue Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 6 15 d92j figs-explicit כָל־אֱסָ֥ר וּ⁠קְיָ֛ם דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֥⁠א יְהָקֵ֖ים לָ֥א לְ⁠הַשְׁנָיָֽה 1 no injunction or statute that the king establishes can be changed The men were implying that since no decree or statute of the king can be changed, Daniel must be thrown into the pit of lions. This can be stated clearly if needed. Alternate translation: “no injunction or statute that the king establishes can be changed. They must throw Daniel into the pit of lions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 6 16 zny2 וְ⁠הַיְתִיו֙ לְ⁠דָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל וּ⁠רְמ֕וֹ 1 and Daniel was brought in and thrown Alternate translation: “and his soldiers went and got Daniel and thew him”
DAN 6 16 q3wc לְ⁠גֻבָּ֖⁠א דִּ֣י אַרְיָוָתָ֑⁠א 1 into the den of lions This may refer to a room or pit where **lions** were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
DAN 6 16 a268 אֱלָהָ֗⁠ךְ דִּ֣י אנתה פָּֽלַֽח־לֵ⁠הּ֙ בִּ⁠תְדִירָ֔⁠א ה֖וּא יְשֵׁיזְבִנָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 Your God, whom you serve continually, may he deliver you The king is expressing his desire for God to save Daniel.
DAN 6 16 jd6x ה֖וּא יְשֵׁיזְבִנָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 may he deliver you Alternate translation: “may he save you from the lions”
DAN 6 17 szf5 גֻּבָּ֑⁠א 1 the den This may refer to a room or pit where lions were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
DAN 6 17 xjj7 figs-explicit וְ⁠חַתְמַ֨⁠הּ מַלְכָּ֜⁠א בְּ⁠עִזְקְתֵ֗⁠הּ וּ⁠בְ⁠עִזְקָת֙ רַבְרְבָנ֔וֹ⁠הִי דִּ֛י לָא־תִשְׁנֵ֥א צְב֖וּ בְּ⁠דָנִיֵּֽאל 1 and the king sealed it with his own signet ring and with the signet rings of his nobles so that nothing might be changed concerning Daniel The function of the signet ring can be stated clearly. The king and the noblemen pressed their rings into a seal made of wax. Alternate translation: “and the king pressed his signet ring into a wax seal, the nobles did this too. No one was allowed to break the seal and help Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 6 17 p5t2 לָא־תִשְׁנֵ֥א צְב֖וּ בְּ⁠דָנִיֵּֽאל 1 nothing might be changed concerning Daniel Alternate translation: “no one could help Daniel”
DAN 6 18 un1j translate-symaction וּ⁠בָ֣ת טְוָ֔ת 1 and spent the night fasting This symbolic act showed that the king was worried about Daniel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
DAN 6 18 a3xd figs-activepassive וְ⁠דַחֲוָ֖ן לָא־הַנְעֵ֣ל קָֽדָמ֑וֹ⁠הִי 1 No entertainment was brought before him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He did not have anyone entertain him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 6 18 sb8r figs-personification וְ⁠שִׁנְתֵּ֖⁠הּ נַדַּ֥ת עֲלֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 and his sleep fled from him Here **sleep** is spoken of as if it could run away from the king. Alternate translation: “and he did not sleep at all that night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
DAN 6 19 e2wc לְ⁠גֻבָּ֥⁠א דִֽי־אַרְיָוָתָ֖⁠א 1 to the den of lions This may refer to a room or pit where **lions** were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
DAN 6 22 qn4t figs-activepassive זָכוּ֙ הִשְׁתְּכַ֣חַת לִ֔⁠י 1 I was found blameless If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he knows that I have done nothing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 6 23 r1eg גֻּבָּ֑⁠א 1 the den This may refer to a room or pit where lions were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
DAN 6 23 qf7q figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־חֲבָל֙ לָא־הִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח בֵּ֔⁠הּ 1 and no harm was found on him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and they did not find any wounds on Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 6 24 qwh3 וְ⁠לָֽא־מְט֞וֹ לְ⁠אַרְעִ֣ית גֻּבָּ֗⁠א עַ֠ד דִּֽי 1 and they had not reached the bottom of the den before Alternate translation: “and before they reached the floor of the lions’ den”
DAN 6 25 ty2g figs-metonymy עַֽמְמַיָּ֞⁠א אֻמַיָּ֧⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֛⁠א 1 the peoples, nations, and languages Here **nations** and **languages** represent people from different **nations** who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “the people from different nations and who spoke different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 6 25 rl1d figs-hyperbole בְּ⁠כָל־אַרְעָ֖⁠א 1 in all the earth King Darius wrote his message to his entire kingdom which was huge. Here it says **all the earth** as a generalization to emphasis how large his kingdom was, though it did not include everyone on the earth. Alternate translation: “in his entire kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
DAN 6 25 zkz8 שְׁלָמְ⁠כ֥וֹן יִשְׂגֵּֽא 1 May your peace abound This is a form of greeting that is used to wish someone well in all areas of life.
DAN 6 26 m5v6 0 Connecting Statement: This continues to state the message that Darius sent to everyone in his kingdom.
DAN 6 26 n6v5 figs-doublet זאעין וְ⁠דָ֣חֲלִ֔ין 1 tremble and fear These two words are similar and can be combined. Alternate translation: “shake with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 6 26 s8va אֱלָהֵ֣⁠הּ דִּי־דָֽנִיֵּ֑אל 1 the God of Daniel Alternate translation: “the God that Daniel worships”
DAN 6 26 ma86 figs-parallelism ה֣וּא ׀ אֱלָהָ֣⁠א חַיָּ֗⁠א וְ⁠קַיָּם֙ לְ⁠עָ֣לְמִ֔ין 1 he is the living God and enduring forever The two phrases **the living God** and **enduring forever** express the same concept, that God lives forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DAN 6 26 xw4k figs-parallelism וּ⁠מַלְכוּתֵ⁠הּ֙ דִּֽי־לָ֣א תִתְחַבַּ֔ל וְ⁠שָׁלְטָנֵ֖⁠הּ עַד־סוֹפָֽ⁠א׃\n\n 1 and his kingdom is one which will not be destroyed,\nand his dominion will be to the end These two phrases are parallel, emphasizing how God’s kingdom will never end. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DAN 6 26 s6yl figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַלְכוּתֵ⁠הּ֙ דִּֽי־לָ֣א תִתְחַבַּ֔ל 1 and his kingdom is one which will not be destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and no one will destroy his kingdom” or “and his kingdom will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 6 26 fcy1 וְ⁠שָׁלְטָנֵ֖⁠הּ עַד־סוֹפָֽ⁠א 1 and his dominion will be to the end Alternate translation: “and he will rule forever”
DAN 6 27 bld2 דִּ֚י שֵׁיזִ֣יב לְ⁠דָֽנִיֵּ֔אל מִן־יַ֖ד אַרְיָוָתָֽ⁠א 1 he who has delivered Daniel from the power of the lions Alternate translation: “he has not allowed the strong lions to hurt Daniel”
DAN 6 28 a5br בְּ⁠מַלְכ֣וּת דָּרְיָ֑וֶשׁ וּ⁠בְ⁠מַלְכ֖וּת כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ פרסי⁠א 1 during the reign of Darius and during the reign of Cyrus the Persian **Cyrus the Persian** was the king who ruled after **Darius**.
DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The four beasts<br><br>There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### The Son of Man<br><br>God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
DAN 7 1 cw4a writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 7 1 dme8 0 Belshazzar This was the name of Nebuchadnezzar’s son, who became king after him. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
DAN 7 1 xdv1 figs-doublet 0 a dream and visions The words “dream” and “visions” both refer to the same dream that is described in this chapter. Alternate translation: “visions while he was dreaming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 7 2 mjk7 0 the four winds of heaven Alternate translation: “winds from everywhere” or “strong winds from all four directions”
DAN 7 2 b48l 0 stirring up Alternate translation: “whipped up” or “agitated” or “caused high waves in”
DAN 7 4 z5hd writing-symlanguage 0 The first was like a lion but had eagle’s wings This was a symbolic creature, and not an animal that exists. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 7 4 a7n9 figs-activepassive 0 its wings were torn off and it was lifted from the ground and made to stand on two feet, like a man If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone tore off its wings and lifted it up from the ground and made it stand on two feet like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 7 4 y6v7 figs-metonymy 0 The mind of a man was given to it Here “mind” refers to thinking. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone gave it the ability to think like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 7 5 eqm9 writing-symlanguage 0 a second animal, like a bear This was not an actual bear, but a symbolic animal that was similar to a bear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 7 5 i32b 0 ribs large curved bones of the chest that connect to the spine
DAN 7 5 c38p figs-activepassive 0 It was told If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone told it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 7 6 fl2z writing-symlanguage 0 another animal, one that looked like a leopard This was not an actual leopard, but a symbolic animal that was similar to a leopard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 7 6 h4ia writing-symlanguage 0 four wings … four heads The four wings and four heads are symbols, but their meaning is unclear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 7 6 y1jd 0 it had four heads Alternate translation: “the animal had four heads”
DAN 7 6 jpn1 figs-activepassive 0 It was given authority to rule If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone gave it authority to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 7 7 g1aj writing-symlanguage 0 a fourth animal … it had ten horns This is also not an actual animal. It is a symbolic creature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 7 7 w7ww 0 trampled underfoot Alternate translation: “walked on and crushed”
DAN 7 8 j87p figs-metonymy 0 the horns Translators may write a footnote like this: “Horns are a symbol of power and represent powerful leaders.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 7 8 ga8d figs-activepassive 0 Three of the first horns were wrenched out by the roots If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The little horn tore out three of the first horns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 7 8 d113 figs-synecdoche 0 a mouth that was boasting about great things Here the horn was boasting, using its mouth to do so. Alternate translation: “the horn had a mouth and boasted about doing great things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 7 9 dge1 writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Most of the text of verses 9-14 is symbolic language with parallel lines that have similar meaning. For this reason, the ULT and UST present them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DAN 7 9 hw4v figs-activepassive 0 thrones were set in place If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone set thrones in their places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 7 9 xvt9 0 the Ancient of Days This is a title for God that means he is eternal. Alternate translation: “the One Who Has Lived Forever” or “the One Who Has Always Lived”
DAN 7 9 rc8y 0 took his seat … His clothing … the hair of his head This passage describes God as sitting down, with clothing and hair like a person. This does not mean that God really is like this, but it is how Daniel saw God in a vision.
DAN 7 9 crh4 figs-idiom 0 took his seat This is an idiom that means he sat down. Alternate translation: “sat down on his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 7 9 imw8 0 His clothing was as white as snow His clothing is compared to snow to show that it was very white. Alternate translation: “His clothing was very white”
DAN 7 9 d5if figs-simile 0 the hair of his head was like pure wool Something about God’s hair looked like pure wool. This could mean: (1) it was very white or (2) it was thick and curly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
DAN 7 9 jf7e 0 pure wool Alternate translation: “clean wool” or “wool that is washed”
DAN 7 9 c4le 0 His throne was flames … its wheels were burning fire This describes the throne of God and its wheels as if they were made of fire. The words “flames” and “burning fire” mean basically the same thing and can be translated the same way.
DAN 7 9 lhh4 0 its wheels It is unclear why God’s throne is described as having wheels. Thrones normally do not have wheels, but the text clearly states that this throne has some kind of wheels. Use a general term for “wheels” if possible.
DAN 7 10 rab3 figs-metaphor 0 A river of fire flowed out from before him The quick way in which fire came from the presence of God is spoken of as if it was water flowing in a river. Alternate translation: “Fire poured out in front of him like water in a river” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 7 10 z1dt 0 before him The word “him” refers to God, the Ancient of Days from [Daniel 7:9](../07/09.md).
DAN 7 10 gka4 0 millions This probably refers to a large group rather than to a precise number. Alternate translation: “thousands of thousands” or “great numbers of people”
DAN 7 10 f9kw 0 one hundred million This probably refers to a large group rather than to a precise number. Alternate translation: “tens of thousands times tens of thousands” or “uncountable numbers of people”
DAN 7 10 h5d3 0 The court was in session This means that God, the judge, was ready to investigate the evidence and make his judgment. Alternate translation: “The judge was ready to judge” or “The judge was seated”
DAN 7 10 pyd5 0 the books were opened These are the books that contain the evidence to be used in court. Alternate translation: “the books of evidence were opened”
DAN 7 11 g8ls figs-activepassive 0 the animal was killed … to be burned up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they killed the fourth animal, destroyed its body, and gave it to someone to burn it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 7 11 tqd6 figs-explicit 0 the animal was killed The animal was killed because the judge determined that it was guilty. Alternate translation: “they executed the animal” or “the judge commanded and they killed the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 7 11 pms3 0 the animal This refers to the fourth animal that had the ten horns and the horn that spoke boastfully. Alternate translation: “the most frightening animal” or “the animal that had the boastful horn”
DAN 7 12 ayx9 0 the rest of the four animals It may be helpful to your readers to say, “the other three animals.”
DAN 7 12 dj5p figs-activepassive 0 their authority to rule was taken away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the judge took away their authority to rule” or “their authority to rule ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 7 12 ru76 figs-activepassive 0 their lives were prolonged for a period of time If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they continued to live for a period of time” or “the judge let them live a little longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 7 13 lvf2 writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Most of the text of verses 9-14 is symbolic language with parallel lines that have similar meaning. For this reason, the ULT presents them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DAN 7 13 j5t6 figs-simile 0 I saw one coming … like a son of man The person that Daniel saw was not a normal man, but had a human figure like a man. “I also saw that night someone coming who resembled a son of man, that is, he had a human figure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
DAN 7 13 n5qi 0 with the clouds of heaven Alternate translation: “with the clouds of the sky”
DAN 7 13 ln6w 0 the Ancient of Days This refers to God who is eternal. See how you translated this title in [Daniel 7:9](../07/09.md)
DAN 7 13 pjn2 figs-activepassive 0 was presented before him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they presented this son of man to the Ancient of Days” or “he stood before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 7 14 ai49 figs-activepassive 0 Authority to rule and glory and royal power were given to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who looked like a son of man received authority to rule, glory, and royal power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 7 14 yv4q 0 royal power This, here, refers to “authority.”
DAN 7 14 hc6k figs-metonymy 0 peoples, nations, and languages Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 7 14 z6xf figs-parallelism 0 will not pass away … will never be destroyed These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DAN 7 14 sl8k figs-activepassive 0 that will never be destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one will ever destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 7 15 xt3d figs-parallelism 0 my spirit was grieved inside of me … the visions I saw in my mind troubled me These two phrases describe how Daniel was feeling. The second one gives more information about the first one, explaining about his grieved spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DAN 7 15 g5s3 figs-synecdoche 0 my spirit was grieved inside of me Here “my spirit” refers to Daniel himself. Alternate translation: “I was very sad inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 7 16 z2w1 0 one of them standing there This is one of the heavenly beings who were standing before God’s throne. This could mean: (1) these are angels, spirits who serve God (2) these are people who have died and are now in heaven.
DAN 7 16 fhe1 0 to show me Alternate translation: “to tell me” or “to explain to me”
DAN 7 16 x45a 0 these things Alternate translation: “the things I had seen”
DAN 7 17 mw57 0 These large animals, four in number, Alternate translation: “These four large animals”
DAN 7 17 s2iv 0 are four kings Alternate translation: “represent four kings”
DAN 7 17 e2vw figs-idiom 0 four kings that will arise from the earth Here “from the earth” means they are real people. Alternate translation: “four kings who will come to power on the earth” or “four men who will rise up from among the people of the earth and become kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 7 18 tz29 0 they will possess it Alternate translation: “they will rule over it”
DAN 7 18 x83s figs-doublet 0 forever and ever This repetition of ideas emphasizes that this kingdom will never come to an end. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 7 19 qj78 0 very horrifying Alternate translation: “very frightening”
DAN 7 19 fq88 0 trampled on Alternate translation: “walked on and crushed”
DAN 7 20 e5t1 0 the ten horns on its head Alternate translation: “the ten horns on the head of the fourth animal”
DAN 7 20 vi4r 0 grew up, and before which the three horns fell down Alternate translation: “grew up, and about the three horns that fell down in front of it” or “grew up, and about the three horns that fell down because of it”
DAN 7 20 vjs9 figs-euphemism 0 before which the three horns fell down Here “fell down” is a euphemism that means they were destroyed.” Alternate translation: “which destroyed the three horns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
DAN 7 20 frj1 0 the mouth that boasted Alternate translation: “its mouth that boasted” or “the mouth of the new horn, that boasted”
DAN 7 20 f425 0 that seemed greater than its companions the horn with the eyes and a mouth seemed to be greater than the other horns
DAN 7 21 xcl9 0 this horn “this fourth horn.” This refers to the horn that is described in [Daniel 7:20](../07/20.md).
DAN 7 22 pxx4 figs-activepassive 0 until the Ancient of Days came, and justice was given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until the Ancient of Days came and brought justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 7 22 dui7 0 Ancient of Days This is a title for God that emphasizes that he is eternal. See how you translated this title in [Daniel 7:9](../07/09.md).
DAN 7 22 em4n figs-activepassive 0 the holy people received the kingdom If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave his kingdom to his holy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 7 23 ec9x writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Most of the text of verses 23-27 is symbolic language. For this reason, the ULT presents them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 7 23 mv4h 0 This is what that person said This is the person that Daniel approached in [Daniel 7:16](../07/16.md).
DAN 7 23 p7zf 0 that person said Alternate translation: “that person answered”
DAN 7 23 lqc9 0 As for the fourth animal Alternate translation: “Concerning the fourth animal” or “Now, about the fourth animal”
DAN 7 23 t6ga figs-metaphor 0 It will devour … it into pieces This does not mean the fourth kingdom will destroy the planet, but that it will brutally attack, conquer, and destroy all other kingdoms on earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 7 24 x4nc 0 As for the ten horns Alternate translation: “Concerning the ten horns” or “Now, about the ten horns”
DAN 7 24 cn9p figs-explicit 0 out of this kingdom ten kings will arise They will rule one after the other. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “ten kings will rule over this fourth kingdom, one after another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 7 24 iw64 figs-explicit 0 another will arise after them This other king is not one of the ten. It may be helpful to refer to him as “the eleventh king.” Alternate translation: “after that an eleventh king will become powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 7 24 qun4 0 He will be different from the previous ones Alternate translation: “He will be different from the other ten kings”
DAN 7 24 x7hx figs-explicit 0 he will conquer the three kings He will defeat three of the original ten kings. It may be helpful to state that those three kings are represented by the three horns that were pulled out. Alternate translation: “he will defeat the three kings that were represented by the three horns that were pulled out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 7 25 xih7 figs-idiom 0 He will speak words against the Most High This means that the newest king will openly disagree with and say bad things about the Most High. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 7 25 ce61 0 He will try … into his hand The words “He” and “his” refer to the newest king, not the Most High.
DAN 7 25 nt2f 0 the holy people Alternate translation: “God’s holy people”
DAN 7 25 w16z 0 change the festivals and the law Both terms refer to the law of Moses. The festivals were an important part of the religion of Israel in the Old Testament.
DAN 7 25 hn8p figs-metonymy 0 These things will be given into his hand Here “his hand” refers to his control. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The newest king will control the religous festivals and laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 7 25 dnu4 0 one year, two years, and half a year This means “three and half years.” This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. Try to translate it in a way that preserves this way of counting. Alternate translation: “one year plus two years plus six months”
DAN 7 26 is1x 0 the court will be in session This means that the judge will be ready to investigate evidence and make his judgment. Alternate translation: “the judge will judge” or “The judge will sit down”
DAN 7 26 iln2 0 they will take his royal power away Alternate translation: “the members of the court will take the royal power away from the newest king”
DAN 7 26 j3ya 0 royal power This, here, refers to “authority.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 7:14](../07/14.md).
DAN 7 26 plf7 figs-activepassive 0 to be consumed and destroyed at the end If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and consume and destroy it in the end” or “and completely destroy his royal power in the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 7 27 hh11 figs-activepassive 0 The kingdom and the dominion … will be given to the people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give the kingdom and the dominion … to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 7 27 c6lf figs-doublet 0 The kingdom and the dominion These two terms mean basically the same thing and emphasize that this will concern all forms of official authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 7 27 p5c7 figs-abstractnouns 0 the greatness of the kingdoms If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **greatness**, you can express the same idea with an adjective such as “great.” Alternate translation: “everything that is great about the kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
DAN 7 27 ry7e figs-idiom 0 of the kingdoms under the whole heaven The idiom “under the whole heaven” refers to the kingdoms on earth. Alternate translation: “of all the kingdoms on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 7 27 eti4 0 His kingdom Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the Most High”
DAN 7 27 t3ct 0 an everlasting kingdom Alternate translation: “a kingdom that will exist forever” or “a kingdom that will never end”
DAN 7 28 v6mq 0 Here is the end of the matter This means that Daniel has finished describing the vision. Alternate translation: “That is what I saw in my vision” or “This is the end of the description of what I saw in my vision”
DAN 7 28 am3a 0 my face changed in appearance Alternate translation: “my face became pale”
DAN 8 intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vision of the ram and the male goat<br><br>Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
DAN 8 1 rft5 writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 8 1 b6kb translate-ordinal 0 In the third year “In year three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 8 1 er4q 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
DAN 8 1 h9fw writing-background 0 had a vision appear to me (after the one … first) This is background information to remind the reader that this is Daniel’s second vision. Alternate translation: “had a second vision appear to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
DAN 8 2 t4xy 0 fortress a walled city that was guarded and protected
DAN 8 2 m8kv translate-names 0 Susa … Elam … Ulai Canal These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 8 2 jfs1 0 Canal A canal is a narrow man-made waterway.
DAN 8 3 kh4s writing-symlanguage 0 a ram with two horns It is normal for rams to have two horns. These horns, however, have symbolic meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 8 3 buj1 0 but the longer … passed up in length by it Alternate translation: “but the longer one grew more slowly than the shorter one, and the shorter one grew to be even longer than it”
DAN 8 4 wrr2 0 I saw the ram charging Alternate translation: “I saw the ram rushing” or “I saw the ram running very quickly”
DAN 8 4 s49e figs-metonymy 0 to rescue anyone out of his hand Rams do not have hands. Here “hand” refers to the ram’s power. Alternate translation: “to rescue anyone from him” or “to rescue anyone from his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 8 5 npd3 figs-hyperbole 0 across the surface of the whole earth The phrase “the whole earth” is an exaggeration that means he came from far away. Alternate translation: “from far away across the surface of the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
DAN 8 5 jv2j figs-explicit 0 The goat had a large horn between his eyes Goats have two horns on the sides of their heads. This image should be explained. Alternate translation: “The goat had a single large horn in the center of his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 8 6 ith5 0 in a powerful rage Alternate translation: “and it was very angry”
DAN 8 7 u36k 0 trampled to crush something by stepping on it
DAN 8 7 hh82 0 the ram from his power Alternate translation: “the ram from the goat because of his power”
DAN 8 8 kr6f 0 the goat became very large Alternate translation: “the goat became very large and strong”
DAN 8 8 pt9j figs-activepassive 0 the large horn was broken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “something broke off the large horn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 8 8 z9lm figs-idiom 0 toward the four winds of the heavens Here “the four winds of heaven” is an idiom that refers to the four main directions (north, east, south, west) from which the winds blow. Alternate translation: “in four different directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 8 9 ys25 0 but which became very large Alternate translation: “but it became very large”
DAN 8 9 i3jg 0 in the south, in the east, and in the land of beauty This probably means it pointed in those directions. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “and pointed toward the south and then toward the east and then toward the beautiful land of Israel”
DAN 8 9 umn2 figs-idiom 0 the land of beauty This is a reference to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 8 10 pkh2 figs-personification 0 It became so large as to engage in war Here the horn is given qualities of a person and is engaging in war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
DAN 8 10 h6ex figs-activepassive 0 Some of that army … thrown down to the earth If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: The horn threw some of that army and some of the stars down to the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 8 10 iq57 figs-personification 0 it trampled on them Here the horn is given qualities of a person that tramples on the stars and on the army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
DAN 8 11 akq6 figs-personification 0 General Information: The horn is given qualities of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
DAN 8 11 x2bs 0 Connecting Statement: Daniel continues describing his vision of the horn ([Daniel 8:9](../08/09.md)).
DAN 8 11 r2zz figs-explicit 0 the commander of the army This refers to God himself, who is the leader of the angel army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 8 11 i4px 0 It took away from him the regular burnt offering Here “took away” means the horn stopped the offering. Here “him” refers to God, the commander of the army. Alternate translation: “It stopped the people from making their regular burnt offering to him”
DAN 8 11 c2s4 figs-activepassive 0 the place of his sanctuary was polluted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it defiled his sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 8 12 y31h figs-metaphor 0 The horn will throw truth down to the ground The horn ignoring truth and godliness is spoken of as if it will throw truth to the ground. Alternate translation: “The horn will reject the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 8 13 lj18 0 holy one Alternate translation: “angel”
DAN 8 13 b9yz 0 the handing over of the sanctuary Alternate translation: “the surrender of the sanctuary”
DAN 8 13 xj3i figs-activepassive 0 heaven’s army being trampled on If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the horn trampling on heaven’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 8 14 ed38 translate-numbers 0 2,300 evenings and mornings “Two thousand three hundred evenings and mornings.” Here “evenings and mornings” is a merism that refers to everything in between, which means full days. Alternate translation: “2,300 sunsets and sunrises” or “2,300 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
DAN 8 14 j3q3 0 the sanctuary will be put right Alternate translation: “the temple will be purified and set in order again”
DAN 8 16 h4dz figs-synecdoche 0 a man’s voice calling between the banks of the Ulai Canal Here a man is being referred to by his voice. Alternate translation: “a man calling from the Ulai Canal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 8 16 c8qg 0 Ulai Canal A canal is a narrow man-made waterway. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 8:2](../08/02.md).
DAN 8 17 c9ys translate-symaction 0 prostrated myself on the ground This is an act of worship in which someone lies flat on the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
DAN 8 17 v6y5 0 the time of the end “the final days” or “the end of the world.” This does not refer to the final moment in time, but rather to the events that will happen immediately before the end.
DAN 8 18 c89u 0 a deep sleep This is a type of sleep when someone is sleeping heavily and does not wake up easily.
DAN 8 19 v9et figs-explicit 0 the time of wrath This refers to the time when God will judge. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the time when God judges in anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 8 19 zif5 0 the appointed time for the end Alternate translation: “the time when the world will end”
DAN 8 20 bi9v writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: In these verses, the angel explains to Daniel the symbolic meaning of the things he saw in his vision. The animals and horns actually represent human rulers and kingdoms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 8 20 zfr2 0 two horns—they are Alternate translation: “two horns—they represent”
DAN 8 20 k8n7 figs-metonymy 0 the kings of Media and Persia This could mean: (1) this refers to the kings of Media and Persia or (2) this is a metonym in which the kings represents the kingdoms of Media and Persia. Alternate translation: “the kingdoms of Media and Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 8 21 j9y9 figs-metonymy 0 the king of Greece This could mean: (1) this refers to the king of Greece or (2) this is a metonym in which the king represents the kingdom of Greece. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of Greece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 8 21 h37i 0 The large horn between his eyes is Alternate translation: “The large horn between his eyes represents”
DAN 8 22 j764 writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: In these verses, the angel explains to Daniel the symbolic meaning of the things he saw in his vision. The animals and horns actually represented human rulers or kingdoms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 8 22 qtr7 0 As for the horn that was broken … four others arose Alternate translation: “Where the large horn was broken off, four others arose”
DAN 8 22 c6qn figs-explicit 0 four kingdoms will arise from his nation The four horns represent the four new kingdoms. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they represent the four kingdoms into which the kingdom of the first king will be divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 8 22 z39i 0 but not with his great power Alternate translation: “but they will not have as much power as the king represented by the large horn”
DAN 8 23 gk83 0 At the latter time of those kingdoms Alternate translation: “As those kingdoms approach their end”
DAN 8 23 t2i5 0 shall have reached their limit Alternate translation: “have reached their full” or “have run their course”
DAN 8 23 x2ku 0 grim-faced This means someone who looks defiant, or like he will refuse to obey.
DAN 8 24 fm5e writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: In these verses, the angel explains to Daniel the symbolic meaning of the things he saw in his vision. The animals and horns actually represented human rulers or kingdoms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 8 24 ue1c 0 but not by his own power Alternate translation: “but someone else will give him his power”
DAN 8 25 yq8r figs-personification 0 he will make deceit prosper Here “deceit” is spoken of as if it is a person who will prosper. Alternate translation: “the amount of deception will increase” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
DAN 8 25 u9tg figs-metonymy 0 under his hand Here “hand” refers to his rule. Alternate translation: “under his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 8 25 f6qi 0 King of kings This refers to God.
DAN 8 25 asi1 figs-metonymy 0 he will be broken Here “he” refers to his power. Alternate translation: “his rule will end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 8 25 cxx3 figs-metonymy 0 not by any human hand Here “hand” refers to power. This can be also stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “not by any human power” or “by divine power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 8 26 cer6 figs-metaphor 0 seal up the vision The angel speaks about the vision as if it were a scroll that could be closed with a wax seal. This prevented anyone from seeing the contents until the seal was broken. Alternate translation: “close and seal up what you have written about the vision” or “do not tell anyone about the vision now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 8 27 us1l 0 was overcome and lay weak for several days Alternate translation: “was exhausted and lay in bed sick for several days”
DAN 8 27 c42h 0 went about the king’s business Alternate translation: “did the work that the king had assigned to me”
DAN 8 27 v7gd 0 I was appalled by the vision Alternate translation: “I was dismayed by the vision” or “I was very confused by the vision”
DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br><br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
DAN 9 1 a2ic 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 were not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king. Chapter 9 now returns to the events of the reign of Darius who became king in chapter 6.
DAN 9 1 lvl3 writing-background 0 It was Ahasuerus who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This is background information about who Ahasuerus was. The UST places this in parentheses to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
DAN 9 1 y3g6 figs-activepassive 0 who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 9 1 m6bc 0 over the realm Alternate translation: “over the country” or “over the kingdom”
DAN 9 2 h1p2 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
DAN 9 2 y2g1 translate-numbers 0 there would be seventy years until Jerusalem’s abandonment would end “from the time Jerusalem was destroyed, it would remain in ruins for 70 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DAN 9 2 zrc4 0 abandonment this means no one would help or rebuild Jerusalem during that time
DAN 9 3 xi1v figs-metonymy 0 I turned my face to the Lord God Here “face” represents Daniel’s attention. Alternate translation: “I focused my attention on the Lord God” or “I directed my thoughts toward the Lord God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 9 3 v1yi figs-metaphor 0 to seek him Those who want to know Yahweh and please him are spoken of as if they are literally seeking to find Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 9 3 ni5z translate-symaction 0 fasting, wearing sackcloth, and sitting in ashes These are symbolic acts of repentance and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
DAN 9 4 waz8 0 I made confession of our sins Alternate translation: “I confessed our sins”
DAN 9 4 q4bd 0 you are the one who keeps the covenant and is faithful to love those Alternate translation: “you do what you said you would do in your covenant, and you faithfully love those”
DAN 9 5 bz6l figs-parallelism 0 We have sinned and have done what is wrong These two phrases express one idea in two different ways for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DAN 9 5 ie62 figs-parallelism 0 We have acted wickedly and we have rebelled These two phrases express one idea in two different ways for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DAN 9 5 fu8v figs-doublet 0 your commands and decrees The words “commands” and “decrees” share similar meanings and refer to the whole law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 9 6 x5wh figs-metonymy 0 We have not listened to your servants Here “not listened” means they did not obey their message. Alternate translation: “We have not obeyed the message of your prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 9 6 hp4w figs-metonymy 0 spoke in your name Here “name” refers to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “spoke with your authority” or “spoke as your representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 9 6 et6z 0 the people of the land Here “land” refers to Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people”
DAN 9 7 fy69 figs-metaphor 0 To you, Lord, belongs righteousness Being righteous is spoken of as if “righteousness” were an object that belongs to Yahweh. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **righteousness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “righteous.” Alternate translation: “Lord, you are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
DAN 9 7 x7i6 figs-metaphor 0 To us today, however, belongs shame on our faces—for the people Being ashamed is spoken of as if “shame” were an object that belongs to people. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **shame**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “ashamed.” Alternate translation: “But as for us, we are ashamed of what we have done—the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
DAN 9 7 k8fa figs-exclusive 0 To us today The word “us” includes Daniel and the Israelites, but it does not include God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
DAN 9 7 kk5y figs-idiom 0 belongs shame on our faces This idiom means their shame is visible to all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 9 7 u1gy 0 because of the great treachery that we committed against you Alternate translation: “because we greatly betrayed you” or “because we were very unfaithful to you”
DAN 9 9 vqm3 figs-metaphor 0 To the Lord our God belong compassion and forgiveness Having these traits is spoken of as if they belonged to the Lord. Alternate translation: “The Lord our God is compassionate and forgives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 9 10 kf4g figs-metonymy 0 We have not obeyed the voice of Yahweh our God Here “voice” refers to the commands that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “We have not obeyed what Yahweh told us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 9 11 b68w figs-idiom 0 turned aside The words “turned aside” mean that Israel stopped obeying God’s laws. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 9 11 qk6k figs-activepassive 0 that are written in the law of Moses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Moses wrote about in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 9 11 n3rz figs-metaphor 0 have been poured out on us The abundance of the curse and the oath are spoken of as if they were poured out like water. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have brought upon us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 9 12 n2ng figs-idiom 0 For under the whole of heaven This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “For in the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 9 12 l46l figs-activepassive 0 there has not been done anything “nothing has been done.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nothing has happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 9 12 vbx2 figs-activepassive 0 what has been done to Jerusalem If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what you have done to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 9 13 c1fb figs-activepassive 0 As it is written in the law of Moses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “As Moses wrote in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 9 13 sk3z figs-idiom 0 turning away from our iniquities Here stopping evil activity is spoken of as turning away from them. Alternate translation: “stopping our evil actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 9 14 dxb5 0 Yahweh has kept the disaster ready Alternate translation: “Yahweh has prepared this disaster”
DAN 9 14 up2a figs-metonymy 0 we have not obeyed his voice Here “voice” refers to the things that Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “we have not done what he told us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 9 15 wi6x figs-metonymy 0 with a mighty hand Here “mighty hand” is a metonym for strength. Alternate translation: “with great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 9 15 k82d 0 you have made a famous name for yourself, as in this present day Alternate translation: “you caused people to know how great you are, as you still do today”
DAN 9 15 u2zs figs-parallelism 0 still we sinned; we have done wicked things These two clauses mean basically the same thing and are used together to emphasize how bad sin is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DAN 9 15 h9ad figs-exclusive 0 we sinned; we have done wicked things Daniel and Israel sinned and did wicked things, but “we” does not include God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
DAN 9 16 zd1k figs-doublet 0 your anger and your wrath The words “anger” and “wrath” mean basically the same thing and emphasize how terrible God’s anger is when he acts on it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 9 16 g4t8 0 your holy mountain This mountain may be holy because God’s temple is there. Alternate translation: “the mountain where your holy temple is”
DAN 9 16 t4wb figs-exclusive 0 our sins … our ancestors Here “our” refers to Daniel and Israel, but not to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
DAN 9 16 qcc3 0 an object of scorn Alternate translation: “a target of disrespect”
DAN 9 17 e6hv 0 Now This does not mean “at this moment”, but it is a way to show that the next phase in Daniel’s prayer is about to start.
DAN 9 17 u437 figs-123person 0 your servant … his pleas for mercy The words “your servant” and “his” here refer to Daniel. He speaks about himself in the third person as a sign of respect for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 9 17 ndy1 0 pleas for mercy Alternate translation: “requests for mercy”
DAN 9 17 a4vq figs-metaphor 0 make your face shine on The writer speaks of Yahweh acting favorably as if Yahweh’s face shone a light. Alternate translation: “act kindly toward” or “act with favor toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 9 17 b52l 0 your sanctuary This refers to the temple in Jerusalem.
DAN 9 18 sv8a figs-idiom 0 open your ears and listen To “open the ears” is an idiom that means to listen. These two phrases means the same thing and emphasize Daniel’s desire for God to listen to his prayer. Alternate translation: “please listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 9 18 jqa4 figs-idiom 0 open your eyes and see To “open the eyes” is an idiom that means to see. These two phrases means the same thing and emphasize Daniel’s desire for God to pay attention to his prayer. Alternate translation: “notice us” or “pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 9 18 gw8i figs-metonymy 0 is called by your name Here “name” represents ownership. Alternate translation: “is your city” or “belongs to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 9 19 y5zw 0 do not delay This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “act quickly”
DAN 9 20 n3ma 0 my people Israel Alternate translation: “the people of Israel to whom I belong”
DAN 9 21 tmu9 figs-explicit 0 the man Gabriel This is the same angel Gabriel who appeared in the form of a man in [Daniel 8:16](../08/16.md). Alternate translation: “Gabriel, who appeared as a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 9 21 m9dw 0 in the vision at the first This may refer to the first vision that Daniel had while he was awake. Alternate translation: “in the previous vision” or “in the vision I saw before” or “in a vision before”
DAN 9 21 ud8s 0 flew down to me in rapid flight Alternate translation: “flew down to me quickly”
DAN 9 21 i2as 0 at the time of the evening sacrifice The Jewish people sacrificed to God each evening just before the sun went down.
DAN 9 22 i4uk figs-doublet 0 insight and understanding The words “insight” and “understanding” mean the same thing and emphasize that Gabriel will help Daniel to understand the message completely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 9 23 bj8w figs-activepassive 0 the order was given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave the order” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 9 23 ke8t 0 consider this word Alternate translation: “think about this message”
DAN 9 23 dn8d 0 the revelation This refers back to the prophesy of Jeremiah in [Daniel 9:2](../09/02.md).
DAN 9 24 tn7g 0 Seventy sevens are decreed for your people and your holy city to God decreed that he would do the things in this verse for the people and the holy city.
DAN 9 24 x7sx 0 Seventy sevens This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. If possible, try to translate in a way that preserves this use of the number seven. Alternate translation: “Seventy times seven years”
DAN 9 24 vmn4 figs-you 0 your people and your holy city The word “your” here refers to Daniel. The people are the Israelites and the holy city is Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DAN 9 24 v75s figs-parallelism 0 to end the guilt and put an end to sin The idea is repeated to emphasize how certain it is that this will happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DAN 9 24 dt4s figs-idiom 0 to carry out the vision Here “carry out” is an idiom that means to accomplish. Alternate translation: “to accomplish the vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 9 24 z31h figs-doublet 0 the vision and the prophecy These words in this context mean the same thing. They ensure Daniel that Jeremiah’s vision was indeed a prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 9 25 hg9s 0 and sixty-two sevens This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. If possible, try to translate in a way that preserves this use of the number seven. Alternate translation: “seven times seven years … and sixty-two times seven years”
DAN 9 25 z58t figs-doublet 0 Know and understand These words are used together to make the importance clear. Alternate translation: “You must clearly understand” or “You must know for sure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 9 25 cc6s translate-symaction 0 the anointed one Anointing is a symbolic act to show that someone is chosen. Alternate translation: “the person that God anoints” or “the person that God chooses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
DAN 9 25 mg6r 0 seven sevens … and sixty-two sevens These added together are 69 of the 70 sevens spoken of in verse 24.
DAN 9 25 tg7z figs-activepassive 0 Jerusalem will be rebuilt If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will rebuild Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 9 25 gs6w 0 moat a deep ditch around a city or building, usually with water in it
DAN 9 25 q3nq 0 the times of distress Alternate translation: “a time of great trouble”
DAN 9 26 t9v5 0 sixty-two sevens This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. If possible, try to translate in a way that preserves this use of the number seven. See how you translated this number in [Daniel 9:25](../09/25.md). Alternate translation: “sixty-two times seven”
DAN 9 26 pru6 figs-activepassive 0 the anointed one will be destroyed and will have nothing If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will destroy the anointed one and he will have nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 9 26 nzv4 0 the anointed one Anointing is a symbolic act to show that someone is chosen. See how you translated this title in [Daniel 9:25](../09/25.md). Alternate translation: “the person that God anoints” or “the person that God chooses”
DAN 9 26 bn3z 0 a coming ruler This is a foreign ruler, not “the anointed one.” Alternate translation: “a foreign ruler who will come” or “a powerful ruler who will come”
DAN 9 26 hpa8 figs-metaphor 0 Its end will come with a flood The army will destroy the city and the holy place just as a flood destroys things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 9 26 ite5 figs-activepassive 0 Desolations have been decreed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed ruin for the city and sanctuary” or “God has declared that the enemy army will destroy everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 9 27 a45k 0 He will … he will This refers to the coming ruler who will destroy the anointed one.
DAN 9 27 zqk4 0 one seven … In the middle of the seven Here “seven” is used to refer to a period of seven years. Alternate translation: “seven years … Halfway through the seven years”
DAN 9 27 rr1b 0 put an end to Alternate translation: “stop” or “halt”
DAN 9 27 jsh2 figs-doublet 0 the sacrifice and the offering These words basically mean the same thing. The repetition is to show that the ruler will prevent all types of sacrifices. Alternate translation: “all forms of sacrificing” or “every type of offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 9 27 e962 figs-metonymy 0 the wing of abominations This may refer to the defensive structures on top of the walls of the temple, which are called “abominations” because they are full of idols. Alternate translation: “the walls of the temple that are full of abominations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 9 27 l267 0 someone who makes desolate Alternate translation: “a person who completely destroys”
DAN 9 27 i8lk figs-activepassive 0 A full end and destruction are decreed to be poured out If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed that he will pour out a full end and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 9 27 x6c9 figs-doublet 0 A full end and destruction These two words or expressions are basically the same. They emphasize how serious and complete the destruction will be. Alternate translation: “Complete destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 9 27 t53m 0 the one who has made the desolation Alternate translation: “the person who caused the destruction”
DAN 10 intro rcw2 0 # Daniel 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section where Daniel is given a prophecy about the future from an angel. This section continues for the remainder of the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DAN 10 1 if3j translate-ordinal 0 the third year of Cyrus king of Persia “year 3 of the rule of Cyrus the king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 10 1 mci4 figs-activepassive 0 a message was revealed to Daniel This can also be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “God revealed a message to Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 10 1 vf8c 0 insight the ability to understand more than what can be seen
DAN 10 3 xqe9 0 delicacies These are expensive or rare kinds of food. Alternate translation: “fancy foods”
DAN 10 3 af3y 0 until the completion of three entire weeks Alternate translation: “until the end of three entire weeks”
DAN 10 4 s7nc translate-hebrewmonths 0 On the twenty-fourth day of the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fourth day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 10 5 p8b1 0 with a belt around his waist Alternate translation: “and he was wearing a belt”
DAN 10 5 q62t translate-names 0 Uphaz Uphaz is a place. Its location is not known (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 10 6 pv61 figs-simile 0 His body was like topaz His body gleamed with blue or yellow light as if it were made of topaz. Alternate translation: “his body gleamed like topaz” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
DAN 10 6 yce2 0 topaz a blue or yellow gemstone, also known as beryl, peridot, or chrysolite
DAN 10 6 e9xc figs-simile 0 his face was like lightning His face shone brightly as a bolt of lightning shines. Alternate translation: “his face shone with light as bright as the flash of lightning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
DAN 10 6 v1ew figs-simile 0 His eyes were like flaming torches His eyes were bright with light as if they were flaming torches. Alternate translation: “his eyes were so bright that it seemed they had torches burning inside them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
DAN 10 6 ugr5 figs-simile 0 his arms and his feet were like polished bronze His arms and feet were as shiny as if they were made of polished bronze. Alternate translation: “his arms and feet shone like polished bronze that reflects the light around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
DAN 10 6 vkv7 figs-simile 0 The sound of his words was like the sound of a great crowd His voice was so loud that it was as if a crowd of people were all talking loudly. Alternate translation: “his voice was as loud as a huge crowd all calling out together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
DAN 10 8 gpj1 figs-activepassive 0 So I was left alone and saw If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “No one was with me, and I saw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 10 8 tiw7 figs-activepassive 0 my bright appearance was turned into a ruined look If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “my bright appearance turned into looking ruined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 10 8 pp1z figs-idiom 0 my bright appearance This describes the face of someone who is healthy. Alternate translation: “my healthy-looking face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 10 8 fy67 figs-metaphor 0 a ruined look Someone’s unhealthy, pale face is spoken of as if it were a ruined building. Alternate translation: “pale” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 10 9 kc4l figs-idiom 0 I fell on my face in deep sleep Possible meanings are: (1) Daniel was so scared by what he saw that he deliberately laid on the ground, where he then fainted or (2) Daniel fainted and then fell forward onto the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 10 10 q7sg figs-synecdoche 0 A hand touched me Here a person’s hand represents that person, probably the man whom Daniel saw in [Daniel 10:5](../10/05.md). Alternate translation: “Someone touched me with his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 10 11 uuf2 figs-activepassive 0 Daniel, man greatly treasured This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Daniel, you whom God greatly treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 10 11 r2td 0 greatly treasured much valued and loved
DAN 10 12 xbp6 0 you set your mind to understand Alternate translation: “you determined to understand the vision”
DAN 10 12 n99a figs-activepassive 0 your words were heard This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “God heard your words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 10 13 qc85 0 prince Here this refers to a spirit who has authority over a human nation. Alternate translation: “spirit prince”
DAN 10 13 rag2 0 the kings of Persia This probably refers to the various kings who ruled over nations in the Persian Empire, and who had to obey the king of Persia.
DAN 10 13 as4y 0 Michael, one of the chief princes Alternate translation: “Michael, on of the chief angels” or “Michael, one of the archangels”
DAN 10 15 lq7d 0 I turned my face toward the ground “I looked at the ground.” Daniel may have done this to show humble reverence, or because he was afraid.
DAN 10 16 dt5j 0 One who was like the sons of man This may refer to the one who had just spoken to Daniel. However, some versions interpret it as referring to a different person. Alternate translation: “This one, who looked like a human”
DAN 10 16 wv9e figs-idiom 0 like the sons of man Here this expression refers to human beings in general. Alternate translation: “like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 10 16 na7s 0 agony severe emotional suffering
DAN 10 17 t4pn figs-rquestion 0 I am your servant. How can I talk with my master? Daniel asks this question meaning that he cannot speak to the angel because he is not the angel’s equal. These sentences can be combined. Alternate translation: “I am not able to answer you because I am only your servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
DAN 10 17 by59 figs-idiom 0 there is no breath left in me This idiom refers to breathing. Alternate translation: “I cannot breathe” or “it’s very hard to breathe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 10 18 wh3x 0 the one with an appearance of a man Alternate translation: “the one who looked like a human”
DAN 10 19 j55a 0 Be strong now, be strong The words “be strong” are repeated for emphasis.
DAN 10 19 w36n figs-activepassive 0 man greatly treasured This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you whom God greatly treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 10 19 u5hy figs-activepassive 0 I was strengthened This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I became strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 10 20 tku1 0 the prince of Persia Here “prince” refers to a spirit who rules and guards a human nation. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 10:13](../10/13.md). Alternate translation: “the spirit prince of Persia”
DAN 10 21 k4rh figs-explicit 0 But I will tell you This implies that the angel will tell Daniel about this immediately, before he goes away. Alternate translation: “But first I will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 10 21 gx6a figs-activepassive 0 what is written in the Book of Truth If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Book of Truth says” or “what someone wrote in the Book of Truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 10 21 f6mz 0 who shows himself to be strong Alternate translation: “who proves himself to be strong”
DAN 10 21 x9us 0 There is no one who shows himself to be strong with me against them, except Michael your prince Alternate translation: “Michael your prince is the only one to show himself strong with me against them” or “Michael your prince is the only one who helps me against them”
DAN 10 21 t5rl figs-you 0 Michael your prince The word “your” is plural. It refers to Daniel and the rest of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Michael, the prince of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DAN 10 21 p2z5 0 Michael your prince “Michael your guardian angel.” Translate “prince” when it refers to Michael as you did [Daniel 10:13](../10/13.md).
DAN 11 intro ee96 0 # Daniel 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy continues in this chapter. The kings of the North and of the South will fight many wars against each other. The king of the South is probably a reference to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DAN 11 1 iik8 0 General Information: In Daniel 11:1 through 12:4, the one who was speaking to Daniel in chapter 10 tells him what is written in the book of truth. This is as he said he would do in [Daniel 10:21](../10/21.md).
DAN 11 1 rm8a figs-explicit 0 In the first year of Darius Darius was the King of the Medes. “The first year” refers to the first year that he was king. Alternate translation: “In the first year of the reign of Darius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 11 2 eq9g 0 Three kings will arise in Persia Alternate translation: “Three kings will rule over Persia”
DAN 11 2 ed2c translate-ordinal 0 a fourth will be far richer than all the others “after them a fourth king will come into power who will have more money than the three before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 11 2 dk4x 0 power This could mean: (1) authority or (2) military power.
DAN 11 2 e62r 0 he will stir up everyone Alternate translation: “he will cause everyone to want to fight”
DAN 11 3 l9xy figs-metaphor 0 A mighty king will rise up The idea of rising up or standing is often used for someone who becomes powerful. Alternate translation: “A mighty king will begin to reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 3 xg79 0 who will rule a very great kingdom This could mean: (1) that the size of this kingdom would be very great, or (2) that the king would rule his kingdom with very great power.
DAN 11 4 ti9p figs-activepassive 0 his kingdom will be broken and divided If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his kingdom will break apart and divide” or “his kingdom will break apart into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 11 4 ewb2 0 the four winds of heaven See how you translated this in [Daniel 7:2](../07/02.md).
DAN 11 4 v3mc figs-ellipsis 0 but not to his own descendants The idea of not being divided and shared out is implied here. Alternate translation: “but it will not be divided for his own descendants” or “but it will not be shared by his own descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
DAN 11 4 a3z5 figs-activepassive 0 his kingdom will be uprooted for others besides his descendants The kingdom is spoken of as if it were a plant that someone destroyed by uprooting it. This idea can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “another power will uproot and destroy his kingdom and others who are not his descendants will rule over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 5 xd9k 0 one of his commanders will become even stronger than he and will rule his kingdom with great power A commander of the king of the South will become the king of the North.
DAN 11 6 lv1j 0 they will make an alliance The king of the South will make an alliance with the king of the North. This alliance would be a formal agreement that both nations are required to follow. Alternate translation: “the king of the South and the king of the North will promise to work together”
DAN 11 6 n6pd 0 The daughter of the king of the South will come … to confirm the agreement The king of the South will give his daughter in marriage to the king of the North. The marriage will confirm the agreement between the two kings.
DAN 11 6 lf4z figs-metaphor 0 her arm’s strength … his arm Here “arm” stands for power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 6 d6vs figs-activepassive 0 She will be abandoned This appears to refer to a plot to kill her and those who made the alliance. This phrase may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “They will abandon her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 11 7 dvw9 figs-metaphor 0 a branch from her roots This family is spoken of as if it were a tree. The roots represent ancestors, and the branch represents a descendant. Alternate translation: “a descendant of her ancestors” or “one of her descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 7 rfw3 0 her roots The word “her” refers to the daughter of the king of the South in [Daniel 11:6](../11/06.md).
DAN 11 7 u8jk figs-synecdoche 0 He will attack the army The word “he” refers to her descendant, and here it also refers to his army. Alternate translation: “He and his army will attack the army of the king of the North” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 11 7 jj5j 0 He will fight them Here “them” represents the soldiers of the enemy army. Alternate translation: “He will fight the enemy soldiers”
DAN 11 9 lpm6 0 but he will withdraw The word “he” refers to the king of the North.
DAN 11 10 b8ne 0 His sons Alternate translation: “The sons of the king of the North”
DAN 11 10 d4ad 0 assemble a great army Alternate translation: “gather together many men who can fight in battles”
DAN 11 10 t3xu figs-simile 0 will flood everything The way the large army covers the land will be like a flood of water. Alternate translation: “will be so great in number that they will cover all the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
DAN 11 11 z45y 0 will raise up a great army Alternate translation: “will assemble a great army”
DAN 11 11 wzt8 figs-activepassive 0 the army will be given into his hand Here “hand” represents the control of the king of the South. Alternate translation: “the king will surrender the army to the king of the South” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 12 dv6k figs-activepassive 0 The army will be carried off This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “The king of the South will capture the army of the North” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 11 12 sc8a figs-metaphor 0 will be lifted up Being lifted up represents the idea of becoming very proud. Alternate translation: “will become very proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 12 yul2 figs-metonymy 0 will make tens of thousands to fall Here falling represents dying in battle. Alternate translation: “will have his army kill many thousands of his enemies” or “will kill many thousands of his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 11 12 tj1u translate-numbers 0 tens of thousands “many thousands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DAN 11 13 lhx7 figs-activepassive 0 a great army supplied with much equipment This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a great army that has much equipment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 11 14 d4rt figs-metaphor 0 many will rise against the king Here the idea of rising up represents rebelling. Alternate translation: “many people will rebel against the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 14 l5gp figs-metaphor 0 Sons of the violent This expression stands for violent people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 14 rd3t figs-metaphor 0 they will stumble Here stumbling represents failing. Alternate translation: “they will not succeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 15 eu1n figs-synecdoche 0 The king of the North will come Here “king of the North” includes his army also. Alternate translation: “The army of the king of the North will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 11 15 tqb1 0 pour out earth for siege mounds This refers to the piling up of earth in order for soldiers to reach the height of city walls in order to attack them. Soldiers and slaves would put loose earth in baskets, carry them to the right place, and pour it out in order to raise the mounds.
DAN 11 15 f3vi 0 fortifications walls and other things built to defend a city or fort from enemy soldiers
DAN 11 15 em5h figs-metonymy 0 will not be able to stand Here standing represents the ability to fight. Alternate translation: “will not be able to keep fighting against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 11 16 nm4j 0 the one who comes will act according to his desires against him Alternate translation: “the invading king will do whatever he wants against the other king”
DAN 11 16 zl4i figs-metonymy 0 He will stand in Here standing represents ruling. Alternate translation: “The king will begin to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 11 16 d31f 0 the land of beauty This refers to the land of Israel. See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:9](../08/09.md).
DAN 11 16 bmr3 figs-metaphor 0 destruction will be in his hand Here “destruction” represents the power to destroy. Also, the power to destroy is spoken of as if it were something that someone could hold in his hand. Alternate translation: “he will have power to destroy anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 17 cr5f figs-idiom 0 set his face This is an idiom for a person deciding to do something and not being willing to change his mind. Alternate translation: “decide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 11 17 hz1p figs-metonymy 0 come with the strength of his entire kingdom This probably refers to military power. Alternate translation: “come with the force of all his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 11 17 pl8v figs-idiom 0 a daughter of women This is an elegant way of saying “a woman.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 11 18 y98a 0 will end his arrogance Alternate translation: “will make the king of the North stop being arrogant”
DAN 11 18 t5p9 0 will cause his arrogance to turn back upon him Alternate translation: “will cause the king of the North to suffer because he was arrogant toward others”
DAN 11 19 ef5y 0 he will pay attention Alternate translation: “the king of the North will pay attention”
DAN 11 19 x9wd figs-idiom 0 he will not be found This is a way of saying that he will die. This idea can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he will disappear” or “he will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 11 20 kdc5 figs-metaphor 0 someone will rise up in his place Rising up in a king’s place represents becoming king in place of the previous king. Alternate translation: “another man will become king of the North instead of that king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 20 j9ng figs-explicit 0 will make a tax collector pass through The tax collector will go through the land forcing people to pay taxes. Alternate translation: “will send someone to make the people pay taxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 11 20 c17c figs-metaphor 0 he will be broken Here “he” refers to the new king. Being broken represents dying. Alternate translation: “the new king will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 20 j9t5 figs-metaphor 0 but not in anger This could mean: (1) no one was angry at the king, or (2) that the occasion and cause of the king’s death were kept secret. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 21 jzb9 figs-activepassive 0 a despised person to whom the people will not have given the honor of royal power The people will refuse to acknowledge him as king because he is not a descendant of kings. Alternate translation: “a person whom the people will despise and will not honor as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 11 22 h918 figs-activepassive 0 An army will be swept away like a flood from before him Being swept away represents being destroyed. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His army will completely destroy a great army as a flood destroys everything in its path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
DAN 11 22 pp6n figs-activepassive 0 Both that army and the leader of the covenant will be destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He will destroy that army and the leader of the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 11 22 kdw5 0 the leader of the covenant “the leader of the priests.” This phrase refers to the person who filled the most important religious position that God required in his covenant, that of the high priest.
DAN 11 23 ws3q figs-activepassive 0 From the time an alliance is made with him This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When other rulers make a peace treaty with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 11 24 ml78 0 will spread among his followers Alternate translation: “will distribute to his followers”
DAN 11 24 e41l 0 the booty, the plunder, and the wealth Alternate translation: “the valuable things that he and his army take from the people they defeat”
DAN 11 25 gu4a figs-personification 0 He will wake up his power and his heart Power and heart (that is, courage) are spoken of as if they were people whom someone could wake up in order to make them act. Alternate translation: “He will make himself powerful and will become courageous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
DAN 11 25 xr4i figs-metaphor 0 heart Here this represents courage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 25 l4sg 0 with a great army Alternate translation: “with a great army that he will assemble”
DAN 11 25 iy35 0 will wage war Alternate translation: “will fight against him”
DAN 11 25 a8rn figs-metaphor 0 he will not stand Not standing represents being defeated. Alternate translation: “the king of the South will be defeated” or “his army will be defeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 26 q6x3 figs-metonymy 0 those who eat his fine food This refers to the king’s advisers. It was usual for a king’s most trusted advisers to eat meals with him. Alternate translation: “the king’s best advisers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 11 26 ia23 figs-metaphor 0 His army will be swept away like a flood Here the severe defeat of an army is spoken of as a flood of water that completely sweeps it away. Alternate translation: “The enemy will completely defeat his army” or “His enemy will completely destroy his army as a flood destroys everything in its path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 26 vhr4 figs-idiom 0 many of them will fall killed Here “fall” is an idiom that refers to dying in battle, so “fall” and “killed” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “many of his soldiers will die in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 11 27 uf6f figs-metaphor 0 with their hearts set on evil against each other Here “heart” represents a person’s desires. Desires are spoken of here as if they were an object that someone could set or place in a certain position. Alternate translation: “each determined to do evil to the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 27 hy3i figs-metonymy 0 will sit at the same table Sitting at the same table represents the act of talking to each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 11 27 l9y8 0 but it will be of no use Alternate translation: “but their talking will not help them”
DAN 11 27 yqf8 figs-activepassive 0 For the end will come at the time that has been fixed This tells why their meetings will not be successful. Alternate translation: “The result of their actions will only come at the time that God has fixed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 11 28 gj2c figs-metonymy 0 riches, with his heart set against the holy covenant Here “heart” represents the mind or thoughts of a person. The idiom “his heart set against” means to be determined to oppose something. This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “riches. He will be determined to oppose the holy covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 11 28 bn8y figs-metonymy 0 with his heart set against the holy covenant The king’s desire to act against the holy covenant represents his desire to stop the Israelites from obeying that covenant. Alternate translation: “determined to stop the Israelites from obeying the holy covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 11 28 x22z 0 the holy covenant Here “holy” describes God’s covenant with Israel. It implies that the covenant should be honored and obeyed because it comes from God himself. Alternate translation: “God’s covenant, which all the Israelites should obey”
DAN 11 28 cg5d figs-explicit 0 He will act This implies that the king will do certain actions in Israel. Alternate translation: “He will do what he wants to in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 11 30 ql6s figs-metonymy 0 ships of Kittim will come against him The ships represent the army coming in those ships. Alternate translation: “an army will come from Kittim in ships in order to fight his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 11 30 vt1j translate-names 0 Kittim This may refer to a settlement on the island of Cyprus in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 11 30 n36n 0 He will be furious against the holy covenant Alternate translation: “He will hate the holy covenant”
DAN 11 30 y4cm 0 will show favor to those Alternate translation: “will act in favor for those” or “will help those”
DAN 11 31 n2xy figs-idiom 0 His forces will rise up “His army will appear” or “His army will come.” The word “His” refers to the king of the North. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 11 31 cjf5 0 the fortress sanctuary Alternate translation: “the sanctuary that the people use as a fortress”
DAN 11 31 gq2g figs-metaphor 0 They will take away the regular burnt offering Taking away the offering represents preventing people from offering it. Alternate translation: “They will stop the priests from presenting the regular burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 31 e91v figs-idiom 0 the abomination that causes desolation This refers to an idol that will make the temple desolate, that is, that will cause God to leave his temple. Alternate translation: “the disgusting idol that will cause God to abandon the temple” or “the disgusting thing that will make the temple unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 11 32 g7nd 0 acted wickedly against the covenant Alternate translation: “wickedly disobeyed the covenant”
DAN 11 32 qcz6 0 corrupt them Alternate translation: “persuade them to do evil”
DAN 11 32 th7n figs-metonymy 0 who know their God Here “know” means “be faithful.” Alternate translation: “who are faithful to their God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 11 32 v4tg 0 will be strong and will take action Alternate translation: “will be firm and resist them”
DAN 11 33 fs3l figs-metaphor 0 they will stumble by the sword and by flame Here “stumble” is a metaphor that represents experiencing a disaster of one kind or another, including death itself. Here “sword” represents battles and warfare, and “flame” represents fire. Alternate translation: “they will die in battle and by burning to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 11 33 i91v 0 they This refers to the wise persons among the Israelites.
DAN 11 33 kc6h figs-metaphor 0 they will stumble into captivity and into being robbed for days Here “stumble” is a metaphor that represents experiencing a disaster of one kind or another, including death itself. The phrase “being robbed” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will become slaves and their enemies will rob them of their possessions for days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 11 34 ji6c figs-activepassive 0 they will be helped with a little help This may be put into active form. Alternate translation: “others will give them a little help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 11 34 z23f 0 In hypocrisy many will join themselves with them This refers to other people who will pretend to help the wise persons, but not because they truly wish to help them.
DAN 11 34 w3l4 figs-metaphor 0 will join themselves Here “join themselves” represents “come to help.” Alternate translation: “will come to help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 35 u9tw 0 Some of the wise will stumble … until the time of the end This suffering will continue until the time when God has decided that it will end.
DAN 11 35 f174 figs-metaphor 0 Some of the wise will stumble Here “stumble” represents experiencing a disaster of one kind or another, including death itself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 35 ip6i 0 so that refining will happen to them Here “so that” means “with the result that.” Alternate translation: “with the result that refining will happen to them”
DAN 11 35 c7it figs-abstractnouns 0 refining will happen to them, and cleansing, and purifying These three activities are expressed here as if they were things. However, they may be expressed as actions, either in passive form or in active form. Alternate translation: “they will be refined, cleansed, and purified” or “their suffering will refine, cleanse, and purify them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 11 35 t14z figs-metaphor 0 refining This refers to the purifying of metal by melting it in a fire. When God makes his people more faithful to himself, this is spoken of as if they were metal that a worker was making more pure by putting it into fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 35 x3zq figs-metaphor 0 cleansing This refers to making people, places, or objects suitable for God’s use by separating them from sin and other forms of evil. It speaks of evil as if it were physical dirtiness that could be removed by washing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 35 xl1l figs-metaphor 0 purifying This idea is very similar to refining, discussed earlier. Metal that is refined can also be said to be purified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 35 p8p8 0 time of the end “the final days” or “the end of the world.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:17](../08/17.md).
DAN 11 35 a7hv 0 the appointed time is still to come Here “appointed time” implies that God has set the time. This can be put into active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has set the time in the future”
DAN 11 36 ytf5 0 The king will act according to his desires Alternate translation: “The king will do whatever he wants”
DAN 11 36 pn6u 0 The king This refers to the king of the North.
DAN 11 36 v9x7 figs-doublet 0 lift himself up and make himself great The phrases “lift himself up” and “make himself great” mean the same thing and indicate that the king will become very proud. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 11 36 sy4c figs-metaphor 0 lift himself up Here this represents becoming very proud. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 36 z6yk figs-metaphor 0 make himself great Here this represents pretending to be very important and powerful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 36 w4pm figs-idiom 0 the God of gods This refers to the one true God. Alternate translation: “the supreme God” or “the only true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 11 36 s173 0 astonishing things Alternate translation: “terrible things” or “shocking things”
DAN 11 36 m82m figs-metaphor 0 until the wrath is completed This phrase pictures God as storing up his wrath until his storeroom is completely full of it and he is ready to act according to it. Alternate translation: “until God is completely angry with him” or “until God is angry enough to take action against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 37 swa4 0 the god desirable to women This seems to refer to the pagan god named Tammuz.
DAN 11 38 a7fh 0 the god of fortresses The king probably believed that this false god would help him to attack other people’s fortresses and keep his own. Alternate translation: “the god that controls fortresses”
DAN 11 38 zdm8 0 instead of these The word “these” refers to the gods mentioned in [Daniel 11:37](../11/37.md).
DAN 11 39 xrm1 0 he will divide up the land as a reward This could mean: (1) “he will give the land to his followers as a reward” or (2) “he will sell land to his followers”
DAN 11 40 tuf1 0 the time of the end “the final days” or “the end of the world.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:17](../08/17.md).
DAN 11 40 m1zi figs-synecdoche 0 the king of the South … The king of the North These phrases stand for the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “the king of the South and his army … The king of the North and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 11 40 r8tv figs-metaphor 0 will storm against him Violently attacking with an army is spoken of as if a storm happened. Alternate translation: “will attack him like a violent storm” or “will violently attack him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 40 nk95 figs-metaphor 0 flood them When an army overruns a country, it is spoken of as if a flood occurred. See how you translated this in [Daniel 11:10](../11/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 40 pc82 figs-explicit 0 pass through Nothing will stop the army. Alternate translation: “will pass through the lands with no one to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 11 41 w7zh 0 the land of beauty This refers to the land of Israel. See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:9](../08/09.md) and [Daniel 11:16](./16.md).
DAN 11 41 v51y figs-metonymy 0 will fall Here falling represents the action of dying. Alternate translation: “will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 11 41 vkd7 figs-metonymy 0 But these will escape from his hand Here “hand” represents power. Alternate translation: “But these will escape from his power” or “But he will not be able to destroy these nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 11 42 bs1v 0 General Information: This is still about the king of the North.
DAN 11 42 ti2e figs-metaphor 0 He will extend his hand into lands Here “hand” represents power and control. Alternate translation: “He will extend his control over various lands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 11 42 ef52 figs-explicit 0 into lands Here the idea is many lands or various lands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 11 42 w3i4 figs-activepassive 0 the land of Egypt will not be rescued This can be put into active form. Alternate translation: “the land of Egypt will not escape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 11 43 n537 figs-idiom 0 the Libyans and the Cushites will be in his footsteps Here “footsteps” represent submission. Alternate translation: “the Libyans and the Cushites will have to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 11 43 qp3z translate-names 0 the Libyans and the Cushites “the people of Libya and Cush.” Libya is a country west of Egypt, and Cush is a country south of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 11 44 m79f 0 General Information: This is still about the king of the North.
DAN 11 44 et68 figs-abstractnouns 0 he will go out with great rage If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **rage**, you can express the same idea with another word such as “angry.” It can be stated clearly that he would go out with his army. Alternate translation: “he will be very angry and will go out” or “he will become very angry and will go out with his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 11 44 n5ju figs-metonymy 0 go out To “go out” represents the action of attacking the enemy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 11 44 dsf1 0 to set many apart for destruction Alternate translation: “to destroy many people”
DAN 11 45 cil2 0 the tent of his royal residence This refers to the king’s luxurious tents that he lived in when he was with his army in time of war.
DAN 11 45 dk8u 0 between the seas and the mountain of the beauty of holiness This probably refers to the region between the Mediterranean Sea and Temple Mount in Jerusalem.
DAN 11 45 k8sp figs-metonymy 0 the mountain of the beauty of holiness This refers to the hill in Jerusalem where God’s temple was. See how you translated somewhat similar phrases in [Daniel 9:16](../09/16.md) and [Daniel 9:20](../09/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 12 intro l8k2 0 # Daniel 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]])
DAN 12 1 c4hl 0 Michael, the great prince Michael is an archangel. Here he is also given the title “great prince.”
DAN 12 1 svv2 figs-idiom 0 Michael … will rise up Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to appear. Alternate translation: “Michael … will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 12 1 c1ic figs-activepassive 0 your people will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God will save the people. Alternate translation: “God will save your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 12 1 n3vd figs-activepassive 0 whose name is found written in the book If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God writes names in the book. Alternate translation: “whose name God has written in the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 12 2 e327 figs-euphemism 0 those who sleep in the dust of the earth will rise up The phrase “sleep in the dust of the earth” is another way of referring to those who have died. Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to come back to life. Alternate translation: “those who have died will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 12 3 yt7b figs-simile 0 Those who are wise will shine like the brightness of the sky above This refers to God’s people who will share their wisdom with those around them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
DAN 12 3 g6t2 figs-metaphor 0 those who turn many to righteousness This refers to those who help others understand that they are separated from God, as if they were changing the direction in which they were going. Alternate translation: “those who teach others to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 12 3 jd17 figs-simile 0 those who turn … are like the stars forever and ever These people are compared to the stars that shine. Alternate translation: “those who turn … will shine brightly like the stars forever and ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
DAN 12 4 qed5 figs-metonymy 0 close up these words; keep the book sealed Here “words” represents the book. Alternate translation: “close this book and keep it sealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 12 4 mb3v 0 time of the end “the final days” or “the end of the world.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:17](../08/17.md).
DAN 12 4 krj6 figs-explicit 0 Many will run here and there, and knowledge will increase This seems to happen before “the time of the end” during which time the book is sealed. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Before that happens, many people will travel here and there, learning more and more about many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 12 5 q8a8 0 General Information: Daniel goes on to tell what he saw next in this vision that began in [Daniel 10:1](../10/01.md).
DAN 12 5 mxu1 0 there were two others standing Alternate translation: “there were two other angels standing”
DAN 12 6 d2x2 figs-activepassive 0 the man clothed in linen This refers to the angel who appeared to Daniel in [Daniel 10:5](../10/05.md), not to one of the angels who is standing beside the river. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who was wearing linen clothes” or “the angel who was wearing linen clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 12 6 cw1u 0 upstream along the river This could mean: (1) the angel clothed in linen was above the river or (2) the angel was further upstream along the river.
DAN 12 6 x2yz 0 How long will it be to the end of these amazing events? “How long will these amazing events last?” This refers to the time from the beginning to the end of the events.
DAN 12 6 g6y7 0 these amazing events At the time when the angel spoke to Daniel, none of the events in this vision had happened. This definitely refers to the events in [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md), and may possibly also include the events in the vision from chapter 11.
DAN 12 7 z28b figs-activepassive 0 the man clothed in linen If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who was wearing linen clothes” or “the angel who was wearing linen clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 12 7 s5j3 0 the one who lives forever Alternate translation: “God, who lives forever”
DAN 12 7 i56r 0 it would be for a time, times, and half a time It is best to leave it ambiguous as to when this begins. If you must choose a starting point, the three and a half years probably start with the events of [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md).
DAN 12 7 rue1 0 a time, times, and half a time “three and a half years.” These “times” are generally understood to refer to years. One and two and a half equal three and a half.
DAN 12 7 fme6 figs-activepassive 0 all these things will be completed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all these things will have happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 12 7 ir93 0 all these things At the time when the man clothed in linen spoke to Daniel, none of the events in this vision had happened. This refers to the events in [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md), and may include the events in the vision from chapter 11.
DAN 12 8 as7u 0 My master Daniel refers to the angel clothed in linen as “My master” to show respect to the angel.
DAN 12 8 cd6n 0 of all these things At the time when the angel clothed in linen spoke to Daniel, none of the events in this vision had happened. This definitely refers to the events in [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md), and may possibly also include the events in the vision from chapter 11.
DAN 12 9 g3nw figs-metaphor 0 for the words are shut up and sealed The vision that was given to Daniel was not to be explained. The book was sealed and no one could access it. Alternate translation: “for you are to close up and seal the words you have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DAN 12 9 c98p 0 the time of the end “the final days” or “the end of the world.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:17](../08/17.md).
DAN 12 10 k53f figs-activepassive 0 Many will be purified, cleansed, and refined Yahweh does the purifying. These three terms mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will purify, cleanse, and refine many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 12 10 nnz4 0 refined purified by removing anything that does not belong in them
DAN 12 10 b2dg 0 but the wicked will act wickedly The evil people will do evil or sinful things.
DAN 12 10 z62c 0 None of the wicked will understand The evil people can not understand spiritual knowledge.
DAN 12 10 j874 0 but those who are wise will understand Alternate translation: “but those who obey Yahweh are wise and will understand”
DAN 12 11 ux9k figs-explicit 0 the regular burnt offering is … is set up The king of the north is the one who stops the temple sacrifices. Alternate translation: “the king of the North takes away the regular burnt offering and sets up the abomination that causes complete desolation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 12 11 cg65 figs-idiom 0 the abomination that causes complete desolation This refers to an idol that will make the temple desolate, that is, that will cause God to leave his temple. See how you translated this in [Daniel 11:31](../11/31.md). Alternate translation: “the disgusting idol that will cause God to abandon the temple” or “the disgusting thing that will make the temple unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 12 11 f32x translate-numbers 0 1,290 days “one thousand two and hundred ninety days” or “twelve hundred and ninety days.” Here “days” refers to a period of time. Most commonly rendered as days, but can also imply years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DAN 12 12 gpx3 0 Blessed is the one who waits Alternate translation: “Blessed is the person who waits” or “Blessed is anyone who waits”
DAN 12 12 dy9t 0 who waits Alternate translation: “who remains faithful”
DAN 12 12 lqv9 translate-numbers 0 the 1,335 days “one thousand three hundred and thirty-five days” or “thirteen hundred and thirty-five days.” Here “days” is referring to a period of time most commonly rendered as days. However, it can also imply years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DAN 12 13 md7k 0 You must go “Daniel, you must go” This refers to Daniel continuing to live and serve the kings until the appointed time of his death.
DAN 12 13 gv9d figs-euphemism 0 you will rest This is a gentle way of saying “you will die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
DAN 12 13 kjx5 0 You will rise This is referring to the first resurrection of the dead when the righteous people will be raised up.
DAN 12 13 vf3x 0 the place assigned to you Alternate translation: “the place God has assigned to you”
1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 DAN front intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Daniel\n\n1. Daniel and his friends in the court of Nebuchadnezzar (1:1–21)\n1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s first dream (2:1–49)\n1. Daniel’s friends delivered from the fiery furnace (3:1–30)\n1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s second dream (4:1–37)\n1. Belshazzar’s feast and the writing on the wall (5:1-31)\n1. Daniel in the den of lions (6:1–28)\n1. Daniel’s vision of four beasts (7:1–28)\n1. Daniel’s vision of a ram and a goat (8:1–27)\n1. Daniel prays and Gabriel answers (9:1–23)\n1. Daniel’s vision of seventy weeks (9:24–27)\n1. Daniel’s vision of a man (10:1–11:1)\n1. The kings of the south and north (11:2–20)\n1. An evil king exalts himself (11:21-39)\n1. The time of the end (11:40–12:13)\n\n### What is the Book of Daniel about?\n\nThe first part of the Book of Daniel (chapters 1–6) is a narrative about Daniel and his friends. They were young men from Jerusalem who were taken to Babylon as prisoners. These chapters tell how they were faithful to Yahweh while living in a pagan land serving a pagan king. And it tells how God rewarded them because they were faithful.\n\nThe rest of the Book of Daniel is a series of prophetic visions. Chapters 7 and 8 deal with images representing the kingdoms and kings of the major nations. Chapters 9–11 are prophecies and visions about wars and a type of the great enemy of God appearing. Chapter 12 is a vision that describes end times.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe traditional title of this book is “The Book of Daniel” or just “Daniel.” Translators may call it “The Book About Daniel” or “The Book About the Deeds and Visions of Daniel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Daniel?\n\nDaniel was a Jew who became a Babylonian government official during the exile. He may have written the book himself. Or he may have written the parts of the book and someone else put the parts together at a later time.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Is there a missing week in Daniel’s prophecy?\n\nScholars disagree about what may appear to be a missing week in 9:24-27. It is best for translators to allow apparent mysteries such as this to remain in the text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### When did the seventy weeks begin?\n\nThe seventy weeks in 9:24-27 began when a decree was issued to rebuild the city of Jerusalem. But there were several decrees that allowed this to happen. Translators do not need to understand how prophecies were or will be fulfilled to translate the text.\n\n### Who was Darius the Mede?\n\nDarius the Mede was a Babylonian king who sent Daniel into a den of lions. People have not found his name in history outside of the Book of Daniel. Scholars have tried to explain who Darius was, but they are not certain.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### How does Daniel use the word “king”?\n\nMany kings are in the Book of Daniel, but not all of the kings ruled over all of Babylon or Persia. Some of the kings may have ruled over regions or cities.\n\n### How many chapters does Daniel have?\n\nDaniel has twelve chapters. Some Bible versions include stories called “Bel and the Dragon” and “The Prayer of Azariah.” However, few people think that these stories have the same authority as the rest of scripture. Therefore, there is no need to translate them.
3 DAN 1 intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Training for government jobs<br><br>Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Food laws<br><br>The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
4 DAN 1 1 sxi6 figs-synecdoche יְהוֹיָקִ֣ים מֶֽלֶךְ־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 Jehoiakim king of Judah This refers to **Jehoiakim** and his soldiers, not only to Jehoiakim. Alternate translation: “the army of Jehoiakim king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
5 DAN 1 1 x9t9 figs-synecdoche נְבוּכַדְנֶאצַּ֧ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֛ל 1 Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia This refers to **Nebuchadnezzar** and his soldiers, not only to Nebuchadnezzar. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia and his soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
6 DAN 1 1 cps4 וַ⁠יָּ֥צַר עָלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 and besieged it Alternate translation: “to stop the people from receiving any supplies”
7 DAN 1 2 w31y בְּ⁠יָד֜⁠וֹ 1 into his hand God gave to Nebuchadnezzar
8 DAN 1 2 l12t figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יְבִיאֵ֥⁠ם…הֵבִ֔יא 1 He brought them … he placed Although Nebuchadnezzar did not do these things alone, it may easier for the reader to retain the singular pronouns. Alternate translation: “They brought them … they placed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
9 DAN 1 2 tb9l וַ⁠יְבִיאֵ֥⁠ם 1 He brought them Here **them** probably refers to Jehoiakim and other prisoners, as well as the sacred objects.
10 DAN 1 2 riv5 אוֹצַ֥ר אֱלֹהָֽי⁠ו 1 in the treasury of his god This was an act of devotion to **his god**.
11 DAN 1 3 c2p4 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Then the king commanded This refers to Nebuchadnezzar.
12 DAN 1 3 pba3 translate-names לְ⁠אַשְׁפְּנַ֖ז 1 Ashpenaz **Ashpenaz** is the chief official. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13 DAN 1 4 j6vw figs-litotes אֵֽין־בָּ⁠הֶ֣ם כָּל־מאום 1 in whom was no blemish These two negative words together emphasize a positive idea. Alternate translation: “who had perfect appearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
14 DAN 1 4 ki41 figs-idiom וְ⁠יֹ֤דְעֵי דַ֨עַת֙ וּ⁠מְבִינֵ֣י מַדָּ֔ע 1 endowed with knowledge and understanding learning This is an idiom. This means they knew much and could organize and use that information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15 DAN 1 4 im8m בְּ⁠הֵיכַ֣ל הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 in the palace of the king This is the large house or building where the king lives.
16 DAN 1 4 gg5x וּֽ⁠לֲ⁠לַמְּדָ֥⁠ם 1 and to teach them Alternate translation: “and Ashpenaz was to teach them”
17 DAN 1 5 v9dg figs-metonymy וַ⁠יְמַן֩ לָ⁠הֶ֨ם הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ 1 The king assigned them The king’s officials did this task for him. Alternate translation: “The king’s officials counted out for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18 DAN 1 5 vq2i מִ⁠פַּת־בַּ֤ג 1 of the choice food of the special, rare, good foods that the king ate
19 DAN 1 5 bj35 וּֽ⁠לְ⁠גַדְּלָ֖⁠ם 1 They were to be trained Alternate translation: “They were to be taught skills”
20 DAN 1 5 ex12 figs-activepassive וּֽ⁠לְ⁠גַדְּלָ֖⁠ם 1 They were to be trained If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Ashpenaz was to train these young men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21 DAN 1 6 ln29 בָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 Among these Alternate translation: “Among the young men from Israel”
22 DAN 1 7 k7uc שַׂ֥ר הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֖ים 1 The chief of the officials This refers to Ashpenaz who was King Nebuchadnezzar’s highest official.
23 DAN 1 7 b656 translate-names בֵּ֣לְטְשַׁאצַּ֗ר…שַׁדְרַ֔ךְ…מֵישַׁ֔ךְ…עֲבֵ֥ד נְגֽוֹ 1 Belteshazzar … Shadrach … Meshach … Abednego These are all men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24 DAN 1 8 s7sr figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם דָּנִיֵּאל֙ עַל־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Daniel resolved in his heart Here **heart** refers to Daniel himself. Alternate translation: “Daniel decided to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
25 DAN 1 8 xse9 figs-explicit לֹֽא־יִתְגָּאַ֛ל 1 he would not defile himself To **defile** something is to make is unclean. Some of the food and drink of the Babylonians would make Daniel ceremonially unclean according to God’s law. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “make himself unclean according to God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26 DAN 1 8 e52r בְּ⁠פַתְבַּ֥ג 1 with the choice food of This refers to the special, rare, good foods that the king ate. See how you translated this in [Daniel 1:3](../01/03.md).
27 DAN 1 10 wc2i figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָּה֩ יִרְאֶ֨ה אֶת־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֜ם זֹֽעֲפִ֗ים מִן־הַ⁠יְלָדִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר כְּ⁠גִֽילְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 why should he see your faces looking worse than the youths who are of your own age? The official uses this question to explain what he thought would happen. It can be a statement. Alternate translation: “He does not want to see you looking worse than the other young men of your own age.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
28 DAN 1 10 n5lc figs-idiom וְ⁠חִיַּבְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־רֹאשִׁ֖⁠י לַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 Then you would endanger my head with the king This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Then the king might cut off my head” or “Then the king might kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
29 DAN 1 13 m7rh וְ⁠יֵרָא֤וּ לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מַרְאֵ֔י⁠נוּ וּ⁠מַרְאֵה֙ הַ⁠יְלָדִ֔ים 1 Then let our appearance be observed in your presence and the appearance of the youths Daniel asked the steward to see if he and his friends looked worse than the other young men. Alternate translation: “Then compare our appearance to see if it is worse than the appearance of the young men”
30 DAN 1 14 thm2 וַ⁠יְנַסֵּ֖⁠ם 1 and he tested them He tested Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah.
31 DAN 1 15 h7dv מַרְאֵי⁠הֶם֙…וּ⁠בְרִיאֵ֖י 1 their appearance … and they were fatter in Here **their** and **they** refer to Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah.
32 DAN 1 15 pj6p וּ⁠בְרִיאֵ֖י בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 and they were fatter in flesh This means to have been made healthy from what you have eaten.
33 DAN 1 16 uzg5 אֶת־פַּתְבָּגָ֔⁠ם…מִשְׁתֵּי⁠הֶ֑ם…וְ⁠נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 their choice food … they were to drink and gave them The pronouns **their**, *they**, and **them** refer to Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah.
34 DAN 1 17 das8 figs-abstractnouns נָתַ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֧ם הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים מַדָּ֥ע וְ⁠הַשְׂכֵּ֖ל 1 God gave them knowledge and insight This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns **knowledge** and **insight** can be expressed as the verbs “learn” and “understand.” Alternate translation: “God gave them the ability to learn and understand clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
35 DAN 1 17 wn6n figs-hyperbole בְּ⁠כָל־סֵ֣פֶר וְ⁠חָכְמָ֑ה 1 in all literature and wisdom Here “all” is a generalization to show that they had a very good education and understanding. Alternate translation: “in many things that the Babylonians had written and studied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
36 DAN 1 19 ita9 וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר אִתָּ⁠ם֮ הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ֒ 1 The king spoke with them The king spoke with the “four young men” ([Daniel 1:17](../01/17.md)).
37 DAN 1 19 u1am figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹ֤א נִמְצָא֙ מִ⁠כֻּלָּ֔⁠ם כְּ⁠דָנִיֵּ֣אל חֲנַנְיָ֔ה מִֽישָׁאֵ֖ל וַ⁠עֲזַרְיָ֑ה 1 and among all of them none was found like Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah pleased him much more than anyone else in the whole group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
38 DAN 1 19 e2m3 כְּ⁠דָנִיֵּ֣אל חֲנַנְיָ֔ה מִֽישָׁאֵ֖ל וַ⁠עֲזַרְיָ֑ה 1 like Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:6](../01/06.md).
39 DAN 1 20 f5x8 figs-hyperbole עֶ֣שֶׂר יָד֗וֹת עַ֤ל 1 ten times better than Here **ten times** is an exaggeration representing great quality. Alternate translation: “much better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
40 DAN 1 21 jhp9 שְׁנַ֥ת אַחַ֖ת לְ⁠כ֥וֹרֶשׁ הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 the first year of King Cyrus Alternate translation: “the first year that King Cyrus ruled Babylon”
41 DAN 2 intro epd5 0 # Daniel 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s dream<br><br>Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### How Daniel knew the dream<br><br>Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men.
42 DAN 2 1 mns5 translate-ordinal וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת שְׁתַּ֗יִם 1 In the second year “In year two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
43 DAN 2 1 xw34 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּתְפָּ֣עֶם רוּח֔⁠וֹ 1 His spirit was troubled Here **spirit** refers to his thoughts. Alternate translation: “His thoughts disturbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
44 DAN 2 1 g67b figs-idiom וּ⁠שְׁנָת֖⁠וֹ נִהְיְתָ֥ה עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 and his sleep left him This is an idiom that means his troubled thoughts prevented him from sleeping. Alternate translation: “so that he could not sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
45 DAN 2 2 n5gn וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕אוּ 1 So they came in Alternate translation: “So they came into the palace”
46 DAN 2 2 x5f6 וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְד֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 and stood before Alternate translation: “and stood in front of”
47 DAN 2 3 q4dv figs-synecdoche וַ⁠תִּפָּ֣עֶם רוּחִ֔⁠י 1 and my spirit is troubled Here **spirit** refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “I am troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
48 DAN 2 4 k6f2 translate-names אֲרָמִ֑ית 1 in Aramaic **Aramaic** was the language that people in Babylon spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
49 DAN 2 4 b8zx מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ לְ⁠עָלְמִ֣ין חֱיִ֔י 1 O King, live forever! The men probably said this to show the king that they were loyal to him. Alternate translation: “King, we hope you will live forever!”
50 DAN 2 4 n36i ל⁠עבדי⁠ך 1 to your servants The men called themselves the king’s **servants** to show him respect.
51 DAN 2 4 cba4 figs-exclusive נְחַוֵּֽא 1 we will show Here the word **we** refers to the men that the king is speaking to and does not include the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
52 DAN 2 5 nw8r figs-activepassive הַדָּמִין֙ תִּתְעַבְד֔וּן וּ⁠בָתֵּי⁠כ֖וֹן נְוָלִ֥י יִתְּשָׂמֽוּן 1 you will be torn limb from limb and your houses made a rubbish heap If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will command my soldiers to tear your bodies apart and to make your houses into rubbish heaps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
53 DAN 2 6 xv1k figs-activepassive מַתְּנָ֤ן וּ⁠נְבִזְבָּה֙ וִ⁠יקָ֣ר שַׂגִּ֔יא תְּקַבְּל֖וּן מִן־קֳדָמָ֑⁠י 1 you will receive gifts from me, a reward, and great honor If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give you gifts, a reward, and great honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
54 DAN 2 7 ux2h figs-123person מַלְכָּ֕⁠א חֶלְמָ֛⁠א יֵאמַ֥ר לְ⁠עַבְד֖וֹ⁠הִי 1 Let the king tell his servants the dream The wise men addressed the king in the third person as a sign of respect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
55 DAN 2 8 h6gf figs-metaphor חֲזֵית֔וֹן דִּ֥י אַזְדָּ֖א מִנִּ֥⁠י מִלְּתָֽ⁠א 1 you see that the word from me is firm A decision that will not be changed is spoken of as something firm. Alternate translation: “you see that I will not change my decision about this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
56 DAN 2 9 ef89 חֲדָה־הִ֣יא דָֽתְ⁠כ֗וֹן 1 there is only one sentence for you Alternate translation: “there is only one punishment for you”
57 DAN 2 9 xj29 figs-doublet וּ⁠מִלָּ֨ה כִדְבָ֤ה וּ⁠שְׁחִיתָה֙ 1 For … lying and corrupt words These two words mean approximately the same thing and emphasize that these are “lies intended to deceive.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
58 DAN 2 10 m1jc figs-doublet רַ֣ב וְ⁠שַׁלִּ֔יט 1 great and powerful These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of the king’s power. Alternate translation: “most powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
59 DAN 2 11 n99m figs-litotes וְ⁠אָחֳרָן֙ לָ֣א אִיתַ֔י דִּ֥י יְחַוִּנַּ֖⁠הּ קֳדָ֣ם מַלְכָּ֑⁠א לָהֵ֣ן אֱלָהִ֔ין 1 and there is no one else who can show it to the king except the gods This is stated in negative form for emphasis. It can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “and only the gods can tell this to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
60 DAN 2 12 xu8y figs-doublet בְּנַ֖ס וּ⁠קְצַ֣ף שַׂגִּ֑יא 1 was angry and very furious These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of his anger. Alternate translation: “was incredibly angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
61 DAN 2 12 y1cf לְ⁠כֹ֖ל חַכִּימֵ֥י בָבֶֽל 1 all the wise men of Babylon Alternate translation: “all the men in Babylon”
62 DAN 2 13 w1hk figs-personification וְ⁠דָתָ֣⁠א נֶפְקַ֔ת 1 So the decree went out The decree is spoken of as if it was alive and able to go out by itself. Alternate translation: “So the king issued a command” or “So the king gave a command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
63 DAN 2 13 m5cr figs-activepassive וְ⁠חַכִּֽימַיָּ֖⁠א מִֽתְקַטְּלִ֑ין 1 that the wise men were to be killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the soldiers were to kill all of the wise men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
64 DAN 2 14 fm3n figs-doublet עֵטָ֣א וּ⁠טְעֵ֔ם 1 with prudence and discretion These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of his prudence. Alternate translation: “with caution and careful judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
65 DAN 2 14 cj8p translate-names לְ⁠אַרְי֕וֹךְ 1 to Arioch **Arioch** was the name of the king’s commander. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
66 DAN 2 14 a4fa טַבָּחַיָּ֖⁠א 1 the guard This is a group of men whose job is to protect the king.
67 DAN 2 16 ju9k figs-explicit וְ⁠דָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל עַ֖ל 1 Then Daniel went in Daniel probably went to the palace. Alternate translation: “Then Daniel went to the palace” or “Then Daniel went to talk with the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
68 DAN 2 17 bbc8 לְ⁠בַיְתֵ֣⁠הּ 1 to his house This is referring to Daniel’s house.
69 DAN 2 17 ijt3 מִלְּתָ֥⁠א 1 the matter Alternate translation: “the king’s decree”
70 DAN 2 18 yhz1 figs-activepassive דִּ֣י לָ֤א יְהֹֽבְדוּן֙ דָּנִיֵּ֣אל וְ⁠חַבְר֔וֹ⁠הִי 1 so that Daniel and his companions might not be destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the king would not kill Daniel and his companions” or “so that the king’s soldiers would not kill Daniel and his companions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
71 DAN 2 19 nq22 figs-activepassive רָזָ֣⁠ה גֲלִ֑י 1 the mystery was revealed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God revealed the mystery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
72 DAN 2 19 s94i רָזָ֣⁠ה 1 the mystery This is referring to the king’s dream and its meaning.
73 DAN 2 20 e8z9 figs-metonymy לֶהֱוֵ֨א שְׁמֵ֤⁠הּ דִּֽי־אֱלָהָ⁠א֙ מְבָרַ֔ךְ 1 Let the name of God be blessed Here **name** refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “Praise God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
74 DAN 2 21 p54i 0 General Information: These verses are also part of Daniel’s prayer.
75 DAN 2 21 xy7w מְהַעְדֵּ֥ה מַלְכִ֖ין 1 he removes kings Alternate translation: “he takes away kings’ authority to rule”
76 DAN 2 21 k348 וּ⁠מְהָקֵ֣ים מַלְכִ֑ין 1 and sets up kings Alternate translation: “and makes new kings rule over their kingdoms”
77 DAN 2 22 v5bq ו⁠נהיר⁠א עִמֵּ֥⁠הּ שְׁרֵֽא 1 and the light dwells with him Alternate translation: “and the light comes from where God is”
78 DAN 2 23 e5yc figs-123person 0 General Information: This verse is also part of Daniel’s prayer. He stops addressing God in the third person and switches to the more personal second person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
79 DAN 2 23 b3ga הֽוֹדַעְתַּ֨⁠נִי֙ דִּֽי־בְעֵ֣ינָא מִנָּ֔⁠ךְ 1 you have made known to me what we asked of you Alternate translation: “you told me what my friends and I asked you to tell us”
80 DAN 2 23 x268 מִלַּ֥ת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א הוֹדַעְתֶּֽ⁠נָא 1 you have made known to us the matter that concerns the king Alternate translation: “you told us what the king wants to know”
81 DAN 2 24 le8h translate-names אַרְי֔וֹךְ 1 Arioch **Arioch** was the name of the king’s commander. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 2:14](../02/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
82 DAN 2 26 z3qq translate-names בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֑ר 1 was Belteshazzar **Belteshazzar** was the name the Babylonians gave to Daniel. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
83 DAN 2 27 r8dh רָזָ⁠ה֙ דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א שָׁאֵ֔ל 1 The mystery that the king has asked This phrase refers to the king’s dream.
84 DAN 2 29 as3u figs-explicit וְ⁠גָלֵ֧א רָזַיָּ֛⁠א 1 and he who reveals mysteries This phrase refers to God. Alternate translation: “and God, who reveals mysteries” or “and God, who makes mysteries known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
85 DAN 2 30 v6bt figs-activepassive רָזָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה גֱּלִ֣י לִ֑⁠י 1 this mystery was revealed to me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God revealed this mystery to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
86 DAN 2 30 ca22 figs-synecdoche וְ⁠רַעְיוֹנֵ֥י לִבְבָ֖⁠ךְ תִּנְדַּֽע 1 and so that you may know the thoughts of your mind Here **your mind** refers to the king. Alternate translation: “so that you may know your deepest thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
87 DAN 2 34 e77j figs-activepassive הִתְגְּזֶ֤רֶת אֶ֨בֶן֙ דִּי־לָ֣א בִ⁠ידַ֔יִן 1 a stone was cut out, although not by human hands This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone, not a human, cut a stone from a mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
88 DAN 2 35 si32 figs-simile כְּ⁠ע֣וּר מִן־אִדְּרֵי־קַ֔יִט וּ⁠נְשָׂ֤א הִמּוֹן֙ רוּחָ֔⁠א 1 like the chaff of the summer threshing floors. The wind carried them away This phrase is comparing the pieces of the statue to small and light things which could be blown away by the wind. Alternate translation: “like dry pieces of grass blowing away in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
89 DAN 2 35 fe57 figs-litotes וְ⁠כָל־אֲתַ֖ר לָא־הִשְׁתֲּכַ֣ח לְ⁠ה֑וֹן 1 so that no trace of them could be found This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “so that they were completely gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
90 DAN 2 35 nfy2 וּ⁠מְלָ֥ת כָּל־אַרְעָֽ⁠א 1 and filled the whole earth Alternate translation: “and spread over the whole earth”
91 DAN 2 36 utl6 figs-pronouns נֵאמַ֥ר 1 we will tell Here **we** refers only to Daniel. He may have used to plural form in humility to avoid taking credit for knowing the meaning of the dream that God had revealed to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
92 DAN 2 37 e2xg מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑⁠א 1 are the king of the kings Alternate translation: “are the most important king” or “are a king who rules over other kings”
93 DAN 2 37 gfj7 figs-doublet חִסְנָ֛⁠א וְ⁠תָקְפָּ֥⁠א 1 the power, the strength These words mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
94 DAN 2 38 lz1m figs-metonymy יְהַ֣ב בִּ⁠ידָ֔⁠ךְ 1 he has given into your hand Here **hand** refers to control. Alternate translation: “he has given you control over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
95 DAN 2 38 flm9 וְ⁠עוֹף־שְׁמַיָּ⁠א֙ 1 the birds of the heavens Here **heavens** is used in the sense of “skies.”
96 DAN 2 38 ffq7 writing-symlanguage אַנְתְּה־ה֔וּא רֵאשָׁ֖⁠ה דִּ֥י דַהֲבָֽ⁠א 1 You are the head of gold In the king’s dream the statue’s head represents the king. Alternate translation: “The golden head symbolizes you” or “The golden head is a symbol of you and your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
97 DAN 2 39 t5ct figs-explicit תְּק֛וּם מַלְכ֥וּ אָחֳרִ֖י 1 will arise another kingdom In the king’s dream his kingdom is gold so an inferior kingdom would be silver. Alternate translation: “another kingdom, which is of silver, will arise” or “another kingdom, which is represented by the silver parts of the statue, will arise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
98 DAN 2 39 c45r writing-symlanguage וּ⁠מַלְכ֨וּ תליתיא אָחֳרִי֙ דִּ֣י נְחָשָׁ֔⁠א 1 then another third kingdom of bronze This is symbolic language where the bronze of parts of the statue represent a future kingdom. Alternate translation: “then still another kingdom, which is represented by the bronze parts of the statue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
99 DAN 2 39 k4z1 translate-ordinal וּ⁠מַלְכ֨וּ תליתיא אָחֳרִי֙ 1 then another third kingdom “then kingdom number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
100 DAN 2 40 q2dl translate-ordinal וּ⁠מַלְכוּ֙ רביעיה תֶּהֱוֵ֥א 1 Then there will be a fourth kingdom “Then there will be a kingdom number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
101 DAN 2 40 d7bf figs-simile תַקִּיפָ֖ה כְּ⁠פַרְזְלָ֑⁠א 1 strong as iron The fourth kingdom is spoken of as being as **strong as iron**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
102 DAN 2 40 rjj2 writing-symlanguage כָּל־אִלֵּ֖ין תַּדִּ֥ק וְ⁠תֵרֹֽעַ 1 it will crush and break all these in pieces This symbolic language means the fourth kingdom will defeat and replace the other kingdoms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
103 DAN 2 40 qn2j כָּל־אִלֵּ֖ין 1 all these Alternate translation: “the previous kingdoms”
104 DAN 2 41 lp4z וְ⁠דִֽי־חֲזַ֜יְתָה 1 And as you saw Nebuchadnezzar **saw** that the feet consisted of clay and iron. He did not see the process of making the feet.
105 DAN 2 43 c3hf וְ⁠לָֽא־לֶהֱוֺ֥ן דָּבְקִ֖ין דְּנָ֣ה עִם־דְּנָ֑ה 1 but they will not adhere to one another Alternate translation: “but they will not remain united”
106 DAN 2 44 fan9 וּֽ⁠בְ⁠יוֹמֵי⁠ה֞וֹן דִּ֧י מַלְכַיָּ֣⁠א אִנּ֗וּן 1 In the days of those kings Here **those kings** refers to the rulers of the kingdoms symbolized by the different parts of the statue.
107 DAN 2 44 d96c figs-activepassive דִּ֤י לְ⁠עָלְמִין֙ לָ֣א תִתְחַבַּ֔ל וּ⁠מַ֨לְכוּתָ֔⁠ה לְ⁠עַ֥ם אָחֳרָ֖ן לָ֣א תִשְׁתְּבִ֑ק 1 that will never be destroyed, nor will the kingdom be left to another people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one will ever destroy, and that another people never conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
108 DAN 2 45 u69a figs-activepassive מִ⁠טּוּרָ⁠א֩ אִתְגְּזֶ֨רֶת אֶ֜בֶן דִּי־לָ֣א בִ⁠ידַ֗יִן 1 a stone was cut out of the mountain by no human hands If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone cut a stone from the mountain, but it was not a human who cut it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
109 DAN 2 46 hb4s translate-symaction נְפַ֣ל עַל־אַנְפּ֔וֹ⁠הִי 1 fell on his face This symbolic act showed that the king was honoring Daniel. Alternate translation: “lay down with his face on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
110 DAN 2 46 xf46 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִנְחָה֙ וְ⁠נִ֣יחֹחִ֔ין אֲמַ֖ר לְ⁠נַסָּ֥כָה לֵֽ⁠הּ 1 and he commanded that an offering and incense be offered up to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he ordered his servants to make an offering and to offer up incense to Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
111 DAN 2 47 jz9s מִן־קְשֹׁט֙ דִּ֣י אֱלָהֲ⁠כ֗וֹן 1 Truly your God Alternate translation: “It is true that your God”
112 DAN 2 47 q3ru אֱלָ֧הּ אֱלָהִ֛ין וּ⁠מָרֵ֥א מַלְכִ֖ין 1 the God of gods and the Lord of kings Alternate translation: “greater than all the other gods, and King over all other kings”
113 DAN 2 47 ifr1 וְ⁠גָלֵ֣ה רָזִ֑ין 1 the one who reveals mysteries Translate **the one who reveals mysteries** as in [Daniel 2:29](../02/29.md).
114 DAN 2 47 h6md לְ⁠מִגְלֵ֖א רָזָ֥⁠ה דְנָֽה 1 to reveal this mystery Alternate translation: “to reveal the mystery of my dream”
115 DAN 2 48 lz5p וְ⁠הַ֨שְׁלְטֵ֔⁠הּ 1 and he made him ruler Alternate translation: “and the king made Daniel the ruler”
116 DAN 2 49 pp5r לְ⁠שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַ⁠עֲבֵ֣ד נְג֑וֹ 1 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego These were the Babylonian names of the three Jewish men who were brought to Babylon with Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md)
117 DAN 3 intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 3 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s new idol<br><br>Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### The furnace<br><br>There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born.
118 DAN 3 1 vj2c figs-metonymy נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר מַלְכָּ֗⁠א עֲבַד֙ צְלֵ֣ם דִּֽי־דְהַ֔ב…אֲקִימֵ⁠הּ֙ 1 King Nebuchadnezzar made an image of gold … He set it up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to make a gold statue … They set it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
119 DAN 3 1 l4e2 translate-bdistance רוּמֵ⁠הּ֙ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁתִּ֔ין פְּתָיֵ֖⁠הּ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁ֑ת 1 whose height was 60 cubits and its width six cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “that was about 27 meters tall and almost 3 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
120 DAN 3 1 r51y translate-names בְּ⁠בִקְעַ֣ת דּוּרָ֔א 1 on the Plain of Dura This is a location within the kingdom of Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
121 DAN 3 2 pj4s לַֽ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֡⁠א סִגְנַיָּ֣⁠א וּֽ⁠פַחֲוָתָ֡⁠א 1 the satraps, the prefects, and the governors These are officials who have authority over different sizes of territory.
122 DAN 3 2 yr48 גְדָ֨בְרַיָּ֤⁠א 1 the treasurers These officials are in charge of money.
123 DAN 3 3 qh6f אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֡⁠א סִגְנַיָּ֣⁠א וּֽ⁠פַחֲוָתָ֡⁠א 1 the satraps, the prefects, and the governors See how you translated this list in [Daniel 3:2](../03/02.md).
124 DAN 3 4 huk2 וְ⁠כָרוֹזָ֖⁠א 1 Then the herald A **herald** is an official messenger for the king.
125 DAN 3 4 z125 figs-activepassive לְ⁠כ֤וֹן אָֽמְרִין֙ 1 You are commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “The king commands you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
126 DAN 3 4 by5m figs-metonymy עַֽמְמַיָּ֔⁠א אֻמַּיָּ֖⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּֽ⁠א 1 O peoples, nations, and languages Here **nations** and **languages** represent people from different nations who speak different languages. Alternate translation: “O people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
127 DAN 3 5 mml9 translate-symaction תִּפְּל֤וּן וְ⁠תִסְגְּדוּן֙ 1 you must fall down and worship Alternate translation: “you must stretch yourselves out on the ground face down in worship of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
128 DAN 3 5 c6tz תִּפְּל֤וּן 1 you must fall down Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down.”
129 DAN 3 6 z9s5 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַן־דִּי־לָ֥א יִפֵּ֖ל וְ⁠יִסְגֻּ֑ד בַּ⁠הּ־שַׁעֲתָ֣⁠א יִתְרְמֵ֔א לְ⁠גֽוֹא־אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 But whoever does not fall down and worship, at that very moment, will be thrown into the midst of a furnace of blazing fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But the soldiers will throw into a blazing furnace anyone who does not fall down and worship the statue at the very moment they hear the music” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
130 DAN 3 6 xue4 לָ֥א יִפֵּ֖ל 1 does not fall down Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down”
131 DAN 3 6 x9ik אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 a furnace of blazing fire This is a large room filled with a hot fire.
132 DAN 3 7 i26f קַרְנָ⁠א֩ מַשְׁר֨וֹקִיתָ֜⁠א קיתרס שַׂבְּכָא֙ פְּסַנְטֵרִ֔ין 1 the horn, flute, lyre, trigon, harp These are musical instruments. See how you translated these words in [Daniel 3:5](../03/05.md).
133 DAN 3 7 x2pp figs-hyperbole כָּֽל־עַֽמְמַיָּ֜⁠א אֻמַיָּ֣⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֗⁠א 1 all the peoples, nations, and languages Here **all** that means all the people who were present. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
134 DAN 3 7 y1q9 figs-metonymy עַֽמְמַיָּ֜⁠א אֻמַיָּ֣⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֗⁠א 1 the peoples, nations, and languages Here **nations** and **languages** represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who spoke different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
135 DAN 3 7 vyk5 נָֽפְלִ֨ין 1 fell down Here **fell down** means “quickly lay down”
136 DAN 3 7 xg6t translate-symaction נָֽפְלִ֨ין…סָֽגְדִין֙ 1 fell down and worshipped They did this to worship the statue. Alternate translation: “stretched themselves out on the ground face down to worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
137 DAN 3 7 mi49 figs-metonymy לְ⁠צֶ֣לֶם דַּהֲבָ֔⁠א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ים נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מַלְכָּֽ⁠א 1 the golden image that King Nebuchadnezzar had set up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “the golden statue that King Nebuchadnezzar’s men had set up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
138 DAN 3 8 vy1k כָּ⁠ל־קֳבֵ֤ל דְּנָה֙ 1 Therefore This word is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about some new people in the story.
139 DAN 3 9 hf48 מַלְכָּ֖⁠א לְ⁠עָלְמִ֥ין חֱיִֽי 1 O King, live forever This was a common greeting to the king.
140 DAN 3 10 dzb5 קַרְנָ֣⁠א מַ֠שְׁרֹקִיתָ⁠א קיתרס שַׂבְּכָ֤א פְסַנְתֵּרִין֙ ו⁠סיפניה 1 the horn, flute, lyre, trigon, harp, and bagpipe These are musical instruments. See how you translated some of these words in [Daniel 3:5](../03/05.md).
141 DAN 3 10 jiv5 יִפֵּ֥ל 1 must fall down Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down”
142 DAN 3 10 h3iu translate-symaction יִפֵּ֥ל וְ⁠יִסְגֻּ֖ד 1 must fall down and worship The people would do this to **worship** the statue. Alternate translation: “must stretch himself out on the ground face down to worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
143 DAN 3 11 u6bm figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַן־דִּי־לָ֥א יִפֵּ֖ל וְ⁠יִסְגֻּ֑ד יִתְרְמֵ֕א לְ⁠גֽוֹא־אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 But whoever does not fall down and worship will be thrown into the midst of a furnace of blazing fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But your soldiers must throw into a blazing furnace anyone who does not lie down on the ground and worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
144 DAN 3 11 qdc6 לָ֥א יִפֵּ֖ל 1 does not fall down Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down”
145 DAN 3 11 p2l2 אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 a furnace of blazing fire This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
146 DAN 3 12 anm2 שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַ⁠עֲבֵ֣ד 1 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego These are the Babylonian names of the three Jewish friends of Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md).
147 DAN 3 12 ejy1 לָא־שָׂ֨מֽוּ עלי⁠ך…טְעֵ֔ם 1 pay no attention to you Alternate translation: “do not pay attention to you”
148 DAN 3 12 a7m8 figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְ⁠צֶ֧לֶם דַּהֲבָ֛⁠א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ימְתָּ…סָגְדִֽין 1 or worship the golden image that you have set up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “or worship the golden statue your men have set up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
149 DAN 3 13 jjl4 לְ⁠שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַ⁠עֲבֵ֣ד 1 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego These are the Babylonian names of the three Jewish friends of Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md).
150 DAN 3 14 t6f3 figs-metonymy הֲקֵ֖ימֶת 1 I have set up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “my men have set up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
151 DAN 3 15 kak3 קַרְנָ֣⁠א מַשְׁרוֹקִיתָ֣⁠א קיתרס שַׂבְּכָ֡א פְּסַנְתֵּרִין֩ וְ⁠סוּמְפֹּ֨נְיָ֜ה 1 the horn, flute, lyre, trigon, harp, and bagpipe These are musical instruments. See how you translated this list in [Daniel 3:5](../03/05.md).
152 DAN 3 15 l9el תִּפְּל֣וּן 1 to fall down Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down”
153 DAN 3 15 ws27 translate-symaction תִּפְּל֣וּן וְ⁠תִסְגְּדוּן֮ 1 to fall down and worship Alternate translation: “stretch yourselves out on the ground face down in worship of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
154 DAN 3 15 td6r figs-metonymy לְ⁠צַלְמָ֣⁠א דִֽי־עַבְדֵת֒ 1 the image that I have made, all will be well Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “the statue that my men have made, all will be well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
155 DAN 3 15 vth1 עַבְדֵת֒ 1 I have made, all will be well Alternate translation: “I have made, there will no longer be a problem” or “I have made, you will be free to go”
156 DAN 3 15 gz3y figs-activepassive בַּ⁠הּ־שַׁעֲתָ֣⁠ה תִתְרְמ֔וֹן לְ⁠גֽוֹא־אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּ֑⁠א 1 you will immediately be thrown into the midst of a furnace of blazing fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my soldiers will immediately throw you into a blazing furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
157 DAN 3 15 sl8a אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּ֑⁠א 1 a furnace of blazing fire This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
158 DAN 3 15 z8gt figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַן־ה֣וּא אֱלָ֔הּ דֵּ֥י יְשֵֽׁיזְבִנְ⁠כ֖וֹן מִן־יְדָֽ⁠י 1 Who is the god who will rescue you out of my hands? The king does not expect an answer. He is threatening the three men. Alternate translation: “No god is able to rescue you from my power!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
159 DAN 3 15 hw83 figs-metonymy מִן־יְדָֽ⁠י 1 out of my hands Here **hands** refers to power to punish. Alternate translation: “from my punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
160 DAN 3 17 d2kc אַתּ֨וּן נוּרָ֧⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּ֛⁠א 1 the furnace of blazing fire This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
161 DAN 3 17 sj5q figs-metonymy וּ⁠מִן־יְדָ֥⁠ךְ 1 and … out of your hand Here “hand” refers to power to punish. Alternate translation: “and … from your punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
162 DAN 3 18 mc1d וְ⁠הֵ֣ן לָ֔א יְדִ֥יעַ לֶהֱוֵא־לָ֖⁠ךְ מַלְכָּ֑⁠א דִּ֤י 1 But if not, let it be known to you, O king, that Alternate translation: “But king, we must let you know that even if our God does not rescue us”
163 DAN 3 18 iq7t figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְ⁠צֶ֧לֶם דַּהֲבָ֛⁠א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ימְתָּ 1 or … the golden image that you set up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “or … the golden statue your men set up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
164 DAN 3 19 bt7k figs-metaphor נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֜ר הִתְמְלִ֣י חֱמָ֗א 1 Nebuchadnezzar was filled with rage The king was so angry that rage is spoken of as if it were filling him up. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar became extremely angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
165 DAN 3 19 e99g figs-idiom עָנֵ֤ה וְ⁠אָמַר֙ לְ⁠מֵזֵ֣א לְ⁠אַתּוּנָ֔⁠א חַ֨ד־שִׁבְעָ֔ה עַ֛ל דִּ֥י חֲזֵ֖ה לְ⁠מֵזְיֵֽ⁠הּ 1 He answered by giving orders to heat the furnace seven times more than it was normally heated Here **seven times more than it was normally heated** is an idiom that means to make it very much hotter. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He commanded his men to make the furnace very much hotter than they normally make it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
166 DAN 3 21 r7tt וְ⁠כַרְבְּלָתְ⁠ה֖וֹן 1 their hats These **hats** were head covering made of wrapped cloth.
167 DAN 3 21 xya5 אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 the furnace of blazing fire This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
168 DAN 3 22 v2v9 figs-activepassive מִן־דִּ֞י מִלַּ֤ת מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ מַחְצְפָ֔ה 1 because the command of the king was urgent If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because the men quickly did what the king commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
169 DAN 3 24 kzd8 הֲ⁠לָא֩ גֻבְרִ֨ין תְּלָתָ֜א רְמֵ֤ינָא לְ⁠גוֹא־נוּרָ⁠א֙ מְכַפְּתִ֔ין 1 Did we not throw three men bound into the midst of the fire? Alternate translation: “We threw three men tied up into the fire, right?”
170 DAN 3 25 gy5s translate-ordinal וְ⁠רֵוֵ⁠הּ֙ דִּ֣י רביעי⁠א דָּמֵ֖ה לְ⁠בַר־אֱלָהִֽין 1 The appearance of the fourth is like a son of the gods The gods were believed to shine brightly with light. Alternate translation: “Man four is shining brightly with light as a son of the gods would shine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
171 DAN 3 27 ru5i אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֞⁠א סִגְנַיָּ֣⁠א וּ⁠פַחֲוָתָ⁠א֮ 1 The satraps, the prefects, the governors These are officials who have authority over different sizes of territory. See how you translated these in [Daniel 3:2](../03/02.md).
172 DAN 3 27 g7e8 figs-activepassive וּ⁠שְׂעַ֤ר רֵֽאשְׁ⁠הוֹן֙ לָ֣א הִתְחָרַ֔ךְ 1 the hair on their heads was not singed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire had not singed the hair on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
173 DAN 3 27 jr79 לָ֣א הִתְחָרַ֔ךְ 1 was not singed Alternate translation: “was not burned even a little”
174 DAN 3 27 nuu7 figs-activepassive וְ⁠סָרְבָּלֵי⁠ה֖וֹן לָ֣א שְׁנ֑וֹ 1 their cloaks were not harmed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire did not harm their robes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
175 DAN 3 27 hv4b וְ⁠רֵ֣יחַ נ֔וּר לָ֥א עֲדָ֖ת בְּ⁠הֽוֹן 1 and the smell of fire had not come on them Alternate translation: “and they did not smell like fire”
176 DAN 3 28 x5ha figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִלַּ֤ת מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ שַׁנִּ֔יו 1 and set aside the command of the king Not obeying the king’s command is spoken of as if they had physically moved it away from them. Alternate translation: “and they ignored my command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
177 DAN 3 28 uld8 figs-idiom וִ⁠יהַ֣בוּ גשמי⁠הון 1 they gave up their bodies This phrase refers to the three men’s willingness to die for what they believed. Alternate translation: “and they were willing to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
178 DAN 3 28 s95d לְ⁠כָל־אֱלָ֔הּ לָהֵ֖ן לֵ⁠אלָֽהֲ⁠הֽוֹן 1 any god except their God Alternate translation: “any other god except their God”
179 DAN 3 29 pnl6 figs-activepassive כָל־עַ֨ם אֻמָּ֜ה וְ⁠לִשָּׁ֗ן דִּֽי־יֵאמַ֤ר שלה עַ֣ל אֱלָהֲ⁠ה֗וֹן דִּֽי־שַׁדְרַ֤ךְ מֵישַׁךְ֙ וַ⁠עֲבֵ֣ד נְג֔וֹא הַדָּמִ֣ין יִתְעֲבֵ֔ד וּ⁠בַיְתֵ֖⁠הּ נְוָלִ֣י יִשְׁתַּוֵּ֑ה 1 any people, nation, or language that speaks anything offensive against the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego will be torn limb from limb, and their houses be made into rubbish heaps If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my servants will tear apart any people, nation, or language that speaks anything offensive against the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego and will tear them limb from limb and make their houses into piles of garbage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
180 DAN 3 29 h7gq figs-metonymy כָל־עַ֨ם אֻמָּ֜ה וְ⁠לִשָּׁ֗ן דִּֽי־יֵאמַ֤ר 1 any people, nation, or language that speaks Here **nation** and **language** represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “any people from any nation, or those who speak any language that says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
181 DAN 3 29 qb3c יֵאמַ֤ר שלה עַ֣ל אֱלָהֲ⁠ה֗וֹן 1 speaks anything offensive against the God Alternate translation: “speaks words that do not respect the God”
182 DAN 3 29 t5vb הַדָּמִ֣ין יִתְעֲבֵ֔ד 1 will be torn limb from limb Alternate translation: “must have their bodies torn apart”
183 DAN 3 29 lw5h לָ֤א אִיתַי֙ אֱלָ֣ה אָחֳרָ֔ן דִּֽי־יִכֻּ֥ל לְ⁠הַצָּלָ֖ה כִּ⁠דְנָֽה 1 there is no other god who is able to save like this This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “only their God is able to save like this”
184 DAN 4 intro du52 0 # Daniel 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king becomes insane<br><br>The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him.
185 DAN 4 1 s72g figs-123person 0 General Information: In this chapter, Nebuchadnezzar tells what God did to him. In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. Verses 19-33 switch to the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. Verses 34-37 change back to first person as Nebuchadnezzar describes his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
186 DAN 4 1 ykj3 figs-metonymy נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר מַלְכָּ֗⁠א לְֽ⁠כָל־עַֽמְמַיָּ֞⁠א אֻמַיָּ֧⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֛⁠א דִּֽי־דארין בְּ⁠כָל־אַרְעָ֖⁠א 1 King Nebuchadnezzar to all peoples, nations, and languages that live in all the earth This introduces the king’s message to the people who would receive it. Your language may have a way to introduce a message. Alternate translation: “This is the message from Nebuchadnezzar to all the peoples, nations, and languages that live in all the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
187 DAN 4 1 sx24 figs-metonymy עַֽמְמַיָּ֞⁠א אֻמַיָּ֧⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֛⁠א 1 peoples, nations, and languages Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
188 DAN 4 1 rcl7 figs-hyperbole דִּֽי־דארין בְּ⁠כָל־אַרְעָ֖⁠א 1 that live in all the earth Kings would often exaggerate how wide their kingdom was. Nebuchadnezzar did rule over most of the known world at the time this book was written. Alternate translation: “who live in the kingdom of Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
189 DAN 4 1 ew1j שְׁלָמְ⁠כ֥וֹן יִשְׂגֵּֽא 1 May your peace abound This is a common greeting.
190 DAN 4 2 t8rl figs-doublet אָֽתַיָּ⁠א֙ וְ⁠תִמְהַיָּ֔⁠א 1 the signs and wonders These words share similar meanings and refer to the amazing things that God had done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
191 DAN 4 3 jyl3 figs-parallelism אָת֨וֹ⁠הִי֙ כְּ⁠מָ֣ה רַבְרְבִ֔ין וְ⁠תִמְה֖וֹ⁠הִי כְּ⁠מָ֣ה תַקִּיפִ֑ין 1 How great are his signs, and how mighty are his wonders! Both of these phrases have the same meaning and are used to emphasize how great God’s signs and wonders are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
192 DAN 4 3 mz21 figs-parallelism מַלְכוּתֵ⁠הּ֙ מַלְכ֣וּת עָלַ֔ם וְ⁠שָׁלְטָנֵ֖⁠הּ עִם־דָּ֥ר וְ⁠דָֽר 1 His kingdom is an everlasting kingdom,\nand his dominion is from generation to generation Both of these phrases have the same meaning and are repeated to emphasize how God’s reign is forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
193 DAN 4 4 xpm6 figs-123person 0 General Information: In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
194 DAN 4 4 p8nt figs-parallelism שְׁלֵ֤ה הֲוֵית֙ בְּ⁠בֵיתִ֔⁠י וְ⁠רַעְנַ֖ן בְּ⁠הֵיכְלִֽ⁠י 1 was at ease in my house and prospering in my palace These two phrases are parallel and mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
195 DAN 4 4 zv52 figs-doublet בְּ⁠בֵיתִ֔⁠י…בְּ⁠הֵיכְלִֽ⁠י 1 in my house … in my palace These two phrases mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
196 DAN 4 5 fmk5 figs-doublet חֵ֥לֶם…וְ⁠הַרְהֹרִין֙…וְ⁠חֶזְוֵ֥י 1 a dream … the fantasies and the visions of These phrases mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
197 DAN 4 5 u6n6 figs-parallelism וִֽ⁠ידַחֲלִנַּ֑⁠נִי…יְבַהֲלֻנַּֽ⁠נִי 1 that made me afraid … alarmed me These phrases are parallel and they mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
198 DAN 4 7 l5u7 figs-123person 0 General Information: In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
199 DAN 4 8 aej3 figs-activepassive דִּֽי־שְׁמֵ֤⁠הּ בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר֙ 1 whose name is Belteshazzar If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who I named Belteshazzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
200 DAN 4 8 dhx3 בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר֙ 1 is Belteshazzar **Belteshazzar** was the name the Babylonians gave to Daniel. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md).
201 DAN 4 9 x1x7 וְ⁠כָל־רָ֖ז לָא־אָנֵ֣ס לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 and that no mystery is too difficult for you The can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “and you understand the meaning of every mystery”
202 DAN 4 10 vz2b figs-123person 0 General Information: In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
203 DAN 4 10 h4t8 וְ⁠רוּמֵ֥⁠הּ שַׂגִּֽיא 1 and its height was great Alternate translation: “and it was very tall”
204 DAN 4 11 w5t1 writing-symlanguage וְ⁠רוּמֵ⁠הּ֙ יִמְטֵ֣א לִ⁠שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א וַ⁠חֲזוֹתֵ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠ס֥וֹף כָּל־אַרְעָֽ⁠א 1 Its top reached to heaven, and it was visible to the end of the whole earth This is symbolic language that exaggerates how tall and how well-known the tree was. Alternate translation: “It seemed that its top reached up to the sky and that everyone in the world could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
205 DAN 4 12 c94i וְ⁠אִנְבֵּ֣⁠הּ שַׂגִּ֔יא 1 its fruit was abundant Alternate translation: “there was a lot of fruit on the tree”
206 DAN 4 12 bvq7 וּ⁠מָז֨וֹן לְ⁠כֹ֖לָּ⁠א־בֵ֑⁠הּ 1 and in it was food for all Alternate translation: “and in it was food for all people and animals”
207 DAN 4 13 s8rq figs-123person 0 General Information: In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
208 DAN 4 14 l1nv figs-explicit קָרֵ֨א בְ⁠חַ֜יִל וְ⁠כֵ֣ן אָמַ֗ר 1 He shouted aloud and said thus It can be made clear that the holy messenger was speaking to more than one person. Alternate translation: “He shouted to some people and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
209 DAN 4 14 rd55 תְּנֻ֤ד חֵֽיוְתָ⁠א֙ מִן־תַּחְתּ֔וֹ⁠הִי וְ⁠צִפְּרַיָּ֖⁠א מִן־עַנְפֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 Let the animals flee from under it and the birds from its branches Alternate translation: “The animals will flee from under it and the bird will fly away from its branches”
210 DAN 4 15 eb7u עִקַּ֤ר שָׁרְשׁ֨וֹ⁠הִי֙ 1 stump of its roots The **stump** is the part of the tree that is left above the ground after a tree is cut down.
211 DAN 4 15 e8lj וּ⁠בְ⁠טַ֤ל שְׁמַיָּ⁠א֙ 1 with the dew of heaven The **dew of heaven** is the moisture that is found on the ground in the mornings.
212 DAN 4 16 f3wx figs-pronouns לִבְבֵ⁠הּ֙ מִן־אנוש⁠א יְשַׁנּ֔וֹן וּ⁠לְבַ֥ב חֵיוָ֖ה יִתְיְהִ֣ב לֵ֑⁠הּ 1 Let his mind be changed from that of a man, and let the mind of an animal be given to him Since the tree represents Nebuchadnezzar, the masculine pronouns “his” and “him” in verse 16 refer to the same tree as the neuter pronoun “it” in verse 15. Alternate translation: “The man’s mind will change from a man’s mind to an animal’s mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
213 DAN 4 17 k6kq figs-123person 0 General Information: In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
214 DAN 4 17 j1fe figs-activepassive וּ⁠מֵאמַ֥ר קַדִּישִׁ֖ין שְׁאֵֽלְתָ֑⁠א 1 and the decision is a command of the holy ones If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the holy ones have made this decision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
215 DAN 4 17 m2np figs-explicit קַדִּישִׁ֖ין 1 the holy ones This phrase probably refers to angels. Alternate translation: “the holy angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
216 DAN 4 17 y8ih חַ֠יַּיָּ⁠א 1 the living Alternate translation: “every living person” or “everyone”
217 DAN 4 17 aas5 יִתְּנִנַּ֔⁠הּ 1 gives it Alternate translation: “gives the kingdom”
218 DAN 4 18 kjd4 בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֜ר 1 O Belteshazzar **Belteshazzar** was the name the Babylonians gave to Daniel. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md).
219 DAN 4 18 jr6i ו⁠אנתה כָּהֵ֔ל 1 But you are able Alternate translation: “But you are able to interpret it”
220 DAN 4 18 pl5q רֽוּחַ־אֱלָהִ֥ין קַדִּישִׁ֖ין 1 the spirit of the holy gods Nebuchadnezzar believed that Daniel’s power came from the false gods that Nebuchadnezzar worshiped. These are not the same as “the holy ones” in verse 17. See how you translated this phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
221 DAN 4 19 n8fk figs-123person 0 General Information: Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
222 DAN 4 19 u9rc figs-activepassive דִּֽי־שְׁמֵ֣⁠הּ בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֗ר 1 whose name was Belteshazzar If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who I also named Belteshazzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
223 DAN 4 19 a33v figs-explicit אֶשְׁתּוֹמַם֙ כְּ⁠שָׁעָ֣ה חֲדָ֔ה וְ⁠רַעְיֹנֹ֖⁠הִי יְבַהֲלֻנֵּ֑⁠הּ 1 was appalled for a while, and his thoughts alarmed him Daniel’s understanding of the meaning of the vision is what alarmed him. This can be explicitly stated. Alternate translation: “did not say anything for some time because he was very worried about the meaning of the dream” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
224 DAN 4 19 kf99 חֶלְמָ֥⁠א ל⁠שנאי⁠ך וּ⁠פִשְׁרֵ֥⁠הּ ל⁠ערי⁠ך 1 may the dream be for those who hate you and its interpretation for your enemies Daniel is expressing his wish that the dream was not about Nebuchadnezzar, even though he knew that it really was about the king.
225 DAN 4 20 vj36 figs-123person 0 General Information: Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]). Many terms in this verse are almost the same as in [Daniel 4:11](../04/11.md). See how you translated that verse.
226 DAN 4 20 x69s figs-hyperbole לִ⁠שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א…לְ⁠כָל־אַרְעָֽ⁠א 1 to heaven … to all the earth These phrases are exaggerations to emphasize that everyone everywhere knew how great Nebuchadnezzar was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
227 DAN 4 21 mm9p 0 General Information: Many terms in this verse are almost the same as [Daniel 4:12](../04/12.md). See how you translated that verse.
228 DAN 4 21 rfj9 וְ⁠אִנְבֵּ֣⁠הּ שַׂגִּ֔יא 1 and whose fruit was abundant Alternate translation: “and which bore a great amount of fruit”
229 DAN 4 22 uq3h אנתה־ה֣וּא מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 it is you, O king Alternate translation: “This tree represents you, O king”
230 DAN 4 22 gfs2 figs-parallelism וּ⁠רְבוּתָ֤⁠ךְ רְבָת֙ וּ⁠מְטָ֣ת לִ⁠שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א וְ⁠שָׁלְטָנָ֖⁠ךְ לְ⁠ס֥וֹף אַרְעָֽ⁠א 1 Your greatness has grown and reaches to heaven, and your dominion to the ends of the earth These two phrases mean similar things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
231 DAN 4 22 s8jt figs-personification וּ⁠רְבוּתָ֤⁠ךְ רְבָת֙ 1 Your greatness has grown This phrase is using the word **grown** as a way of saying the king’s greatness has increased. Alternate translation: “Your greatness has increased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
232 DAN 4 23 w9s5 figs-123person 0 General Information: This verse is almost the same as [Daniel 4:13-14](./13.md) and [Daniel 4:15-16](./15.md). See how you translated those verses. Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
233 DAN 4 23 c89t עִקַּ֤ר שָׁרְשׁ֨וֹ⁠הִי֙ 1 the stump of its roots This **stump** is the part of the tree that is left above ground after a tree is cut down.
234 DAN 4 23 i27p בְּ⁠דִתְאָ֖⁠א דִּ֣י בָרָ֑⁠א 1 in the tender grass of the field Alternate translation: “surrounded by the tender grass of the field”
235 DAN 4 23 bx4z וּ⁠בְ⁠טַ֧ל שְׁמַיָּ֣⁠א 1 and … with the dew of heaven The **dew of heaven** is the moisture that settles on the ground in the mornings.
236 DAN 4 24 f3tz דִּ֥י מְטָ֖ת עַל 1 that has come upon Alternate translation: “that you have heard”
237 DAN 4 25 fd8s figs-activepassive וְ⁠לָ֣⁠ךְ טָֽרְדִ֣ין מִן־אֲנָשָׁ֡⁠א 1 that you will be driven from among men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that men will drive you away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
238 DAN 4 25 gq52 figs-activepassive וְ⁠עִשְׂבָּ֥⁠א…לָ֣⁠ךְ יְטַֽעֲמ֗וּן 1 You will be made to eat grass If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will eat grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
239 DAN 4 26 fgn1 figs-123person 0 General Information: Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
240 DAN 4 26 tcg3 figs-metonymy שַׁלִּטִ֖ן שְׁמַיָּֽ⁠א 1 Heaven rules Here **Heaven** refers to God who lives in heaven. Alternate translation: “God in heaven is the ruler of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
241 DAN 4 27 yna6 figs-activepassive מִלְכִּ⁠י֙ יִשְׁפַּ֣ר עלי⁠ך 1 let my advice be acceptable to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “please accept my advice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
242 DAN 4 27 s3j8 figs-metaphor ו⁠חטי⁠ך…פְרֻ֔ק 1 break off your sins Here rejecting iniquity is spoken of as breaking it off. Alternate translation: “reject your iniquities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
243 DAN 4 27 j7av figs-nominaladj עֲנָ֑יִן 1 the oppressed This nominal adjective refers to people who are oppressed. Alternate translation: “people who are oppressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
244 DAN 4 27 a7um figs-activepassive תֶּהֱוֵ֥א אַרְכָ֖ה לִ⁠שְׁלֵוְתָֽ⁠ךְ 1 there may be a prolonging of your prosperity If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may extend your prosperity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
245 DAN 4 28 rq19 figs-123person 0 General Information: Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
246 DAN 4 29 jn5h figs-123person 0 General Information: Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
247 DAN 4 30 p8hi figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לָ֥א דָא־הִ֖יא בָּבֶ֣ל רַבְּתָ֑⁠א דִּֽי־אֲנָ֤ה בֱנַיְתַ⁠הּ֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית מַלְכ֔וּ בִּ⁠תְקַ֥ף חִסְנִ֖⁠י וְ⁠לִ⁠יקָ֥ר הַדְרִֽ⁠י 1 Is this not the great Babylon, which I have built as a royal residence by the might of my power and for the glory of my majesty? Nebuchadnezzar asks this question to emphasize his own glory. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is the great Babylon, which I have built as a royal residence by the might of my power and for the glory of my majesty!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
248 DAN 4 30 csl9 וְ⁠לִ⁠יקָ֥ר הַדְרִֽ⁠י 1 for the glory of my majesty Alternate translation: “to show people my honor and my greatness”
249 DAN 4 31 g7xg figs-123person 0 General Information: Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
250 DAN 4 31 fjl7 figs-idiom ע֗וֹד מִלְּתָ⁠א֙ בְּ⁠פֻ֣ם מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 While the words were still in the mouth of the king This idiom means the king was still in the act of speaking. Alternate translation: “While the king was still speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
251 DAN 4 31 cv67 קָ֖ל מִן־שְׁמַיָּ֣⁠א נְפַ֑ל 1 a voice fell from heaven Alternate translation: “he heard a voice from heaven”
252 DAN 4 31 pt4u figs-activepassive מַלְכוּתָ֖⁠ה עֲדָ֥ת מִנָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 the kingdom has departed from you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will no longer rule over this kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
253 DAN 4 32 f4us figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִן־אֲנָשָׁ⁠א֩ לָ֨⁠ךְ טָֽרְדִ֜ין 1 You will be driven away from men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will chase you away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
254 DAN 4 32 m551 וּ⁠לְ⁠מַן־דִּ֥י יִצְבֵּ֖א 1 and … to whom he wishes Alternate translation: “and : to whoever he chooses”
255 DAN 4 33 ydj8 figs-123person 0 General Information: Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
256 DAN 4 33 xpp3 figs-activepassive בַּ⁠הּ־שַׁעֲתָ֗⁠א מִלְּתָ⁠א֮ סָ֣פַת עַל־נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּר֒ 1 Immediately the word was fulfilled against Nebuchadnezzar If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This decree against Nebuchadnezzar happened immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
257 DAN 4 33 chd6 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִן־אֲנָשָׁ֣⁠א טְרִ֔יד 1 He was driven away from men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People chased him away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
258 DAN 4 33 t4b6 וְ⁠טִפְר֥וֹ⁠הִי כְ⁠צִפְּרִֽין 1 and his nails like the claws of birds Alternate translation: “and his fingernails looked like birds’ claws”
259 DAN 4 34 amm1 figs-123person 0 General Information: In verses 34-37 Nebuchadnezzar speaks in the first person to describe his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
260 DAN 4 34 b17l וְ⁠לִ⁠קְצָ֣ת יֽוֹמַיָּ⁠ה֩ 1 At the end of the days This refers back to the seven years in [Daniel 4:32](../04/32.md).
261 DAN 4 34 ltf5 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַנְדְּעִ⁠י֙ עֲלַ֣⁠י יְת֔וּב 1 and my reason returned to me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and my sanity came back to me” or “and I became sane again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
262 DAN 4 34 ucj3 figs-parallelism ו⁠ל⁠עלי⁠א בָּרְכֵ֔ת וּ⁠לְ⁠חַ֥י עָלְמָ֖⁠א שַׁבְּחֵ֣ת וְ⁠הַדְּרֵ֑ת 1 I blessed the Most High, and I praised and glorified him who lives foreverI praised and glorified The two phrases refer to the same action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
263 DAN 4 34 nk8u figs-parallelism דִּ֤י שָׁלְטָנֵ⁠הּ֙ שָׁלְטָ֣ן עָלַ֔ם וּ⁠מַלְכוּתֵ֖⁠הּ עִם־דָּ֥ר וְ⁠דָֽר 1 For his dominion is an everlasting dominion, and his kingdom endures from generation to generation These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are used to emphasize how God’s reign never ends. Alternate translation: “He rules forever and his kingdom will never end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
264 DAN 4 35 ce6u figs-123person 0 General Information: In verses 34-37 Nebuchadnezzar speaks in the first person to describe his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
265 DAN 4 35 dgr8 figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־דארי אַרְעָ⁠א֙ כְּ⁠לָ֣ה חֲשִׁיבִ֔ין 1 All the inhabitants of the earth are regarded as nothing If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He considers all the earth’s inhabitants as nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
266 DAN 4 35 cpy8 וְ⁠כָל־דארי אַרְעָ⁠א֙ 1 All the inhabitants of the earth Alternate translation: “All the people on the earth”
267 DAN 4 35 p415 בְּ⁠חֵ֣יל שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א 1 among the army of heaven Alternate translation: “among the angel armies in heaven”
268 DAN 4 35 zpn8 וּֽ⁠כְ⁠מִצְבְּיֵ֗⁠הּ 1 according to his will Alternate translation: “whatever satisfies his purpose” or “anything he wants to do”
269 DAN 4 35 im6k figs-explicit וְ⁠לָ֤א אִיתַי֙ דִּֽי־יְמַחֵ֣א בִ⁠ידֵ֔⁠הּ 1 No one can hold back his hand It may be helpful to add additional detail. Alternate translation: “When he decides to do something, no one can stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
270 DAN 4 35 ebf8 figs-quotations וְ⁠יֵ֥אמַר לֵ֖⁠הּ מָ֥ה עֲבַֽדְתְּ 1 or say to him, ‘What have you done This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “or can question what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
271 DAN 4 36 m6m5 figs-123person 0 General Information: In verses 34-37 Nebuchadnezzar speaks in the first person to describe his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
272 DAN 4 36 rz1d figs-personification מַנְדְּעִ֣⁠י ׀ יְת֣וּב עֲלַ֗⁠י 1 my reason returned to me Here his sanity is spoken of as if it was able to return by its own power. Alternate translation: “I became sane again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
273 DAN 4 36 pb8a figs-personification הַדְרִ֤⁠י וְ⁠זִוִ⁠י֙ יְת֣וּב עֲלַ֔⁠י 1 my majesty and my splendor returned to me Here his majesty and splendor are spoken of as if they were able to return by their own power. Alternate translation: “I regained my majesty and my splendor again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
274 DAN 4 36 nq38 figs-doublet הַדְרִ֤⁠י וְ⁠זִוִ⁠י֙ 1 my majesty and my splendor These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of his glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
275 DAN 4 36 c3xy וְ⁠לִ֕⁠י הַדָּֽבְרַ֥⁠י וְ⁠רַבְרְבָנַ֖⁠י יְבַע֑וֹן 1 My counselors and my noblemen sought me Alternate translation: “My counselors and my noblemen requested my help again”
276 DAN 4 36 ks6b figs-metonymy וְ⁠עַל־מַלְכוּתִ֣⁠י הָתְקְנַ֔ת וּ⁠רְב֥וּ יַתִּירָ֖ה ה֥וּסְפַת לִֽ⁠י 1 and I was reestablished in my kingdom, and surpassing greatness was added to me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
277 DAN 4 37 zgl2 figs-doublet מְשַׁבַּ֨ח וּ⁠מְרוֹמֵ֤ם וּ⁠מְהַדַּר֙ 1 praise, extol, and honor All three of these words have basically the same meaning and emphasize how greatly he praised God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
278 DAN 4 37 g1df figs-idiom מַהְלְכִ֣ין בְּ⁠גֵוָ֔ה 1 who walk in pride This phrase uses **walk** to refer to the person who acts proud. Alternate translation: “who are proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
279 DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
280 DAN 5 1 cc4z translate-names בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֣ר 1 Belshazzar **Belshazzar** is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
281 DAN 5 1 ix8k translate-numbers אֲלַ֑ף 1 a thousand of “1,000 of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
282 DAN 5 1 tre4 וְ⁠לָ⁠קֳבֵ֥ל…חַמְרָ֥⁠א שָׁתֵֽה 1 and he drank wine in front of Alternate translation: “and he drank wine in the presence of”
283 DAN 5 2 gsi3 לְ⁠מָאנֵי֙ 1 the vessels of These **vessels** were cups and other items that were small enough for a person to hold and to drink from them.
284 DAN 5 2 lad2 figs-metonymy הַנְפֵּק֙ נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר אֲב֔⁠וּהִי 1 Nebuchadnezzar his father had taken Here **Nebuchadnezzar** refers to Nebuchadnezzar’s army. Alternate translation: “his father Nebuchadnezzar’s army had taken” or “the army of Nebuchadnezzar his father had taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
285 DAN 5 3 i1zm figs-activepassive מָאנֵ֣י דַהֲבָ֔⁠א דִּ֣י הַנְפִּ֗קוּ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָ֛⁠א 1 the gold vessels that had been taken out of the temple If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gold containers that the army of Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
286 DAN 5 3 msp6 מִן־הֵֽיכְלָ֛⁠א דִּֽי־בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖⁠א 1 out of the temple, the house of God The phrase **the house of God** tells us something more about the temple. Alternate translation: “out of God’s temple”
287 DAN 5 5 lkd1 בַּ⁠הּ־שַׁעֲתָ֗⁠ה 1 Suddenly Alternate translation: “As soon as they did that” or “At that moment”
288 DAN 5 5 cra1 גִּירָ֕⁠א 1 the plaster This refers to cement or mud that is spread on walls or ceilings to give them a smooth hard surface when it dries.
289 DAN 5 6 jn25 מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ זִיוֺ֣⁠הִי שְׁנ֔וֹ⁠הִי 1 the color of the king changed This change was caused by his fear. Alternate translation: “the king’s face became pale”
290 DAN 5 6 iee9 וְ⁠אַ֨רְכֻבָּתֵ֔⁠הּ דָּ֥א לְ⁠דָ֖א נָֽקְשָֽׁן 1 and his knees knocked together This was the result of his extreme fear.
291 DAN 5 7 gz5c לְ⁠חַכִּימֵ֣י בָבֶ֗ל 1 to the wise men of Babylon This refers back collectively to **the enchanters, the Chaldeans, and the astrologers** in the previous sentence.
292 DAN 5 7 ybp9 figs-activepassive דִּ֣י כָל־אֱ֠נָשׁ דִּֽי־יִקְרֵ֞ה כְּתָבָ֣⁠ה דְנָ֗ה וּ⁠פִשְׁרֵ⁠הּ֙ יְחַוִּנַּ֔⁠נִי אַרְגְּוָנָ֣⁠א יִלְבַּ֗שׁ ו⁠המונכ⁠א דִֽי־דַהֲבָ⁠א֙ עַֽל־צַוְּארֵ֔⁠הּ 1 Any man who reads this writing and shows me its intepretation will be clothed with purple and will have a chain of gold around his neck If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give purple clothes and a gold neck chain to whoever explains this writing and its meaning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
293 DAN 5 7 ms1t figs-explicit אַרְגְּוָנָ֣⁠א יִלְבַּ֗שׁ 1 will be clothed with purple Purple cloth was rare and reserved for royal officials. Alternate translation: “will be dressed in royal clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
294 DAN 5 7 x9vi translate-ordinal וְ⁠תַלְתִּ֥י בְ⁠מַלְכוּתָ֖⁠א יִשְׁלַֽט 1 and he will be the third ruler in the kingdom Alternate translation: “and he will be the number three ruler in the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
295 DAN 5 9 n4ln translate-names בֵלְשַׁאצַּר֙ 1 Belshazzar **Belshazzar** is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
296 DAN 5 9 gla9 וְ⁠זִיוֺ֖⁠הִי שָׁנַ֣יִן עֲל֑וֹ⁠הִי 1 and his color changed The face of the king grew even more pale than in [Daniel 5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “his face became even more pale”
297 DAN 5 9 w9st מִֽשְׁתַּבְּשִֽׁין 1 were perplexed To be **perplexed** is to be unable to understand, or to be confused.
298 DAN 5 10 rw3v מַלְכְּתָ֕⁠א 1 The queen Some modern versions understand this to be a reference to the queen mother, that is, to the king’s mother. The queen mother received much honor in ancient Babylon.
299 DAN 5 10 x55i מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ לְ⁠עָלְמִ֣ין חֱיִ֔י 1 O King, live forever! This was a normal way to greet the king.
300 DAN 5 10 zq7c וְ⁠זִיוָ֖י⁠ךְ אַל־יִשְׁתַּנּֽוֹ 1 Do not let your color change Alternate translation: “There is no need for your face to look so pale”
301 DAN 5 11 bql4 ר֣וּחַ אֱלָהִ֣ין קַדִּישִׁין֮ 1 the spirit of the holy gods The queen believed that Daniel’s power came from the false **gods** that Nebuchadnezzar worshiped. See how you translated this phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
302 DAN 5 11 c4n6 וּ⁠בְ⁠יוֹמֵ֣י אֲב֗⁠וּךְ 1 In the days of your father Alternate translation: “When your father was ruling”
303 DAN 5 11 ss1z figs-activepassive נַהִיר֧וּ וְ⁠שָׂכְלְתָנ֛וּ וְ⁠חָכְמָ֥ה כְּ⁠חָכְמַת־אֱלָהִ֖ין הִשְׁתְּכַ֣חַת בֵּ֑⁠הּ 1 illumination and insight and wisdom like the wisdom of the gods were found in him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had light and understanding and wisdom like the wisdom of the gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
304 DAN 5 12 n7wa figs-activepassive ר֣וּחַ ׀ יַתִּירָ֡ה וּ⁠מַנְדַּ֡ע וְ⁠שָׂכְלְתָנ֡וּ מְפַשַּׁ֣ר חֶלְמִין֩ וַֽ⁠אַֽחֲוָיַ֨ת אֲחִידָ֜ן וּ⁠מְשָׁרֵ֣א קִטְרִ֗ין הִשְׁתְּכַ֤חַת בֵּ⁠הּ֙ בְּ⁠דָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֥⁠א שָׂם־שְׁמֵ֖⁠הּ בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֑ר 1 an excellent spirit, knowledge, and insight for interpreting dreams, explaining riddles and solving problems were found in this Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this same Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar, had an excellent spirit, knowledge, and insight for interpreting dreams, explaining riddles and solving problems” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
305 DAN 5 13 hn7g figs-activepassive בֵּ⁠אדַ֨יִן֙ דָּֽנִיֵּ֔אל הֻעַ֖ל קֳדָ֣ם מַלְכָּ֑⁠א 1 Then Daniel was brought before the king If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then they brought Daniel before the king” or “Then the soldiers brought Daniel before the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
306 DAN 5 13 sd23 figs-metonymy דִּ֥י הַיְתִ֛י מַלְכָּ֥⁠א אַ֖בִ⁠י מִן־יְהֽוּד 1 whom my father the king brought from Judah In this phrase **father** is being used to represent all of the soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom my father’s soldiers brought out of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
307 DAN 5 14 yxu5 ר֥וּחַ אֱלָהִ֖ין 1 the spirit of the gods Belshazzar believed that Daniel’s power came from the false **gods** that Belshazzar worshiped. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
308 DAN 5 14 y4ey figs-activepassive וְ⁠נַהִיר֧וּ וְ⁠שָׂכְלְתָנ֛וּ וְ⁠חָכְמָ֥ה יַתִּירָ֖ה הִשְׁתְּכַ֥חַת בָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 and … illumination and insight and excellent wisdom are found in you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and … you have light and understanding and excellent wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
309 DAN 5 15 c33v figs-activepassive וּ⁠כְעַ֞ן הֻעַ֣לּוּ קָֽדָמַ֗⁠י חַכִּֽימַיָּ⁠א֙ אָֽשְׁפַיָּ֔⁠א 1 Now the wise men and enchanters have been brought in before me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the wise men and enchanters have come in before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
310 DAN 5 15 u817 לְ⁠הוֹדָעֻתַ֑⁠נִי 1 make known to me Alternate translation: “tell me”
311 DAN 5 16 u2ey figs-activepassive אַרְגְּוָנָ֣⁠א תִלְבַּ֗שׁ ו⁠המונכ⁠א דִֽי־דַהֲבָ⁠א֙ עַֽל־צַוְּארָ֔⁠ךְ 1 you will be clothed with purple and have a gold chain placed around your neck If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give you purple clothes and a gold neck chain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
312 DAN 5 16 iyy2 figs-explicit אַרְגְּוָנָ֣⁠א תִלְבַּ֗שׁ 1 you will be clothed with purple Purple cloth was rare and reserved for royal officials. Alternate translation: “you will be dressed in royal clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
313 DAN 5 16 pud4 translate-ordinal וְ⁠תַלְתָּ֥א בְ⁠מַלְכוּתָ֖⁠א תִּשְׁלַֽט 1 and you will be the third ruler in the kingdom “and you will be the number three ruler of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
314 DAN 5 17 evt4 מַתְּנָתָ⁠ךְ֙ לָ֣⁠ךְ לֶֽהֶוְיָ֔ן 1 Let your gifts be for yourself Alternate translation: “I do not want your gifts”
315 DAN 5 19 l2ng figs-hyperbole כֹּ֣ל עַֽמְמַיָּ֗⁠א אֻמַיָּ⁠א֙ וְ⁠לִשָּׁ֣נַיָּ֔⁠א 1 all peoples, nations, and languages This phrase uses the word **all** as a generalization that represents a large number. Alternate translation: “a great number of people, of different nations and languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
316 DAN 5 19 q693 figs-metonymy כֹּ֣ל עַֽמְמַיָּ֗⁠א אֻמַיָּ⁠א֙ וְ⁠לִשָּׁ֣נַיָּ֔⁠א 1 peoples, nations, and languages Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
317 DAN 5 19 bqb5 figs-doublet הֲו֛וֹ זאעין וְ⁠דָחֲלִ֖ין מִן־קֳדָמ֑וֹ⁠הִי 1 trembled and feared before him These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of the fear. Alternate translation: “were very afraid of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
318 DAN 5 19 ka6v figs-metonymy דִּֽי־הֲוָ֨ה צָבֵ֜א הֲוָ֣א קָטֵ֗ל 1 Whom he wished, he killed This phrase does not mean King Nebuchadnezzar put people to death himself, but rather those he commanded. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his soldiers to kill those he wanted to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
319 DAN 5 19 t7ri וְ⁠דִֽי־הֲוָ֤ה צָבֵא֙ הֲוָ֣ה מָרִ֔ים 1 Whom he wished, he raised up Alternate translation: “He raised up those he wanted to raise up”
320 DAN 5 19 db8z וְ⁠דִֽי־הֲוָ֥ה צָבֵ֖א הֲוָ֥ה מַשְׁפִּֽיל 1 and whom he wished, he humbled Alternate translation: “and he humbled those he wished to humble”
321 DAN 5 20 zu9p figs-synecdoche רִ֣ם לִבְבֵ֔⁠הּ 1 his heart was lifted up Here **heart** refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “the king was arrogant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
322 DAN 5 20 g3wq figs-synecdoche וְ⁠רוּחֵ֖⁠הּ תִּֽקְפַ֣ת 1 and his spirit was hardened Here **spirit** refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “and the king was hardened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
323 DAN 5 20 bbj6 figs-metaphor וְ⁠רוּחֵ֖⁠הּ תִּֽקְפַ֣ת 1 and his spirit was hardened the stubbornness of the king is spoken of as if he were **hardened**. Alternate translation: “and the king became stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
324 DAN 5 20 w2tx לַ⁠הֲזָדָ֑ה 1 so that he acted presumptuously He was rudely and overly confident.
325 DAN 5 20 nl2n figs-metonymy הָנְחַת֙ מִן־כָּרְסֵ֣א מַלְכוּתֵ֔⁠הּ 1 he was brought down from his kingly throne Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. Alternate translation: “his authority was taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
326 DAN 5 20 z3bm figs-activepassive הָנְחַת֙ מִן־כָּרְסֵ֣א מַלְכוּתֵ֔⁠הּ 1 he was brought down from his kingly throne If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people took away his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
327 DAN 5 21 sl3g figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִן־בְּנֵי֩ אֲנָשָׁ֨⁠א טְרִ֜יד 1 He was driven away from the sons of mankind If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people chased him away from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
328 DAN 5 21 v3b5 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לִבְבֵ֣⁠הּ ׀ עִם־חֵיוְתָ֣⁠א שוי 1 and his mind was made like that of an animal Here **mind** represents his thoughts. Alternate translation: “and he thought as an animal thinks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
329 DAN 5 21 amq8 וּ⁠מִ⁠טַּ֥ל שְׁמַיָּ֖⁠א 1 with the dew of heaven The **dew** is the moisture that is found on the ground in the mornings.
330 DAN 5 21 m4na וּ⁠לְ⁠מַן־דִּ֥י יִצְבֵּ֖ה 1 whom he wishes Alternate translation: “whomever he chooses”
331 DAN 5 22 z72q translate-names בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֔ר 1 Belshazzar **Belshazzar** was the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
332 DAN 5 22 ij2g figs-synecdoche לָ֥א הַשְׁפֵּ֖לְתְּ לִבְבָ֑⁠ךְ 1 have not humbled your heart Here **heart** refers to Belshazzar himself. Alternate translation: “have not humbled yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
333 DAN 5 23 fmz3 figs-metaphor וְ⁠עַ֣ל מָרֵֽא־שְׁמַיָּ֣⁠א ׀ הִתְרוֹמַ֡מְתָּ 1 Instead, you have lifted yourself up against the Lord of heaven To rebel against God is spoken of as raising oneself up against him. Alternate translation: “Instead, you have rebelled against the Lord of heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
334 DAN 5 23 qc6h figs-explicit דִֽי־בַיְתֵ֜⁠הּ 1 of his house What and where “his house” is can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “from his temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
335 DAN 5 23 kj78 figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֵֽ⁠אלָהָ֞⁠א דִּֽי־נִשְׁמְתָ֥⁠ךְ בִּ⁠ידֵ֛⁠הּ 1 but … the God in whose hand is your breath Here “breath” refers to life and “hand” refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “but … the God who gives you breath” or “but … the God who has control over your entire life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
336 DAN 5 23 th44 וְ⁠כָל־אֹרְחָתָ֥⁠ךְ לֵ֖⁠הּ 1 and whose are all your ways Alternate translation: “and everything you do”
337 DAN 5 24 i8fs figs-activepassive וּ⁠כְתָבָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה רְשִֽׁים 1 and this writing was inscribed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and it wrote this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
338 DAN 5 25 rcy6 figs-activepassive וּ⁠דְנָ֥ה כְתָבָ֖⁠א דִּ֣י רְשִׁ֑ים 1 This is the writing that was inscribed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the message that the hand wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
339 DAN 5 25 ea1k translate-transliterate מְנֵ֥א מְנֵ֖א תְּקֵ֥ל וּ⁠פַרְסִֽין 1 Mene, Mene, Tekel, and Pharsin These are the Aramaic words that were written on the wall. Spell these words with the sounds that fit your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
340 DAN 5 26 tg8v מְנֵ֕א מְנָֽה־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א 1 ‘Mene,’ ‘God has numbered Alternate translation: “‘Mene’ means ‘God has numbered”
341 DAN 5 27 q5iv תְּקֵ֑ל תְּקִ֥ילְתָּה 1 ‘Tekel,’ ‘you are weighed Alternate translation: “‘Tekel’ means ‘you are weighed”
342 DAN 5 27 sg5z figs-metaphor תְּקִ֥ילְתָּה בְ⁠מֹֽאזַנְיָ֖⁠א וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֥חַתְּ חַסִּֽיר 1 you have been weighed on the scales and found lacking Judging the worthiness of the king to rule is spoken of as weighing him. This means that the king is not worthy to rule. Alternate translation: “your worthiness to rule has been judged, and you have been found to be unworthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
343 DAN 5 27 avae figs-activepassive תְּקִ֥ילְתָּה בְ⁠מֹֽאזַנְיָ֖⁠א וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֥חַתְּ חַסִּֽיר 1 you have been weighed on the scales and found lacking If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has examined your worthiness to rule, and he has found that you are not worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
344 DAN 5 28 jb22 פְּרֵ֑ס 1 Peres **Peres** is the singular form of “Pharsin” in 5:25.
345 DAN 5 28 b18p פְּרֵ֑ס פְּרִיסַת֙ מַלְכוּתָ֔⁠ךְ 1 Peres,’ ‘your kingdom has been divided Alternate translation: “‘Peres’ means ‘your kingdom has been divided”
346 DAN 5 28 j1p8 figs-activepassive פְּרִיסַת֙ מַלְכוּתָ֔⁠ךְ וִ⁠יהִיבַ֖ת לְ⁠מָדַ֥י וּ⁠פָרָֽס 1 your kingdom has been divided and given to the Medes and Persians If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has divided your kingdom and given it to the Medes and Persians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
347 DAN 5 29 j9jg translate-names בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֗ר 1 Belshazzar **Belshazzar** was the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
348 DAN 5 29 uvj8 figs-activepassive ו⁠המונכ⁠א דִֽי־דַהֲבָ֖⁠א עַֽל־צַוְּארֵ֑⁠הּ 1 A chain of gold was put around his neck If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They put a chain of gold around his neck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
349 DAN 5 29 nfx6 translate-ordinal שַׁלִּ֛יט תַּלְתָּ֖א 1 the third ruler “the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
350 DAN 5 31 c2bj קַבֵּ֖ל מַלְכוּתָ֑⁠א 1 received the kingdom Alternate translation: “became the ruler of the kingdom”
351 DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Daniel and the lions\n\nDaniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.
352 DAN 6 1 xf5z 0 Connecting Statement: The events in this chapter take place after the Persians conquered the Babylonians and Darius the Mede began to rule in Babylon.
353 DAN 6 1 y6y9 שְׁפַר֙ קֳדָ֣ם דָּרְיָ֔וֶשׁ 1 It pleased Darius Alternate translation: “King Darius decided”
354 DAN 6 1 a1zk translate-numbers לַ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֖⁠א מְאָ֣ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֑ין 1 120 satraps “one hundred and twenty provincial governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
355 DAN 6 2 q0vw וְ⁠עֵ֤לָּא מִנְּ⁠הוֹן֙ 1 Over them were The word **them** refers to the 120 satraps.
356 DAN 6 2 u9kb וּ⁠מַלְכָּ֖⁠א לָֽא־לֶהֱוֵ֥א נָזִֽק 1 so that the king might suffer no loss Alternate translation: “so that nothing should be stolen from the king” or “so that no one would steal anything from the king”
357 DAN 6 3 ygu7 הֲוָ֣א מִתְנַצַּ֔ח עַל 1 became distinguished above Alternate translation: “excelled above” or “was more capable than”
358 DAN 6 3 aig7 figs-synecdoche ר֤וּחַ יַתִּירָא֙ בֵּ֔⁠הּ 1 an extraordinary spirit was in him Here **spirit** refers to Daniel. It means he had was unusually capable. Alternate translation: “he was an exceptional person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
359 DAN 6 3 ef6f ר֤וּחַ יַתִּירָא֙ 1 an extraordinary spirit This **spirit** enabled him do better than the other leaders.
360 DAN 6 3 ry6m לַ⁠הֲקָמוּתֵ֖⁠הּ עַל 1 to appoint him over Alternate translation: “to give him authority over” or “to put him in charge of”
361 DAN 6 4 ex6l figs-explicit אֱדַ֨יִן סָֽרְכַיָּ֜⁠א וַ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֗⁠א הֲו֨וֹ בָעַ֧יִן עִלָּ֛ה לְ⁠הַשְׁכָּחָ֥ה לְ⁠דָנִיֵּ֖אל מִ⁠צַּ֣ד מַלְכוּתָ֑⁠א 1 Then the high officials and the satraps were seeking to find a ground for accusation against Daniel with regard to the kingdom The other administrators were jealous of Daniel. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Then the other chief administrators and the provincial governors became jealous. So they looked for mistakes in the work Daniel did for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
362 DAN 6 4 rl5p figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־עִלָּ֨ה וּ⁠שְׁחִיתָ֜ה לָא־יָכְלִ֣ין לְ⁠הַשְׁכָּחָ֗ה 1 but they were not able to find any ground for accusation or corruption If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but they could find no mistakes or negligence in his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
363 DAN 6 5 ek64 לְ⁠דָנִיֵּ֥אל דְּנָ֖ה כָּל־עִלָּ֑א 1 any ground for accusation against this Daniel Alternate translation: “any reason to complain about Daniel”
364 DAN 6 6 ll7v לְ⁠עָלְמִ֥ין חֱיִֽי 1 live forever! This was a normal way to greet a king.
365 DAN 6 7 bw29 כָל־דִּֽי־יִבְעֵ֣ה בָ֠עוּ 1 whoever makes a petition Alternate translation: “whoever makes a request”
366 DAN 6 7 l2iq figs-activepassive יִתְרְמֵ֕א לְ⁠גֹ֖ב אַרְיָוָתָֽ⁠א 1 shall be thrown into the den of lions If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your soldiers must throw that person into the den of lions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
367 DAN 6 7 h7ip לְ⁠גֹ֖ב אַרְיָוָתָֽ⁠א 1 into the den of lions This may refer to a room or pit where **lions** were kept.
368 DAN 6 8 nj57 0 Connecting Statement: In verse 8, the administrators continue to speak to the king.
369 DAN 6 8 i7m4 לָ֥א תֶעְדֵּֽא 1 may not be revoked Alternate translation: “cannot be canceled”
370 DAN 6 10 i5vv וְ֠⁠דָנִיֵּאל כְּ⁠דִ֨י יְדַ֜ע דִּֽי־רְשִׁ֤ים כְּתָבָ⁠א֙ 1 Now when Daniel knew that the document had been signed It is important to the story to state clearly that Daniel knew about the new law before he prayed to God.
371 DAN 6 10 r7ul writing-background וְ⁠כַוִּ֨ין פְּתִיחָ֥ן לֵ⁠הּ֙ בְּ⁠עִלִּיתֵ֔⁠הּ נֶ֖גֶד יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 now his windows were open in his roof chamber toward Jerusalem This is background information that explains how Daniel’s enemies knew he was praying to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
372 DAN 6 12 gwm4 הֲ⁠לָ֧א אֱסָ֣ר רְשַׁ֗מְתָּ דִּ֣י כָל־אֱנָ֡שׁ דִּֽי־יִבְעֵה֩ מִן־כָּל־אֱלָ֨הּ וֶֽ⁠אֱנָ֜שׁ עַד־יוֹמִ֣ין תְּלָתִ֗ין לָהֵן֙ מִנָּ֣⁠ךְ מַלְכָּ֔⁠א יִתְרְמֵ֕א לְ⁠ג֖וֹב אַרְיָותָ֑⁠א 1 Did you not sign an injunction that any man who makes a petition to any god or man within thirty days, except to you, O king, must be thrown into the den of lions? They asked this question to make the king confirm that he had made the decree.
373 DAN 6 12 div1 לְ⁠ג֖וֹב אַרְיָותָ֑⁠א 1 into the den of lions This may refer to a room or pit where **lions** were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
374 DAN 6 13 c3ar דִּ֣י דָנִיֵּ֡אל דִּי֩ מִן־בְּנֵ֨י גָלוּתָ֜⁠א דִּ֣י יְה֗וּד 1 Daniel, who is one of the people of the exile from Judah This is not a respectful way of referring to **Daniel**. They intentionally used this phrase to avoid giving Daniel the respect he was due as a chief administrator.
375 DAN 6 13 jia1 דִּי֩ מִן־בְּנֵ֨י גָלוּתָ֜⁠א דִּ֣י יְה֗וּד 1 who is one of the people of the exile from Judah Alternate translation: “who is an immigrant from Judah”
376 DAN 6 13 l8eb figs-idiom לָא־שָׂ֨ם עלי⁠ך 1 pays no attention to you This idiom means he ignores the king. Alternate translation: “does not obey you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
377 DAN 6 14 u8lh figs-metonymy וְ⁠עַ֧ל דָּנִיֵּ֛אל שָׂ֥ם בָּ֖ל לְ⁠שֵׁיזָבוּתֵ֑⁠הּ 1 and he set his mind on Daniel to deliver him Here **mind** refers to his thinking. Alternate translation: “and he thought very hard about how to rescue Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
378 DAN 6 15 d92j figs-explicit כָל־אֱסָ֥ר וּ⁠קְיָ֛ם דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֥⁠א יְהָקֵ֖ים לָ֥א לְ⁠הַשְׁנָיָֽה 1 no injunction or statute that the king establishes can be changed The men were implying that since no decree or statute of the king can be changed, Daniel must be thrown into the pit of lions. This can be stated clearly if needed. Alternate translation: “no injunction or statute that the king establishes can be changed. They must throw Daniel into the pit of lions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
379 DAN 6 16 zny2 וְ⁠הַיְתִיו֙ לְ⁠דָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל וּ⁠רְמ֕וֹ 1 and Daniel was brought in and thrown Alternate translation: “and his soldiers went and got Daniel and thew him”
380 DAN 6 16 q3wc לְ⁠גֻבָּ֖⁠א דִּ֣י אַרְיָוָתָ֑⁠א 1 into the den of lions This may refer to a room or pit where **lions** were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
381 DAN 6 16 a268 אֱלָהָ֗⁠ךְ דִּ֣י אנתה פָּֽלַֽח־לֵ⁠הּ֙ בִּ⁠תְדִירָ֔⁠א ה֖וּא יְשֵׁיזְבִנָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 Your God, whom you serve continually, may he deliver you The king is expressing his desire for God to save Daniel.
382 DAN 6 16 jd6x ה֖וּא יְשֵׁיזְבִנָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 may he deliver you Alternate translation: “may he save you from the lions”
383 DAN 6 17 szf5 גֻּבָּ֑⁠א 1 the den This may refer to a room or pit where lions were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
384 DAN 6 17 xjj7 figs-explicit וְ⁠חַתְמַ֨⁠הּ מַלְכָּ֜⁠א בְּ⁠עִזְקְתֵ֗⁠הּ וּ⁠בְ⁠עִזְקָת֙ רַבְרְבָנ֔וֹ⁠הִי דִּ֛י לָא־תִשְׁנֵ֥א צְב֖וּ בְּ⁠דָנִיֵּֽאל 1 and the king sealed it with his own signet ring and with the signet rings of his nobles so that nothing might be changed concerning Daniel The function of the signet ring can be stated clearly. The king and the noblemen pressed their rings into a seal made of wax. Alternate translation: “and the king pressed his signet ring into a wax seal, the nobles did this too. No one was allowed to break the seal and help Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
385 DAN 6 17 p5t2 לָא־תִשְׁנֵ֥א צְב֖וּ בְּ⁠דָנִיֵּֽאל 1 nothing might be changed concerning Daniel Alternate translation: “no one could help Daniel”
386 DAN 6 18 un1j translate-symaction וּ⁠בָ֣ת טְוָ֔ת 1 and spent the night fasting This symbolic act showed that the king was worried about Daniel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
387 DAN 6 18 a3xd figs-activepassive וְ⁠דַחֲוָ֖ן לָא־הַנְעֵ֣ל קָֽדָמ֑וֹ⁠הִי 1 No entertainment was brought before him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He did not have anyone entertain him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
388 DAN 6 18 sb8r figs-personification וְ⁠שִׁנְתֵּ֖⁠הּ נַדַּ֥ת עֲלֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 and his sleep fled from him Here **sleep** is spoken of as if it could run away from the king. Alternate translation: “and he did not sleep at all that night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
389 DAN 6 19 e2wc לְ⁠גֻבָּ֥⁠א דִֽי־אַרְיָוָתָ֖⁠א 1 to the den of lions This may refer to a room or pit where **lions** were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
390 DAN 6 22 qn4t figs-activepassive זָכוּ֙ הִשְׁתְּכַ֣חַת לִ֔⁠י 1 I was found blameless If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he knows that I have done nothing wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
391 DAN 6 23 r1eg גֻּבָּ֑⁠א 1 the den This may refer to a room or pit where lions were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
392 DAN 6 23 qf7q figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־חֲבָל֙ לָא־הִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח בֵּ֔⁠הּ 1 and no harm was found on him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and they did not find any wounds on Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
393 DAN 6 24 qwh3 וְ⁠לָֽא־מְט֞וֹ לְ⁠אַרְעִ֣ית גֻּבָּ֗⁠א עַ֠ד דִּֽי 1 and they had not reached the bottom of the den before Alternate translation: “and before they reached the floor of the lions’ den”
394 DAN 6 25 ty2g figs-metonymy עַֽמְמַיָּ֞⁠א אֻמַיָּ֧⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֛⁠א 1 the peoples, nations, and languages Here **nations** and **languages** represent people from different **nations** who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “the people from different nations and who spoke different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
395 DAN 6 25 rl1d figs-hyperbole בְּ⁠כָל־אַרְעָ֖⁠א 1 in all the earth King Darius wrote his message to his entire kingdom which was huge. Here it says **all the earth** as a generalization to emphasis how large his kingdom was, though it did not include everyone on the earth. Alternate translation: “in his entire kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
396 DAN 6 25 zkz8 שְׁלָמְ⁠כ֥וֹן יִשְׂגֵּֽא 1 May your peace abound This is a form of greeting that is used to wish someone well in all areas of life.
397 DAN 6 26 m5v6 0 Connecting Statement: This continues to state the message that Darius sent to everyone in his kingdom.
398 DAN 6 26 n6v5 figs-doublet זאעין וְ⁠דָ֣חֲלִ֔ין 1 tremble and fear These two words are similar and can be combined. Alternate translation: “shake with fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
399 DAN 6 26 s8va אֱלָהֵ֣⁠הּ דִּי־דָֽנִיֵּ֑אל 1 the God of Daniel Alternate translation: “the God that Daniel worships”
400 DAN 6 26 ma86 figs-parallelism ה֣וּא ׀ אֱלָהָ֣⁠א חַיָּ֗⁠א וְ⁠קַיָּם֙ לְ⁠עָ֣לְמִ֔ין 1 he is the living God and enduring forever The two phrases **the living God** and **enduring forever** express the same concept, that God lives forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
401 DAN 6 26 xw4k figs-parallelism וּ⁠מַלְכוּתֵ⁠הּ֙ דִּֽי־לָ֣א תִתְחַבַּ֔ל וְ⁠שָׁלְטָנֵ֖⁠הּ עַד־סוֹפָֽ⁠א׃\n\n 1 and his kingdom is one which will not be destroyed,\nand his dominion will be to the end These two phrases are parallel, emphasizing how God’s kingdom will never end. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
402 DAN 6 26 s6yl figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַלְכוּתֵ⁠הּ֙ דִּֽי־לָ֣א תִתְחַבַּ֔ל 1 and his kingdom is one which will not be destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and no one will destroy his kingdom” or “and his kingdom will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
403 DAN 6 26 fcy1 וְ⁠שָׁלְטָנֵ֖⁠הּ עַד־סוֹפָֽ⁠א 1 and his dominion will be to the end Alternate translation: “and he will rule forever”
404 DAN 6 27 bld2 דִּ֚י שֵׁיזִ֣יב לְ⁠דָֽנִיֵּ֔אל מִן־יַ֖ד אַרְיָוָתָֽ⁠א 1 he who has delivered Daniel from the power of the lions Alternate translation: “he has not allowed the strong lions to hurt Daniel”
405 DAN 6 28 a5br בְּ⁠מַלְכ֣וּת דָּרְיָ֑וֶשׁ וּ⁠בְ⁠מַלְכ֖וּת כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ פרסי⁠א 1 during the reign of Darius and during the reign of Cyrus the Persian **Cyrus the Persian** was the king who ruled after **Darius**.
406 DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The four beasts<br><br>There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### The Son of Man<br><br>God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
407 DAN 7 1 cw4a writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
408 DAN 7 1 dme8 0 Belshazzar This was the name of Nebuchadnezzar’s son, who became king after him. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
409 DAN 7 1 xdv1 figs-doublet 0 a dream and visions The words “dream” and “visions” both refer to the same dream that is described in this chapter. Alternate translation: “visions while he was dreaming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
410 DAN 7 2 mjk7 0 the four winds of heaven Alternate translation: “winds from everywhere” or “strong winds from all four directions”
411 DAN 7 2 b48l 0 stirring up Alternate translation: “whipped up” or “agitated” or “caused high waves in”
412 DAN 7 4 z5hd writing-symlanguage 0 The first was like a lion but had eagle’s wings This was a symbolic creature, and not an animal that exists. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
413 DAN 7 4 a7n9 figs-activepassive 0 its wings were torn off and it was lifted from the ground and made to stand on two feet, like a man If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone tore off its wings and lifted it up from the ground and made it stand on two feet like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
414 DAN 7 4 y6v7 figs-metonymy 0 The mind of a man was given to it Here “mind” refers to thinking. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone gave it the ability to think like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
415 DAN 7 5 eqm9 writing-symlanguage 0 a second animal, like a bear This was not an actual bear, but a symbolic animal that was similar to a bear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
416 DAN 7 5 i32b 0 ribs large curved bones of the chest that connect to the spine
417 DAN 7 5 c38p figs-activepassive 0 It was told If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone told it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
418 DAN 7 6 fl2z writing-symlanguage 0 another animal, one that looked like a leopard This was not an actual leopard, but a symbolic animal that was similar to a leopard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
419 DAN 7 6 h4ia writing-symlanguage 0 four wings … four heads The four wings and four heads are symbols, but their meaning is unclear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
420 DAN 7 6 y1jd 0 it had four heads Alternate translation: “the animal had four heads”
421 DAN 7 6 jpn1 figs-activepassive 0 It was given authority to rule If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone gave it authority to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
422 DAN 7 7 g1aj writing-symlanguage 0 a fourth animal … it had ten horns This is also not an actual animal. It is a symbolic creature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
423 DAN 7 7 w7ww 0 trampled underfoot Alternate translation: “walked on and crushed”
424 DAN 7 8 j87p figs-metonymy 0 the horns Translators may write a footnote like this: “Horns are a symbol of power and represent powerful leaders.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
425 DAN 7 8 ga8d figs-activepassive 0 Three of the first horns were wrenched out by the roots If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The little horn tore out three of the first horns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
426 DAN 7 8 d113 figs-synecdoche 0 a mouth that was boasting about great things Here the horn was boasting, using its mouth to do so. Alternate translation: “the horn had a mouth and boasted about doing great things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
427 DAN 7 9 dge1 writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Most of the text of verses 9-14 is symbolic language with parallel lines that have similar meaning. For this reason, the ULT and UST present them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
428 DAN 7 9 hw4v figs-activepassive 0 thrones were set in place If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone set thrones in their places” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
429 DAN 7 9 xvt9 0 the Ancient of Days This is a title for God that means he is eternal. Alternate translation: “the One Who Has Lived Forever” or “the One Who Has Always Lived”
430 DAN 7 9 rc8y 0 took his seat … His clothing … the hair of his head This passage describes God as sitting down, with clothing and hair like a person. This does not mean that God really is like this, but it is how Daniel saw God in a vision.
431 DAN 7 9 crh4 figs-idiom 0 took his seat This is an idiom that means he sat down. Alternate translation: “sat down on his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
432 DAN 7 9 imw8 0 His clothing was as white as snow His clothing is compared to snow to show that it was very white. Alternate translation: “His clothing was very white”
433 DAN 7 9 d5if figs-simile 0 the hair of his head was like pure wool Something about God’s hair looked like pure wool. This could mean: (1) it was very white or (2) it was thick and curly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
434 DAN 7 9 jf7e 0 pure wool Alternate translation: “clean wool” or “wool that is washed”
435 DAN 7 9 c4le 0 His throne was flames … its wheels were burning fire This describes the throne of God and its wheels as if they were made of fire. The words “flames” and “burning fire” mean basically the same thing and can be translated the same way.
436 DAN 7 9 lhh4 0 its wheels It is unclear why God’s throne is described as having wheels. Thrones normally do not have wheels, but the text clearly states that this throne has some kind of wheels. Use a general term for “wheels” if possible.
437 DAN 7 10 rab3 figs-metaphor 0 A river of fire flowed out from before him The quick way in which fire came from the presence of God is spoken of as if it was water flowing in a river. Alternate translation: “Fire poured out in front of him like water in a river” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
438 DAN 7 10 z1dt 0 before him The word “him” refers to God, the Ancient of Days from [Daniel 7:9](../07/09.md).
439 DAN 7 10 gka4 0 millions This probably refers to a large group rather than to a precise number. Alternate translation: “thousands of thousands” or “great numbers of people”
440 DAN 7 10 f9kw 0 one hundred million This probably refers to a large group rather than to a precise number. Alternate translation: “tens of thousands times tens of thousands” or “uncountable numbers of people”
441 DAN 7 10 h5d3 0 The court was in session This means that God, the judge, was ready to investigate the evidence and make his judgment. Alternate translation: “The judge was ready to judge” or “The judge was seated”
442 DAN 7 10 pyd5 0 the books were opened These are the books that contain the evidence to be used in court. Alternate translation: “the books of evidence were opened”
443 DAN 7 11 g8ls figs-activepassive 0 the animal was killed … to be burned up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they killed the fourth animal, destroyed its body, and gave it to someone to burn it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
444 DAN 7 11 tqd6 figs-explicit 0 the animal was killed The animal was killed because the judge determined that it was guilty. Alternate translation: “they executed the animal” or “the judge commanded and they killed the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
445 DAN 7 11 pms3 0 the animal This refers to the fourth animal that had the ten horns and the horn that spoke boastfully. Alternate translation: “the most frightening animal” or “the animal that had the boastful horn”
446 DAN 7 12 ayx9 0 the rest of the four animals It may be helpful to your readers to say, “the other three animals.”
447 DAN 7 12 dj5p figs-activepassive 0 their authority to rule was taken away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the judge took away their authority to rule” or “their authority to rule ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
448 DAN 7 12 ru76 figs-activepassive 0 their lives were prolonged for a period of time If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they continued to live for a period of time” or “the judge let them live a little longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
449 DAN 7 13 lvf2 writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Most of the text of verses 9-14 is symbolic language with parallel lines that have similar meaning. For this reason, the ULT presents them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
450 DAN 7 13 j5t6 figs-simile 0 I saw one coming … like a son of man The person that Daniel saw was not a normal man, but had a human figure like a man. “I also saw that night someone coming who resembled a son of man, that is, he had a human figure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
451 DAN 7 13 n5qi 0 with the clouds of heaven Alternate translation: “with the clouds of the sky”
452 DAN 7 13 ln6w 0 the Ancient of Days This refers to God who is eternal. See how you translated this title in [Daniel 7:9](../07/09.md)
453 DAN 7 13 pjn2 figs-activepassive 0 was presented before him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they presented this son of man to the Ancient of Days” or “he stood before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
454 DAN 7 14 ai49 figs-activepassive 0 Authority to rule and glory and royal power were given to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who looked like a son of man received authority to rule, glory, and royal power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
455 DAN 7 14 yv4q 0 royal power This, here, refers to “authority.”
456 DAN 7 14 hc6k figs-metonymy 0 peoples, nations, and languages Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
457 DAN 7 14 z6xf figs-parallelism 0 will not pass away … will never be destroyed These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
458 DAN 7 14 sl8k figs-activepassive 0 that will never be destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one will ever destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
459 DAN 7 15 xt3d figs-parallelism 0 my spirit was grieved inside of me … the visions I saw in my mind troubled me These two phrases describe how Daniel was feeling. The second one gives more information about the first one, explaining about his grieved spirit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
460 DAN 7 15 g5s3 figs-synecdoche 0 my spirit was grieved inside of me Here “my spirit” refers to Daniel himself. Alternate translation: “I was very sad inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
461 DAN 7 16 z2w1 0 one of them standing there This is one of the heavenly beings who were standing before God’s throne. This could mean: (1) these are angels, spirits who serve God (2) these are people who have died and are now in heaven.
462 DAN 7 16 fhe1 0 to show me Alternate translation: “to tell me” or “to explain to me”
463 DAN 7 16 x45a 0 these things Alternate translation: “the things I had seen”
464 DAN 7 17 mw57 0 These large animals, four in number, Alternate translation: “These four large animals”
465 DAN 7 17 s2iv 0 are four kings Alternate translation: “represent four kings”
466 DAN 7 17 e2vw figs-idiom 0 four kings that will arise from the earth Here “from the earth” means they are real people. Alternate translation: “four kings who will come to power on the earth” or “four men who will rise up from among the people of the earth and become kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
467 DAN 7 18 tz29 0 they will possess it Alternate translation: “they will rule over it”
468 DAN 7 18 x83s figs-doublet 0 forever and ever This repetition of ideas emphasizes that this kingdom will never come to an end. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
469 DAN 7 19 qj78 0 very horrifying Alternate translation: “very frightening”
470 DAN 7 19 fq88 0 trampled on Alternate translation: “walked on and crushed”
471 DAN 7 20 e5t1 0 the ten horns on its head Alternate translation: “the ten horns on the head of the fourth animal”
472 DAN 7 20 vi4r 0 grew up, and before which the three horns fell down Alternate translation: “grew up, and about the three horns that fell down in front of it” or “grew up, and about the three horns that fell down because of it”
473 DAN 7 20 vjs9 figs-euphemism 0 before which the three horns fell down Here “fell down” is a euphemism that means they were destroyed.” Alternate translation: “which destroyed the three horns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
474 DAN 7 20 frj1 0 the mouth that boasted Alternate translation: “its mouth that boasted” or “the mouth of the new horn, that boasted”
475 DAN 7 20 f425 0 that seemed greater than its companions the horn with the eyes and a mouth seemed to be greater than the other horns
476 DAN 7 21 xcl9 0 this horn “this fourth horn.” This refers to the horn that is described in [Daniel 7:20](../07/20.md).
477 DAN 7 22 pxx4 figs-activepassive 0 until the Ancient of Days came, and justice was given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until the Ancient of Days came and brought justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
478 DAN 7 22 dui7 0 Ancient of Days This is a title for God that emphasizes that he is eternal. See how you translated this title in [Daniel 7:9](../07/09.md).
479 DAN 7 22 em4n figs-activepassive 0 the holy people received the kingdom If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave his kingdom to his holy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
480 DAN 7 23 ec9x writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Most of the text of verses 23-27 is symbolic language. For this reason, the ULT presents them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
481 DAN 7 23 mv4h 0 This is what that person said This is the person that Daniel approached in [Daniel 7:16](../07/16.md).
482 DAN 7 23 p7zf 0 that person said Alternate translation: “that person answered”
483 DAN 7 23 lqc9 0 As for the fourth animal Alternate translation: “Concerning the fourth animal” or “Now, about the fourth animal”
484 DAN 7 23 t6ga figs-metaphor 0 It will devour … it into pieces This does not mean the fourth kingdom will destroy the planet, but that it will brutally attack, conquer, and destroy all other kingdoms on earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
485 DAN 7 24 x4nc 0 As for the ten horns Alternate translation: “Concerning the ten horns” or “Now, about the ten horns”
486 DAN 7 24 cn9p figs-explicit 0 out of this kingdom ten kings will arise They will rule one after the other. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “ten kings will rule over this fourth kingdom, one after another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
487 DAN 7 24 iw64 figs-explicit 0 another will arise after them This other king is not one of the ten. It may be helpful to refer to him as “the eleventh king.” Alternate translation: “after that an eleventh king will become powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
488 DAN 7 24 qun4 0 He will be different from the previous ones Alternate translation: “He will be different from the other ten kings”
489 DAN 7 24 x7hx figs-explicit 0 he will conquer the three kings He will defeat three of the original ten kings. It may be helpful to state that those three kings are represented by the three horns that were pulled out. Alternate translation: “he will defeat the three kings that were represented by the three horns that were pulled out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
490 DAN 7 25 xih7 figs-idiom 0 He will speak words against the Most High This means that the newest king will openly disagree with and say bad things about the Most High. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
491 DAN 7 25 ce61 0 He will try … into his hand The words “He” and “his” refer to the newest king, not the Most High.
492 DAN 7 25 nt2f 0 the holy people Alternate translation: “God’s holy people”
493 DAN 7 25 w16z 0 change the festivals and the law Both terms refer to the law of Moses. The festivals were an important part of the religion of Israel in the Old Testament.
494 DAN 7 25 hn8p figs-metonymy 0 These things will be given into his hand Here “his hand” refers to his control. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The newest king will control the religous festivals and laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
495 DAN 7 25 dnu4 0 one year, two years, and half a year This means “three and half years.” This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. Try to translate it in a way that preserves this way of counting. Alternate translation: “one year plus two years plus six months”
496 DAN 7 26 is1x 0 the court will be in session This means that the judge will be ready to investigate evidence and make his judgment. Alternate translation: “the judge will judge” or “The judge will sit down”
497 DAN 7 26 iln2 0 they will take his royal power away Alternate translation: “the members of the court will take the royal power away from the newest king”
498 DAN 7 26 j3ya 0 royal power This, here, refers to “authority.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 7:14](../07/14.md).
499 DAN 7 26 plf7 figs-activepassive 0 to be consumed and destroyed at the end If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and consume and destroy it in the end” or “and completely destroy his royal power in the end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
500 DAN 7 27 hh11 figs-activepassive 0 The kingdom and the dominion … will be given to the people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give the kingdom and the dominion … to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
501 DAN 7 27 c6lf figs-doublet 0 The kingdom and the dominion These two terms mean basically the same thing and emphasize that this will concern all forms of official authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
502 DAN 7 27 p5c7 figs-abstractnouns 0 the greatness of the kingdoms If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **greatness**, you can express the same idea with an adjective such as “great.” Alternate translation: “everything that is great about the kingdoms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
503 DAN 7 27 ry7e figs-idiom 0 of the kingdoms under the whole heaven The idiom “under the whole heaven” refers to the kingdoms on earth. Alternate translation: “of all the kingdoms on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
504 DAN 7 27 eti4 0 His kingdom Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the Most High”
505 DAN 7 27 t3ct 0 an everlasting kingdom Alternate translation: “a kingdom that will exist forever” or “a kingdom that will never end”
506 DAN 7 28 v6mq 0 Here is the end of the matter This means that Daniel has finished describing the vision. Alternate translation: “That is what I saw in my vision” or “This is the end of the description of what I saw in my vision”
507 DAN 7 28 am3a 0 my face changed in appearance Alternate translation: “my face became pale”
508 DAN 8 intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 8 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vision of the ram and the male goat<br><br>Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
509 DAN 8 1 rft5 writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
510 DAN 8 1 b6kb translate-ordinal 0 In the third year “In year three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
511 DAN 8 1 er4q 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
512 DAN 8 1 h9fw writing-background 0 had a vision appear to me (after the one … first) This is background information to remind the reader that this is Daniel’s second vision. Alternate translation: “had a second vision appear to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
513 DAN 8 2 t4xy 0 fortress a walled city that was guarded and protected
514 DAN 8 2 m8kv translate-names 0 Susa … Elam … Ulai Canal These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
515 DAN 8 2 jfs1 0 Canal A canal is a narrow man-made waterway.
516 DAN 8 3 kh4s writing-symlanguage 0 a ram with two horns It is normal for rams to have two horns. These horns, however, have symbolic meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
517 DAN 8 3 buj1 0 but the longer … passed up in length by it Alternate translation: “but the longer one grew more slowly than the shorter one, and the shorter one grew to be even longer than it”
518 DAN 8 4 wrr2 0 I saw the ram charging Alternate translation: “I saw the ram rushing” or “I saw the ram running very quickly”
519 DAN 8 4 s49e figs-metonymy 0 to rescue anyone out of his hand Rams do not have hands. Here “hand” refers to the ram’s power. Alternate translation: “to rescue anyone from him” or “to rescue anyone from his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
520 DAN 8 5 npd3 figs-hyperbole 0 across the surface of the whole earth The phrase “the whole earth” is an exaggeration that means he came from far away. Alternate translation: “from far away across the surface of the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
521 DAN 8 5 jv2j figs-explicit 0 The goat had a large horn between his eyes Goats have two horns on the sides of their heads. This image should be explained. Alternate translation: “The goat had a single large horn in the center of his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
522 DAN 8 6 ith5 0 in a powerful rage Alternate translation: “and it was very angry”
523 DAN 8 7 u36k 0 trampled to crush something by stepping on it
524 DAN 8 7 hh82 0 the ram from his power Alternate translation: “the ram from the goat because of his power”
525 DAN 8 8 kr6f 0 the goat became very large Alternate translation: “the goat became very large and strong”
526 DAN 8 8 pt9j figs-activepassive 0 the large horn was broken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “something broke off the large horn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
527 DAN 8 8 z9lm figs-idiom 0 toward the four winds of the heavens Here “the four winds of heaven” is an idiom that refers to the four main directions (north, east, south, west) from which the winds blow. Alternate translation: “in four different directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
528 DAN 8 9 ys25 0 but which became very large Alternate translation: “but it became very large”
529 DAN 8 9 i3jg 0 in the south, in the east, and in the land of beauty This probably means it pointed in those directions. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “and pointed toward the south and then toward the east and then toward the beautiful land of Israel”
530 DAN 8 9 umn2 figs-idiom 0 the land of beauty This is a reference to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
531 DAN 8 10 pkh2 figs-personification 0 It became so large as to engage in war Here the horn is given qualities of a person and is engaging in war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
532 DAN 8 10 h6ex figs-activepassive 0 Some of that army … thrown down to the earth If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: The horn threw some of that army and some of the stars down to the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
533 DAN 8 10 iq57 figs-personification 0 it trampled on them Here the horn is given qualities of a person that tramples on the stars and on the army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
534 DAN 8 11 akq6 figs-personification 0 General Information: The horn is given qualities of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
535 DAN 8 11 x2bs 0 Connecting Statement: Daniel continues describing his vision of the horn ([Daniel 8:9](../08/09.md)).
536 DAN 8 11 r2zz figs-explicit 0 the commander of the army This refers to God himself, who is the leader of the angel army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
537 DAN 8 11 i4px 0 It took away from him the regular burnt offering Here “took away” means the horn stopped the offering. Here “him” refers to God, the commander of the army. Alternate translation: “It stopped the people from making their regular burnt offering to him”
538 DAN 8 11 c2s4 figs-activepassive 0 the place of his sanctuary was polluted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it defiled his sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
539 DAN 8 12 y31h figs-metaphor 0 The horn will throw truth down to the ground The horn ignoring truth and godliness is spoken of as if it will throw truth to the ground. Alternate translation: “The horn will reject the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
540 DAN 8 13 lj18 0 holy one Alternate translation: “angel”
541 DAN 8 13 b9yz 0 the handing over of the sanctuary Alternate translation: “the surrender of the sanctuary”
542 DAN 8 13 xj3i figs-activepassive 0 heaven’s army being trampled on If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the horn trampling on heaven’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
543 DAN 8 14 ed38 translate-numbers 0 2,300 evenings and mornings “Two thousand three hundred evenings and mornings.” Here “evenings and mornings” is a merism that refers to everything in between, which means full days. Alternate translation: “2,300 sunsets and sunrises” or “2,300 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
544 DAN 8 14 j3q3 0 the sanctuary will be put right Alternate translation: “the temple will be purified and set in order again”
545 DAN 8 16 h4dz figs-synecdoche 0 a man’s voice calling between the banks of the Ulai Canal Here a man is being referred to by his voice. Alternate translation: “a man calling from the Ulai Canal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
546 DAN 8 16 c8qg 0 Ulai Canal A canal is a narrow man-made waterway. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 8:2](../08/02.md).
547 DAN 8 17 c9ys translate-symaction 0 prostrated myself on the ground This is an act of worship in which someone lies flat on the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
548 DAN 8 17 v6y5 0 the time of the end “the final days” or “the end of the world.” This does not refer to the final moment in time, but rather to the events that will happen immediately before the end.
549 DAN 8 18 c89u 0 a deep sleep This is a type of sleep when someone is sleeping heavily and does not wake up easily.
550 DAN 8 19 v9et figs-explicit 0 the time of wrath This refers to the time when God will judge. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the time when God judges in anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
551 DAN 8 19 zif5 0 the appointed time for the end Alternate translation: “the time when the world will end”
552 DAN 8 20 bi9v writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: In these verses, the angel explains to Daniel the symbolic meaning of the things he saw in his vision. The animals and horns actually represent human rulers and kingdoms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
553 DAN 8 20 zfr2 0 two horns—they are Alternate translation: “two horns—they represent”
554 DAN 8 20 k8n7 figs-metonymy 0 the kings of Media and Persia This could mean: (1) this refers to the kings of Media and Persia or (2) this is a metonym in which the kings represents the kingdoms of Media and Persia. Alternate translation: “the kingdoms of Media and Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
555 DAN 8 21 j9y9 figs-metonymy 0 the king of Greece This could mean: (1) this refers to the king of Greece or (2) this is a metonym in which the king represents the kingdom of Greece. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of Greece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
556 DAN 8 21 h37i 0 The large horn between his eyes is Alternate translation: “The large horn between his eyes represents”
557 DAN 8 22 j764 writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: In these verses, the angel explains to Daniel the symbolic meaning of the things he saw in his vision. The animals and horns actually represented human rulers or kingdoms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
558 DAN 8 22 qtr7 0 As for the horn that was broken … four others arose Alternate translation: “Where the large horn was broken off, four others arose”
559 DAN 8 22 c6qn figs-explicit 0 four kingdoms will arise from his nation The four horns represent the four new kingdoms. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they represent the four kingdoms into which the kingdom of the first king will be divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
560 DAN 8 22 z39i 0 but not with his great power Alternate translation: “but they will not have as much power as the king represented by the large horn”
561 DAN 8 23 gk83 0 At the latter time of those kingdoms Alternate translation: “As those kingdoms approach their end”
562 DAN 8 23 t2i5 0 shall have reached their limit Alternate translation: “have reached their full” or “have run their course”
563 DAN 8 23 x2ku 0 grim-faced This means someone who looks defiant, or like he will refuse to obey.
564 DAN 8 24 fm5e writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: In these verses, the angel explains to Daniel the symbolic meaning of the things he saw in his vision. The animals and horns actually represented human rulers or kingdoms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
565 DAN 8 24 ue1c 0 but not by his own power Alternate translation: “but someone else will give him his power”
566 DAN 8 25 yq8r figs-personification 0 he will make deceit prosper Here “deceit” is spoken of as if it is a person who will prosper. Alternate translation: “the amount of deception will increase” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
567 DAN 8 25 u9tg figs-metonymy 0 under his hand Here “hand” refers to his rule. Alternate translation: “under his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
568 DAN 8 25 f6qi 0 King of kings This refers to God.
569 DAN 8 25 asi1 figs-metonymy 0 he will be broken Here “he” refers to his power. Alternate translation: “his rule will end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
570 DAN 8 25 cxx3 figs-metonymy 0 not by any human hand Here “hand” refers to power. This can be also stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “not by any human power” or “by divine power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
571 DAN 8 26 cer6 figs-metaphor 0 seal up the vision The angel speaks about the vision as if it were a scroll that could be closed with a wax seal. This prevented anyone from seeing the contents until the seal was broken. Alternate translation: “close and seal up what you have written about the vision” or “do not tell anyone about the vision now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
572 DAN 8 27 us1l 0 was overcome and lay weak for several days Alternate translation: “was exhausted and lay in bed sick for several days”
573 DAN 8 27 c42h 0 went about the king’s business Alternate translation: “did the work that the king had assigned to me”
574 DAN 8 27 v7gd 0 I was appalled by the vision Alternate translation: “I was dismayed by the vision” or “I was very confused by the vision”
575 DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br><br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
576 DAN 9 1 a2ic 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 were not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king. Chapter 9 now returns to the events of the reign of Darius who became king in chapter 6.
577 DAN 9 1 lvl3 writing-background 0 It was Ahasuerus who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This is background information about who Ahasuerus was. The UST places this in parentheses to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
578 DAN 9 1 y3g6 figs-activepassive 0 who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
579 DAN 9 1 m6bc 0 over the realm Alternate translation: “over the country” or “over the kingdom”
580 DAN 9 2 h1p2 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
581 DAN 9 2 y2g1 translate-numbers 0 there would be seventy years until Jerusalem’s abandonment would end “from the time Jerusalem was destroyed, it would remain in ruins for 70 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
582 DAN 9 2 zrc4 0 abandonment this means no one would help or rebuild Jerusalem during that time
583 DAN 9 3 xi1v figs-metonymy 0 I turned my face to the Lord God Here “face” represents Daniel’s attention. Alternate translation: “I focused my attention on the Lord God” or “I directed my thoughts toward the Lord God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
584 DAN 9 3 v1yi figs-metaphor 0 to seek him Those who want to know Yahweh and please him are spoken of as if they are literally seeking to find Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
585 DAN 9 3 ni5z translate-symaction 0 fasting, wearing sackcloth, and sitting in ashes These are symbolic acts of repentance and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
586 DAN 9 4 waz8 0 I made confession of our sins Alternate translation: “I confessed our sins”
587 DAN 9 4 q4bd 0 you are the one who keeps the covenant and is faithful to love those Alternate translation: “you do what you said you would do in your covenant, and you faithfully love those”
588 DAN 9 5 bz6l figs-parallelism 0 We have sinned and have done what is wrong These two phrases express one idea in two different ways for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
589 DAN 9 5 ie62 figs-parallelism 0 We have acted wickedly and we have rebelled These two phrases express one idea in two different ways for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
590 DAN 9 5 fu8v figs-doublet 0 your commands and decrees The words “commands” and “decrees” share similar meanings and refer to the whole law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
591 DAN 9 6 x5wh figs-metonymy 0 We have not listened to your servants Here “not listened” means they did not obey their message. Alternate translation: “We have not obeyed the message of your prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
592 DAN 9 6 hp4w figs-metonymy 0 spoke in your name Here “name” refers to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “spoke with your authority” or “spoke as your representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
593 DAN 9 6 et6z 0 the people of the land Here “land” refers to Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people”
594 DAN 9 7 fy69 figs-metaphor 0 To you, Lord, belongs righteousness Being righteous is spoken of as if “righteousness” were an object that belongs to Yahweh. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **righteousness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “righteous.” Alternate translation: “Lord, you are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
595 DAN 9 7 x7i6 figs-metaphor 0 To us today, however, belongs shame on our faces—for the people Being ashamed is spoken of as if “shame” were an object that belongs to people. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **shame**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “ashamed.” Alternate translation: “But as for us, we are ashamed of what we have done—the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
596 DAN 9 7 k8fa figs-exclusive 0 To us today The word “us” includes Daniel and the Israelites, but it does not include God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
597 DAN 9 7 kk5y figs-idiom 0 belongs shame on our faces This idiom means their shame is visible to all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
598 DAN 9 7 u1gy 0 because of the great treachery that we committed against you Alternate translation: “because we greatly betrayed you” or “because we were very unfaithful to you”
599 DAN 9 9 vqm3 figs-metaphor 0 To the Lord our God belong compassion and forgiveness Having these traits is spoken of as if they belonged to the Lord. Alternate translation: “The Lord our God is compassionate and forgives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
600 DAN 9 10 kf4g figs-metonymy 0 We have not obeyed the voice of Yahweh our God Here “voice” refers to the commands that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “We have not obeyed what Yahweh told us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
601 DAN 9 11 b68w figs-idiom 0 turned aside The words “turned aside” mean that Israel stopped obeying God’s laws. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
602 DAN 9 11 qk6k figs-activepassive 0 that are written in the law of Moses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Moses wrote about in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
603 DAN 9 11 n3rz figs-metaphor 0 have been poured out on us The abundance of the curse and the oath are spoken of as if they were poured out like water. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have brought upon us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
604 DAN 9 12 n2ng figs-idiom 0 For under the whole of heaven This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “For in the whole world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
605 DAN 9 12 l46l figs-activepassive 0 there has not been done anything “nothing has been done.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nothing has happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
606 DAN 9 12 vbx2 figs-activepassive 0 what has been done to Jerusalem If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what you have done to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
607 DAN 9 13 c1fb figs-activepassive 0 As it is written in the law of Moses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “As Moses wrote in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
608 DAN 9 13 sk3z figs-idiom 0 turning away from our iniquities Here stopping evil activity is spoken of as turning away from them. Alternate translation: “stopping our evil actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
609 DAN 9 14 dxb5 0 Yahweh has kept the disaster ready Alternate translation: “Yahweh has prepared this disaster”
610 DAN 9 14 up2a figs-metonymy 0 we have not obeyed his voice Here “voice” refers to the things that Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “we have not done what he told us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
611 DAN 9 15 wi6x figs-metonymy 0 with a mighty hand Here “mighty hand” is a metonym for strength. Alternate translation: “with great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
612 DAN 9 15 k82d 0 you have made a famous name for yourself, as in this present day Alternate translation: “you caused people to know how great you are, as you still do today”
613 DAN 9 15 u2zs figs-parallelism 0 still we sinned; we have done wicked things These two clauses mean basically the same thing and are used together to emphasize how bad sin is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
614 DAN 9 15 h9ad figs-exclusive 0 we sinned; we have done wicked things Daniel and Israel sinned and did wicked things, but “we” does not include God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
615 DAN 9 16 zd1k figs-doublet 0 your anger and your wrath The words “anger” and “wrath” mean basically the same thing and emphasize how terrible God’s anger is when he acts on it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
616 DAN 9 16 g4t8 0 your holy mountain This mountain may be holy because God’s temple is there. Alternate translation: “the mountain where your holy temple is”
617 DAN 9 16 t4wb figs-exclusive 0 our sins … our ancestors Here “our” refers to Daniel and Israel, but not to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
618 DAN 9 16 qcc3 0 an object of scorn Alternate translation: “a target of disrespect”
619 DAN 9 17 e6hv 0 Now This does not mean “at this moment”, but it is a way to show that the next phase in Daniel’s prayer is about to start.
620 DAN 9 17 u437 figs-123person 0 your servant … his pleas for mercy The words “your servant” and “his” here refer to Daniel. He speaks about himself in the third person as a sign of respect for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
621 DAN 9 17 ndy1 0 pleas for mercy Alternate translation: “requests for mercy”
622 DAN 9 17 a4vq figs-metaphor 0 make your face shine on The writer speaks of Yahweh acting favorably as if Yahweh’s face shone a light. Alternate translation: “act kindly toward” or “act with favor toward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
623 DAN 9 17 b52l 0 your sanctuary This refers to the temple in Jerusalem.
624 DAN 9 18 sv8a figs-idiom 0 open your ears and listen To “open the ears” is an idiom that means to listen. These two phrases means the same thing and emphasize Daniel’s desire for God to listen to his prayer. Alternate translation: “please listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
625 DAN 9 18 jqa4 figs-idiom 0 open your eyes and see To “open the eyes” is an idiom that means to see. These two phrases means the same thing and emphasize Daniel’s desire for God to pay attention to his prayer. Alternate translation: “notice us” or “pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
626 DAN 9 18 gw8i figs-metonymy 0 is called by your name Here “name” represents ownership. Alternate translation: “is your city” or “belongs to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
627 DAN 9 19 y5zw 0 do not delay This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “act quickly”
628 DAN 9 20 n3ma 0 my people Israel Alternate translation: “the people of Israel to whom I belong”
629 DAN 9 21 tmu9 figs-explicit 0 the man Gabriel This is the same angel Gabriel who appeared in the form of a man in [Daniel 8:16](../08/16.md). Alternate translation: “Gabriel, who appeared as a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
630 DAN 9 21 m9dw 0 in the vision at the first This may refer to the first vision that Daniel had while he was awake. Alternate translation: “in the previous vision” or “in the vision I saw before” or “in a vision before”
631 DAN 9 21 ud8s 0 flew down to me in rapid flight Alternate translation: “flew down to me quickly”
632 DAN 9 21 i2as 0 at the time of the evening sacrifice The Jewish people sacrificed to God each evening just before the sun went down.
633 DAN 9 22 i4uk figs-doublet 0 insight and understanding The words “insight” and “understanding” mean the same thing and emphasize that Gabriel will help Daniel to understand the message completely. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
634 DAN 9 23 bj8w figs-activepassive 0 the order was given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave the order” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
635 DAN 9 23 ke8t 0 consider this word Alternate translation: “think about this message”
636 DAN 9 23 dn8d 0 the revelation This refers back to the prophesy of Jeremiah in [Daniel 9:2](../09/02.md).
637 DAN 9 24 tn7g 0 Seventy sevens are decreed for your people and your holy city to God decreed that he would do the things in this verse for the people and the holy city.
638 DAN 9 24 x7sx 0 Seventy sevens This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. If possible, try to translate in a way that preserves this use of the number seven. Alternate translation: “Seventy times seven years”
639 DAN 9 24 vmn4 figs-you 0 your people and your holy city The word “your” here refers to Daniel. The people are the Israelites and the holy city is Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
640 DAN 9 24 v75s figs-parallelism 0 to end the guilt and put an end to sin The idea is repeated to emphasize how certain it is that this will happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
641 DAN 9 24 dt4s figs-idiom 0 to carry out the vision Here “carry out” is an idiom that means to accomplish. Alternate translation: “to accomplish the vision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
642 DAN 9 24 z31h figs-doublet 0 the vision and the prophecy These words in this context mean the same thing. They ensure Daniel that Jeremiah’s vision was indeed a prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
643 DAN 9 25 hg9s 0 and sixty-two sevens This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. If possible, try to translate in a way that preserves this use of the number seven. Alternate translation: “seven times seven years … and sixty-two times seven years”
644 DAN 9 25 z58t figs-doublet 0 Know and understand These words are used together to make the importance clear. Alternate translation: “You must clearly understand” or “You must know for sure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
645 DAN 9 25 cc6s translate-symaction 0 the anointed one Anointing is a symbolic act to show that someone is chosen. Alternate translation: “the person that God anoints” or “the person that God chooses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
646 DAN 9 25 mg6r 0 seven sevens … and sixty-two sevens These added together are 69 of the 70 sevens spoken of in verse 24.
647 DAN 9 25 tg7z figs-activepassive 0 Jerusalem will be rebuilt If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will rebuild Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
648 DAN 9 25 gs6w 0 moat a deep ditch around a city or building, usually with water in it
649 DAN 9 25 q3nq 0 the times of distress Alternate translation: “a time of great trouble”
650 DAN 9 26 t9v5 0 sixty-two sevens This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. If possible, try to translate in a way that preserves this use of the number seven. See how you translated this number in [Daniel 9:25](../09/25.md). Alternate translation: “sixty-two times seven”
651 DAN 9 26 pru6 figs-activepassive 0 the anointed one will be destroyed and will have nothing If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will destroy the anointed one and he will have nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
652 DAN 9 26 nzv4 0 the anointed one Anointing is a symbolic act to show that someone is chosen. See how you translated this title in [Daniel 9:25](../09/25.md). Alternate translation: “the person that God anoints” or “the person that God chooses”
653 DAN 9 26 bn3z 0 a coming ruler This is a foreign ruler, not “the anointed one.” Alternate translation: “a foreign ruler who will come” or “a powerful ruler who will come”
654 DAN 9 26 hpa8 figs-metaphor 0 Its end will come with a flood The army will destroy the city and the holy place just as a flood destroys things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
655 DAN 9 26 ite5 figs-activepassive 0 Desolations have been decreed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed ruin for the city and sanctuary” or “God has declared that the enemy army will destroy everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
656 DAN 9 27 a45k 0 He will … he will This refers to the coming ruler who will destroy the anointed one.
657 DAN 9 27 zqk4 0 one seven … In the middle of the seven Here “seven” is used to refer to a period of seven years. Alternate translation: “seven years … Halfway through the seven years”
658 DAN 9 27 rr1b 0 put an end to Alternate translation: “stop” or “halt”
659 DAN 9 27 jsh2 figs-doublet 0 the sacrifice and the offering These words basically mean the same thing. The repetition is to show that the ruler will prevent all types of sacrifices. Alternate translation: “all forms of sacrificing” or “every type of offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
660 DAN 9 27 e962 figs-metonymy 0 the wing of abominations This may refer to the defensive structures on top of the walls of the temple, which are called “abominations” because they are full of idols. Alternate translation: “the walls of the temple that are full of abominations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
661 DAN 9 27 l267 0 someone who makes desolate Alternate translation: “a person who completely destroys”
662 DAN 9 27 i8lk figs-activepassive 0 A full end and destruction are decreed to be poured out If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed that he will pour out a full end and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
663 DAN 9 27 x6c9 figs-doublet 0 A full end and destruction These two words or expressions are basically the same. They emphasize how serious and complete the destruction will be. Alternate translation: “Complete destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
664 DAN 9 27 t53m 0 the one who has made the desolation Alternate translation: “the person who caused the destruction”
665 DAN 10 intro rcw2 0 # Daniel 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section where Daniel is given a prophecy about the future from an angel. This section continues for the remainder of the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
666 DAN 10 1 if3j translate-ordinal 0 the third year of Cyrus king of Persia “year 3 of the rule of Cyrus the king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
667 DAN 10 1 mci4 figs-activepassive 0 a message was revealed to Daniel This can also be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “God revealed a message to Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
668 DAN 10 1 vf8c 0 insight the ability to understand more than what can be seen
669 DAN 10 3 xqe9 0 delicacies These are expensive or rare kinds of food. Alternate translation: “fancy foods”
670 DAN 10 3 af3y 0 until the completion of three entire weeks Alternate translation: “until the end of three entire weeks”
671 DAN 10 4 s7nc translate-hebrewmonths 0 On the twenty-fourth day of the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fourth day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
672 DAN 10 5 p8b1 0 with a belt around his waist Alternate translation: “and he was wearing a belt”
673 DAN 10 5 q62t translate-names 0 Uphaz Uphaz is a place. Its location is not known (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
674 DAN 10 6 pv61 figs-simile 0 His body was like topaz His body gleamed with blue or yellow light as if it were made of topaz. Alternate translation: “his body gleamed like topaz” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
675 DAN 10 6 yce2 0 topaz a blue or yellow gemstone, also known as beryl, peridot, or chrysolite
676 DAN 10 6 e9xc figs-simile 0 his face was like lightning His face shone brightly as a bolt of lightning shines. Alternate translation: “his face shone with light as bright as the flash of lightning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
677 DAN 10 6 v1ew figs-simile 0 His eyes were like flaming torches His eyes were bright with light as if they were flaming torches. Alternate translation: “his eyes were so bright that it seemed they had torches burning inside them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
678 DAN 10 6 ugr5 figs-simile 0 his arms and his feet were like polished bronze His arms and feet were as shiny as if they were made of polished bronze. Alternate translation: “his arms and feet shone like polished bronze that reflects the light around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
679 DAN 10 6 vkv7 figs-simile 0 The sound of his words was like the sound of a great crowd His voice was so loud that it was as if a crowd of people were all talking loudly. Alternate translation: “his voice was as loud as a huge crowd all calling out together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
680 DAN 10 8 gpj1 figs-activepassive 0 So I was left alone and saw If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “No one was with me, and I saw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
681 DAN 10 8 tiw7 figs-activepassive 0 my bright appearance was turned into a ruined look If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “my bright appearance turned into looking ruined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
682 DAN 10 8 pp1z figs-idiom 0 my bright appearance This describes the face of someone who is healthy. Alternate translation: “my healthy-looking face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
683 DAN 10 8 fy67 figs-metaphor 0 a ruined look Someone’s unhealthy, pale face is spoken of as if it were a ruined building. Alternate translation: “pale” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
684 DAN 10 9 kc4l figs-idiom 0 I fell on my face in deep sleep Possible meanings are: (1) Daniel was so scared by what he saw that he deliberately laid on the ground, where he then fainted or (2) Daniel fainted and then fell forward onto the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
685 DAN 10 10 q7sg figs-synecdoche 0 A hand touched me Here a person’s hand represents that person, probably the man whom Daniel saw in [Daniel 10:5](../10/05.md). Alternate translation: “Someone touched me with his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
686 DAN 10 11 uuf2 figs-activepassive 0 Daniel, man greatly treasured This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Daniel, you whom God greatly treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
687 DAN 10 11 r2td 0 greatly treasured much valued and loved
688 DAN 10 12 xbp6 0 you set your mind to understand Alternate translation: “you determined to understand the vision”
689 DAN 10 12 n99a figs-activepassive 0 your words were heard This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “God heard your words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
690 DAN 10 13 qc85 0 prince Here this refers to a spirit who has authority over a human nation. Alternate translation: “spirit prince”
691 DAN 10 13 rag2 0 the kings of Persia This probably refers to the various kings who ruled over nations in the Persian Empire, and who had to obey the king of Persia.
692 DAN 10 13 as4y 0 Michael, one of the chief princes Alternate translation: “Michael, on of the chief angels” or “Michael, one of the archangels”
693 DAN 10 15 lq7d 0 I turned my face toward the ground “I looked at the ground.” Daniel may have done this to show humble reverence, or because he was afraid.
694 DAN 10 16 dt5j 0 One who was like the sons of man This may refer to the one who had just spoken to Daniel. However, some versions interpret it as referring to a different person. Alternate translation: “This one, who looked like a human”
695 DAN 10 16 wv9e figs-idiom 0 like the sons of man Here this expression refers to human beings in general. Alternate translation: “like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
696 DAN 10 16 na7s 0 agony severe emotional suffering
697 DAN 10 17 t4pn figs-rquestion 0 I am your servant. How can I talk with my master? Daniel asks this question meaning that he cannot speak to the angel because he is not the angel’s equal. These sentences can be combined. Alternate translation: “I am not able to answer you because I am only your servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
698 DAN 10 17 by59 figs-idiom 0 there is no breath left in me This idiom refers to breathing. Alternate translation: “I cannot breathe” or “it’s very hard to breathe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
699 DAN 10 18 wh3x 0 the one with an appearance of a man Alternate translation: “the one who looked like a human”
700 DAN 10 19 j55a 0 Be strong now, be strong The words “be strong” are repeated for emphasis.
701 DAN 10 19 w36n figs-activepassive 0 man greatly treasured This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you whom God greatly treasures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
702 DAN 10 19 u5hy figs-activepassive 0 I was strengthened This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I became strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
703 DAN 10 20 tku1 0 the prince of Persia Here “prince” refers to a spirit who rules and guards a human nation. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 10:13](../10/13.md). Alternate translation: “the spirit prince of Persia”
704 DAN 10 21 k4rh figs-explicit 0 But I will tell you This implies that the angel will tell Daniel about this immediately, before he goes away. Alternate translation: “But first I will tell you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
705 DAN 10 21 gx6a figs-activepassive 0 what is written in the Book of Truth If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Book of Truth says” or “what someone wrote in the Book of Truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
706 DAN 10 21 f6mz 0 who shows himself to be strong Alternate translation: “who proves himself to be strong”
707 DAN 10 21 x9us 0 There is no one who shows himself to be strong with me against them, except Michael your prince Alternate translation: “Michael your prince is the only one to show himself strong with me against them” or “Michael your prince is the only one who helps me against them”
708 DAN 10 21 t5rl figs-you 0 Michael your prince The word “your” is plural. It refers to Daniel and the rest of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Michael, the prince of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
709 DAN 10 21 p2z5 0 Michael your prince “Michael your guardian angel.” Translate “prince” when it refers to Michael as you did [Daniel 10:13](../10/13.md).
710 DAN 11 intro ee96 0 # Daniel 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy continues in this chapter. The kings of the North and of the South will fight many wars against each other. The king of the South is probably a reference to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
711 DAN 11 1 iik8 0 General Information: In Daniel 11:1 through 12:4, the one who was speaking to Daniel in chapter 10 tells him what is written in the book of truth. This is as he said he would do in [Daniel 10:21](../10/21.md).
712 DAN 11 1 rm8a figs-explicit 0 In the first year of Darius Darius was the King of the Medes. “The first year” refers to the first year that he was king. Alternate translation: “In the first year of the reign of Darius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
713 DAN 11 2 eq9g 0 Three kings will arise in Persia Alternate translation: “Three kings will rule over Persia”
714 DAN 11 2 ed2c translate-ordinal 0 a fourth will be far richer than all the others “after them a fourth king will come into power who will have more money than the three before him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
715 DAN 11 2 dk4x 0 power This could mean: (1) authority or (2) military power.
716 DAN 11 2 e62r 0 he will stir up everyone Alternate translation: “he will cause everyone to want to fight”
717 DAN 11 3 l9xy figs-metaphor 0 A mighty king will rise up The idea of rising up or standing is often used for someone who becomes powerful. Alternate translation: “A mighty king will begin to reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
718 DAN 11 3 xg79 0 who will rule a very great kingdom This could mean: (1) that the size of this kingdom would be very great, or (2) that the king would rule his kingdom with very great power.
719 DAN 11 4 ti9p figs-activepassive 0 his kingdom will be broken and divided If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his kingdom will break apart and divide” or “his kingdom will break apart into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
720 DAN 11 4 ewb2 0 the four winds of heaven See how you translated this in [Daniel 7:2](../07/02.md).
721 DAN 11 4 v3mc figs-ellipsis 0 but not to his own descendants The idea of not being divided and shared out is implied here. Alternate translation: “but it will not be divided for his own descendants” or “but it will not be shared by his own descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
722 DAN 11 4 a3z5 figs-activepassive 0 his kingdom will be uprooted for others besides his descendants The kingdom is spoken of as if it were a plant that someone destroyed by uprooting it. This idea can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “another power will uproot and destroy his kingdom and others who are not his descendants will rule over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
723 DAN 11 5 xd9k 0 one of his commanders will become even stronger than he and will rule his kingdom with great power A commander of the king of the South will become the king of the North.
724 DAN 11 6 lv1j 0 they will make an alliance The king of the South will make an alliance with the king of the North. This alliance would be a formal agreement that both nations are required to follow. Alternate translation: “the king of the South and the king of the North will promise to work together”
725 DAN 11 6 n6pd 0 The daughter of the king of the South will come … to confirm the agreement The king of the South will give his daughter in marriage to the king of the North. The marriage will confirm the agreement between the two kings.
726 DAN 11 6 lf4z figs-metaphor 0 her arm’s strength … his arm Here “arm” stands for power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
727 DAN 11 6 d6vs figs-activepassive 0 She will be abandoned This appears to refer to a plot to kill her and those who made the alliance. This phrase may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “They will abandon her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
728 DAN 11 7 dvw9 figs-metaphor 0 a branch from her roots This family is spoken of as if it were a tree. The roots represent ancestors, and the branch represents a descendant. Alternate translation: “a descendant of her ancestors” or “one of her descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
729 DAN 11 7 rfw3 0 her roots The word “her” refers to the daughter of the king of the South in [Daniel 11:6](../11/06.md).
730 DAN 11 7 u8jk figs-synecdoche 0 He will attack the army The word “he” refers to her descendant, and here it also refers to his army. Alternate translation: “He and his army will attack the army of the king of the North” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
731 DAN 11 7 jj5j 0 He will fight them Here “them” represents the soldiers of the enemy army. Alternate translation: “He will fight the enemy soldiers”
732 DAN 11 9 lpm6 0 but he will withdraw The word “he” refers to the king of the North.
733 DAN 11 10 b8ne 0 His sons Alternate translation: “The sons of the king of the North”
734 DAN 11 10 d4ad 0 assemble a great army Alternate translation: “gather together many men who can fight in battles”
735 DAN 11 10 t3xu figs-simile 0 will flood everything The way the large army covers the land will be like a flood of water. Alternate translation: “will be so great in number that they will cover all the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
736 DAN 11 11 z45y 0 will raise up a great army Alternate translation: “will assemble a great army”
737 DAN 11 11 wzt8 figs-activepassive 0 the army will be given into his hand Here “hand” represents the control of the king of the South. Alternate translation: “the king will surrender the army to the king of the South” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
738 DAN 11 12 dv6k figs-activepassive 0 The army will be carried off This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “The king of the South will capture the army of the North” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
739 DAN 11 12 sc8a figs-metaphor 0 will be lifted up Being lifted up represents the idea of becoming very proud. Alternate translation: “will become very proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
740 DAN 11 12 yul2 figs-metonymy 0 will make tens of thousands to fall Here falling represents dying in battle. Alternate translation: “will have his army kill many thousands of his enemies” or “will kill many thousands of his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
741 DAN 11 12 tj1u translate-numbers 0 tens of thousands “many thousands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
742 DAN 11 13 lhx7 figs-activepassive 0 a great army supplied with much equipment This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a great army that has much equipment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
743 DAN 11 14 d4rt figs-metaphor 0 many will rise against the king Here the idea of rising up represents rebelling. Alternate translation: “many people will rebel against the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
744 DAN 11 14 l5gp figs-metaphor 0 Sons of the violent This expression stands for violent people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
745 DAN 11 14 rd3t figs-metaphor 0 they will stumble Here stumbling represents failing. Alternate translation: “they will not succeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
746 DAN 11 15 eu1n figs-synecdoche 0 The king of the North will come Here “king of the North” includes his army also. Alternate translation: “The army of the king of the North will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
747 DAN 11 15 tqb1 0 pour out earth for siege mounds This refers to the piling up of earth in order for soldiers to reach the height of city walls in order to attack them. Soldiers and slaves would put loose earth in baskets, carry them to the right place, and pour it out in order to raise the mounds.
748 DAN 11 15 f3vi 0 fortifications walls and other things built to defend a city or fort from enemy soldiers
749 DAN 11 15 em5h figs-metonymy 0 will not be able to stand Here standing represents the ability to fight. Alternate translation: “will not be able to keep fighting against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
750 DAN 11 16 nm4j 0 the one who comes will act according to his desires against him Alternate translation: “the invading king will do whatever he wants against the other king”
751 DAN 11 16 zl4i figs-metonymy 0 He will stand in Here standing represents ruling. Alternate translation: “The king will begin to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
752 DAN 11 16 d31f 0 the land of beauty This refers to the land of Israel. See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:9](../08/09.md).
753 DAN 11 16 bmr3 figs-metaphor 0 destruction will be in his hand Here “destruction” represents the power to destroy. Also, the power to destroy is spoken of as if it were something that someone could hold in his hand. Alternate translation: “he will have power to destroy anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
754 DAN 11 17 cr5f figs-idiom 0 set his face This is an idiom for a person deciding to do something and not being willing to change his mind. Alternate translation: “decide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
755 DAN 11 17 hz1p figs-metonymy 0 come with the strength of his entire kingdom This probably refers to military power. Alternate translation: “come with the force of all his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
756 DAN 11 17 pl8v figs-idiom 0 a daughter of women This is an elegant way of saying “a woman.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
757 DAN 11 18 y98a 0 will end his arrogance Alternate translation: “will make the king of the North stop being arrogant”
758 DAN 11 18 t5p9 0 will cause his arrogance to turn back upon him Alternate translation: “will cause the king of the North to suffer because he was arrogant toward others”
759 DAN 11 19 ef5y 0 he will pay attention Alternate translation: “the king of the North will pay attention”
760 DAN 11 19 x9wd figs-idiom 0 he will not be found This is a way of saying that he will die. This idea can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he will disappear” or “he will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
761 DAN 11 20 kdc5 figs-metaphor 0 someone will rise up in his place Rising up in a king’s place represents becoming king in place of the previous king. Alternate translation: “another man will become king of the North instead of that king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
762 DAN 11 20 j9ng figs-explicit 0 will make a tax collector pass through The tax collector will go through the land forcing people to pay taxes. Alternate translation: “will send someone to make the people pay taxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
763 DAN 11 20 c17c figs-metaphor 0 he will be broken Here “he” refers to the new king. Being broken represents dying. Alternate translation: “the new king will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
764 DAN 11 20 j9t5 figs-metaphor 0 but not in anger This could mean: (1) no one was angry at the king, or (2) that the occasion and cause of the king’s death were kept secret. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
765 DAN 11 21 jzb9 figs-activepassive 0 a despised person to whom the people will not have given the honor of royal power The people will refuse to acknowledge him as king because he is not a descendant of kings. Alternate translation: “a person whom the people will despise and will not honor as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
766 DAN 11 22 h918 figs-activepassive 0 An army will be swept away like a flood from before him Being swept away represents being destroyed. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His army will completely destroy a great army as a flood destroys everything in its path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
767 DAN 11 22 pp6n figs-activepassive 0 Both that army and the leader of the covenant will be destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He will destroy that army and the leader of the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
768 DAN 11 22 kdw5 0 the leader of the covenant “the leader of the priests.” This phrase refers to the person who filled the most important religious position that God required in his covenant, that of the high priest.
769 DAN 11 23 ws3q figs-activepassive 0 From the time an alliance is made with him This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When other rulers make a peace treaty with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
770 DAN 11 24 ml78 0 will spread among his followers Alternate translation: “will distribute to his followers”
771 DAN 11 24 e41l 0 the booty, the plunder, and the wealth Alternate translation: “the valuable things that he and his army take from the people they defeat”
772 DAN 11 25 gu4a figs-personification 0 He will wake up his power and his heart Power and heart (that is, courage) are spoken of as if they were people whom someone could wake up in order to make them act. Alternate translation: “He will make himself powerful and will become courageous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
773 DAN 11 25 xr4i figs-metaphor 0 heart Here this represents courage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
774 DAN 11 25 l4sg 0 with a great army Alternate translation: “with a great army that he will assemble”
775 DAN 11 25 iy35 0 will wage war Alternate translation: “will fight against him”
776 DAN 11 25 a8rn figs-metaphor 0 he will not stand Not standing represents being defeated. Alternate translation: “the king of the South will be defeated” or “his army will be defeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
777 DAN 11 26 q6x3 figs-metonymy 0 those who eat his fine food This refers to the king’s advisers. It was usual for a king’s most trusted advisers to eat meals with him. Alternate translation: “the king’s best advisers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
778 DAN 11 26 ia23 figs-metaphor 0 His army will be swept away like a flood Here the severe defeat of an army is spoken of as a flood of water that completely sweeps it away. Alternate translation: “The enemy will completely defeat his army” or “His enemy will completely destroy his army as a flood destroys everything in its path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
779 DAN 11 26 vhr4 figs-idiom 0 many of them will fall killed Here “fall” is an idiom that refers to dying in battle, so “fall” and “killed” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “many of his soldiers will die in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
780 DAN 11 27 uf6f figs-metaphor 0 with their hearts set on evil against each other Here “heart” represents a person’s desires. Desires are spoken of here as if they were an object that someone could set or place in a certain position. Alternate translation: “each determined to do evil to the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
781 DAN 11 27 hy3i figs-metonymy 0 will sit at the same table Sitting at the same table represents the act of talking to each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
782 DAN 11 27 l9y8 0 but it will be of no use Alternate translation: “but their talking will not help them”
783 DAN 11 27 yqf8 figs-activepassive 0 For the end will come at the time that has been fixed This tells why their meetings will not be successful. Alternate translation: “The result of their actions will only come at the time that God has fixed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
784 DAN 11 28 gj2c figs-metonymy 0 riches, with his heart set against the holy covenant Here “heart” represents the mind or thoughts of a person. The idiom “his heart set against” means to be determined to oppose something. This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “riches. He will be determined to oppose the holy covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
785 DAN 11 28 bn8y figs-metonymy 0 with his heart set against the holy covenant The king’s desire to act against the holy covenant represents his desire to stop the Israelites from obeying that covenant. Alternate translation: “determined to stop the Israelites from obeying the holy covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
786 DAN 11 28 x22z 0 the holy covenant Here “holy” describes God’s covenant with Israel. It implies that the covenant should be honored and obeyed because it comes from God himself. Alternate translation: “God’s covenant, which all the Israelites should obey”
787 DAN 11 28 cg5d figs-explicit 0 He will act This implies that the king will do certain actions in Israel. Alternate translation: “He will do what he wants to in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
788 DAN 11 30 ql6s figs-metonymy 0 ships of Kittim will come against him The ships represent the army coming in those ships. Alternate translation: “an army will come from Kittim in ships in order to fight his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
789 DAN 11 30 vt1j translate-names 0 Kittim This may refer to a settlement on the island of Cyprus in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
790 DAN 11 30 n36n 0 He will be furious against the holy covenant Alternate translation: “He will hate the holy covenant”
791 DAN 11 30 y4cm 0 will show favor to those Alternate translation: “will act in favor for those” or “will help those”
792 DAN 11 31 n2xy figs-idiom 0 His forces will rise up “His army will appear” or “His army will come.” The word “His” refers to the king of the North. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
793 DAN 11 31 cjf5 0 the fortress sanctuary Alternate translation: “the sanctuary that the people use as a fortress”
794 DAN 11 31 gq2g figs-metaphor 0 They will take away the regular burnt offering Taking away the offering represents preventing people from offering it. Alternate translation: “They will stop the priests from presenting the regular burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
795 DAN 11 31 e91v figs-idiom 0 the abomination that causes desolation This refers to an idol that will make the temple desolate, that is, that will cause God to leave his temple. Alternate translation: “the disgusting idol that will cause God to abandon the temple” or “the disgusting thing that will make the temple unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
796 DAN 11 32 g7nd 0 acted wickedly against the covenant Alternate translation: “wickedly disobeyed the covenant”
797 DAN 11 32 qcz6 0 corrupt them Alternate translation: “persuade them to do evil”
798 DAN 11 32 th7n figs-metonymy 0 who know their God Here “know” means “be faithful.” Alternate translation: “who are faithful to their God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
799 DAN 11 32 v4tg 0 will be strong and will take action Alternate translation: “will be firm and resist them”
800 DAN 11 33 fs3l figs-metaphor 0 they will stumble by the sword and by flame Here “stumble” is a metaphor that represents experiencing a disaster of one kind or another, including death itself. Here “sword” represents battles and warfare, and “flame” represents fire. Alternate translation: “they will die in battle and by burning to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
801 DAN 11 33 i91v 0 they This refers to the wise persons among the Israelites.
802 DAN 11 33 kc6h figs-metaphor 0 they will stumble into captivity and into being robbed for days Here “stumble” is a metaphor that represents experiencing a disaster of one kind or another, including death itself. The phrase “being robbed” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will become slaves and their enemies will rob them of their possessions for days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
803 DAN 11 34 ji6c figs-activepassive 0 they will be helped with a little help This may be put into active form. Alternate translation: “others will give them a little help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
804 DAN 11 34 z23f 0 In hypocrisy many will join themselves with them This refers to other people who will pretend to help the wise persons, but not because they truly wish to help them.
805 DAN 11 34 w3l4 figs-metaphor 0 will join themselves Here “join themselves” represents “come to help.” Alternate translation: “will come to help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
806 DAN 11 35 u9tw 0 Some of the wise will stumble … until the time of the end This suffering will continue until the time when God has decided that it will end.
807 DAN 11 35 f174 figs-metaphor 0 Some of the wise will stumble Here “stumble” represents experiencing a disaster of one kind or another, including death itself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
808 DAN 11 35 ip6i 0 so that refining will happen to them Here “so that” means “with the result that.” Alternate translation: “with the result that refining will happen to them”
809 DAN 11 35 c7it figs-abstractnouns 0 refining will happen to them, and cleansing, and purifying These three activities are expressed here as if they were things. However, they may be expressed as actions, either in passive form or in active form. Alternate translation: “they will be refined, cleansed, and purified” or “their suffering will refine, cleanse, and purify them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
810 DAN 11 35 t14z figs-metaphor 0 refining This refers to the purifying of metal by melting it in a fire. When God makes his people more faithful to himself, this is spoken of as if they were metal that a worker was making more pure by putting it into fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
811 DAN 11 35 x3zq figs-metaphor 0 cleansing This refers to making people, places, or objects suitable for God’s use by separating them from sin and other forms of evil. It speaks of evil as if it were physical dirtiness that could be removed by washing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
812 DAN 11 35 xl1l figs-metaphor 0 purifying This idea is very similar to refining, discussed earlier. Metal that is refined can also be said to be purified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
813 DAN 11 35 p8p8 0 time of the end “the final days” or “the end of the world.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:17](../08/17.md).
814 DAN 11 35 a7hv 0 the appointed time is still to come Here “appointed time” implies that God has set the time. This can be put into active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has set the time in the future”
815 DAN 11 36 ytf5 0 The king will act according to his desires Alternate translation: “The king will do whatever he wants”
816 DAN 11 36 pn6u 0 The king This refers to the king of the North.
817 DAN 11 36 v9x7 figs-doublet 0 lift himself up and make himself great The phrases “lift himself up” and “make himself great” mean the same thing and indicate that the king will become very proud. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
818 DAN 11 36 sy4c figs-metaphor 0 lift himself up Here this represents becoming very proud. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
819 DAN 11 36 z6yk figs-metaphor 0 make himself great Here this represents pretending to be very important and powerful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
820 DAN 11 36 w4pm figs-idiom 0 the God of gods This refers to the one true God. Alternate translation: “the supreme God” or “the only true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
821 DAN 11 36 s173 0 astonishing things Alternate translation: “terrible things” or “shocking things”
822 DAN 11 36 m82m figs-metaphor 0 until the wrath is completed This phrase pictures God as storing up his wrath until his storeroom is completely full of it and he is ready to act according to it. Alternate translation: “until God is completely angry with him” or “until God is angry enough to take action against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
823 DAN 11 37 swa4 0 the god desirable to women This seems to refer to the pagan god named Tammuz.
824 DAN 11 38 a7fh 0 the god of fortresses The king probably believed that this false god would help him to attack other people’s fortresses and keep his own. Alternate translation: “the god that controls fortresses”
825 DAN 11 38 zdm8 0 instead of these The word “these” refers to the gods mentioned in [Daniel 11:37](../11/37.md).
826 DAN 11 39 xrm1 0 he will divide up the land as a reward This could mean: (1) “he will give the land to his followers as a reward” or (2) “he will sell land to his followers”
827 DAN 11 40 tuf1 0 the time of the end “the final days” or “the end of the world.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:17](../08/17.md).
828 DAN 11 40 m1zi figs-synecdoche 0 the king of the South … The king of the North These phrases stand for the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “the king of the South and his army … The king of the North and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
829 DAN 11 40 r8tv figs-metaphor 0 will storm against him Violently attacking with an army is spoken of as if a storm happened. Alternate translation: “will attack him like a violent storm” or “will violently attack him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
830 DAN 11 40 nk95 figs-metaphor 0 flood them When an army overruns a country, it is spoken of as if a flood occurred. See how you translated this in [Daniel 11:10](../11/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
831 DAN 11 40 pc82 figs-explicit 0 pass through Nothing will stop the army. Alternate translation: “will pass through the lands with no one to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
832 DAN 11 41 w7zh 0 the land of beauty This refers to the land of Israel. See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:9](../08/09.md) and [Daniel 11:16](./16.md).
833 DAN 11 41 v51y figs-metonymy 0 will fall Here falling represents the action of dying. Alternate translation: “will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
834 DAN 11 41 vkd7 figs-metonymy 0 But these will escape from his hand Here “hand” represents power. Alternate translation: “But these will escape from his power” or “But he will not be able to destroy these nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
835 DAN 11 42 bs1v 0 General Information: This is still about the king of the North.
836 DAN 11 42 ti2e figs-metaphor 0 He will extend his hand into lands Here “hand” represents power and control. Alternate translation: “He will extend his control over various lands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
837 DAN 11 42 ef52 figs-explicit 0 into lands Here the idea is many lands or various lands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
838 DAN 11 42 w3i4 figs-activepassive 0 the land of Egypt will not be rescued This can be put into active form. Alternate translation: “the land of Egypt will not escape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
839 DAN 11 43 n537 figs-idiom 0 the Libyans and the Cushites will be in his footsteps Here “footsteps” represent submission. Alternate translation: “the Libyans and the Cushites will have to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
840 DAN 11 43 qp3z translate-names 0 the Libyans and the Cushites “the people of Libya and Cush.” Libya is a country west of Egypt, and Cush is a country south of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
841 DAN 11 44 m79f 0 General Information: This is still about the king of the North.
842 DAN 11 44 et68 figs-abstractnouns 0 he will go out with great rage If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **rage**, you can express the same idea with another word such as “angry.” It can be stated clearly that he would go out with his army. Alternate translation: “he will be very angry and will go out” or “he will become very angry and will go out with his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
843 DAN 11 44 n5ju figs-metonymy 0 go out To “go out” represents the action of attacking the enemy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
844 DAN 11 44 dsf1 0 to set many apart for destruction Alternate translation: “to destroy many people”
845 DAN 11 45 cil2 0 the tent of his royal residence This refers to the king’s luxurious tents that he lived in when he was with his army in time of war.
846 DAN 11 45 dk8u 0 between the seas and the mountain of the beauty of holiness This probably refers to the region between the Mediterranean Sea and Temple Mount in Jerusalem.
847 DAN 11 45 k8sp figs-metonymy 0 the mountain of the beauty of holiness This refers to the hill in Jerusalem where God’s temple was. See how you translated somewhat similar phrases in [Daniel 9:16](../09/16.md) and [Daniel 9:20](../09/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
848 DAN 12 intro l8k2 0 # Daniel 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]])
849 DAN 12 1 c4hl 0 Michael, the great prince Michael is an archangel. Here he is also given the title “great prince.”
850 DAN 12 1 svv2 figs-idiom 0 Michael … will rise up Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to appear. Alternate translation: “Michael … will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
851 DAN 12 1 c1ic figs-activepassive 0 your people will be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God will save the people. Alternate translation: “God will save your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
852 DAN 12 1 n3vd figs-activepassive 0 whose name is found written in the book If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God writes names in the book. Alternate translation: “whose name God has written in the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
853 DAN 12 2 e327 figs-euphemism 0 those who sleep in the dust of the earth will rise up The phrase “sleep in the dust of the earth” is another way of referring to those who have died. Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to come back to life. Alternate translation: “those who have died will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
854 DAN 12 3 yt7b figs-simile 0 Those who are wise will shine like the brightness of the sky above This refers to God’s people who will share their wisdom with those around them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
855 DAN 12 3 g6t2 figs-metaphor 0 those who turn many to righteousness This refers to those who help others understand that they are separated from God, as if they were changing the direction in which they were going. Alternate translation: “those who teach others to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
856 DAN 12 3 jd17 figs-simile 0 those who turn … are like the stars forever and ever These people are compared to the stars that shine. Alternate translation: “those who turn … will shine brightly like the stars forever and ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
857 DAN 12 4 qed5 figs-metonymy 0 close up these words; keep the book sealed Here “words” represents the book. Alternate translation: “close this book and keep it sealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
858 DAN 12 4 mb3v 0 time of the end “the final days” or “the end of the world.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:17](../08/17.md).
859 DAN 12 4 krj6 figs-explicit 0 Many will run here and there, and knowledge will increase This seems to happen before “the time of the end” during which time the book is sealed. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Before that happens, many people will travel here and there, learning more and more about many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
860 DAN 12 5 q8a8 0 General Information: Daniel goes on to tell what he saw next in this vision that began in [Daniel 10:1](../10/01.md).
861 DAN 12 5 mxu1 0 there were two others standing Alternate translation: “there were two other angels standing”
862 DAN 12 6 d2x2 figs-activepassive 0 the man clothed in linen This refers to the angel who appeared to Daniel in [Daniel 10:5](../10/05.md), not to one of the angels who is standing beside the river. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who was wearing linen clothes” or “the angel who was wearing linen clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
863 DAN 12 6 cw1u 0 upstream along the river This could mean: (1) the angel clothed in linen was above the river or (2) the angel was further upstream along the river.
864 DAN 12 6 x2yz 0 How long will it be to the end of these amazing events? “How long will these amazing events last?” This refers to the time from the beginning to the end of the events.
865 DAN 12 6 g6y7 0 these amazing events At the time when the angel spoke to Daniel, none of the events in this vision had happened. This definitely refers to the events in [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md), and may possibly also include the events in the vision from chapter 11.
866 DAN 12 7 z28b figs-activepassive 0 the man clothed in linen If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who was wearing linen clothes” or “the angel who was wearing linen clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
867 DAN 12 7 s5j3 0 the one who lives forever Alternate translation: “God, who lives forever”
868 DAN 12 7 i56r 0 it would be for a time, times, and half a time It is best to leave it ambiguous as to when this begins. If you must choose a starting point, the three and a half years probably start with the events of [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md).
869 DAN 12 7 rue1 0 a time, times, and half a time “three and a half years.” These “times” are generally understood to refer to years. One and two and a half equal three and a half.
870 DAN 12 7 fme6 figs-activepassive 0 all these things will be completed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all these things will have happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
871 DAN 12 7 ir93 0 all these things At the time when the man clothed in linen spoke to Daniel, none of the events in this vision had happened. This refers to the events in [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md), and may include the events in the vision from chapter 11.
872 DAN 12 8 as7u 0 My master Daniel refers to the angel clothed in linen as “My master” to show respect to the angel.
873 DAN 12 8 cd6n 0 of all these things At the time when the angel clothed in linen spoke to Daniel, none of the events in this vision had happened. This definitely refers to the events in [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md), and may possibly also include the events in the vision from chapter 11.
874 DAN 12 9 g3nw figs-metaphor 0 for the words are shut up and sealed The vision that was given to Daniel was not to be explained. The book was sealed and no one could access it. Alternate translation: “for you are to close up and seal the words you have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
875 DAN 12 9 c98p 0 the time of the end “the final days” or “the end of the world.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:17](../08/17.md).
876 DAN 12 10 k53f figs-activepassive 0 Many will be purified, cleansed, and refined Yahweh does the purifying. These three terms mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will purify, cleanse, and refine many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
877 DAN 12 10 nnz4 0 refined purified by removing anything that does not belong in them
878 DAN 12 10 b2dg 0 but the wicked will act wickedly The evil people will do evil or sinful things.
879 DAN 12 10 z62c 0 None of the wicked will understand The evil people can not understand spiritual knowledge.
880 DAN 12 10 j874 0 but those who are wise will understand Alternate translation: “but those who obey Yahweh are wise and will understand”
881 DAN 12 11 ux9k figs-explicit 0 the regular burnt offering is … is set up The king of the north is the one who stops the temple sacrifices. Alternate translation: “the king of the North takes away the regular burnt offering and sets up the abomination that causes complete desolation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
882 DAN 12 11 cg65 figs-idiom 0 the abomination that causes complete desolation This refers to an idol that will make the temple desolate, that is, that will cause God to leave his temple. See how you translated this in [Daniel 11:31](../11/31.md). Alternate translation: “the disgusting idol that will cause God to abandon the temple” or “the disgusting thing that will make the temple unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
883 DAN 12 11 f32x translate-numbers 0 1,290 days “one thousand two and hundred ninety days” or “twelve hundred and ninety days.” Here “days” refers to a period of time. Most commonly rendered as days, but can also imply years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
884 DAN 12 12 gpx3 0 Blessed is the one who waits Alternate translation: “Blessed is the person who waits” or “Blessed is anyone who waits”
885 DAN 12 12 dy9t 0 who waits Alternate translation: “who remains faithful”
886 DAN 12 12 lqv9 translate-numbers 0 the 1,335 days “one thousand three hundred and thirty-five days” or “thirteen hundred and thirty-five days.” Here “days” is referring to a period of time most commonly rendered as days. However, it can also imply years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
887 DAN 12 13 md7k 0 You must go “Daniel, you must go” This refers to Daniel continuing to live and serve the kings until the appointed time of his death.
888 DAN 12 13 gv9d figs-euphemism 0 you will rest This is a gentle way of saying “you will die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
889 DAN 12 13 kjx5 0 You will rise This is referring to the first resurrection of the dead when the righteous people will be raised up.
890 DAN 12 13 vf3x 0 the place assigned to you Alternate translation: “the place God has assigned to you”

890
tn_DAN.tsv Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,890 @@
Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note
front:intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Daniel\n\n1. Daniel and his friends in the court of Nebuchadnezzar (1:1–21)\n1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s first dream (2:1–49)\n1. Daniel’s friends delivered from the fiery furnace (3:1–30)\n1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s second dream (4:1–37)\n1. Belshazzar’s feast and the writing on the wall (5:1-31)\n1. Daniel in the den of lions (6:1–28)\n1. Daniel’s vision of four beasts (7:1–28)\n1. Daniel’s vision of a ram and a goat (8:1–27)\n1. Daniel prays and Gabriel answers (9:1–23)\n1. Daniel’s vision of seventy weeks (9:24–27)\n1. Daniel’s vision of a man (10:1–11:1)\n1. The kings of the south and north (11:2–20)\n1. An evil king exalts himself (11:21-39)\n1. The time of the end (11:40–12:13)\n\n### What is the Book of Daniel about?\n\nThe first part of the Book of Daniel (chapters 1–6) is a narrative about Daniel and his friends. They were young men from Jerusalem who were taken to Babylon as prisoners. These chapters tell how they were faithful to Yahweh while living in a pagan land serving a pagan king. And it tells how God rewarded them because they were faithful.\n\nThe rest of the Book of Daniel is a series of prophetic visions. Chapters 7 and 8 deal with images representing the kingdoms and kings of the major nations. Chapters 9–11 are prophecies and visions about wars and a type of the great enemy of God appearing. Chapter 12 is a vision that describes end times.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe traditional title of this book is “The Book of Daniel” or just “Daniel.” Translators may call it “The Book About Daniel” or “The Book About the Deeds and Visions of Daniel.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Daniel?\n\nDaniel was a Jew who became a Babylonian government official during the exile. He may have written the book himself. Or he may have written the parts of the book and someone else put the parts together at a later time.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Is there a missing week in Daniel’s prophecy?\n\nScholars disagree about what may appear to be a missing week in 9:24-27. It is best for translators to allow apparent mysteries such as this to remain in the text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### When did the seventy weeks begin?\n\nThe seventy weeks in 9:24-27 began when a decree was issued to rebuild the city of Jerusalem. But there were several decrees that allowed this to happen. Translators do not need to understand how prophecies were or will be fulfilled to translate the text.\n\n### Who was Darius the Mede?\n\nDarius the Mede was a Babylonian king who sent Daniel into a den of lions. People have not found his name in history outside of the Book of Daniel. Scholars have tried to explain who Darius was, but they are not certain.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### How does Daniel use the word “king”?\n\nMany kings are in the Book of Daniel, but not all of the kings ruled over all of Babylon or Persia. Some of the kings may have ruled over regions or cities.\n\n### How many chapters does Daniel have?\n\nDaniel has twelve chapters. Some Bible versions include stories called “Bel and the Dragon” and “The Prayer of Azariah.” However, few people think that these stories have the same authority as the rest of scripture. Therefore, there is no need to translate them.
1:intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Training for government jobs\n\nDaniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Food laws\n\nThe food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
1:1 sxi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche יְהוֹיָקִ֣ים מֶֽלֶךְ־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 This refers to **Jehoiakim** and his soldiers, not only to Jehoiakim. Alternate translation: “the army of Jehoiakim king of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1:1 x9t9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche נְבוּכַדְנֶאצַּ֧ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֛ל 1 This refers to **Nebuchadnezzar** and his soldiers, not only to Nebuchadnezzar. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia and his soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1:1 cps4 וַ⁠יָּ֥צַר עָלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 Alternate translation: “to stop the people from receiving any supplies”
1:2 w31y בְּ⁠יָד֜⁠וֹ 1 God gave to Nebuchadnezzar
1:2 l12t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יְבִיאֵ֥⁠ם & הֵבִ֔יא 1 Although Nebuchadnezzar did not do these things alone, it may easier for the reader to retain the singular pronouns. Alternate translation: “They brought them … they placed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1:2 tb9l וַ⁠יְבִיאֵ֥⁠ם 1 Here **them** probably refers to Jehoiakim and other prisoners, as well as the sacred objects.
1:2 riv5 אוֹצַ֥ר אֱלֹהָֽי⁠ו 1 This was an act of devotion to **his god**.
1:3 c2p4 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 This refers to Nebuchadnezzar.
1:3 pba3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְ⁠אַשְׁפְּנַ֖ז 1 **Ashpenaz** is the chief official. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:4 j6vw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אֵֽין־בָּ⁠הֶ֣ם כָּל־מאום 1 These two negative words together emphasize a positive idea. Alternate translation: “who had perfect appearance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1:4 ki41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠יֹ֤דְעֵי דַ֨עַת֙ וּ⁠מְבִינֵ֣י מַדָּ֔ע 1 This is an idiom. This means they knew much and could organize and use that information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:4 im8m בְּ⁠הֵיכַ֣ל הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 This is the large house or building where the king lives.
1:4 gg5x וּֽ⁠לֲ⁠לַמְּדָ֥⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “and Ashpenaz was to teach them”
1:5 v9dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יְמַן֩ לָ⁠הֶ֨ם הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ 1 The king’s officials did this task for him. Alternate translation: “The king’s officials counted out for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1:5 vq2i מִ⁠פַּת־בַּ֤ג 1 the special, rare, good foods that the king ate
1:5 bj35 וּֽ⁠לְ⁠גַדְּלָ֖⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “They were to be taught skills”
1:5 ex12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּֽ⁠לְ⁠גַדְּלָ֖⁠ם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Ashpenaz was to train these young men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1:6 ln29 בָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 Alternate translation: “Among the young men from Israel”
1:7 k7uc שַׂ֥ר הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֖ים 1 This refers to Ashpenaz who was King Nebuchadnezzar’s highest official.
1:7 b656 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֣לְטְשַׁאצַּ֗ר & שַׁדְרַ֔ךְ & מֵישַׁ֔ךְ & עֲבֵ֥ד נְגֽוֹ 1 These are all men’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1:8 s7sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם דָּנִיֵּאל֙ עַל־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Here **heart** refers to Daniel himself. Alternate translation: “Daniel decided to himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1:8 xse9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹֽא־יִתְגָּאַ֛ל 1 To **defile** something is to make is unclean. Some of the food and drink of the Babylonians would make Daniel ceremonially unclean according to God’s law. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “make himself unclean according to God’s law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1:8 e52r בְּ⁠פַתְבַּ֥ג 1 This refers to the special, rare, good foods that the king ate. See how you translated this in [Daniel 1:3](../01/03.md).
1:10 wc2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָּה֩ יִרְאֶ֨ה אֶת־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֜ם זֹֽעֲפִ֗ים מִן־הַ⁠יְלָדִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר כְּ⁠גִֽילְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 The official uses this question to explain what he thought would happen. It can be a statement. Alternate translation: “He does not want to see you looking worse than the other young men of your own age.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1:10 n5lc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠חִיַּבְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־רֹאשִׁ֖⁠י לַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Then the king might cut off my head” or “Then the king might kill me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1:13 m7rh וְ⁠יֵרָא֤וּ לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מַרְאֵ֔י⁠נוּ וּ⁠מַרְאֵה֙ הַ⁠יְלָדִ֔ים 1 Daniel asked the steward to see if he and his friends looked worse than the other young men. Alternate translation: “Then compare our appearance to see if it is worse than the appearance of the young men”
1:14 thm2 וַ⁠יְנַסֵּ֖⁠ם 1 He tested Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah.
1:15 h7dv מַרְאֵי⁠הֶם֙ & וּ⁠בְרִיאֵ֖י 1 Here **their** and **they** refer to Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah.
1:15 pj6p וּ⁠בְרִיאֵ֖י בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 This means to have been made healthy from what you have eaten.
1:16 uzg5 אֶת־פַּתְבָּגָ֔⁠ם & מִשְׁתֵּי⁠הֶ֑ם & וְ⁠נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 The pronouns **their**, *they**, and **them** refer to Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah.
1:17 das8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns נָתַ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֧ם הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים מַדָּ֥ע וְ⁠הַשְׂכֵּ֖ל 1 This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns **knowledge** and **insight** can be expressed as the verbs “learn” and “understand.” Alternate translation: “God gave them the ability to learn and understand clearly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1:17 wn6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole בְּ⁠כָל־סֵ֣פֶר וְ⁠חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Here “all” is a generalization to show that they had a very good education and understanding. Alternate translation: “in many things that the Babylonians had written and studied” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1:19 ita9 וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר אִתָּ⁠ם֮ הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ֒ 1 The king spoke with the “four young men” ([Daniel 1:17](../01/17.md)).
1:19 u1am rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹ֤א נִמְצָא֙ מִ⁠כֻּלָּ֔⁠ם כְּ⁠דָנִיֵּ֣אל חֲנַנְיָ֔ה מִֽישָׁאֵ֖ל וַ⁠עֲזַרְיָ֑ה 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah pleased him much more than anyone else in the whole group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1:19 e2m3 כְּ⁠דָנִיֵּ֣אל חֲנַנְיָ֔ה מִֽישָׁאֵ֖ל וַ⁠עֲזַרְיָ֑ה 1 These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:6](../01/06.md).
1:20 f5x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole עֶ֣שֶׂר יָד֗וֹת עַ֤ל 1 Here **ten times** is an exaggeration representing great quality. Alternate translation: “much better” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1:21 jhp9 שְׁנַ֥ת אַחַ֖ת לְ⁠כ֥וֹרֶשׁ הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 Alternate translation: “the first year that King Cyrus ruled Babylon”
2:intro epd5 0 # Daniel 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The king’s dream\n\nDaniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])\n\n### How Daniel knew the dream\n\nDaniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men.
2:1 mns5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת שְׁתַּ֗יִם 1 “In year two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2:1 xw34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּתְפָּ֣עֶם רוּח֔⁠וֹ 1 Here **spirit** refers to his thoughts. Alternate translation: “His thoughts disturbed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:1 g67b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠שְׁנָת֖⁠וֹ נִהְיְתָ֥ה עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 This is an idiom that means his troubled thoughts prevented him from sleeping. Alternate translation: “so that he could not sleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2:2 n5gn וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕אוּ 1 Alternate translation: “So they came into the palace”
2:2 x5f6 וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְד֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 Alternate translation: “and stood in front of”
2:3 q4dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠תִּפָּ֣עֶם רוּחִ֔⁠י 1 Here **spirit** refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “I am troubled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2:4 k6f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲרָמִ֑ית 1 **Aramaic** was the language that people in Babylon spoke. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:4 b8zx מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ לְ⁠עָלְמִ֣ין חֱיִ֔י 1 The men probably said this to show the king that they were loyal to him. Alternate translation: “King, we hope you will live forever!”
2:4 n36i ל⁠עבדי⁠ך 1 The men called themselves the king’s **servants** to show him respect.
2:4 cba4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נְחַוֵּֽא 1 Here the word **we** refers to the men that the king is speaking to and does not include the king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2:5 nw8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַדָּמִין֙ תִּתְעַבְד֔וּן וּ⁠בָתֵּי⁠כ֖וֹן נְוָלִ֥י יִתְּשָׂמֽוּן 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will command my soldiers to tear your bodies apart and to make your houses into rubbish heaps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:6 xv1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מַתְּנָ֤ן וּ⁠נְבִזְבָּה֙ וִ⁠יקָ֣ר שַׂגִּ֔יא תְּקַבְּל֖וּן מִן־קֳדָמָ֑⁠י 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give you gifts, a reward, and great honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:7 ux2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person מַלְכָּ֕⁠א חֶלְמָ֛⁠א יֵאמַ֥ר לְ⁠עַבְד֖וֹ⁠הִי 1 The wise men addressed the king in the third person as a sign of respect. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2:8 h6gf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חֲזֵית֔וֹן דִּ֥י אַזְדָּ֖א מִנִּ֥⁠י מִלְּתָֽ⁠א 1 A decision that will not be changed is spoken of as something firm. Alternate translation: “you see that I will not change my decision about this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2:9 ef89 חֲדָה־הִ֣יא דָֽתְ⁠כ֗וֹן 1 Alternate translation: “there is only one punishment for you”
2:9 xj29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וּ⁠מִלָּ֨ה כִדְבָ֤ה וּ⁠שְׁחִיתָה֙ 1 These two words mean approximately the same thing and emphasize that these are “lies intended to deceive.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2:10 m1jc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet רַ֣ב וְ⁠שַׁלִּ֔יט 1 These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of the king’s power. Alternate translation: “most powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2:11 n99m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְ⁠אָחֳרָן֙ לָ֣א אִיתַ֔י דִּ֥י יְחַוִּנַּ֖⁠הּ קֳדָ֣ם מַלְכָּ֑⁠א לָהֵ֣ן אֱלָהִ֔ין 1 This is stated in negative form for emphasis. It can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “and only the gods can tell this to the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
2:12 xu8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בְּנַ֖ס וּ⁠קְצַ֣ף שַׂגִּ֑יא 1 These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of his anger. Alternate translation: “was incredibly angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2:12 y1cf לְ⁠כֹ֖ל חַכִּימֵ֥י בָבֶֽל 1 Alternate translation: “all the men in Babylon”
2:13 w1hk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠דָתָ֣⁠א נֶפְקַ֔ת 1 The decree is spoken of as if it was alive and able to go out by itself. Alternate translation: “So the king issued a command” or “So the king gave a command” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2:13 m5cr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠חַכִּֽימַיָּ֖⁠א מִֽתְקַטְּלִ֑ין 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the soldiers were to kill all of the wise men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:14 fm3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet עֵטָ֣א וּ⁠טְעֵ֔ם 1 These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of his prudence. Alternate translation: “with caution and careful judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2:14 cj8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְ⁠אַרְי֕וֹךְ 1 **Arioch** was the name of the king’s commander. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:14 a4fa טַבָּחַיָּ֖⁠א 1 This is a group of men whose job is to protect the king.
2:16 ju9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠דָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל עַ֖ל 1 Daniel probably went to the palace. Alternate translation: “Then Daniel went to the palace” or “Then Daniel went to talk with the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:17 bbc8 לְ⁠בַיְתֵ֣⁠הּ 1 This is referring to Daniel’s house.
2:17 ijt3 מִלְּתָ֥⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “the king’s decree”
2:18 yhz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive דִּ֣י לָ֤א יְהֹֽבְדוּן֙ דָּנִיֵּ֣אל וְ⁠חַבְר֔וֹ⁠הִי 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the king would not kill Daniel and his companions” or “so that the king’s soldiers would not kill Daniel and his companions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:19 nq22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive רָזָ֣⁠ה גֲלִ֑י 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God revealed the mystery” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:19 s94i רָזָ֣⁠ה 1 This is referring to the king’s dream and its meaning.
2:20 e8z9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֶהֱוֵ֨א שְׁמֵ֤⁠הּ דִּֽי־אֱלָהָ⁠א֙ מְבָרַ֔ךְ 1 Here **name** refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “Praise God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:21 p54i General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThese verses are also part of Daniel’s prayer.
2:21 xy7w מְהַעְדֵּ֥ה מַלְכִ֖ין 1 Alternate translation: “he takes away kings’ authority to rule”
2:21 k348 וּ⁠מְהָקֵ֣ים מַלְכִ֑ין 1 Alternate translation: “and makes new kings rule over their kingdoms”
2:22 v5bq ו⁠נהיר⁠א עִמֵּ֥⁠הּ שְׁרֵֽא 1 Alternate translation: “and the light comes from where God is”
2:23 e5yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis verse is also part of Daniel’s prayer. He stops addressing God in the third person and switches to the more personal second person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2:23 b3ga הֽוֹדַעְתַּ֨⁠נִי֙ דִּֽי־בְעֵ֣ינָא מִנָּ֔⁠ךְ 1 Alternate translation: “you told me what my friends and I asked you to tell us”
2:23 x268 מִלַּ֥ת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א הוֹדַעְתֶּֽ⁠נָא 1 Alternate translation: “you told us what the king wants to know”
2:24 le8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אַרְי֔וֹךְ 1 **Arioch** was the name of the king’s commander. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 2:14](../02/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:26 z3qq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֑ר 1 **Belteshazzar** was the name the Babylonians gave to Daniel. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2:27 r8dh רָזָ⁠ה֙ דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א שָׁאֵ֔ל 1 This phrase refers to the king’s dream.
2:29 as3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠גָלֵ֧א רָזַיָּ֛⁠א 1 This phrase refers to God. Alternate translation: “and God, who reveals mysteries” or “and God, who makes mysteries known” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:30 v6bt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive רָזָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה גֱּלִ֣י לִ֑⁠י 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God revealed this mystery to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:30 ca22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠רַעְיוֹנֵ֥י לִבְבָ֖⁠ךְ תִּנְדַּֽע 1 Here **your mind** refers to the king. Alternate translation: “so that you may know your deepest thoughts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2:34 e77j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הִתְגְּזֶ֤רֶת אֶ֨בֶן֙ דִּי־לָ֣א בִ⁠ידַ֔יִן 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone, not a human, cut a stone from a mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:35 si32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּ⁠ע֣וּר מִן־אִדְּרֵי־קַ֔יִט וּ⁠נְשָׂ֤א הִמּוֹן֙ רוּחָ֔⁠א 1 This phrase is comparing the pieces of the statue to small and light things which could be blown away by the wind. Alternate translation: “like dry pieces of grass blowing away in the wind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2:35 fe57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְ⁠כָל־אֲתַ֖ר לָא־הִשְׁתֲּכַ֣ח לְ⁠ה֑וֹן 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “so that they were completely gone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
2:35 nfy2 וּ⁠מְלָ֥ת כָּל־אַרְעָֽ⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “and spread over the whole earth”
2:36 utl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns נֵאמַ֥ר 1 Here **we** refers only to Daniel. He may have used to plural form in humility to avoid taking credit for knowing the meaning of the dream that God had revealed to him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
2:37 e2xg מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “are the most important king” or “are a king who rules over other kings”
2:37 gfj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet חִסְנָ֛⁠א וְ⁠תָקְפָּ֥⁠א 1 These words mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2:38 lz1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יְהַ֣ב בִּ⁠ידָ֔⁠ךְ 1 Here **hand** refers to control. Alternate translation: “he has given you control over them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2:38 flm9 וְ⁠עוֹף־שְׁמַיָּ⁠א֙ 1 Here **heavens** is used in the sense of “skies.”
2:38 ffq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage אַנְתְּה־ה֔וּא רֵאשָׁ֖⁠ה דִּ֥י דַהֲבָֽ⁠א 1 In the king’s dream the statue’s head represents the king. Alternate translation: “The golden head symbolizes you” or “The golden head is a symbol of you and your power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
2:39 t5ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תְּק֛וּם מַלְכ֥וּ אָחֳרִ֖י 1 In the king’s dream his kingdom is gold so an inferior kingdom would be silver. Alternate translation: “another kingdom, which is of silver, will arise” or “another kingdom, which is represented by the silver parts of the statue, will arise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2:39 c45r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage וּ⁠מַלְכ֨וּ תליתיא אָחֳרִי֙ דִּ֣י נְחָשָׁ֔⁠א 1 This is symbolic language where the bronze of parts of the statue represent a future kingdom. Alternate translation: “then still another kingdom, which is represented by the bronze parts of the statue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
2:39 k4z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּ⁠מַלְכ֨וּ תליתיא אָחֳרִי֙ 1 “then kingdom number three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2:40 q2dl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּ⁠מַלְכוּ֙ רביעיה תֶּהֱוֵ֥א 1 “Then there will be a kingdom number four” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2:40 d7bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile תַקִּיפָ֖ה כְּ⁠פַרְזְלָ֑⁠א 1 The fourth kingdom is spoken of as being as **strong as iron**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2:40 rjj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage כָּל־אִלֵּ֖ין תַּדִּ֥ק וְ⁠תֵרֹֽעַ 1 This symbolic language means the fourth kingdom will defeat and replace the other kingdoms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
2:40 qn2j כָּל־אִלֵּ֖ין 1 Alternate translation: “the previous kingdoms”
2:41 lp4z וְ⁠דִֽי־חֲזַ֜יְתָה 1 Nebuchadnezzar **saw** that the feet consisted of clay and iron. He did not see the process of making the feet.
2:43 c3hf וְ⁠לָֽא־לֶהֱוֺ֥ן דָּבְקִ֖ין דְּנָ֣ה עִם־דְּנָ֑ה 1 Alternate translation: “but they will not remain united”
2:44 fan9 וּֽ⁠בְ⁠יוֹמֵי⁠ה֞וֹן דִּ֧י מַלְכַיָּ֣⁠א אִנּ֗וּן 1 Here **those kings** refers to the rulers of the kingdoms symbolized by the different parts of the statue.
2:44 d96c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive דִּ֤י לְ⁠עָלְמִין֙ לָ֣א תִתְחַבַּ֔ל וּ⁠מַ֨לְכוּתָ֔⁠ה לְ⁠עַ֥ם אָחֳרָ֖ן לָ֣א תִשְׁתְּבִ֑ק 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one will ever destroy, and that another people never conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:45 u69a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מִ⁠טּוּרָ⁠א֩ אִתְגְּזֶ֨רֶת אֶ֜בֶן דִּי־לָ֣א בִ⁠ידַ֗יִן 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone cut a stone from the mountain, but it was not a human who cut it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:46 hb4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction נְפַ֣ל עַל־אַנְפּ֔וֹ⁠הִי 1 This symbolic act showed that the king was honoring Daniel. Alternate translation: “lay down with his face on the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2:46 xf46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִנְחָה֙ וְ⁠נִ֣יחֹחִ֔ין אֲמַ֖ר לְ⁠נַסָּ֥כָה לֵֽ⁠הּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he ordered his servants to make an offering and to offer up incense to Daniel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2:47 jz9s מִן־קְשֹׁט֙ דִּ֣י אֱלָהֲ⁠כ֗וֹן 1 Alternate translation: “It is true that your God”
2:47 q3ru אֱלָ֧הּ אֱלָהִ֛ין וּ⁠מָרֵ֥א מַלְכִ֖ין 1 Alternate translation: “greater than all the other gods, and King over all other kings”
2:47 ifr1 וְ⁠גָלֵ֣ה רָזִ֑ין 1 Translate **the one who reveals mysteries** as in [Daniel 2:29](../02/29.md).
2:47 h6md לְ⁠מִגְלֵ֖א רָזָ֥⁠ה דְנָֽה 1 Alternate translation: “to reveal the mystery of my dream”
2:48 lz5p וְ⁠הַ֨שְׁלְטֵ֔⁠הּ 1 Alternate translation: “and the king made Daniel the ruler”
2:49 pp5r לְ⁠שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַ⁠עֲבֵ֣ד נְג֑וֹ 1 These were the Babylonian names of the three Jewish men who were brought to Babylon with Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md)
3:intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 3 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The king’s new idol\n\nShadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### The furnace\n\nThere was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born.
3:1 vj2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר מַלְכָּ֗⁠א עֲבַד֙ צְלֵ֣ם דִּֽי־דְהַ֔ב & אֲקִימֵ⁠הּ֙ 1 Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to make a gold statue … They set it up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:1 l4e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance רוּמֵ⁠הּ֙ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁתִּ֔ין פְּתָיֵ֖⁠הּ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁ֑ת 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “that was about 27 meters tall and almost 3 meters wide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
3:1 r51y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠בִקְעַ֣ת דּוּרָ֔א 1 This is a location within the kingdom of Babylon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
3:2 pj4s לַֽ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֡⁠א סִגְנַיָּ֣⁠א וּֽ⁠פַחֲוָתָ֡⁠א 1 These are officials who have authority over different sizes of territory.
3:2 yr48 גְדָ֨בְרַיָּ֤⁠א 1 These officials are in charge of money.
3:3 qh6f אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֡⁠א סִגְנַיָּ֣⁠א וּֽ⁠פַחֲוָתָ֡⁠א 1 See how you translated this list in [Daniel 3:2](../03/02.md).
3:4 huk2 וְ⁠כָרוֹזָ֖⁠א 1 A **herald** is an official messenger for the king.
3:4 z125 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לְ⁠כ֤וֹן אָֽמְרִין֙ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “The king commands you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:4 by5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַֽמְמַיָּ֔⁠א אֻמַּיָּ֖⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּֽ⁠א 1 Here **nations** and **languages** represent people from different nations who speak different languages. Alternate translation: “O people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:5 mml9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction תִּפְּל֤וּן וְ⁠תִסְגְּדוּן֙ 1 Alternate translation: “you must stretch yourselves out on the ground face down in worship of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3:5 c6tz תִּפְּל֤וּן 1 Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down.”
3:6 z9s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַן־דִּי־לָ֥א יִפֵּ֖ל וְ⁠יִסְגֻּ֑ד בַּ⁠הּ־שַׁעֲתָ֣⁠א יִתְרְמֵ֔א לְ⁠גֽוֹא־אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But the soldiers will throw into a blazing furnace anyone who does not fall down and worship the statue at the very moment they hear the music” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:6 xue4 לָ֥א יִפֵּ֖ל 1 Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down”
3:6 x9ik אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 This is a large room filled with a hot fire.
3:7 i26f קַרְנָ⁠א֩ מַשְׁר֨וֹקִיתָ֜⁠א קיתרס שַׂבְּכָא֙ פְּסַנְטֵרִ֔ין 1 These are musical instruments. See how you translated these words in [Daniel 3:5](../03/05.md).
3:7 x2pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָּֽל־עַֽמְמַיָּ֜⁠א אֻמַיָּ֣⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֗⁠א 1 Here **all** that means all the people who were present. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
3:7 y1q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַֽמְמַיָּ֜⁠א אֻמַיָּ֣⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֗⁠א 1 Here **nations** and **languages** represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who spoke different languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:7 vyk5 נָֽפְלִ֨ין 1 Here **fell down** means “quickly lay down”
3:7 xg6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction נָֽפְלִ֨ין & סָֽגְדִין֙ 1 They did this to worship the statue. Alternate translation: “stretched themselves out on the ground face down to worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3:7 mi49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠צֶ֣לֶם דַּהֲבָ֔⁠א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ים נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מַלְכָּֽ⁠א 1 Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “the golden statue that King Nebuchadnezzar’s men had set up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:8 vy1k כָּ⁠ל־קֳבֵ֤ל דְּנָה֙ 1 This word is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about some new people in the story.
3:9 hf48 מַלְכָּ֖⁠א לְ⁠עָלְמִ֥ין חֱיִֽי 1 This was a common greeting to the king.
3:10 dzb5 קַרְנָ֣⁠א מַ֠שְׁרֹקִיתָ⁠א קיתרס שַׂבְּכָ֤א פְסַנְתֵּרִין֙ ו⁠סיפניה 1 These are musical instruments. See how you translated some of these words in [Daniel 3:5](../03/05.md).
3:10 jiv5 יִפֵּ֥ל 1 Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down”
3:10 h3iu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction יִפֵּ֥ל וְ⁠יִסְגֻּ֖ד 1 The people would do this to **worship** the statue. Alternate translation: “must stretch himself out on the ground face down to worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3:11 u6bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַן־דִּי־לָ֥א יִפֵּ֖ל וְ⁠יִסְגֻּ֑ד יִתְרְמֵ֕א לְ⁠גֽוֹא־אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But your soldiers must throw into a blazing furnace anyone who does not lie down on the ground and worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:11 qdc6 לָ֥א יִפֵּ֖ל 1 Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down”
3:11 p2l2 אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
3:12 anm2 שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַ⁠עֲבֵ֣ד 1 These are the Babylonian names of the three Jewish friends of Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md).
3:12 ejy1 לָא־שָׂ֨מֽוּ עלי⁠ך & טְעֵ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “do not pay attention to you”
3:12 a7m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְ⁠צֶ֧לֶם דַּהֲבָ֛⁠א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ימְתָּ & סָגְדִֽין 1 Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “or worship the golden statue your men have set up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:13 jjl4 לְ⁠שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַ⁠עֲבֵ֣ד 1 These are the Babylonian names of the three Jewish friends of Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md).
3:14 t6f3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הֲקֵ֖ימֶת 1 Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “my men have set up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:15 kak3 קַרְנָ֣⁠א מַשְׁרוֹקִיתָ֣⁠א קיתרס שַׂבְּכָ֡א פְּסַנְתֵּרִין֩ וְ⁠סוּמְפֹּ֨נְיָ֜ה 1 These are musical instruments. See how you translated this list in [Daniel 3:5](../03/05.md).
3:15 l9el תִּפְּל֣וּן 1 Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down”
3:15 ws27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction תִּפְּל֣וּן וְ⁠תִסְגְּדוּן֮ 1 Alternate translation: “stretch yourselves out on the ground face down in worship of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
3:15 td6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠צַלְמָ֣⁠א דִֽי־עַבְדֵת֒ 1 Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “the statue that my men have made, all will be well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:15 vth1 עַבְדֵת֒ 1 Alternate translation: “I have made, there will no longer be a problem” or “I have made, you will be free to go”
3:15 gz3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בַּ⁠הּ־שַׁעֲתָ֣⁠ה תִתְרְמ֔וֹן לְ⁠גֽוֹא־אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּ֑⁠א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my soldiers will immediately throw you into a blazing furnace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:15 sl8a אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּ֑⁠א 1 This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
3:15 z8gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַן־ה֣וּא אֱלָ֔הּ דֵּ֥י יְשֵֽׁיזְבִנְ⁠כ֖וֹן מִן־יְדָֽ⁠י 1 The king does not expect an answer. He is threatening the three men. Alternate translation: “No god is able to rescue you from my power!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
3:15 hw83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִן־יְדָֽ⁠י 1 Here **hands** refers to power to punish. Alternate translation: “from my punishment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:17 d2kc אַתּ֨וּן נוּרָ֧⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּ֛⁠א 1 This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
3:17 sj5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠מִן־יְדָ֥⁠ךְ 1 Here “hand” refers to power to punish. Alternate translation: “and … from your punishment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:18 mc1d וְ⁠הֵ֣ן לָ֔א יְדִ֥יעַ לֶהֱוֵא־לָ֖⁠ךְ מַלְכָּ֑⁠א דִּ֤י 1 Alternate translation: “But king, we must let you know that even if our God does not rescue us”
3:18 iq7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְ⁠צֶ֧לֶם דַּהֲבָ֛⁠א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ימְתָּ 1 Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “or … the golden statue your men set up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:19 bt7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֜ר הִתְמְלִ֣י חֱמָ֗א 1 The king was so angry that rage is spoken of as if it were filling him up. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar became extremely angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:19 e99g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עָנֵ֤ה וְ⁠אָמַר֙ לְ⁠מֵזֵ֣א לְ⁠אַתּוּנָ֔⁠א חַ֨ד־שִׁבְעָ֔ה עַ֛ל דִּ֥י חֲזֵ֖ה לְ⁠מֵזְיֵֽ⁠הּ 1 Here **seven times more than it was normally heated** is an idiom that means to make it very much hotter. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He commanded his men to make the furnace very much hotter than they normally make it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:21 r7tt וְ⁠כַרְבְּלָתְ⁠ה֖וֹן 1 These **hats** were head covering made of wrapped cloth.
3:21 xya5 אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
3:22 v2v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מִן־דִּ֞י מִלַּ֤ת מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ מַחְצְפָ֔ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because the men quickly did what the king commanded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:24 kzd8 הֲ⁠לָא֩ גֻבְרִ֨ין תְּלָתָ֜א רְמֵ֤ינָא לְ⁠גוֹא־נוּרָ⁠א֙ מְכַפְּתִ֔ין 1 Alternate translation: “We threw three men tied up into the fire, right?”
3:25 gy5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וְ⁠רֵוֵ⁠הּ֙ דִּ֣י רביעי⁠א דָּמֵ֖ה לְ⁠בַר־אֱלָהִֽין 1 The gods were believed to shine brightly with light. Alternate translation: “Man four is shining brightly with light as a son of the gods would shine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
3:27 ru5i אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֞⁠א סִגְנַיָּ֣⁠א וּ⁠פַחֲוָתָ⁠א֮ 1 These are officials who have authority over different sizes of territory. See how you translated these in [Daniel 3:2](../03/02.md).
3:27 g7e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠שְׂעַ֤ר רֵֽאשְׁ⁠הוֹן֙ לָ֣א הִתְחָרַ֔ךְ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire had not singed the hair on their heads” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:27 jr79 לָ֣א הִתְחָרַ֔ךְ 1 Alternate translation: “was not burned even a little”
3:27 nuu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠סָרְבָּלֵי⁠ה֖וֹן לָ֣א שְׁנ֑וֹ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire did not harm their robes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:27 hv4b וְ⁠רֵ֣יחַ נ֔וּר לָ֥א עֲדָ֖ת בְּ⁠הֽוֹן 1 Alternate translation: “and they did not smell like fire”
3:28 x5ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִלַּ֤ת מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ שַׁנִּ֔יו 1 Not obeying the king’s command is spoken of as if they had physically moved it away from them. Alternate translation: “and they ignored my command” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3:28 uld8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וִ⁠יהַ֣בוּ גשמי⁠הון 1 This phrase refers to the three men’s willingness to die for what they believed. Alternate translation: “and they were willing to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
3:28 s95d לְ⁠כָל־אֱלָ֔הּ לָהֵ֖ן לֵ⁠אלָֽהֲ⁠הֽוֹן 1 Alternate translation: “any other god except their God”
3:29 pnl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כָל־עַ֨ם אֻמָּ֜ה וְ⁠לִשָּׁ֗ן דִּֽי־יֵאמַ֤ר שלה עַ֣ל אֱלָהֲ⁠ה֗וֹן דִּֽי־שַׁדְרַ֤ךְ מֵישַׁךְ֙ וַ⁠עֲבֵ֣ד נְג֔וֹא הַדָּמִ֣ין יִתְעֲבֵ֔ד וּ⁠בַיְתֵ֖⁠הּ נְוָלִ֣י יִשְׁתַּוֵּ֑ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my servants will tear apart any people, nation, or language that speaks anything offensive against the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego and will tear them limb from limb and make their houses into piles of garbage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
3:29 h7gq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כָל־עַ֨ם אֻמָּ֜ה וְ⁠לִשָּׁ֗ן דִּֽי־יֵאמַ֤ר 1 Here **nation** and **language** represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “any people from any nation, or those who speak any language that says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
3:29 qb3c יֵאמַ֤ר שלה עַ֣ל אֱלָהֲ⁠ה֗וֹן 1 Alternate translation: “speaks words that do not respect the God”
3:29 t5vb הַדָּמִ֣ין יִתְעֲבֵ֔ד 1 Alternate translation: “must have their bodies torn apart”
3:29 lw5h לָ֤א אִיתַי֙ אֱלָ֣ה אָחֳרָ֔ן דִּֽי־יִכֻּ֥ל לְ⁠הַצָּלָ֖ה כִּ⁠דְנָֽה 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “only their God is able to save like this”
4:intro du52 0 # Daniel 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The king becomes insane\n\nThe king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him.
4:1 s72g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn this chapter, Nebuchadnezzar tells what God did to him. In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. Verses 19-33 switch to the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. Verses 34-37 change back to first person as Nebuchadnezzar describes his response to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:1 ykj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר מַלְכָּ֗⁠א לְֽ⁠כָל־עַֽמְמַיָּ֞⁠א אֻמַיָּ֧⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֛⁠א דִּֽי־דארין בְּ⁠כָל־אַרְעָ֖⁠א 1 This introduces the king’s message to the people who would receive it. Your language may have a way to introduce a message. Alternate translation: “This is the message from Nebuchadnezzar to all the peoples, nations, and languages that live in all the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:1 sx24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַֽמְמַיָּ֞⁠א אֻמַיָּ֧⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֛⁠א 1 Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:1 rcl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole דִּֽי־דארין בְּ⁠כָל־אַרְעָ֖⁠א 1 Kings would often exaggerate how wide their kingdom was. Nebuchadnezzar did rule over most of the known world at the time this book was written. Alternate translation: “who live in the kingdom of Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
4:1 ew1j שְׁלָמְ⁠כ֥וֹן יִשְׂגֵּֽא 1 This is a common greeting.
4:2 t8rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet אָֽתַיָּ⁠א֙ וְ⁠תִמְהַיָּ֔⁠א 1 These words share similar meanings and refer to the amazing things that God had done. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
4:3 jyl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אָת֨וֹ⁠הִי֙ כְּ⁠מָ֣ה רַבְרְבִ֔ין וְ⁠תִמְה֖וֹ⁠הִי כְּ⁠מָ֣ה תַקִּיפִ֑ין 1 Both of these phrases have the same meaning and are used to emphasize how great God’s signs and wonders are. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
4:3 mz21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism מַלְכוּתֵ⁠הּ֙ מַלְכ֣וּת עָלַ֔ם וְ⁠שָׁלְטָנֵ֖⁠הּ עִם־דָּ֥ר וְ⁠דָֽר 1 Both of these phrases have the same meaning and are repeated to emphasize how God’s reign is forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
4:4 xpm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:4 p8nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism שְׁלֵ֤ה הֲוֵית֙ בְּ⁠בֵיתִ֔⁠י וְ⁠רַעְנַ֖ן בְּ⁠הֵיכְלִֽ⁠י 1 These two phrases are parallel and mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
4:4 zv52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בְּ⁠בֵיתִ֔⁠י & בְּ⁠הֵיכְלִֽ⁠י 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
4:5 fmk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet חֵ֥לֶם & וְ⁠הַרְהֹרִין֙ & וְ⁠חֶזְוֵ֥י 1 These phrases mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
4:5 u6n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וִֽ⁠ידַחֲלִנַּ֑⁠נִי & יְבַהֲלֻנַּֽ⁠נִי 1 These phrases are parallel and they mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
4:7 l5u7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:8 aej3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive דִּֽי־שְׁמֵ֤⁠הּ בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר֙ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who I named Belteshazzar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:8 dhx3 בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר֙ 1 **Belteshazzar** was the name the Babylonians gave to Daniel. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md).
4:9 x1x7 וְ⁠כָל־רָ֖ז לָא־אָנֵ֣ס לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 The can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “and you understand the meaning of every mystery”
4:10 vz2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:10 h4t8 וְ⁠רוּמֵ֥⁠הּ שַׂגִּֽיא 1 Alternate translation: “and it was very tall”
4:11 w5t1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage וְ⁠רוּמֵ⁠הּ֙ יִמְטֵ֣א לִ⁠שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א וַ⁠חֲזוֹתֵ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠ס֥וֹף כָּל־אַרְעָֽ⁠א 1 This is symbolic language that exaggerates how tall and how well-known the tree was. Alternate translation: “It seemed that its top reached up to the sky and that everyone in the world could see it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
4:12 c94i וְ⁠אִנְבֵּ֣⁠הּ שַׂגִּ֔יא 1 Alternate translation: “there was a lot of fruit on the tree”
4:12 bvq7 וּ⁠מָז֨וֹן לְ⁠כֹ֖לָּ⁠א־בֵ֑⁠הּ 1 Alternate translation: “and in it was food for all people and animals”
4:13 s8rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:14 l1nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קָרֵ֨א בְ⁠חַ֜יִל וְ⁠כֵ֣ן אָמַ֗ר 1 It can be made clear that the holy messenger was speaking to more than one person. Alternate translation: “He shouted to some people and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:14 rd55 תְּנֻ֤ד חֵֽיוְתָ⁠א֙ מִן־תַּחְתּ֔וֹ⁠הִי וְ⁠צִפְּרַיָּ֖⁠א מִן־עַנְפֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 Alternate translation: “The animals will flee from under it and the bird will fly away from its branches”
4:15 eb7u עִקַּ֤ר שָׁרְשׁ֨וֹ⁠הִי֙ 1 The **stump** is the part of the tree that is left above the ground after a tree is cut down.
4:15 e8lj וּ⁠בְ⁠טַ֤ל שְׁמַיָּ⁠א֙ 1 The **dew of heaven** is the moisture that is found on the ground in the mornings.
4:16 f3wx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns לִבְבֵ⁠הּ֙ מִן־אנוש⁠א יְשַׁנּ֔וֹן וּ⁠לְבַ֥ב חֵיוָ֖ה יִתְיְהִ֣ב לֵ֑⁠הּ 1 Since the tree represents Nebuchadnezzar, the masculine pronouns “his” and “him” in verse 16 refer to the same tree as the neuter pronoun “it” in verse 15. Alternate translation: “The man’s mind will change from a man’s mind to an animal’s mind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
4:17 k6kq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:17 j1fe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מֵאמַ֥ר קַדִּישִׁ֖ין שְׁאֵֽלְתָ֑⁠א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the holy ones have made this decision” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:17 m2np rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קַדִּישִׁ֖ין 1 This phrase probably refers to angels. Alternate translation: “the holy angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:17 y8ih חַ֠יַּיָּ⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “every living person” or “everyone”
4:17 aas5 יִתְּנִנַּ֔⁠הּ 1 Alternate translation: “gives the kingdom”
4:18 kjd4 בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֜ר 1 **Belteshazzar** was the name the Babylonians gave to Daniel. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md).
4:18 jr6i ו⁠אנתה כָּהֵ֔ל 1 Alternate translation: “But you are able to interpret it”
4:18 pl5q רֽוּחַ־אֱלָהִ֥ין קַדִּישִׁ֖ין 1 Nebuchadnezzar believed that Daniel’s power came from the false gods that Nebuchadnezzar worshiped. These are not the same as “the holy ones” in verse 17. See how you translated this phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
4:19 n8fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nVerses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:19 u9rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive דִּֽי־שְׁמֵ֣⁠הּ בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֗ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who I also named Belteshazzar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:19 a33v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶשְׁתּוֹמַם֙ כְּ⁠שָׁעָ֣ה חֲדָ֔ה וְ⁠רַעְיֹנֹ֖⁠הִי יְבַהֲלֻנֵּ֑⁠הּ 1 Daniel’s understanding of the meaning of the vision is what alarmed him. This can be explicitly stated. Alternate translation: “did not say anything for some time because he was very worried about the meaning of the dream” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:19 kf99 חֶלְמָ֥⁠א ל⁠שנאי⁠ך וּ⁠פִשְׁרֵ֥⁠הּ ל⁠ערי⁠ך 1 Daniel is expressing his wish that the dream was not about Nebuchadnezzar, even though he knew that it really was about the king.
4:20 vj36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nVerses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]). Many terms in this verse are almost the same as in [Daniel 4:11](../04/11.md). See how you translated that verse.
4:20 x69s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole לִ⁠שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א & לְ⁠כָל־אַרְעָֽ⁠א 1 These phrases are exaggerations to emphasize that everyone everywhere knew how great Nebuchadnezzar was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
4:21 mm9p General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nMany terms in this verse are almost the same as [Daniel 4:12](../04/12.md). See how you translated that verse.
4:21 rfj9 וְ⁠אִנְבֵּ֣⁠הּ שַׂגִּ֔יא 1 Alternate translation: “and which bore a great amount of fruit”
4:22 uq3h אנתה־ה֣וּא מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “This tree represents you, O king”
4:22 gfs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וּ⁠רְבוּתָ֤⁠ךְ רְבָת֙ וּ⁠מְטָ֣ת לִ⁠שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א וְ⁠שָׁלְטָנָ֖⁠ךְ לְ⁠ס֥וֹף אַרְעָֽ⁠א 1 These two phrases mean similar things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
4:22 s8jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וּ⁠רְבוּתָ֤⁠ךְ רְבָת֙ 1 This phrase is using the word **grown** as a way of saying the king’s greatness has increased. Alternate translation: “Your greatness has increased” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4:23 w9s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis verse is almost the same as [Daniel 4:13-14](./13.md) and [Daniel 4:15-16](./15.md). See how you translated those verses. Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:23 c89t עִקַּ֤ר שָׁרְשׁ֨וֹ⁠הִי֙ 1 This **stump** is the part of the tree that is left above ground after a tree is cut down.
4:23 i27p בְּ⁠דִתְאָ֖⁠א דִּ֣י בָרָ֑⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “surrounded by the tender grass of the field”
4:23 bx4z וּ⁠בְ⁠טַ֧ל שְׁמַיָּ֣⁠א 1 The **dew of heaven** is the moisture that settles on the ground in the mornings.
4:24 f3tz דִּ֥י מְטָ֖ת עַל 1 Alternate translation: “that you have heard”
4:25 fd8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠לָ֣⁠ךְ טָֽרְדִ֣ין מִן־אֲנָשָׁ֡⁠א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that men will drive you away from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:25 gq52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠עִשְׂבָּ֥⁠א & לָ֣⁠ךְ יְטַֽעֲמ֗וּן 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will eat grass” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:26 fgn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nVerses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:26 tcg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שַׁלִּטִ֖ן שְׁמַיָּֽ⁠א 1 Here **Heaven** refers to God who lives in heaven. Alternate translation: “God in heaven is the ruler of all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
4:27 yna6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מִלְכִּ⁠י֙ יִשְׁפַּ֣ר עלי⁠ך 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “please accept my advice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:27 s3j8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ו⁠חטי⁠ך & פְרֻ֔ק 1 Here rejecting iniquity is spoken of as breaking it off. Alternate translation: “reject your iniquities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
4:27 j7av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj עֲנָ֑יִן 1 This nominal adjective refers to people who are oppressed. Alternate translation: “people who are oppressed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
4:27 a7um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תֶּהֱוֵ֥א אַרְכָ֖ה לִ⁠שְׁלֵוְתָֽ⁠ךְ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may extend your prosperity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:28 rq19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nVerses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:29 jn5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nVerses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:30 p8hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לָ֥א דָא־הִ֖יא בָּבֶ֣ל רַבְּתָ֑⁠א דִּֽי־אֲנָ֤ה בֱנַיְתַ⁠הּ֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית מַלְכ֔וּ בִּ⁠תְקַ֥ף חִסְנִ֖⁠י וְ⁠לִ⁠יקָ֥ר הַדְרִֽ⁠י 1 Nebuchadnezzar asks this question to emphasize his own glory. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is the great Babylon, which I have built as a royal residence by the might of my power and for the glory of my majesty!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4:30 csl9 וְ⁠לִ⁠יקָ֥ר הַדְרִֽ⁠י 1 Alternate translation: “to show people my honor and my greatness”
4:31 g7xg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nVerses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:31 fjl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ע֗וֹד מִלְּתָ⁠א֙ בְּ⁠פֻ֣ם מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 This idiom means the king was still in the act of speaking. Alternate translation: “While the king was still speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4:31 cv67 קָ֖ל מִן־שְׁמַיָּ֣⁠א נְפַ֑ל 1 Alternate translation: “he heard a voice from heaven”
4:31 pt4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מַלְכוּתָ֖⁠ה עֲדָ֥ת מִנָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will no longer rule over this kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:32 f4us rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִן־אֲנָשָׁ⁠א֩ לָ֨⁠ךְ טָֽרְדִ֜ין 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will chase you away from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:32 m551 וּ⁠לְ⁠מַן־דִּ֥י יִצְבֵּ֖א 1 Alternate translation: “and : to whoever he chooses”
4:33 ydj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nVerses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:33 xpp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בַּ⁠הּ־שַׁעֲתָ֗⁠א מִלְּתָ⁠א֮ סָ֣פַת עַל־נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּר֒ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This decree against Nebuchadnezzar happened immediately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:33 chd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִן־אֲנָשָׁ֣⁠א טְרִ֔יד 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People chased him away from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:33 t4b6 וְ⁠טִפְר֥וֹ⁠הִי כְ⁠צִפְּרִֽין 1 Alternate translation: “and his fingernails looked like birds’ claws”
4:34 amm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn verses 34-37 Nebuchadnezzar speaks in the first person to describe his response to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:34 b17l וְ⁠לִ⁠קְצָ֣ת יֽוֹמַיָּ⁠ה֩ 1 This refers back to the seven years in [Daniel 4:32](../04/32.md).
4:34 ltf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַנְדְּעִ⁠י֙ עֲלַ֣⁠י יְת֔וּב 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and my sanity came back to me” or “and I became sane again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:34 ucj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ו⁠ל⁠עלי⁠א בָּרְכֵ֔ת וּ⁠לְ⁠חַ֥י עָלְמָ֖⁠א שַׁבְּחֵ֣ת וְ⁠הַדְּרֵ֑ת 1 The two phrases refer to the same action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
4:34 nk8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism דִּ֤י שָׁלְטָנֵ⁠הּ֙ שָׁלְטָ֣ן עָלַ֔ם וּ⁠מַלְכוּתֵ֖⁠הּ עִם־דָּ֥ר וְ⁠דָֽר 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are used to emphasize how God’s reign never ends. Alternate translation: “He rules forever and his kingdom will never end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
4:35 ce6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn verses 34-37 Nebuchadnezzar speaks in the first person to describe his response to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:35 dgr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־דארי אַרְעָ⁠א֙ כְּ⁠לָ֣ה חֲשִׁיבִ֔ין 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He considers all the earth’s inhabitants as nothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:35 cpy8 וְ⁠כָל־דארי אַרְעָ⁠א֙ 1 Alternate translation: “All the people on the earth”
4:35 p415 בְּ⁠חֵ֣יל שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “among the angel armies in heaven”
4:35 zpn8 וּֽ⁠כְ⁠מִצְבְּיֵ֗⁠הּ 1 Alternate translation: “whatever satisfies his purpose” or “anything he wants to do”
4:35 im6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לָ֤א אִיתַי֙ דִּֽי־יְמַחֵ֣א בִ⁠ידֵ֔⁠הּ 1 It may be helpful to add additional detail. Alternate translation: “When he decides to do something, no one can stop him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4:35 ebf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠יֵ֥אמַר לֵ֖⁠הּ מָ֥ה עֲבַֽדְתְּ 1 This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “or can question what he does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
4:36 m6m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn verses 34-37 Nebuchadnezzar speaks in the first person to describe his response to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4:36 rz1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification מַנְדְּעִ֣⁠י ׀ יְת֣וּב עֲלַ֗⁠י 1 Here his sanity is spoken of as if it was able to return by its own power. Alternate translation: “I became sane again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4:36 pb8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification הַדְרִ֤⁠י וְ⁠זִוִ⁠י֙ יְת֣וּב עֲלַ֔⁠י 1 Here his majesty and splendor are spoken of as if they were able to return by their own power. Alternate translation: “I regained my majesty and my splendor again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
4:36 nq38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet הַדְרִ֤⁠י וְ⁠זִוִ⁠י֙ 1 These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of his glory. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
4:36 c3xy וְ⁠לִ֕⁠י הַדָּֽבְרַ֥⁠י וְ⁠רַבְרְבָנַ֖⁠י יְבַע֑וֹן 1 Alternate translation: “My counselors and my noblemen requested my help again”
4:36 ks6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠עַל־מַלְכוּתִ֣⁠י הָתְקְנַ֔ת וּ⁠רְב֥וּ יַתִּירָ֖ה ה֥וּסְפַת לִֽ⁠י 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4:37 zgl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet מְשַׁבַּ֨ח וּ⁠מְרוֹמֵ֤ם וּ⁠מְהַדַּר֙ 1 All three of these words have basically the same meaning and emphasize how greatly he praised God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
4:37 g1df rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מַהְלְכִ֣ין בְּ⁠גֵוָ֔ה 1 This phrase uses **walk** to refer to the person who acts proud. Alternate translation: “who are proud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5:intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 5 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The writing on the wall\n\nGod told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin\nThese are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
5:1 cc4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֣ר 1 **Belshazzar** is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5:1 ix8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אֲלַ֑ף 1 “1,000 of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
5:1 tre4 וְ⁠לָ⁠קֳבֵ֥ל & חַמְרָ֥⁠א שָׁתֵֽה 1 Alternate translation: “and he drank wine in the presence of”
5:2 gsi3 לְ⁠מָאנֵי֙ 1 These **vessels** were cups and other items that were small enough for a person to hold and to drink from them.
5:2 lad2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַנְפֵּק֙ נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר אֲב֔⁠וּהִי 1 Here **Nebuchadnezzar** refers to Nebuchadnezzar’s army. Alternate translation: “his father Nebuchadnezzar’s army had taken” or “the army of Nebuchadnezzar his father had taken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:3 i1zm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מָאנֵ֣י דַהֲבָ֔⁠א דִּ֣י הַנְפִּ֗קוּ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָ֛⁠א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gold containers that the army of Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:3 msp6 מִן־הֵֽיכְלָ֛⁠א דִּֽי־בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖⁠א 1 The phrase **the house of God** tells us something more about the temple. Alternate translation: “out of God’s temple”
5:5 lkd1 בַּ⁠הּ־שַׁעֲתָ֗⁠ה 1 Alternate translation: “As soon as they did that” or “At that moment”
5:5 cra1 גִּירָ֕⁠א 1 This refers to cement or mud that is spread on walls or ceilings to give them a smooth hard surface when it dries.
5:6 jn25 מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ זִיוֺ֣⁠הִי שְׁנ֔וֹ⁠הִי 1 This change was caused by his fear. Alternate translation: “the king’s face became pale”
5:6 iee9 וְ⁠אַ֨רְכֻבָּתֵ֔⁠הּ דָּ֥א לְ⁠דָ֖א נָֽקְשָֽׁן 1 This was the result of his extreme fear.
5:7 gz5c לְ⁠חַכִּימֵ֣י בָבֶ֗ל 1 This refers back collectively to **the enchanters, the Chaldeans, and the astrologers** in the previous sentence.
5:7 ybp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive דִּ֣י כָל־אֱ֠נָשׁ דִּֽי־יִקְרֵ֞ה כְּתָבָ֣⁠ה דְנָ֗ה וּ⁠פִשְׁרֵ⁠הּ֙ יְחַוִּנַּ֔⁠נִי אַרְגְּוָנָ֣⁠א יִלְבַּ֗שׁ ו⁠המונכ⁠א דִֽי־דַהֲבָ⁠א֙ עַֽל־צַוְּארֵ֔⁠הּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give purple clothes and a gold neck chain to whoever explains this writing and its meaning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:7 ms1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַרְגְּוָנָ֣⁠א יִלְבַּ֗שׁ 1 Purple cloth was rare and reserved for royal officials. Alternate translation: “will be dressed in royal clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:7 x9vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וְ⁠תַלְתִּ֥י בְ⁠מַלְכוּתָ֖⁠א יִשְׁלַֽט 1 Alternate translation: “and he will be the number three ruler in the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
5:9 n4ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵלְשַׁאצַּר֙ 1 **Belshazzar** is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5:9 gla9 וְ⁠זִיוֺ֖⁠הִי שָׁנַ֣יִן עֲל֑וֹ⁠הִי 1 The face of the king grew even more pale than in [Daniel 5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “his face became even more pale”
5:9 w9st מִֽשְׁתַּבְּשִֽׁין 1 To be **perplexed** is to be unable to understand, or to be confused.
5:10 rw3v מַלְכְּתָ֕⁠א 1 Some modern versions understand this to be a reference to the queen mother, that is, to the king’s mother. The queen mother received much honor in ancient Babylon.
5:10 x55i מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ לְ⁠עָלְמִ֣ין חֱיִ֔י 1 This was a normal way to greet the king.
5:10 zq7c וְ⁠זִיוָ֖י⁠ךְ אַל־יִשְׁתַּנּֽוֹ 1 Alternate translation: “There is no need for your face to look so pale”
5:11 bql4 ר֣וּחַ אֱלָהִ֣ין קַדִּישִׁין֮ 1 The queen believed that Daniel’s power came from the false **gods** that Nebuchadnezzar worshiped. See how you translated this phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
5:11 c4n6 וּ⁠בְ⁠יוֹמֵ֣י אֲב֗⁠וּךְ 1 Alternate translation: “When your father was ruling”
5:11 ss1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נַהִיר֧וּ וְ⁠שָׂכְלְתָנ֛וּ וְ⁠חָכְמָ֥ה כְּ⁠חָכְמַת־אֱלָהִ֖ין הִשְׁתְּכַ֣חַת בֵּ֑⁠הּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had light and understanding and wisdom like the wisdom of the gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:12 n7wa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ר֣וּחַ ׀ יַתִּירָ֡ה וּ⁠מַנְדַּ֡ע וְ⁠שָׂכְלְתָנ֡וּ מְפַשַּׁ֣ר חֶלְמִין֩ וַֽ⁠אַֽחֲוָיַ֨ת אֲחִידָ֜ן וּ⁠מְשָׁרֵ֣א קִטְרִ֗ין הִשְׁתְּכַ֤חַת בֵּ⁠הּ֙ בְּ⁠דָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֥⁠א שָׂם־שְׁמֵ֖⁠הּ בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֑ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this same Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar, had an excellent spirit, knowledge, and insight for interpreting dreams, explaining riddles and solving problems” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:13 hn7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בֵּ⁠אדַ֨יִן֙ דָּֽנִיֵּ֔אל הֻעַ֖ל קֳדָ֣ם מַלְכָּ֑⁠א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then they brought Daniel before the king” or “Then the soldiers brought Daniel before the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:13 sd23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דִּ֥י הַיְתִ֛י מַלְכָּ֥⁠א אַ֖בִ⁠י מִן־יְהֽוּד 1 In this phrase **father** is being used to represent all of the soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom my father’s soldiers brought out of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:14 yxu5 ר֥וּחַ אֱלָהִ֖ין 1 Belshazzar believed that Daniel’s power came from the false **gods** that Belshazzar worshiped. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
5:14 y4ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נַהִיר֧וּ וְ⁠שָׂכְלְתָנ֛וּ וְ⁠חָכְמָ֥ה יַתִּירָ֖ה הִשְׁתְּכַ֥חַת בָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and … you have light and understanding and excellent wisdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:15 c33v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠כְעַ֞ן הֻעַ֣לּוּ קָֽדָמַ֗⁠י חַכִּֽימַיָּ⁠א֙ אָֽשְׁפַיָּ֔⁠א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the wise men and enchanters have come in before me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:15 u817 לְ⁠הוֹדָעֻתַ֑⁠נִי 1 Alternate translation: “tell me”
5:16 u2ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אַרְגְּוָנָ֣⁠א תִלְבַּ֗שׁ ו⁠המונכ⁠א דִֽי־דַהֲבָ⁠א֙ עַֽל־צַוְּארָ֔⁠ךְ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give you purple clothes and a gold neck chain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:16 iyy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַרְגְּוָנָ֣⁠א תִלְבַּ֗שׁ 1 Purple cloth was rare and reserved for royal officials. Alternate translation: “you will be dressed in royal clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:16 pud4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וְ⁠תַלְתָּ֥א בְ⁠מַלְכוּתָ֖⁠א תִּשְׁלַֽט 1 “and you will be the number three ruler of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
5:17 evt4 מַתְּנָתָ⁠ךְ֙ לָ֣⁠ךְ לֶֽהֶוְיָ֔ן 1 Alternate translation: “I do not want your gifts”
5:19 l2ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כֹּ֣ל עַֽמְמַיָּ֗⁠א אֻמַיָּ⁠א֙ וְ⁠לִשָּׁ֣נַיָּ֔⁠א 1 This phrase uses the word **all** as a generalization that represents a large number. Alternate translation: “a great number of people, of different nations and languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
5:19 q693 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כֹּ֣ל עַֽמְמַיָּ֗⁠א אֻמַיָּ⁠א֙ וְ⁠לִשָּׁ֣נַיָּ֔⁠א 1 Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:19 bqb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet הֲו֛וֹ זאעין וְ⁠דָחֲלִ֖ין מִן־קֳדָמ֑וֹ⁠הִי 1 These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of the fear. Alternate translation: “were very afraid of him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
5:19 ka6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דִּֽי־הֲוָ֨ה צָבֵ֜א הֲוָ֣א קָטֵ֗ל 1 This phrase does not mean King Nebuchadnezzar put people to death himself, but rather those he commanded. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his soldiers to kill those he wanted to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:19 t7ri וְ⁠דִֽי־הֲוָ֤ה צָבֵא֙ הֲוָ֣ה מָרִ֔ים 1 Alternate translation: “He raised up those he wanted to raise up”
5:19 db8z וְ⁠דִֽי־הֲוָ֥ה צָבֵ֖א הֲוָ֥ה מַשְׁפִּֽיל 1 Alternate translation: “and he humbled those he wished to humble”
5:20 zu9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche רִ֣ם לִבְבֵ֔⁠הּ 1 Here **heart** refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “the king was arrogant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
5:20 g3wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠רוּחֵ֖⁠הּ תִּֽקְפַ֣ת 1 Here **spirit** refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “and the king was hardened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
5:20 bbj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠רוּחֵ֖⁠הּ תִּֽקְפַ֣ת 1 the stubbornness of the king is spoken of as if he were **hardened**. Alternate translation: “and the king became stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:20 w2tx לַ⁠הֲזָדָ֑ה 1 He was rudely and overly confident.
5:20 nl2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָנְחַת֙ מִן־כָּרְסֵ֣א מַלְכוּתֵ֔⁠הּ 1 Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. Alternate translation: “his authority was taken away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:20 z3bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הָנְחַת֙ מִן־כָּרְסֵ֣א מַלְכוּתֵ֔⁠הּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people took away his kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:21 sl3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִן־בְּנֵי֩ אֲנָשָׁ֨⁠א טְרִ֜יד 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people chased him away from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:21 v3b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠לִבְבֵ֣⁠הּ ׀ עִם־חֵיוְתָ֣⁠א שוי 1 Here **mind** represents his thoughts. Alternate translation: “and he thought as an animal thinks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:21 amq8 וּ⁠מִ⁠טַּ֥ל שְׁמַיָּ֖⁠א 1 The **dew** is the moisture that is found on the ground in the mornings.
5:21 m4na וּ⁠לְ⁠מַן־דִּ֥י יִצְבֵּ֖ה 1 Alternate translation: “whomever he chooses”
5:22 z72q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֔ר 1 **Belshazzar** was the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5:22 ij2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לָ֥א הַשְׁפֵּ֖לְתְּ לִבְבָ֑⁠ךְ 1 Here **heart** refers to Belshazzar himself. Alternate translation: “have not humbled yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
5:23 fmz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠עַ֣ל מָרֵֽא־שְׁמַיָּ֣⁠א ׀ הִתְרוֹמַ֡מְתָּ 1 To rebel against God is spoken of as raising oneself up against him. Alternate translation: “Instead, you have rebelled against the Lord of heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:23 qc6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit דִֽי־בַיְתֵ֜⁠הּ 1 What and where “his house” is can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “from his temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5:23 kj78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֵֽ⁠אלָהָ֞⁠א דִּֽי־נִשְׁמְתָ֥⁠ךְ בִּ⁠ידֵ֛⁠הּ 1 Here “breath” refers to life and “hand” refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “but … the God who gives you breath” or “but … the God who has control over your entire life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
5:23 th44 וְ⁠כָל־אֹרְחָתָ֥⁠ךְ לֵ֖⁠הּ 1 Alternate translation: “and everything you do”
5:24 i8fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠כְתָבָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה רְשִֽׁים 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and it wrote this message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:25 rcy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠דְנָ֥ה כְתָבָ֖⁠א דִּ֣י רְשִׁ֑ים 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the message that the hand wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:25 ea1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate מְנֵ֥א מְנֵ֖א תְּקֵ֥ל וּ⁠פַרְסִֽין 1 These are the Aramaic words that were written on the wall. Spell these words with the sounds that fit your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
5:26 tg8v מְנֵ֕א מְנָֽה־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “‘Mene’ means ‘God has numbered”
5:27 q5iv תְּקֵ֑ל תְּקִ֥ילְתָּה 1 Alternate translation: “‘Tekel’ means ‘you are weighed”
5:27 sg5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תְּקִ֥ילְתָּה בְ⁠מֹֽאזַנְיָ֖⁠א וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֥חַתְּ חַסִּֽיר 1 Judging the worthiness of the king to rule is spoken of as weighing him. This means that the king is not worthy to rule. Alternate translation: “your worthiness to rule has been judged, and you have been found to be unworthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5:27 avae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תְּקִ֥ילְתָּה בְ⁠מֹֽאזַנְיָ֖⁠א וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֥חַתְּ חַסִּֽיר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has examined your worthiness to rule, and he has found that you are not worthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:28 jb22 פְּרֵ֑ס 1 **Peres** is the singular form of “Pharsin” in 5:25.
5:28 b18p פְּרֵ֑ס פְּרִיסַת֙ מַלְכוּתָ֔⁠ךְ 1 Alternate translation: “‘Peres’ means ‘your kingdom has been divided”
5:28 j1p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּרִיסַת֙ מַלְכוּתָ֔⁠ךְ וִ⁠יהִיבַ֖ת לְ⁠מָדַ֥י וּ⁠פָרָֽס 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has divided your kingdom and given it to the Medes and Persians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:29 j9jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֗ר 1 **Belshazzar** was the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5:29 uvj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ו⁠המונכ⁠א דִֽי־דַהֲבָ֖⁠א עַֽל־צַוְּארֵ֑⁠הּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They put a chain of gold around his neck” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5:29 nfx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal שַׁלִּ֛יט תַּלְתָּ֖א 1 “the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
5:31 c2bj קַבֵּ֖ל מַלְכוּתָ֑⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “became the ruler of the kingdom”
6:intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Daniel and the lions\n\nDaniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.
6:1 xf5z Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe events in this chapter take place after the Persians conquered the Babylonians and Darius the Mede began to rule in Babylon.
6:1 y6y9 שְׁפַר֙ קֳדָ֣ם דָּרְיָ֔וֶשׁ 1 Alternate translation: “King Darius decided”
6:1 a1zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers לַ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֖⁠א מְאָ֣ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֑ין 1 “one hundred and twenty provincial governors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
6:2 q0vw וְ⁠עֵ֤לָּא מִנְּ⁠הוֹן֙ 1 The word **them** refers to the 120 satraps.
6:2 u9kb וּ⁠מַלְכָּ֖⁠א לָֽא־לֶהֱוֵ֥א נָזִֽק 1 Alternate translation: “so that nothing should be stolen from the king” or “so that no one would steal anything from the king”
6:3 ygu7 הֲוָ֣א מִתְנַצַּ֔ח עַל 1 Alternate translation: “excelled above” or “was more capable than”
6:3 aig7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ר֤וּחַ יַתִּירָא֙ בֵּ֔⁠הּ 1 Here **spirit** refers to Daniel. It means he had was unusually capable. Alternate translation: “he was an exceptional person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
6:3 ef6f ר֤וּחַ יַתִּירָא֙ 1 This **spirit** enabled him do better than the other leaders.
6:3 ry6m לַ⁠הֲקָמוּתֵ֖⁠הּ עַל 1 Alternate translation: “to give him authority over” or “to put him in charge of”
6:4 ex6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֱדַ֨יִן סָֽרְכַיָּ֜⁠א וַ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֗⁠א הֲו֨וֹ בָעַ֧יִן עִלָּ֛ה לְ⁠הַשְׁכָּחָ֥ה לְ⁠דָנִיֵּ֖אל מִ⁠צַּ֣ד מַלְכוּתָ֑⁠א 1 The other administrators were jealous of Daniel. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Then the other chief administrators and the provincial governors became jealous. So they looked for mistakes in the work Daniel did for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:4 rl5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־עִלָּ֨ה וּ⁠שְׁחִיתָ֜ה לָא־יָכְלִ֣ין לְ⁠הַשְׁכָּחָ֗ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but they could find no mistakes or negligence in his work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:5 ek64 לְ⁠דָנִיֵּ֥אל דְּנָ֖ה כָּל־עִלָּ֑א 1 Alternate translation: “any reason to complain about Daniel”
6:6 ll7v לְ⁠עָלְמִ֥ין חֱיִֽי 1 This was a normal way to greet a king.
6:7 bw29 כָל־דִּֽי־יִבְעֵ֣ה בָ֠עוּ 1 Alternate translation: “whoever makes a request”
6:7 l2iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִתְרְמֵ֕א לְ⁠גֹ֖ב אַרְיָוָתָֽ⁠א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your soldiers must throw that person into the den of lions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:7 h7ip לְ⁠גֹ֖ב אַרְיָוָתָֽ⁠א 1 This may refer to a room or pit where **lions** were kept.
6:8 nj57 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nIn verse 8, the administrators continue to speak to the king.
6:8 i7m4 לָ֥א תֶעְדֵּֽא 1 Alternate translation: “cannot be canceled”
6:10 i5vv וְ֠⁠דָנִיֵּאל כְּ⁠דִ֨י יְדַ֜ע דִּֽי־רְשִׁ֤ים כְּתָבָ⁠א֙ 1 It is important to the story to state clearly that Daniel knew about the new law before he prayed to God.
6:10 r7ul rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠כַוִּ֨ין פְּתִיחָ֥ן לֵ⁠הּ֙ בְּ⁠עִלִּיתֵ֔⁠הּ נֶ֖גֶד יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 This is background information that explains how Daniel’s enemies knew he was praying to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
6:12 gwm4 הֲ⁠לָ֧א אֱסָ֣ר רְשַׁ֗מְתָּ דִּ֣י כָל־אֱנָ֡שׁ דִּֽי־יִבְעֵה֩ מִן־כָּל־אֱלָ֨הּ וֶֽ⁠אֱנָ֜שׁ עַד־יוֹמִ֣ין תְּלָתִ֗ין לָהֵן֙ מִנָּ֣⁠ךְ מַלְכָּ֔⁠א יִתְרְמֵ֕א לְ⁠ג֖וֹב אַרְיָותָ֑⁠א 1 They asked this question to make the king confirm that he had made the decree.
6:12 div1 לְ⁠ג֖וֹב אַרְיָותָ֑⁠א 1 This may refer to a room or pit where **lions** were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
6:13 c3ar דִּ֣י דָנִיֵּ֡אל דִּי֩ מִן־בְּנֵ֨י גָלוּתָ֜⁠א דִּ֣י יְה֗וּד 1 This is not a respectful way of referring to **Daniel**. They intentionally used this phrase to avoid giving Daniel the respect he was due as a chief administrator.
6:13 jia1 דִּי֩ מִן־בְּנֵ֨י גָלוּתָ֜⁠א דִּ֣י יְה֗וּד 1 Alternate translation: “who is an immigrant from Judah”
6:13 l8eb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לָא־שָׂ֨ם עלי⁠ך 1 This idiom means he ignores the king. Alternate translation: “does not obey you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6:14 u8lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠עַ֧ל דָּנִיֵּ֛אל שָׂ֥ם בָּ֖ל לְ⁠שֵׁיזָבוּתֵ֑⁠הּ 1 Here **mind** refers to his thinking. Alternate translation: “and he thought very hard about how to rescue Daniel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:15 d92j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָל־אֱסָ֥ר וּ⁠קְיָ֛ם דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֥⁠א יְהָקֵ֖ים לָ֥א לְ⁠הַשְׁנָיָֽה 1 The men were implying that since no decree or statute of the king can be changed, Daniel must be thrown into the pit of lions. This can be stated clearly if needed. Alternate translation: “no injunction or statute that the king establishes can be changed. They must throw Daniel into the pit of lions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:16 zny2 וְ⁠הַיְתִיו֙ לְ⁠דָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל וּ⁠רְמ֕וֹ 1 Alternate translation: “and his soldiers went and got Daniel and thew him”
6:16 q3wc לְ⁠גֻבָּ֖⁠א דִּ֣י אַרְיָוָתָ֑⁠א 1 This may refer to a room or pit where **lions** were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
6:16 a268 אֱלָהָ֗⁠ךְ דִּ֣י אנתה פָּֽלַֽח־לֵ⁠הּ֙ בִּ⁠תְדִירָ֔⁠א ה֖וּא יְשֵׁיזְבִנָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 The king is expressing his desire for God to save Daniel.
6:16 jd6x ה֖וּא יְשֵׁיזְבִנָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 Alternate translation: “may he save you from the lions”
6:17 szf5 גֻּבָּ֑⁠א 1 This may refer to a room or pit where lions were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
6:17 xjj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠חַתְמַ֨⁠הּ מַלְכָּ֜⁠א בְּ⁠עִזְקְתֵ֗⁠הּ וּ⁠בְ⁠עִזְקָת֙ רַבְרְבָנ֔וֹ⁠הִי דִּ֛י לָא־תִשְׁנֵ֥א צְב֖וּ בְּ⁠דָנִיֵּֽאל 1 The function of the signet ring can be stated clearly. The king and the noblemen pressed their rings into a seal made of wax. Alternate translation: “and the king pressed his signet ring into a wax seal, the nobles did this too. No one was allowed to break the seal and help Daniel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6:17 p5t2 לָא־תִשְׁנֵ֥א צְב֖וּ בְּ⁠דָנִיֵּֽאל 1 Alternate translation: “no one could help Daniel”
6:18 un1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וּ⁠בָ֣ת טְוָ֔ת 1 This symbolic act showed that the king was worried about Daniel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
6:18 a3xd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠דַחֲוָ֖ן לָא־הַנְעֵ֣ל קָֽדָמ֑וֹ⁠הִי 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He did not have anyone entertain him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:18 sb8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠שִׁנְתֵּ֖⁠הּ נַדַּ֥ת עֲלֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 Here **sleep** is spoken of as if it could run away from the king. Alternate translation: “and he did not sleep at all that night” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
6:19 e2wc לְ⁠גֻבָּ֥⁠א דִֽי־אַרְיָוָתָ֖⁠א 1 This may refer to a room or pit where **lions** were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
6:22 qn4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive זָכוּ֙ הִשְׁתְּכַ֣חַת לִ֔⁠י 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he knows that I have done nothing wrong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:23 r1eg גֻּבָּ֑⁠א 1 This may refer to a room or pit where lions were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
6:23 qf7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־חֲבָל֙ לָא־הִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח בֵּ֔⁠הּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and they did not find any wounds on Daniel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:24 qwh3 וְ⁠לָֽא־מְט֞וֹ לְ⁠אַרְעִ֣ית גֻּבָּ֗⁠א עַ֠ד דִּֽי 1 Alternate translation: “and before they reached the floor of the lions’ den”
6:25 ty2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַֽמְמַיָּ֞⁠א אֻמַיָּ֧⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֛⁠א 1 Here **nations** and **languages** represent people from different **nations** who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “the people from different nations and who spoke different languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6:25 rl1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole בְּ⁠כָל־אַרְעָ֖⁠א 1 King Darius wrote his message to his entire kingdom which was huge. Here it says **all the earth** as a generalization to emphasis how large his kingdom was, though it did not include everyone on the earth. Alternate translation: “in his entire kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
6:25 zkz8 שְׁלָמְ⁠כ֥וֹן יִשְׂגֵּֽא 1 This is a form of greeting that is used to wish someone well in all areas of life.
6:26 m5v6 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis continues to state the message that Darius sent to everyone in his kingdom.
6:26 n6v5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet זאעין וְ⁠דָ֣חֲלִ֔ין 1 These two words are similar and can be combined. Alternate translation: “shake with fear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
6:26 s8va אֱלָהֵ֣⁠הּ דִּי־דָֽנִיֵּ֑אל 1 Alternate translation: “the God that Daniel worships”
6:26 ma86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ה֣וּא ׀ אֱלָהָ֣⁠א חַיָּ֗⁠א וְ⁠קַיָּם֙ לְ⁠עָ֣לְמִ֔ין 1 The two phrases **the living God** and **enduring forever** express the same concept, that God lives forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
6:26 xw4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וּ⁠מַלְכוּתֵ⁠הּ֙ דִּֽי־לָ֣א תִתְחַבַּ֔ל וְ⁠שָׁלְטָנֵ֖⁠הּ עַד־סוֹפָֽ⁠א׃ 1 These two phrases are parallel, emphasizing how God’s kingdom will never end. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
6:26 s6yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַלְכוּתֵ⁠הּ֙ דִּֽי־לָ֣א תִתְחַבַּ֔ל 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and no one will destroy his kingdom” or “and his kingdom will last forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6:26 fcy1 וְ⁠שָׁלְטָנֵ֖⁠הּ עַד־סוֹפָֽ⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “and he will rule forever”
6:27 bld2 דִּ֚י שֵׁיזִ֣יב לְ⁠דָֽנִיֵּ֔אל מִן־יַ֖ד אַרְיָוָתָֽ⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “he has not allowed the strong lions to hurt Daniel”
6:28 a5br בְּ⁠מַלְכ֣וּת דָּרְיָ֑וֶשׁ וּ⁠בְ⁠מַלְכ֖וּת כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ פרסי⁠א 1 **Cyrus the Persian** was the king who ruled after **Darius**.
7:intro e18x 0 # Daniel 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The four beasts\n\nThere will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n### The Son of Man\n\nGod will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
7:1 cw4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nChapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
7:1 dme8 Belshazzar 0 This was the name of Nebuchadnezzar’s son, who became king after him. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
7:1 xdv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet a dream and visions 0 The words “dream” and “visions” both refer to the same dream that is described in this chapter. Alternate translation: “visions while he was dreaming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
7:2 mjk7 the four winds of heaven 0 Alternate translation: “winds from everywhere” or “strong winds from all four directions”
7:2 b48l stirring up 0 Alternate translation: “whipped up” or “agitated” or “caused high waves in”
7:4 z5hd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage The first was like a lion but had eagle’s wings 0 This was a symbolic creature, and not an animal that exists. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
7:4 a7n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive its wings were torn off and it was lifted from the ground and made to stand on two feet, like a man 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone tore off its wings and lifted it up from the ground and made it stand on two feet like a human being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:4 y6v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy The mind of a man was given to it 0 Here “mind” refers to thinking. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone gave it the ability to think like a human being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:5 eqm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage a second animal, like a bear 0 This was not an actual bear, but a symbolic animal that was similar to a bear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
7:5 i32b ribs 0 large curved bones of the chest that connect to the spine
7:5 c38p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive It was told 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone told it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:6 fl2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage another animal, one that looked like a leopard 0 This was not an actual leopard, but a symbolic animal that was similar to a leopard. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
7:6 h4ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage four wings & four heads 0 The four wings and four heads are symbols, but their meaning is unclear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
7:6 y1jd it had four heads 0 Alternate translation: “the animal had four heads”
7:6 jpn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive It was given authority to rule 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone gave it authority to rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:7 g1aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage a fourth animal & it had ten horns 0 This is also not an actual animal. It is a symbolic creature. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
7:7 w7ww trampled underfoot 0 Alternate translation: “walked on and crushed”
7:8 j87p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the horns 0 Translators may write a footnote like this: “Horns are a symbol of power and represent powerful leaders.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:8 ga8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Three of the first horns were wrenched out by the roots 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The little horn tore out three of the first horns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:8 d113 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche a mouth that was boasting about great things 0 Here the horn was boasting, using its mouth to do so. Alternate translation: “the horn had a mouth and boasted about doing great things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
7:9 dge1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nMost of the text of verses 9-14 is symbolic language with parallel lines that have similar meaning. For this reason, the ULT and UST present them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
7:9 hw4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive thrones were set in place 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone set thrones in their places” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:9 xvt9 the Ancient of Days 0 This is a title for God that means he is eternal. Alternate translation: “the One Who Has Lived Forever” or “the One Who Has Always Lived”
7:9 rc8y took his seat & His clothing & the hair of his head 0 This passage describes God as sitting down, with clothing and hair like a person. This does not mean that God really is like this, but it is how Daniel saw God in a vision.
7:9 crh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom took his seat 0 This is an idiom that means he sat down. Alternate translation: “sat down on his throne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:9 imw8 His clothing was as white as snow 0 His clothing is compared to snow to show that it was very white. Alternate translation: “His clothing was very white”
7:9 d5if rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile the hair of his head was like pure wool 0 Something about God’s hair looked like pure wool. This could mean: (1) it was very white or (2) it was thick and curly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
7:9 jf7e pure wool 0 Alternate translation: “clean wool” or “wool that is washed”
7:9 c4le His throne was flames & its wheels were burning fire 0 This describes the throne of God and its wheels as if they were made of fire. The words “flames” and “burning fire” mean basically the same thing and can be translated the same way.
7:9 lhh4 its wheels 0 It is unclear why God’s throne is described as having wheels. Thrones normally do not have wheels, but the text clearly states that this throne has some kind of wheels. Use a general term for “wheels” if possible.
7:10 rab3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor A river of fire flowed out from before him 0 The quick way in which fire came from the presence of God is spoken of as if it was water flowing in a river. Alternate translation: “Fire poured out in front of him like water in a river” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:10 z1dt before him 0 The word “him” refers to God, the Ancient of Days from [Daniel 7:9](../07/09.md).
7:10 gka4 millions 0 This probably refers to a large group rather than to a precise number. Alternate translation: “thousands of thousands” or “great numbers of people”
7:10 f9kw one hundred million 0 This probably refers to a large group rather than to a precise number. Alternate translation: “tens of thousands times tens of thousands” or “uncountable numbers of people”
7:10 h5d3 The court was in session 0 This means that God, the judge, was ready to investigate the evidence and make his judgment. Alternate translation: “The judge was ready to judge” or “The judge was seated”
7:10 pyd5 the books were opened 0 These are the books that contain the evidence to be used in court. Alternate translation: “the books of evidence were opened”
7:11 g8ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the animal was killed & to be burned up 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they killed the fourth animal, destroyed its body, and gave it to someone to burn it up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:11 tqd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the animal was killed 0 The animal was killed because the judge determined that it was guilty. Alternate translation: “they executed the animal” or “the judge commanded and they killed the animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:11 pms3 the animal 0 This refers to the fourth animal that had the ten horns and the horn that spoke boastfully. Alternate translation: “the most frightening animal” or “the animal that had the boastful horn”
7:12 ayx9 the rest of the four animals 0 It may be helpful to your readers to say, “the other three animals.”
7:12 dj5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive their authority to rule was taken away 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the judge took away their authority to rule” or “their authority to rule ended” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:12 ru76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive their lives were prolonged for a period of time 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they continued to live for a period of time” or “the judge let them live a little longer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:13 lvf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nMost of the text of verses 9-14 is symbolic language with parallel lines that have similar meaning. For this reason, the ULT presents them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
7:13 j5t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile I saw one coming & like a son of man 0 The person that Daniel saw was not a normal man, but had a human figure like a man. “I also saw that night someone coming who resembled a son of man, that is, he had a human figure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
7:13 n5qi with the clouds of heaven 0 Alternate translation: “with the clouds of the sky”
7:13 ln6w the Ancient of Days 0 This refers to God who is eternal. See how you translated this title in [Daniel 7:9](../07/09.md)
7:13 pjn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive was presented before him 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they presented this son of man to the Ancient of Days” or “he stood before him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:14 ai49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Authority to rule and glory and royal power were given to him 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who looked like a son of man received authority to rule, glory, and royal power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:14 yv4q royal power 0 This, here, refers to “authority.”
7:14 hc6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy peoples, nations, and languages 0 Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
7:14 z6xf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism will not pass away & will never be destroyed 0 These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
7:14 sl8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that will never be destroyed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one will ever destroy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:15 xt3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism my spirit was grieved inside of me & the visions I saw in my mind troubled me 0 These two phrases describe how Daniel was feeling. The second one gives more information about the first one, explaining about his grieved spirit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
7:15 g5s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche my spirit was grieved inside of me 0 Here “my spirit” refers to Daniel himself. Alternate translation: “I was very sad inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
7:16 z2w1 one of them standing there 0 This is one of the heavenly beings who were standing before God’s throne. This could mean: (1) these are angels, spirits who serve God (2) these are people who have died and are now in heaven.
7:16 fhe1 to show me 0 Alternate translation: “to tell me” or “to explain to me”
7:16 x45a these things 0 Alternate translation: “the things I had seen”
7:17 mw57 These large animals, four in number, 0 Alternate translation: “These four large animals”
7:17 s2iv are four kings 0 Alternate translation: “represent four kings”
7:17 e2vw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom four kings that will arise from the earth 0 Here “from the earth” means they are real people. Alternate translation: “four kings who will come to power on the earth” or “four men who will rise up from among the people of the earth and become kings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:18 tz29 they will possess it 0 Alternate translation: “they will rule over it”
7:18 x83s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet forever and ever 0 This repetition of ideas emphasizes that this kingdom will never come to an end. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
7:19 qj78 very horrifying 0 Alternate translation: “very frightening”
7:19 fq88 trampled on 0 Alternate translation: “walked on and crushed”
7:20 e5t1 the ten horns on its head 0 Alternate translation: “the ten horns on the head of the fourth animal”
7:20 vi4r grew up, and before which the three horns fell down 0 Alternate translation: “grew up, and about the three horns that fell down in front of it” or “grew up, and about the three horns that fell down because of it”
7:20 vjs9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism before which the three horns fell down 0 Here “fell down” is a euphemism that means they were destroyed.” Alternate translation: “which destroyed the three horns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
7:20 frj1 the mouth that boasted 0 Alternate translation: “its mouth that boasted” or “the mouth of the new horn, that boasted”
7:20 f425 that seemed greater than its companions 0 the horn with the eyes and a mouth seemed to be greater than the other horns
7:21 xcl9 this horn 0 “this fourth horn.” This refers to the horn that is described in [Daniel 7:20](../07/20.md).
7:22 pxx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive until the Ancient of Days came, and justice was given 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until the Ancient of Days came and brought justice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:22 dui7 Ancient of Days 0 This is a title for God that emphasizes that he is eternal. See how you translated this title in [Daniel 7:9](../07/09.md).
7:22 em4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the holy people received the kingdom 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave his kingdom to his holy people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:23 ec9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nMost of the text of verses 23-27 is symbolic language. For this reason, the ULT presents them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
7:23 mv4h This is what that person said 0 This is the person that Daniel approached in [Daniel 7:16](../07/16.md).
7:23 p7zf that person said 0 Alternate translation: “that person answered”
7:23 lqc9 As for the fourth animal 0 Alternate translation: “Concerning the fourth animal” or “Now, about the fourth animal”
7:23 t6ga rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor It will devour & it into pieces 0 This does not mean the fourth kingdom will destroy the planet, but that it will brutally attack, conquer, and destroy all other kingdoms on earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
7:24 x4nc As for the ten horns 0 Alternate translation: “Concerning the ten horns” or “Now, about the ten horns”
7:24 cn9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit out of this kingdom ten kings will arise 0 They will rule one after the other. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “ten kings will rule over this fourth kingdom, one after another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:24 iw64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit another will arise after them 0 This other king is not one of the ten. It may be helpful to refer to him as “the eleventh king.” Alternate translation: “after that an eleventh king will become powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:24 qun4 He will be different from the previous ones 0 Alternate translation: “He will be different from the other ten kings”
7:24 x7hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit he will conquer the three kings 0 He will defeat three of the original ten kings. It may be helpful to state that those three kings are represented by the three horns that were pulled out. Alternate translation: “he will defeat the three kings that were represented by the three horns that were pulled out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7:25 xih7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom He will speak words against the Most High 0 This means that the newest king will openly disagree with and say bad things about the Most High. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:25 ce61 He will try & into his hand 0 The words “He” and “his” refer to the newest king, not the Most High.
7:25 nt2f the holy people 0 Alternate translation: “God’s holy people”
7:25 w16z change the festivals and the law 0 Both terms refer to the law of Moses. The festivals were an important part of the religion of Israel in the Old Testament.
7:25 hn8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy These things will be given into his hand 0 Here “his hand” refers to his control. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The newest king will control the religous festivals and laws” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:25 dnu4 one year, two years, and half a year 0 This means “three and half years.” This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. Try to translate it in a way that preserves this way of counting. Alternate translation: “one year plus two years plus six months”
7:26 is1x the court will be in session 0 This means that the judge will be ready to investigate evidence and make his judgment. Alternate translation: “the judge will judge” or “The judge will sit down”
7:26 iln2 they will take his royal power away 0 Alternate translation: “the members of the court will take the royal power away from the newest king”
7:26 j3ya royal power 0 This, here, refers to “authority.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 7:14](../07/14.md).
7:26 plf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive to be consumed and destroyed at the end 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and consume and destroy it in the end” or “and completely destroy his royal power in the end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:27 hh11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The kingdom and the dominion & will be given to the people 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give the kingdom and the dominion … to the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7:27 c6lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet The kingdom and the dominion 0 These two terms mean basically the same thing and emphasize that this will concern all forms of official authority. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
7:27 p5c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns the greatness of the kingdoms 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **greatness**, you can express the same idea with an adjective such as “great.” Alternate translation: “everything that is great about the kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
7:27 ry7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom of the kingdoms under the whole heaven 0 The idiom “under the whole heaven” refers to the kingdoms on earth. Alternate translation: “of all the kingdoms on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
7:27 eti4 His kingdom 0 Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the Most High”
7:27 t3ct an everlasting kingdom 0 Alternate translation: “a kingdom that will exist forever” or “a kingdom that will never end”
7:28 v6mq Here is the end of the matter 0 This means that Daniel has finished describing the vision. Alternate translation: “That is what I saw in my vision” or “This is the end of the description of what I saw in my vision”
7:28 am3a my face changed in appearance 0 Alternate translation: “my face became pale”
8:intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 8 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The vision of the ram and the male goat\n\nAlthough specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
8:1 rft5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nChapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
8:1 b6kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal In the third year 0 “In year three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
8:1 er4q Belshazzar 0 This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
8:1 h9fw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background had a vision appear to me (after the one & first) 0 This is background information to remind the reader that this is Daniel’s second vision. Alternate translation: “had a second vision appear to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
8:2 t4xy fortress 0 a walled city that was guarded and protected
8:2 m8kv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Susa & Elam & Ulai Canal 0 These are names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8:2 jfs1 Canal 0 A canal is a narrow man-made waterway.
8:3 kh4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage a ram with two horns 0 It is normal for rams to have two horns. These horns, however, have symbolic meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
8:3 buj1 but the longer & passed up in length by it 0 Alternate translation: “but the longer one grew more slowly than the shorter one, and the shorter one grew to be even longer than it”
8:4 wrr2 I saw the ram charging 0 Alternate translation: “I saw the ram rushing” or “I saw the ram running very quickly”
8:4 s49e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to rescue anyone out of his hand 0 Rams do not have hands. Here “hand” refers to the ram’s power. Alternate translation: “to rescue anyone from him” or “to rescue anyone from his power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:5 npd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole across the surface of the whole earth 0 The phrase “the whole earth” is an exaggeration that means he came from far away. Alternate translation: “from far away across the surface of the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
8:5 jv2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit The goat had a large horn between his eyes 0 Goats have two horns on the sides of their heads. This image should be explained. Alternate translation: “The goat had a single large horn in the center of his head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:6 ith5 in a powerful rage 0 Alternate translation: “and it was very angry”
8:7 u36k trampled 0 to crush something by stepping on it
8:7 hh82 the ram from his power 0 Alternate translation: “the ram from the goat because of his power”
8:8 kr6f the goat became very large 0 Alternate translation: “the goat became very large and strong”
8:8 pt9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the large horn was broken 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “something broke off the large horn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:8 z9lm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom toward the four winds of the heavens 0 Here “the four winds of heaven” is an idiom that refers to the four main directions (north, east, south, west) from which the winds blow. Alternate translation: “in four different directions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:9 ys25 but which became very large 0 Alternate translation: “but it became very large”
8:9 i3jg in the south, in the east, and in the land of beauty 0 This probably means it pointed in those directions. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “and pointed toward the south and then toward the east and then toward the beautiful land of Israel”
8:9 umn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the land of beauty 0 This is a reference to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
8:10 pkh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification It became so large as to engage in war 0 Here the horn is given qualities of a person and is engaging in war. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
8:10 h6ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Some of that army & thrown down to the earth 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: The horn threw some of that army and some of the stars down to the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:10 iq57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification it trampled on them 0 Here the horn is given qualities of a person that tramples on the stars and on the army. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
8:11 akq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe horn is given qualities of a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
8:11 x2bs Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nDaniel continues describing his vision of the horn ([Daniel 8:9](../08/09.md)).
8:11 r2zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the commander of the army 0 This refers to God himself, who is the leader of the angel army. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:11 i4px It took away from him the regular burnt offering 0 Here “took away” means the horn stopped the offering. Here “him” refers to God, the commander of the army. Alternate translation: “It stopped the people from making their regular burnt offering to him”
8:11 c2s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the place of his sanctuary was polluted 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it defiled his sanctuary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:12 y31h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The horn will throw truth down to the ground 0 The horn ignoring truth and godliness is spoken of as if it will throw truth to the ground. Alternate translation: “The horn will reject the truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:13 lj18 holy one 0 Alternate translation: “angel”
8:13 b9yz the handing over of the sanctuary 0 Alternate translation: “the surrender of the sanctuary”
8:13 xj3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive heaven’s army being trampled on 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the horn trampling on heaven’s army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8:14 ed38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 2,300 evenings and mornings 0 “Two thousand three hundred evenings and mornings.” Here “evenings and mornings” is a merism that refers to everything in between, which means full days. Alternate translation: “2,300 sunsets and sunrises” or “2,300 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
8:14 j3q3 the sanctuary will be put right 0 Alternate translation: “the temple will be purified and set in order again”
8:16 h4dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche a man’s voice calling between the banks of the Ulai Canal 0 Here a man is being referred to by his voice. Alternate translation: “a man calling from the Ulai Canal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
8:16 c8qg Ulai Canal 0 A canal is a narrow man-made waterway. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 8:2](../08/02.md).
8:17 c9ys rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction prostrated myself on the ground 0 This is an act of worship in which someone lies flat on the ground. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
8:17 v6y5 the time of the end 0 “the final days” or “the end of the world.” This does not refer to the final moment in time, but rather to the events that will happen immediately before the end.
8:18 c89u a deep sleep 0 This is a type of sleep when someone is sleeping heavily and does not wake up easily.
8:19 v9et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the time of wrath 0 This refers to the time when God will judge. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the time when God judges in anger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:19 zif5 the appointed time for the end 0 Alternate translation: “the time when the world will end”
8:20 bi9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn these verses, the angel explains to Daniel the symbolic meaning of the things he saw in his vision. The animals and horns actually represent human rulers and kingdoms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
8:20 zfr2 two horns—they are 0 Alternate translation: “two horns—they represent”
8:20 k8n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the kings of Media and Persia 0 This could mean: (1) this refers to the kings of Media and Persia or (2) this is a metonym in which the kings represents the kingdoms of Media and Persia. Alternate translation: “the kingdoms of Media and Persia” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:21 j9y9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the king of Greece 0 This could mean: (1) this refers to the king of Greece or (2) this is a metonym in which the king represents the kingdom of Greece. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of Greece” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:21 h37i The large horn between his eyes is 0 Alternate translation: “The large horn between his eyes represents”
8:22 j764 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn these verses, the angel explains to Daniel the symbolic meaning of the things he saw in his vision. The animals and horns actually represented human rulers or kingdoms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
8:22 qtr7 As for the horn that was broken & four others arose 0 Alternate translation: “Where the large horn was broken off, four others arose”
8:22 c6qn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit four kingdoms will arise from his nation 0 The four horns represent the four new kingdoms. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they represent the four kingdoms into which the kingdom of the first king will be divided” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
8:22 z39i but not with his great power 0 Alternate translation: “but they will not have as much power as the king represented by the large horn”
8:23 gk83 At the latter time of those kingdoms 0 Alternate translation: “As those kingdoms approach their end”
8:23 t2i5 shall have reached their limit 0 Alternate translation: “have reached their full” or “have run their course”
8:23 x2ku grim-faced 0 This means someone who looks defiant, or like he will refuse to obey.
8:24 fm5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn these verses, the angel explains to Daniel the symbolic meaning of the things he saw in his vision. The animals and horns actually represented human rulers or kingdoms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
8:24 ue1c but not by his own power 0 Alternate translation: “but someone else will give him his power”
8:25 yq8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification he will make deceit prosper 0 Here “deceit” is spoken of as if it is a person who will prosper. Alternate translation: “the amount of deception will increase” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
8:25 u9tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy under his hand 0 Here “hand” refers to his rule. Alternate translation: “under his rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:25 f6qi King of kings 0 This refers to God.
8:25 asi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he will be broken 0 Here “he” refers to his power. Alternate translation: “his rule will end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:25 cxx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy not by any human hand 0 Here “hand” refers to power. This can be also stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “not by any human power” or “by divine power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
8:26 cer6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor seal up the vision 0 The angel speaks about the vision as if it were a scroll that could be closed with a wax seal. This prevented anyone from seeing the contents until the seal was broken. Alternate translation: “close and seal up what you have written about the vision” or “do not tell anyone about the vision now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
8:27 us1l was overcome and lay weak for several days 0 Alternate translation: “was exhausted and lay in bed sick for several days”
8:27 c42h went about the king’s business 0 Alternate translation: “did the work that the king had assigned to me”
8:27 v7gd I was appalled by the vision 0 Alternate translation: “I was dismayed by the vision” or “I was very confused by the vision”
9:intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 9 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Daniel told the future\n\nGabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26\n\nThis passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
9:1 a2ic General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nChapters 7 and 8 were not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king. Chapter 9 now returns to the events of the reign of Darius who became king in chapter 6.
9:1 lvl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background It was Ahasuerus who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians 0 This is background information about who Ahasuerus was. The UST places this in parentheses to make that clear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
9:1 y3g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:1 m6bc over the realm 0 Alternate translation: “over the country” or “over the kingdom”
9:2 h1p2 Yahweh 0 This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
9:2 y2g1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers there would be seventy years until Jerusalem’s abandonment would end 0 “from the time Jerusalem was destroyed, it would remain in ruins for 70 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
9:2 zrc4 abandonment 0 this means no one would help or rebuild Jerusalem during that time
9:3 xi1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I turned my face to the Lord God 0 Here “face” represents Daniel’s attention. Alternate translation: “I focused my attention on the Lord God” or “I directed my thoughts toward the Lord God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:3 v1yi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor to seek him 0 Those who want to know Yahweh and please him are spoken of as if they are literally seeking to find Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:3 ni5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction fasting, wearing sackcloth, and sitting in ashes 0 These are symbolic acts of repentance and sorrow. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
9:4 waz8 I made confession of our sins 0 Alternate translation: “I confessed our sins”
9:4 q4bd you are the one who keeps the covenant and is faithful to love those 0 Alternate translation: “you do what you said you would do in your covenant, and you faithfully love those”
9:5 bz6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism We have sinned and have done what is wrong 0 These two phrases express one idea in two different ways for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
9:5 ie62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism We have acted wickedly and we have rebelled 0 These two phrases express one idea in two different ways for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
9:5 fu8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet your commands and decrees 0 The words “commands” and “decrees” share similar meanings and refer to the whole law. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
9:6 x5wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy We have not listened to your servants 0 Here “not listened” means they did not obey their message. Alternate translation: “We have not obeyed the message of your prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:6 hp4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy spoke in your name 0 Here “name” refers to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “spoke with your authority” or “spoke as your representative” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:6 et6z the people of the land 0 Here “land” refers to Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people”
9:7 fy69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor To you, Lord, belongs righteousness 0 Being righteous is spoken of as if “righteousness” were an object that belongs to Yahweh. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **righteousness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “righteous.” Alternate translation: “Lord, you are righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
9:7 x7i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor To us today, however, belongs shame on our faces—for the people 0 Being ashamed is spoken of as if “shame” were an object that belongs to people. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **shame**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “ashamed.” Alternate translation: “But as for us, we are ashamed of what we have done—the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
9:7 k8fa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive To us today 0 The word “us” includes Daniel and the Israelites, but it does not include God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
9:7 kk5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom belongs shame on our faces 0 This idiom means their shame is visible to all. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:7 u1gy because of the great treachery that we committed against you 0 Alternate translation: “because we greatly betrayed you” or “because we were very unfaithful to you”
9:9 vqm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor To the Lord our God belong compassion and forgiveness 0 Having these traits is spoken of as if they belonged to the Lord. Alternate translation: “The Lord our God is compassionate and forgives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:10 kf4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy We have not obeyed the voice of Yahweh our God 0 Here “voice” refers to the commands that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “We have not obeyed what Yahweh told us to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:11 b68w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom turned aside 0 The words “turned aside” mean that Israel stopped obeying God’s laws. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:11 qk6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that are written in the law of Moses 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Moses wrote about in the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:11 n3rz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor have been poured out on us 0 The abundance of the curse and the oath are spoken of as if they were poured out like water. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have brought upon us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:12 n2ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom For under the whole of heaven 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “For in the whole world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:12 l46l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive there has not been done anything 0 “nothing has been done.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nothing has happened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:12 vbx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive what has been done to Jerusalem 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what you have done to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:13 c1fb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive As it is written in the law of Moses 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “As Moses wrote in the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:13 sk3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom turning away from our iniquities 0 Here stopping evil activity is spoken of as turning away from them. Alternate translation: “stopping our evil actions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:14 dxb5 Yahweh has kept the disaster ready 0 Alternate translation: “Yahweh has prepared this disaster”
9:14 up2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy we have not obeyed his voice 0 Here “voice” refers to the things that Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “we have not done what he told us to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:15 wi6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy with a mighty hand 0 Here “mighty hand” is a metonym for strength. Alternate translation: “with great strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:15 k82d you have made a famous name for yourself, as in this present day 0 Alternate translation: “you caused people to know how great you are, as you still do today”
9:15 u2zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism still we sinned; we have done wicked things 0 These two clauses mean basically the same thing and are used together to emphasize how bad sin is. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
9:15 h9ad rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive we sinned; we have done wicked things 0 Daniel and Israel sinned and did wicked things, but “we” does not include God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
9:16 zd1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet your anger and your wrath 0 The words “anger” and “wrath” mean basically the same thing and emphasize how terrible God’s anger is when he acts on it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
9:16 g4t8 your holy mountain 0 This mountain may be holy because God’s temple is there. Alternate translation: “the mountain where your holy temple is”
9:16 t4wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive our sins & our ancestors 0 Here “our” refers to Daniel and Israel, but not to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
9:16 qcc3 an object of scorn 0 Alternate translation: “a target of disrespect”
9:17 e6hv Now 0 This does not mean “at this moment”, but it is a way to show that the next phase in Daniel’s prayer is about to start.
9:17 u437 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person your servant & his pleas for mercy 0 The words “your servant” and “his” here refer to Daniel. He speaks about himself in the third person as a sign of respect for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
9:17 ndy1 pleas for mercy 0 Alternate translation: “requests for mercy”
9:17 a4vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor make your face shine on 0 The writer speaks of Yahweh acting favorably as if Yahweh’s face shone a light. Alternate translation: “act kindly toward” or “act with favor toward” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:17 b52l your sanctuary 0 This refers to the temple in Jerusalem.
9:18 sv8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom open your ears and listen 0 To “open the ears” is an idiom that means to listen. These two phrases means the same thing and emphasize Daniel’s desire for God to listen to his prayer. Alternate translation: “please listen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
9:18 jqa4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom open your eyes and see 0 To “open the eyes” is an idiom that means to see. These two phrases means the same thing and emphasize Daniel’s desire for God to pay attention to his prayer. Alternate translation: “notice us” or “pay attention” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
9:18 gw8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy is called by your name 0 Here “name” represents ownership. Alternate translation: “is your city” or “belongs to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:19 y5zw do not delay 0 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “act quickly”
9:20 n3ma my people Israel 0 Alternate translation: “the people of Israel to whom I belong”
9:21 tmu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the man Gabriel 0 This is the same angel Gabriel who appeared in the form of a man in [Daniel 8:16](../08/16.md). Alternate translation: “Gabriel, who appeared as a man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
9:21 m9dw in the vision at the first 0 This may refer to the first vision that Daniel had while he was awake. Alternate translation: “in the previous vision” or “in the vision I saw before” or “in a vision before”
9:21 ud8s flew down to me in rapid flight 0 Alternate translation: “flew down to me quickly”
9:21 i2as at the time of the evening sacrifice 0 The Jewish people sacrificed to God each evening just before the sun went down.
9:22 i4uk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet insight and understanding 0 The words “insight” and “understanding” mean the same thing and emphasize that Gabriel will help Daniel to understand the message completely. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
9:23 bj8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the order was given 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave the order” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:23 ke8t consider this word 0 Alternate translation: “think about this message”
9:23 dn8d the revelation 0 This refers back to the prophesy of Jeremiah in [Daniel 9:2](../09/02.md).
9:24 tn7g Seventy sevens are decreed for your people and your holy city to 0 God decreed that he would do the things in this verse for the people and the holy city.
9:24 x7sx Seventy sevens 0 This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. If possible, try to translate in a way that preserves this use of the number seven. Alternate translation: “Seventy times seven years”
9:24 vmn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you your people and your holy city 0 The word “your” here refers to Daniel. The people are the Israelites and the holy city is Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
9:24 v75s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism to end the guilt and put an end to sin 0 The idea is repeated to emphasize how certain it is that this will happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
9:24 dt4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom to carry out the vision 0 Here “carry out” is an idiom that means to accomplish. Alternate translation: “to accomplish the vision” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:24 z31h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet the vision and the prophecy 0 These words in this context mean the same thing. They ensure Daniel that Jeremiah’s vision was indeed a prophecy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
9:25 hg9s and sixty-two sevens 0 This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. If possible, try to translate in a way that preserves this use of the number seven. Alternate translation: “seven times seven years … and sixty-two times seven years”
9:25 z58t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet Know and understand 0 These words are used together to make the importance clear. Alternate translation: “You must clearly understand” or “You must know for sure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
9:25 cc6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction the anointed one 0 Anointing is a symbolic act to show that someone is chosen. Alternate translation: “the person that God anoints” or “the person that God chooses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
9:25 mg6r seven sevens & and sixty-two sevens 0 These added together are 69 of the 70 sevens spoken of in verse 24.
9:25 tg7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Jerusalem will be rebuilt 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will rebuild Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:25 gs6w moat 0 a deep ditch around a city or building, usually with water in it
9:25 q3nq the times of distress 0 Alternate translation: “a time of great trouble”
9:26 t9v5 sixty-two sevens 0 This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. If possible, try to translate in a way that preserves this use of the number seven. See how you translated this number in [Daniel 9:25](../09/25.md). Alternate translation: “sixty-two times seven”
9:26 pru6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the anointed one will be destroyed and will have nothing 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will destroy the anointed one and he will have nothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:26 nzv4 the anointed one 0 Anointing is a symbolic act to show that someone is chosen. See how you translated this title in [Daniel 9:25](../09/25.md). Alternate translation: “the person that God anoints” or “the person that God chooses”
9:26 bn3z a coming ruler 0 This is a foreign ruler, not “the anointed one.” Alternate translation: “a foreign ruler who will come” or “a powerful ruler who will come”
9:26 hpa8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Its end will come with a flood 0 The army will destroy the city and the holy place just as a flood destroys things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9:26 ite5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Desolations have been decreed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed ruin for the city and sanctuary” or “God has declared that the enemy army will destroy everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
9:27 a45k He will & he will 0 This refers to the coming ruler who will destroy the anointed one.
9:27 zqk4 one seven & In the middle of the seven 0 Here “seven” is used to refer to a period of seven years. Alternate translation: “seven years … Halfway through the seven years”
9:27 rr1b put an end to 0 Alternate translation: “stop” or “halt”
9:27 jsh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet the sacrifice and the offering 0 These words basically mean the same thing. The repetition is to show that the ruler will prevent all types of sacrifices. Alternate translation: “all forms of sacrificing” or “every type of offering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
9:27 e962 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the wing of abominations 0 This may refer to the defensive structures on top of the walls of the temple, which are called “abominations” because they are full of idols. Alternate translation: “the walls of the temple that are full of abominations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
9:27 l267 someone who makes desolate 0 Alternate translation: “a person who completely destroys”
9:27 i8lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive A full end and destruction are decreed to be poured out 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed that he will pour out a full end and destruction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
9:27 x6c9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet A full end and destruction 0 These two words or expressions are basically the same. They emphasize how serious and complete the destruction will be. Alternate translation: “Complete destruction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
9:27 t53m the one who has made the desolation 0 Alternate translation: “the person who caused the destruction”
10:intro rcw2 0 # Daniel 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins a section where Daniel is given a prophecy about the future from an angel. This section continues for the remainder of the book. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
10:1 if3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal the third year of Cyrus king of Persia 0 “year 3 of the rule of Cyrus the king of Persia” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
10:1 mci4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive a message was revealed to Daniel 0 This can also be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “God revealed a message to Daniel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:1 vf8c insight 0 the ability to understand more than what can be seen
10:3 xqe9 delicacies 0 These are expensive or rare kinds of food. Alternate translation: “fancy foods”
10:3 af3y until the completion of three entire weeks 0 Alternate translation: “until the end of three entire weeks”
10:4 s7nc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths On the twenty-fourth day of the first month 0 This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fourth day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
10:5 p8b1 with a belt around his waist 0 Alternate translation: “and he was wearing a belt”
10:5 q62t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Uphaz 0 Uphaz is a place. Its location is not known (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
10:6 pv61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile His body was like topaz 0 His body gleamed with blue or yellow light as if it were made of topaz. Alternate translation: “his body gleamed like topaz” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
10:6 yce2 topaz 0 a blue or yellow gemstone, also known as beryl, peridot, or chrysolite
10:6 e9xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile his face was like lightning 0 His face shone brightly as a bolt of lightning shines. Alternate translation: “his face shone with light as bright as the flash of lightning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
10:6 v1ew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile His eyes were like flaming torches 0 His eyes were bright with light as if they were flaming torches. Alternate translation: “his eyes were so bright that it seemed they had torches burning inside them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
10:6 ugr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile his arms and his feet were like polished bronze 0 His arms and feet were as shiny as if they were made of polished bronze. Alternate translation: “his arms and feet shone like polished bronze that reflects the light around it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
10:6 vkv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile The sound of his words was like the sound of a great crowd 0 His voice was so loud that it was as if a crowd of people were all talking loudly. Alternate translation: “his voice was as loud as a huge crowd all calling out together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
10:8 gpj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive So I was left alone and saw 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “No one was with me, and I saw” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:8 tiw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive my bright appearance was turned into a ruined look 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “my bright appearance turned into looking ruined” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:8 pp1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom my bright appearance 0 This describes the face of someone who is healthy. Alternate translation: “my healthy-looking face” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:8 fy67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor a ruined look 0 Someone’s unhealthy, pale face is spoken of as if it were a ruined building. Alternate translation: “pale” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
10:9 kc4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom I fell on my face in deep sleep 0 Possible meanings are: (1) Daniel was so scared by what he saw that he deliberately laid on the ground, where he then fainted or (2) Daniel fainted and then fell forward onto the ground. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:10 q7sg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche A hand touched me 0 Here a person’s hand represents that person, probably the man whom Daniel saw in [Daniel 10:5](../10/05.md). Alternate translation: “Someone touched me with his hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
10:11 uuf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Daniel, man greatly treasured 0 This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Daniel, you whom God greatly treasures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:11 r2td greatly treasured 0 much valued and loved
10:12 xbp6 you set your mind to understand 0 Alternate translation: “you determined to understand the vision”
10:12 n99a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive your words were heard 0 This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “God heard your words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:13 qc85 prince 0 Here this refers to a spirit who has authority over a human nation. Alternate translation: “spirit prince”
10:13 rag2 the kings of Persia 0 This probably refers to the various kings who ruled over nations in the Persian Empire, and who had to obey the king of Persia.
10:13 as4y Michael, one of the chief princes 0 Alternate translation: “Michael, on of the chief angels” or “Michael, one of the archangels”
10:15 lq7d I turned my face toward the ground 0 “I looked at the ground.” Daniel may have done this to show humble reverence, or because he was afraid.
10:16 dt5j One who was like the sons of man 0 This may refer to the one who had just spoken to Daniel. However, some versions interpret it as referring to a different person. Alternate translation: “This one, who looked like a human”
10:16 wv9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom like the sons of man 0 Here this expression refers to human beings in general. Alternate translation: “like a human being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:16 na7s agony 0 severe emotional suffering
10:17 t4pn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion I am your servant. How can I talk with my master? 0 Daniel asks this question meaning that he cannot speak to the angel because he is not the angel’s equal. These sentences can be combined. Alternate translation: “I am not able to answer you because I am only your servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
10:17 by59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom there is no breath left in me 0 This idiom refers to breathing. Alternate translation: “I cannot breathe” or “it’s very hard to breathe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
10:18 wh3x the one with an appearance of a man 0 Alternate translation: “the one who looked like a human”
10:19 j55a Be strong now, be strong 0 The words “be strong” are repeated for emphasis.
10:19 w36n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive man greatly treasured 0 This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you whom God greatly treasures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:19 u5hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive I was strengthened 0 This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I became strong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:20 tku1 the prince of Persia 0 Here “prince” refers to a spirit who rules and guards a human nation. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 10:13](../10/13.md). Alternate translation: “the spirit prince of Persia”
10:21 k4rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit But I will tell you 0 This implies that the angel will tell Daniel about this immediately, before he goes away. Alternate translation: “But first I will tell you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
10:21 gx6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive what is written in the Book of Truth 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Book of Truth says” or “what someone wrote in the Book of Truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10:21 f6mz who shows himself to be strong 0 Alternate translation: “who proves himself to be strong”
10:21 x9us There is no one who shows himself to be strong with me against them, except Michael your prince 0 Alternate translation: “Michael your prince is the only one to show himself strong with me against them” or “Michael your prince is the only one who helps me against them”
10:21 t5rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you Michael your prince 0 The word “your” is plural. It refers to Daniel and the rest of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Michael, the prince of your people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
10:21 p2z5 Michael your prince 0 “Michael your guardian angel.” Translate “prince” when it refers to Michael as you did [Daniel 10:13](../10/13.md).
11:intro ee96 0 # Daniel 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe final prophecy continues in this chapter. The kings of the North and of the South will fight many wars against each other. The king of the South is probably a reference to Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
11:1 iik8 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn Daniel 11:1 through 12:4, the one who was speaking to Daniel in chapter 10 tells him what is written in the book of truth. This is as he said he would do in [Daniel 10:21](../10/21.md).
11:1 rm8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit In the first year of Darius 0 Darius was the King of the Medes. “The first year” refers to the first year that he was king. Alternate translation: “In the first year of the reign of Darius” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:2 eq9g Three kings will arise in Persia 0 Alternate translation: “Three kings will rule over Persia”
11:2 ed2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal a fourth will be far richer than all the others 0 “after them a fourth king will come into power who will have more money than the three before him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
11:2 dk4x power 0 This could mean: (1) authority or (2) military power.
11:2 e62r he will stir up everyone 0 Alternate translation: “he will cause everyone to want to fight”
11:3 l9xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor A mighty king will rise up 0 The idea of rising up or standing is often used for someone who becomes powerful. Alternate translation: “A mighty king will begin to reign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:3 xg79 who will rule a very great kingdom 0 This could mean: (1) that the size of this kingdom would be very great, or (2) that the king would rule his kingdom with very great power.
11:4 ti9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive his kingdom will be broken and divided 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his kingdom will break apart and divide” or “his kingdom will break apart into pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:4 ewb2 the four winds of heaven 0 See how you translated this in [Daniel 7:2](../07/02.md).
11:4 v3mc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis but not to his own descendants 0 The idea of not being divided and shared out is implied here. Alternate translation: “but it will not be divided for his own descendants” or “but it will not be shared by his own descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
11:4 a3z5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive his kingdom will be uprooted for others besides his descendants 0 The kingdom is spoken of as if it were a plant that someone destroyed by uprooting it. This idea can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “another power will uproot and destroy his kingdom and others who are not his descendants will rule over it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:5 xd9k one of his commanders will become even stronger than he and will rule his kingdom with great power 0 A commander of the king of the South will become the king of the North.
11:6 lv1j they will make an alliance 0 The king of the South will make an alliance with the king of the North. This alliance would be a formal agreement that both nations are required to follow. Alternate translation: “the king of the South and the king of the North will promise to work together”
11:6 n6pd The daughter of the king of the South will come & to confirm the agreement 0 The king of the South will give his daughter in marriage to the king of the North. The marriage will confirm the agreement between the two kings.
11:6 lf4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor her arm’s strength & his arm 0 Here “arm” stands for power. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:6 d6vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive She will be abandoned 0 This appears to refer to a plot to kill her and those who made the alliance. This phrase may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “They will abandon her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:7 dvw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor a branch from her roots 0 This family is spoken of as if it were a tree. The roots represent ancestors, and the branch represents a descendant. Alternate translation: “a descendant of her ancestors” or “one of her descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:7 rfw3 her roots 0 The word “her” refers to the daughter of the king of the South in [Daniel 11:6](../11/06.md).
11:7 u8jk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche He will attack the army 0 The word “he” refers to her descendant, and here it also refers to his army. Alternate translation: “He and his army will attack the army of the king of the North” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
11:7 jj5j He will fight them 0 Here “them” represents the soldiers of the enemy army. Alternate translation: “He will fight the enemy soldiers”
11:9 lpm6 but he will withdraw 0 The word “he” refers to the king of the North.
11:10 b8ne His sons 0 Alternate translation: “The sons of the king of the North”
11:10 d4ad assemble a great army 0 Alternate translation: “gather together many men who can fight in battles”
11:10 t3xu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile will flood everything 0 The way the large army covers the land will be like a flood of water. Alternate translation: “will be so great in number that they will cover all the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
11:11 z45y will raise up a great army 0 Alternate translation: “will assemble a great army”
11:11 wzt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the army will be given into his hand 0 Here “hand” represents the control of the king of the South. Alternate translation: “the king will surrender the army to the king of the South” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:12 dv6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The army will be carried off 0 This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “The king of the South will capture the army of the North” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:12 sc8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor will be lifted up 0 Being lifted up represents the idea of becoming very proud. Alternate translation: “will become very proud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:12 yul2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy will make tens of thousands to fall 0 Here falling represents dying in battle. Alternate translation: “will have his army kill many thousands of his enemies” or “will kill many thousands of his enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:12 tj1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers tens of thousands 0 “many thousands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
11:13 lhx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive a great army supplied with much equipment 0 This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a great army that has much equipment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:14 d4rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor many will rise against the king 0 Here the idea of rising up represents rebelling. Alternate translation: “many people will rebel against the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:14 l5gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Sons of the violent 0 This expression stands for violent people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:14 rd3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor they will stumble 0 Here stumbling represents failing. Alternate translation: “they will not succeed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:15 eu1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche The king of the North will come 0 Here “king of the North” includes his army also. Alternate translation: “The army of the king of the North will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
11:15 tqb1 pour out earth for siege mounds 0 This refers to the piling up of earth in order for soldiers to reach the height of city walls in order to attack them. Soldiers and slaves would put loose earth in baskets, carry them to the right place, and pour it out in order to raise the mounds.
11:15 f3vi fortifications 0 walls and other things built to defend a city or fort from enemy soldiers
11:15 em5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy will not be able to stand 0 Here standing represents the ability to fight. Alternate translation: “will not be able to keep fighting against them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:16 nm4j the one who comes will act according to his desires against him 0 Alternate translation: “the invading king will do whatever he wants against the other king”
11:16 zl4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He will stand in 0 Here standing represents ruling. Alternate translation: “The king will begin to rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:16 d31f the land of beauty 0 This refers to the land of Israel. See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:9](../08/09.md).
11:16 bmr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor destruction will be in his hand 0 Here “destruction” represents the power to destroy. Also, the power to destroy is spoken of as if it were something that someone could hold in his hand. Alternate translation: “he will have power to destroy anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:17 cr5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom set his face 0 This is an idiom for a person deciding to do something and not being willing to change his mind. Alternate translation: “decide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:17 hz1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy come with the strength of his entire kingdom 0 This probably refers to military power. Alternate translation: “come with the force of all his army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:17 pl8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom a daughter of women 0 This is an elegant way of saying “a woman.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:18 y98a will end his arrogance 0 Alternate translation: “will make the king of the North stop being arrogant”
11:18 t5p9 will cause his arrogance to turn back upon him 0 Alternate translation: “will cause the king of the North to suffer because he was arrogant toward others”
11:19 ef5y he will pay attention 0 Alternate translation: “the king of the North will pay attention”
11:19 x9wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom he will not be found 0 This is a way of saying that he will die. This idea can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he will disappear” or “he will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:20 kdc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor someone will rise up in his place 0 Rising up in a king’s place represents becoming king in place of the previous king. Alternate translation: “another man will become king of the North instead of that king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:20 j9ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit will make a tax collector pass through 0 The tax collector will go through the land forcing people to pay taxes. Alternate translation: “will send someone to make the people pay taxes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:20 c17c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he will be broken 0 Here “he” refers to the new king. Being broken represents dying. Alternate translation: “the new king will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:20 j9t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor but not in anger 0 This could mean: (1) no one was angry at the king, or (2) that the occasion and cause of the king’s death were kept secret. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:21 jzb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive a despised person to whom the people will not have given the honor of royal power 0 The people will refuse to acknowledge him as king because he is not a descendant of kings. Alternate translation: “a person whom the people will despise and will not honor as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:22 h918 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive An army will be swept away like a flood from before him 0 Being swept away represents being destroyed. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His army will completely destroy a great army as a flood destroys everything in its path” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
11:22 pp6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Both that army and the leader of the covenant will be destroyed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He will destroy that army and the leader of the covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:22 kdw5 the leader of the covenant 0 “the leader of the priests.” This phrase refers to the person who filled the most important religious position that God required in his covenant, that of the high priest.
11:23 ws3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive From the time an alliance is made with him 0 This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When other rulers make a peace treaty with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:24 ml78 will spread among his followers 0 Alternate translation: “will distribute to his followers”
11:24 e41l the booty, the plunder, and the wealth 0 Alternate translation: “the valuable things that he and his army take from the people they defeat”
11:25 gu4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification He will wake up his power and his heart 0 Power and heart (that is, courage) are spoken of as if they were people whom someone could wake up in order to make them act. Alternate translation: “He will make himself powerful and will become courageous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
11:25 xr4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor heart 0 Here this represents courage. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:25 l4sg with a great army 0 Alternate translation: “with a great army that he will assemble”
11:25 iy35 will wage war 0 Alternate translation: “will fight against him”
11:25 a8rn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he will not stand 0 Not standing represents being defeated. Alternate translation: “the king of the South will be defeated” or “his army will be defeated” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:26 q6x3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy those who eat his fine food 0 This refers to the king’s advisers. It was usual for a king’s most trusted advisers to eat meals with him. Alternate translation: “the king’s best advisers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:26 ia23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor His army will be swept away like a flood 0 Here the severe defeat of an army is spoken of as a flood of water that completely sweeps it away. Alternate translation: “The enemy will completely defeat his army” or “His enemy will completely destroy his army as a flood destroys everything in its path” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:26 vhr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom many of them will fall killed 0 Here “fall” is an idiom that refers to dying in battle, so “fall” and “killed” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “many of his soldiers will die in battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
11:27 uf6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor with their hearts set on evil against each other 0 Here “heart” represents a person’s desires. Desires are spoken of here as if they were an object that someone could set or place in a certain position. Alternate translation: “each determined to do evil to the other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:27 hy3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy will sit at the same table 0 Sitting at the same table represents the act of talking to each other. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:27 l9y8 but it will be of no use 0 Alternate translation: “but their talking will not help them”
11:27 yqf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive For the end will come at the time that has been fixed 0 This tells why their meetings will not be successful. Alternate translation: “The result of their actions will only come at the time that God has fixed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:28 gj2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy riches, with his heart set against the holy covenant 0 Here “heart” represents the mind or thoughts of a person. The idiom “his heart set against” means to be determined to oppose something. This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “riches. He will be determined to oppose the holy covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:28 bn8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy with his heart set against the holy covenant 0 The king’s desire to act against the holy covenant represents his desire to stop the Israelites from obeying that covenant. Alternate translation: “determined to stop the Israelites from obeying the holy covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:28 x22z the holy covenant 0 Here “holy” describes God’s covenant with Israel. It implies that the covenant should be honored and obeyed because it comes from God himself. Alternate translation: “God’s covenant, which all the Israelites should obey”
11:28 cg5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit He will act 0 This implies that the king will do certain actions in Israel. Alternate translation: “He will do what he wants to in Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:30 ql6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ships of Kittim will come against him 0 The ships represent the army coming in those ships. Alternate translation: “an army will come from Kittim in ships in order to fight his army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:30 vt1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Kittim 0 This may refer to a settlement on the island of Cyprus in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:30 n36n He will be furious against the holy covenant 0 Alternate translation: “He will hate the holy covenant”
11:30 y4cm will show favor to those 0 Alternate translation: “will act in favor for those” or “will help those”
11:31 n2xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom His forces will rise up 0 “His army will appear” or “His army will come.” The word “His” refers to the king of the North. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:31 cjf5 the fortress sanctuary 0 Alternate translation: “the sanctuary that the people use as a fortress”
11:31 gq2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor They will take away the regular burnt offering 0 Taking away the offering represents preventing people from offering it. Alternate translation: “They will stop the priests from presenting the regular burnt offering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:31 e91v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the abomination that causes desolation 0 This refers to an idol that will make the temple desolate, that is, that will cause God to leave his temple. Alternate translation: “the disgusting idol that will cause God to abandon the temple” or “the disgusting thing that will make the temple unclean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:32 g7nd acted wickedly against the covenant 0 Alternate translation: “wickedly disobeyed the covenant”
11:32 qcz6 corrupt them 0 Alternate translation: “persuade them to do evil”
11:32 th7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy who know their God 0 Here “know” means “be faithful.” Alternate translation: “who are faithful to their God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:32 v4tg will be strong and will take action 0 Alternate translation: “will be firm and resist them”
11:33 fs3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor they will stumble by the sword and by flame 0 Here “stumble” is a metaphor that represents experiencing a disaster of one kind or another, including death itself. Here “sword” represents battles and warfare, and “flame” represents fire. Alternate translation: “they will die in battle and by burning to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:33 i91v they 0 This refers to the wise persons among the Israelites.
11:33 kc6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor they will stumble into captivity and into being robbed for days 0 Here “stumble” is a metaphor that represents experiencing a disaster of one kind or another, including death itself. The phrase “being robbed” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will become slaves and their enemies will rob them of their possessions for days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:34 ji6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive they will be helped with a little help 0 This may be put into active form. Alternate translation: “others will give them a little help” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:34 z23f In hypocrisy many will join themselves with them 0 This refers to other people who will pretend to help the wise persons, but not because they truly wish to help them.
11:34 w3l4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor will join themselves 0 Here “join themselves” represents “come to help.” Alternate translation: “will come to help them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:35 u9tw Some of the wise will stumble & until the time of the end 0 This suffering will continue until the time when God has decided that it will end.
11:35 f174 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Some of the wise will stumble 0 Here “stumble” represents experiencing a disaster of one kind or another, including death itself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:35 ip6i so that refining will happen to them 0 Here “so that” means “with the result that.” Alternate translation: “with the result that refining will happen to them”
11:35 c7it rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns refining will happen to them, and cleansing, and purifying 0 These three activities are expressed here as if they were things. However, they may be expressed as actions, either in passive form or in active form. Alternate translation: “they will be refined, cleansed, and purified” or “their suffering will refine, cleanse, and purify them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:35 t14z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor refining 0 This refers to the purifying of metal by melting it in a fire. When God makes his people more faithful to himself, this is spoken of as if they were metal that a worker was making more pure by putting it into fire. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:35 x3zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor cleansing 0 This refers to making people, places, or objects suitable for God’s use by separating them from sin and other forms of evil. It speaks of evil as if it were physical dirtiness that could be removed by washing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:35 xl1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor purifying 0 This idea is very similar to refining, discussed earlier. Metal that is refined can also be said to be purified. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:35 p8p8 time of the end 0 “the final days” or “the end of the world.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:17](../08/17.md).
11:35 a7hv the appointed time is still to come 0 Here “appointed time” implies that God has set the time. This can be put into active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has set the time in the future”
11:36 ytf5 The king will act according to his desires 0 Alternate translation: “The king will do whatever he wants”
11:36 pn6u The king 0 This refers to the king of the North.
11:36 v9x7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet lift himself up and make himself great 0 The phrases “lift himself up” and “make himself great” mean the same thing and indicate that the king will become very proud. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
11:36 sy4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor lift himself up 0 Here this represents becoming very proud. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:36 z6yk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor make himself great 0 Here this represents pretending to be very important and powerful. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:36 w4pm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the God of gods 0 This refers to the one true God. Alternate translation: “the supreme God” or “the only true God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:36 s173 astonishing things 0 Alternate translation: “terrible things” or “shocking things”
11:36 m82m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor until the wrath is completed 0 This phrase pictures God as storing up his wrath until his storeroom is completely full of it and he is ready to act according to it. Alternate translation: “until God is completely angry with him” or “until God is angry enough to take action against him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:37 swa4 the god desirable to women 0 This seems to refer to the pagan god named Tammuz.
11:38 a7fh the god of fortresses 0 The king probably believed that this false god would help him to attack other people’s fortresses and keep his own. Alternate translation: “the god that controls fortresses”
11:38 zdm8 instead of these 0 The word “these” refers to the gods mentioned in [Daniel 11:37](../11/37.md).
11:39 xrm1 he will divide up the land as a reward 0 This could mean: (1) “he will give the land to his followers as a reward” or (2) “he will sell land to his followers”
11:40 tuf1 the time of the end 0 “the final days” or “the end of the world.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:17](../08/17.md).
11:40 m1zi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche the king of the South & The king of the North 0 These phrases stand for the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “the king of the South and his army … The king of the North and his army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
11:40 r8tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor will storm against him 0 Violently attacking with an army is spoken of as if a storm happened. Alternate translation: “will attack him like a violent storm” or “will violently attack him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:40 nk95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor flood them 0 When an army overruns a country, it is spoken of as if a flood occurred. See how you translated this in [Daniel 11:10](../11/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:40 pc82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit pass through 0 Nothing will stop the army. Alternate translation: “will pass through the lands with no one to stop him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:41 w7zh the land of beauty 0 This refers to the land of Israel. See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:9](../08/09.md) and [Daniel 11:16](./16.md).
11:41 v51y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy will fall 0 Here falling represents the action of dying. Alternate translation: “will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:41 vkd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy But these will escape from his hand 0 Here “hand” represents power. Alternate translation: “But these will escape from his power” or “But he will not be able to destroy these nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:42 bs1v General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis is still about the king of the North.
11:42 ti2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He will extend his hand into lands 0 Here “hand” represents power and control. Alternate translation: “He will extend his control over various lands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
11:42 ef52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit into lands 0 Here the idea is many lands or various lands. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:42 w3i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the land of Egypt will not be rescued 0 This can be put into active form. Alternate translation: “the land of Egypt will not escape” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
11:43 n537 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the Libyans and the Cushites will be in his footsteps 0 Here “footsteps” represent submission. Alternate translation: “the Libyans and the Cushites will have to serve him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
11:43 qp3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names the Libyans and the Cushites 0 “the people of Libya and Cush.” Libya is a country west of Egypt, and Cush is a country south of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11:44 m79f General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis is still about the king of the North.
11:44 et68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns he will go out with great rage 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **rage**, you can express the same idea with another word such as “angry.” It can be stated clearly that he would go out with his army. Alternate translation: “he will be very angry and will go out” or “he will become very angry and will go out with his army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
11:44 n5ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy go out 0 To “go out” represents the action of attacking the enemy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
11:44 dsf1 to set many apart for destruction 0 Alternate translation: “to destroy many people”
11:45 cil2 the tent of his royal residence 0 This refers to the king’s luxurious tents that he lived in when he was with his army in time of war.
11:45 dk8u between the seas and the mountain of the beauty of holiness 0 This probably refers to the region between the Mediterranean Sea and Temple Mount in Jerusalem.
11:45 k8sp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the mountain of the beauty of holiness 0 This refers to the hill in Jerusalem where God’s temple was. See how you translated somewhat similar phrases in [Daniel 9:16](../09/16.md) and [Daniel 9:20](../09/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:intro l8k2 0 # Daniel 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]])
12:1 c4hl Michael, the great prince 0 Michael is an archangel. Here he is also given the title “great prince.”
12:1 svv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Michael & will rise up 0 Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to appear. Alternate translation: “Michael … will appear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:1 c1ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive your people will be saved 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God will save the people. Alternate translation: “God will save your people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:1 n3vd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive whose name is found written in the book 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God writes names in the book. Alternate translation: “whose name God has written in the book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:2 e327 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism those who sleep in the dust of the earth will rise up 0 The phrase “sleep in the dust of the earth” is another way of referring to those who have died. Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to come back to life. Alternate translation: “those who have died will come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:3 yt7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile Those who are wise will shine like the brightness of the sky above 0 This refers to God’s people who will share their wisdom with those around them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
12:3 g6t2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor those who turn many to righteousness 0 This refers to those who help others understand that they are separated from God, as if they were changing the direction in which they were going. Alternate translation: “those who teach others to live righteously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:3 jd17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile those who turn & are like the stars forever and ever 0 These people are compared to the stars that shine. Alternate translation: “those who turn … will shine brightly like the stars forever and ever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
12:4 qed5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy close up these words; keep the book sealed 0 Here “words” represents the book. Alternate translation: “close this book and keep it sealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
12:4 mb3v time of the end 0 “the final days” or “the end of the world.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:17](../08/17.md).
12:4 krj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Many will run here and there, and knowledge will increase 0 This seems to happen before “the time of the end” during which time the book is sealed. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Before that happens, many people will travel here and there, learning more and more about many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:5 q8a8 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nDaniel goes on to tell what he saw next in this vision that began in [Daniel 10:1](../10/01.md).
12:5 mxu1 there were two others standing 0 Alternate translation: “there were two other angels standing”
12:6 d2x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the man clothed in linen 0 This refers to the angel who appeared to Daniel in [Daniel 10:5](../10/05.md), not to one of the angels who is standing beside the river. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who was wearing linen clothes” or “the angel who was wearing linen clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:6 cw1u upstream along the river 0 This could mean: (1) the angel clothed in linen was above the river or (2) the angel was further upstream along the river.
12:6 x2yz How long will it be to the end of these amazing events? 0 “How long will these amazing events last?” This refers to the time from the beginning to the end of the events.
12:6 g6y7 these amazing events 0 At the time when the angel spoke to Daniel, none of the events in this vision had happened. This definitely refers to the events in [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md), and may possibly also include the events in the vision from chapter 11.
12:7 z28b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the man clothed in linen 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who was wearing linen clothes” or “the angel who was wearing linen clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:7 s5j3 the one who lives forever 0 Alternate translation: “God, who lives forever”
12:7 i56r it would be for a time, times, and half a time 0 It is best to leave it ambiguous as to when this begins. If you must choose a starting point, the three and a half years probably start with the events of [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md).
12:7 rue1 a time, times, and half a time 0 “three and a half years.” These “times” are generally understood to refer to years. One and two and a half equal three and a half.
12:7 fme6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive all these things will be completed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all these things will have happened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
12:7 ir93 all these things 0 At the time when the man clothed in linen spoke to Daniel, none of the events in this vision had happened. This refers to the events in [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md), and may include the events in the vision from chapter 11.
12:8 as7u My master 0 Daniel refers to the angel clothed in linen as “My master” to show respect to the angel.
12:8 cd6n of all these things 0 At the time when the angel clothed in linen spoke to Daniel, none of the events in this vision had happened. This definitely refers to the events in [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md), and may possibly also include the events in the vision from chapter 11.
12:9 g3nw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor for the words are shut up and sealed 0 The vision that was given to Daniel was not to be explained. The book was sealed and no one could access it. Alternate translation: “for you are to close up and seal the words you have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12:9 c98p the time of the end 0 “the final days” or “the end of the world.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:17](../08/17.md).
12:10 k53f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Many will be purified, cleansed, and refined 0 Yahweh does the purifying. These three terms mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will purify, cleanse, and refine many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
12:10 nnz4 refined 0 purified by removing anything that does not belong in them
12:10 b2dg but the wicked will act wickedly 0 The evil people will do evil or sinful things.
12:10 z62c None of the wicked will understand 0 The evil people can not understand spiritual knowledge.
12:10 j874 but those who are wise will understand 0 Alternate translation: “but those who obey Yahweh are wise and will understand”
12:11 ux9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the regular burnt offering is & is set up 0 The king of the north is the one who stops the temple sacrifices. Alternate translation: “the king of the North takes away the regular burnt offering and sets up the abomination that causes complete desolation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
12:11 cg65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the abomination that causes complete desolation 0 This refers to an idol that will make the temple desolate, that is, that will cause God to leave his temple. See how you translated this in [Daniel 11:31](../11/31.md). Alternate translation: “the disgusting idol that will cause God to abandon the temple” or “the disgusting thing that will make the temple unclean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
12:11 f32x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1,290 days 0 “one thousand two and hundred ninety days” or “twelve hundred and ninety days.” Here “days” refers to a period of time. Most commonly rendered as days, but can also imply years. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
12:12 gpx3 Blessed is the one who waits 0 Alternate translation: “Blessed is the person who waits” or “Blessed is anyone who waits”
12:12 dy9t who waits 0 Alternate translation: “who remains faithful”
12:12 lqv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers the 1,335 days 0 “one thousand three hundred and thirty-five days” or “thirteen hundred and thirty-five days.” Here “days” is referring to a period of time most commonly rendered as days. However, it can also imply years. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
12:13 md7k You must go 0 “Daniel, you must go” This refers to Daniel continuing to live and serve the kings until the appointed time of his death.
12:13 gv9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism you will rest 0 This is a gentle way of saying “you will die.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
12:13 kjx5 You will rise 0 This is referring to the first resurrection of the dead when the righteous people will be raised up.
12:13 vf3x the place assigned to you 0 Alternate translation: “the place God has assigned to you”
1 Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note
2 front:intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Daniel\n\n1. Daniel and his friends in the court of Nebuchadnezzar (1:1–21)\n1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s first dream (2:1–49)\n1. Daniel’s friends delivered from the fiery furnace (3:1–30)\n1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s second dream (4:1–37)\n1. Belshazzar’s feast and the writing on the wall (5:1-31)\n1. Daniel in the den of lions (6:1–28)\n1. Daniel’s vision of four beasts (7:1–28)\n1. Daniel’s vision of a ram and a goat (8:1–27)\n1. Daniel prays and Gabriel answers (9:1–23)\n1. Daniel’s vision of seventy weeks (9:24–27)\n1. Daniel’s vision of a man (10:1–11:1)\n1. The kings of the south and north (11:2–20)\n1. An evil king exalts himself (11:21-39)\n1. The time of the end (11:40–12:13)\n\n### What is the Book of Daniel about?\n\nThe first part of the Book of Daniel (chapters 1–6) is a narrative about Daniel and his friends. They were young men from Jerusalem who were taken to Babylon as prisoners. These chapters tell how they were faithful to Yahweh while living in a pagan land serving a pagan king. And it tells how God rewarded them because they were faithful.\n\nThe rest of the Book of Daniel is a series of prophetic visions. Chapters 7 and 8 deal with images representing the kingdoms and kings of the major nations. Chapters 9–11 are prophecies and visions about wars and a type of the great enemy of God appearing. Chapter 12 is a vision that describes end times.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nThe traditional title of this book is “The Book of Daniel” or just “Daniel.” Translators may call it “The Book About Daniel” or “The Book About the Deeds and Visions of Daniel.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Daniel?\n\nDaniel was a Jew who became a Babylonian government official during the exile. He may have written the book himself. Or he may have written the parts of the book and someone else put the parts together at a later time.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Is there a missing week in Daniel’s prophecy?\n\nScholars disagree about what may appear to be a missing week in 9:24-27. It is best for translators to allow apparent mysteries such as this to remain in the text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### When did the seventy weeks begin?\n\nThe seventy weeks in 9:24-27 began when a decree was issued to rebuild the city of Jerusalem. But there were several decrees that allowed this to happen. Translators do not need to understand how prophecies were or will be fulfilled to translate the text.\n\n### Who was Darius the Mede?\n\nDarius the Mede was a Babylonian king who sent Daniel into a den of lions. People have not found his name in history outside of the Book of Daniel. Scholars have tried to explain who Darius was, but they are not certain.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### How does Daniel use the word “king”?\n\nMany kings are in the Book of Daniel, but not all of the kings ruled over all of Babylon or Persia. Some of the kings may have ruled over regions or cities.\n\n### How many chapters does Daniel have?\n\nDaniel has twelve chapters. Some Bible versions include stories called “Bel and the Dragon” and “The Prayer of Azariah.” However, few people think that these stories have the same authority as the rest of scripture. Therefore, there is no need to translate them.
3 1:intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Training for government jobs\n\nDaniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Food laws\n\nThe food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
4 1:1 sxi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche יְהוֹיָקִ֣ים מֶֽלֶךְ־יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 This refers to **Jehoiakim** and his soldiers, not only to Jehoiakim. Alternate translation: “the army of Jehoiakim king of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
5 1:1 x9t9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche נְבוּכַדְנֶאצַּ֧ר מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶ֛ל 1 This refers to **Nebuchadnezzar** and his soldiers, not only to Nebuchadnezzar. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia and his soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
6 1:1 cps4 וַ⁠יָּ֥צַר עָלֶֽי⁠הָ 1 Alternate translation: “to stop the people from receiving any supplies”
7 1:2 w31y בְּ⁠יָד֜⁠וֹ 1 God gave to Nebuchadnezzar
8 1:2 l12t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יְבִיאֵ֥⁠ם & הֵבִ֔יא 1 Although Nebuchadnezzar did not do these things alone, it may easier for the reader to retain the singular pronouns. Alternate translation: “They brought them … they placed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
9 1:2 tb9l וַ⁠יְבִיאֵ֥⁠ם 1 Here **them** probably refers to Jehoiakim and other prisoners, as well as the sacred objects.
10 1:2 riv5 אוֹצַ֥ר אֱלֹהָֽי⁠ו 1 This was an act of devotion to **his god**.
11 1:3 c2p4 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 This refers to Nebuchadnezzar.
12 1:3 pba3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְ⁠אַשְׁפְּנַ֖ז 1 **Ashpenaz** is the chief official. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
13 1:4 j6vw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes אֵֽין־בָּ⁠הֶ֣ם כָּל־מאום 1 These two negative words together emphasize a positive idea. Alternate translation: “who had perfect appearance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
14 1:4 ki41 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠יֹ֤דְעֵי דַ֨עַת֙ וּ⁠מְבִינֵ֣י מַדָּ֔ע 1 This is an idiom. This means they knew much and could organize and use that information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15 1:4 im8m בְּ⁠הֵיכַ֣ל הַ⁠מֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 This is the large house or building where the king lives.
16 1:4 gg5x וּֽ⁠לֲ⁠לַמְּדָ֥⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “and Ashpenaz was to teach them”
17 1:5 v9dg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠יְמַן֩ לָ⁠הֶ֨ם הַ⁠מֶּ֜לֶךְ 1 The king’s officials did this task for him. Alternate translation: “The king’s officials counted out for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
18 1:5 vq2i מִ⁠פַּת־בַּ֤ג 1 the special, rare, good foods that the king ate
19 1:5 bj35 וּֽ⁠לְ⁠גַדְּלָ֖⁠ם 1 Alternate translation: “They were to be taught skills”
20 1:5 ex12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּֽ⁠לְ⁠גַדְּלָ֖⁠ם 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Ashpenaz was to train these young men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
21 1:6 ln29 בָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 Alternate translation: “Among the young men from Israel”
22 1:7 k7uc שַׂ֥ר הַ⁠סָּרִיסִ֖ים 1 This refers to Ashpenaz who was King Nebuchadnezzar’s highest official.
23 1:7 b656 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּ֣לְטְשַׁאצַּ֗ר & שַׁדְרַ֔ךְ & מֵישַׁ֔ךְ & עֲבֵ֥ד נְגֽוֹ 1 These are all men’s names. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
24 1:8 s7sr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠יָּ֤שֶׂם דָּנִיֵּאל֙ עַל־לִבּ֔⁠וֹ 1 Here **heart** refers to Daniel himself. Alternate translation: “Daniel decided to himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
25 1:8 xse9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit לֹֽא־יִתְגָּאַ֛ל 1 To **defile** something is to make is unclean. Some of the food and drink of the Babylonians would make Daniel ceremonially unclean according to God’s law. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “make himself unclean according to God’s law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
26 1:8 e52r בְּ⁠פַתְבַּ֥ג 1 This refers to the special, rare, good foods that the king ate. See how you translated this in [Daniel 1:3](../01/03.md).
27 1:10 wc2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion לָ⁠מָּה֩ יִרְאֶ֨ה אֶת־פְּנֵי⁠כֶ֜ם זֹֽעֲפִ֗ים מִן־הַ⁠יְלָדִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר כְּ⁠גִֽילְ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 The official uses this question to explain what he thought would happen. It can be a statement. Alternate translation: “He does not want to see you looking worse than the other young men of your own age.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
28 1:10 n5lc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וְ⁠חִיַּבְתֶּ֥ם אֶת־רֹאשִׁ֖⁠י לַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Then the king might cut off my head” or “Then the king might kill me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
29 1:13 m7rh וְ⁠יֵרָא֤וּ לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ מַרְאֵ֔י⁠נוּ וּ⁠מַרְאֵה֙ הַ⁠יְלָדִ֔ים 1 Daniel asked the steward to see if he and his friends looked worse than the other young men. Alternate translation: “Then compare our appearance to see if it is worse than the appearance of the young men”
30 1:14 thm2 וַ⁠יְנַסֵּ֖⁠ם 1 He tested Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah.
31 1:15 h7dv מַרְאֵי⁠הֶם֙ & וּ⁠בְרִיאֵ֖י 1 Here **their** and **they** refer to Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah.
32 1:15 pj6p וּ⁠בְרִיאֵ֖י בָּשָׂ֑ר 1 This means to have been made healthy from what you have eaten.
33 1:16 uzg5 אֶת־פַּתְבָּגָ֔⁠ם & מִשְׁתֵּי⁠הֶ֑ם & וְ⁠נֹתֵ֥ן לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 The pronouns **their**, *they**, and **them** refer to Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah.
34 1:17 das8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns נָתַ֨ן לָ⁠הֶ֧ם הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִ֛ים מַדָּ֥ע וְ⁠הַשְׂכֵּ֖ל 1 This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns **knowledge** and **insight** can be expressed as the verbs “learn” and “understand.” Alternate translation: “God gave them the ability to learn and understand clearly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
35 1:17 wn6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole בְּ⁠כָל־סֵ֣פֶר וְ⁠חָכְמָ֑ה 1 Here “all” is a generalization to show that they had a very good education and understanding. Alternate translation: “in many things that the Babylonians had written and studied” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
36 1:19 ita9 וַ⁠יְדַבֵּ֣ר אִתָּ⁠ם֮ הַ⁠מֶּלֶךְ֒ 1 The king spoke with the “four young men” ([Daniel 1:17](../01/17.md)).
37 1:19 u1am rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹ֤א נִמְצָא֙ מִ⁠כֻּלָּ֔⁠ם כְּ⁠דָנִיֵּ֣אל חֲנַנְיָ֔ה מִֽישָׁאֵ֖ל וַ⁠עֲזַרְיָ֑ה 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah pleased him much more than anyone else in the whole group” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
38 1:19 e2m3 כְּ⁠דָנִיֵּ֣אל חֲנַנְיָ֔ה מִֽישָׁאֵ֖ל וַ⁠עֲזַרְיָ֑ה 1 These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:6](../01/06.md).
39 1:20 f5x8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole עֶ֣שֶׂר יָד֗וֹת עַ֤ל 1 Here **ten times** is an exaggeration representing great quality. Alternate translation: “much better” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
40 1:21 jhp9 שְׁנַ֥ת אַחַ֖ת לְ⁠כ֥וֹרֶשׁ הַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 Alternate translation: “the first year that King Cyrus ruled Babylon”
41 2:intro epd5 0 # Daniel 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The king’s dream\n\nDaniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])\n\n### How Daniel knew the dream\n\nDaniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men.
42 2:1 mns5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת שְׁתַּ֗יִם 1 “In year two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
43 2:1 xw34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּתְפָּ֣עֶם רוּח֔⁠וֹ 1 Here **spirit** refers to his thoughts. Alternate translation: “His thoughts disturbed him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
44 2:1 g67b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וּ⁠שְׁנָת֖⁠וֹ נִהְיְתָ֥ה עָלָֽי⁠ו 1 This is an idiom that means his troubled thoughts prevented him from sleeping. Alternate translation: “so that he could not sleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
45 2:2 n5gn וַ⁠יָּבֹ֕אוּ 1 Alternate translation: “So they came into the palace”
46 2:2 x5f6 וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְד֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 Alternate translation: “and stood in front of”
47 2:3 q4dv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וַ⁠תִּפָּ֣עֶם רוּחִ֔⁠י 1 Here **spirit** refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “I am troubled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
48 2:4 k6f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אֲרָמִ֑ית 1 **Aramaic** was the language that people in Babylon spoke. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
49 2:4 b8zx מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ לְ⁠עָלְמִ֣ין חֱיִ֔י 1 The men probably said this to show the king that they were loyal to him. Alternate translation: “King, we hope you will live forever!”
50 2:4 n36i ל⁠עבדי⁠ך 1 The men called themselves the king’s **servants** to show him respect.
51 2:4 cba4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive נְחַוֵּֽא 1 Here the word **we** refers to the men that the king is speaking to and does not include the king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
52 2:5 nw8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הַדָּמִין֙ תִּתְעַבְד֔וּן וּ⁠בָתֵּי⁠כ֖וֹן נְוָלִ֥י יִתְּשָׂמֽוּן 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will command my soldiers to tear your bodies apart and to make your houses into rubbish heaps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
53 2:6 xv1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מַתְּנָ֤ן וּ⁠נְבִזְבָּה֙ וִ⁠יקָ֣ר שַׂגִּ֔יא תְּקַבְּל֖וּן מִן־קֳדָמָ֑⁠י 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give you gifts, a reward, and great honor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
54 2:7 ux2h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person מַלְכָּ֕⁠א חֶלְמָ֛⁠א יֵאמַ֥ר לְ⁠עַבְד֖וֹ⁠הִי 1 The wise men addressed the king in the third person as a sign of respect. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
55 2:8 h6gf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor חֲזֵית֔וֹן דִּ֥י אַזְדָּ֖א מִנִּ֥⁠י מִלְּתָֽ⁠א 1 A decision that will not be changed is spoken of as something firm. Alternate translation: “you see that I will not change my decision about this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
56 2:9 ef89 חֲדָה־הִ֣יא דָֽתְ⁠כ֗וֹן 1 Alternate translation: “there is only one punishment for you”
57 2:9 xj29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet וּ⁠מִלָּ֨ה כִדְבָ֤ה וּ⁠שְׁחִיתָה֙ 1 These two words mean approximately the same thing and emphasize that these are “lies intended to deceive.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
58 2:10 m1jc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet רַ֣ב וְ⁠שַׁלִּ֔יט 1 These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of the king’s power. Alternate translation: “most powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
59 2:11 n99m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְ⁠אָחֳרָן֙ לָ֣א אִיתַ֔י דִּ֥י יְחַוִּנַּ֖⁠הּ קֳדָ֣ם מַלְכָּ֑⁠א לָהֵ֣ן אֱלָהִ֔ין 1 This is stated in negative form for emphasis. It can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “and only the gods can tell this to the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
60 2:12 xu8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בְּנַ֖ס וּ⁠קְצַ֣ף שַׂגִּ֑יא 1 These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of his anger. Alternate translation: “was incredibly angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
61 2:12 y1cf לְ⁠כֹ֖ל חַכִּימֵ֥י בָבֶֽל 1 Alternate translation: “all the men in Babylon”
62 2:13 w1hk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠דָתָ֣⁠א נֶפְקַ֔ת 1 The decree is spoken of as if it was alive and able to go out by itself. Alternate translation: “So the king issued a command” or “So the king gave a command” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
63 2:13 m5cr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠חַכִּֽימַיָּ֖⁠א מִֽתְקַטְּלִ֑ין 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the soldiers were to kill all of the wise men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
64 2:14 fm3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet עֵטָ֣א וּ⁠טְעֵ֔ם 1 These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of his prudence. Alternate translation: “with caution and careful judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
65 2:14 cj8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names לְ⁠אַרְי֕וֹךְ 1 **Arioch** was the name of the king’s commander. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
66 2:14 a4fa טַבָּחַיָּ֖⁠א 1 This is a group of men whose job is to protect the king.
67 2:16 ju9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠דָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל עַ֖ל 1 Daniel probably went to the palace. Alternate translation: “Then Daniel went to the palace” or “Then Daniel went to talk with the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
68 2:17 bbc8 לְ⁠בַיְתֵ֣⁠הּ 1 This is referring to Daniel’s house.
69 2:17 ijt3 מִלְּתָ֥⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “the king’s decree”
70 2:18 yhz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive דִּ֣י לָ֤א יְהֹֽבְדוּן֙ דָּנִיֵּ֣אל וְ⁠חַבְר֔וֹ⁠הִי 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the king would not kill Daniel and his companions” or “so that the king’s soldiers would not kill Daniel and his companions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
71 2:19 nq22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive רָזָ֣⁠ה גֲלִ֑י 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God revealed the mystery” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
72 2:19 s94i רָזָ֣⁠ה 1 This is referring to the king’s dream and its meaning.
73 2:20 e8z9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לֶהֱוֵ֨א שְׁמֵ֤⁠הּ דִּֽי־אֱלָהָ⁠א֙ מְבָרַ֔ךְ 1 Here **name** refers to God himself. Alternate translation: “Praise God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
74 2:21 p54i General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThese verses are also part of Daniel’s prayer.
75 2:21 xy7w מְהַעְדֵּ֥ה מַלְכִ֖ין 1 Alternate translation: “he takes away kings’ authority to rule”
76 2:21 k348 וּ⁠מְהָקֵ֣ים מַלְכִ֑ין 1 Alternate translation: “and makes new kings rule over their kingdoms”
77 2:22 v5bq ו⁠נהיר⁠א עִמֵּ֥⁠הּ שְׁרֵֽא 1 Alternate translation: “and the light comes from where God is”
78 2:23 e5yc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis verse is also part of Daniel’s prayer. He stops addressing God in the third person and switches to the more personal second person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
79 2:23 b3ga הֽוֹדַעְתַּ֨⁠נִי֙ דִּֽי־בְעֵ֣ינָא מִנָּ֔⁠ךְ 1 Alternate translation: “you told me what my friends and I asked you to tell us”
80 2:23 x268 מִלַּ֥ת מַלְכָּ֖⁠א הוֹדַעְתֶּֽ⁠נָא 1 Alternate translation: “you told us what the king wants to know”
81 2:24 le8h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names אַרְי֔וֹךְ 1 **Arioch** was the name of the king’s commander. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 2:14](../02/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
82 2:26 z3qq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֑ר 1 **Belteshazzar** was the name the Babylonians gave to Daniel. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
83 2:27 r8dh רָזָ⁠ה֙ דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֣⁠א שָׁאֵ֔ל 1 This phrase refers to the king’s dream.
84 2:29 as3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠גָלֵ֧א רָזַיָּ֛⁠א 1 This phrase refers to God. Alternate translation: “and God, who reveals mysteries” or “and God, who makes mysteries known” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
85 2:30 v6bt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive רָזָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה גֱּלִ֣י לִ֑⁠י 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God revealed this mystery to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
86 2:30 ca22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠רַעְיוֹנֵ֥י לִבְבָ֖⁠ךְ תִּנְדַּֽע 1 Here **your mind** refers to the king. Alternate translation: “so that you may know your deepest thoughts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
87 2:34 e77j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הִתְגְּזֶ֤רֶת אֶ֨בֶן֙ דִּי־לָ֣א בִ⁠ידַ֔יִן 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone, not a human, cut a stone from a mountain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
88 2:35 si32 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile כְּ⁠ע֣וּר מִן־אִדְּרֵי־קַ֔יִט וּ⁠נְשָׂ֤א הִמּוֹן֙ רוּחָ֔⁠א 1 This phrase is comparing the pieces of the statue to small and light things which could be blown away by the wind. Alternate translation: “like dry pieces of grass blowing away in the wind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
89 2:35 fe57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes וְ⁠כָל־אֲתַ֖ר לָא־הִשְׁתֲּכַ֣ח לְ⁠ה֑וֹן 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “so that they were completely gone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
90 2:35 nfy2 וּ⁠מְלָ֥ת כָּל־אַרְעָֽ⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “and spread over the whole earth”
91 2:36 utl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns נֵאמַ֥ר 1 Here **we** refers only to Daniel. He may have used to plural form in humility to avoid taking credit for knowing the meaning of the dream that God had revealed to him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
92 2:37 e2xg מֶ֖לֶךְ מַלְכַיָּ֑⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “are the most important king” or “are a king who rules over other kings”
93 2:37 gfj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet חִסְנָ֛⁠א וְ⁠תָקְפָּ֥⁠א 1 These words mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
94 2:38 lz1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy יְהַ֣ב בִּ⁠ידָ֔⁠ךְ 1 Here **hand** refers to control. Alternate translation: “he has given you control over them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
95 2:38 flm9 וְ⁠עוֹף־שְׁמַיָּ⁠א֙ 1 Here **heavens** is used in the sense of “skies.”
96 2:38 ffq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage אַנְתְּה־ה֔וּא רֵאשָׁ֖⁠ה דִּ֥י דַהֲבָֽ⁠א 1 In the king’s dream the statue’s head represents the king. Alternate translation: “The golden head symbolizes you” or “The golden head is a symbol of you and your power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
97 2:39 t5ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit תְּק֛וּם מַלְכ֥וּ אָחֳרִ֖י 1 In the king’s dream his kingdom is gold so an inferior kingdom would be silver. Alternate translation: “another kingdom, which is of silver, will arise” or “another kingdom, which is represented by the silver parts of the statue, will arise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
98 2:39 c45r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage וּ⁠מַלְכ֨וּ תליתיא אָחֳרִי֙ דִּ֣י נְחָשָׁ֔⁠א 1 This is symbolic language where the bronze of parts of the statue represent a future kingdom. Alternate translation: “then still another kingdom, which is represented by the bronze parts of the statue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
99 2:39 k4z1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּ⁠מַלְכ֨וּ תליתיא אָחֳרִי֙ 1 “then kingdom number three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
100 2:40 q2dl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וּ⁠מַלְכוּ֙ רביעיה תֶּהֱוֵ֥א 1 “Then there will be a kingdom number four” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
101 2:40 d7bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile תַקִּיפָ֖ה כְּ⁠פַרְזְלָ֑⁠א 1 The fourth kingdom is spoken of as being as **strong as iron**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
102 2:40 rjj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage כָּל־אִלֵּ֖ין תַּדִּ֥ק וְ⁠תֵרֹֽעַ 1 This symbolic language means the fourth kingdom will defeat and replace the other kingdoms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
103 2:40 qn2j כָּל־אִלֵּ֖ין 1 Alternate translation: “the previous kingdoms”
104 2:41 lp4z וְ⁠דִֽי־חֲזַ֜יְתָה 1 Nebuchadnezzar **saw** that the feet consisted of clay and iron. He did not see the process of making the feet.
105 2:43 c3hf וְ⁠לָֽא־לֶהֱוֺ֥ן דָּבְקִ֖ין דְּנָ֣ה עִם־דְּנָ֑ה 1 Alternate translation: “but they will not remain united”
106 2:44 fan9 וּֽ⁠בְ⁠יוֹמֵי⁠ה֞וֹן דִּ֧י מַלְכַיָּ֣⁠א אִנּ֗וּן 1 Here **those kings** refers to the rulers of the kingdoms symbolized by the different parts of the statue.
107 2:44 d96c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive דִּ֤י לְ⁠עָלְמִין֙ לָ֣א תִתְחַבַּ֔ל וּ⁠מַ֨לְכוּתָ֔⁠ה לְ⁠עַ֥ם אָחֳרָ֖ן לָ֣א תִשְׁתְּבִ֑ק 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one will ever destroy, and that another people never conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
108 2:45 u69a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מִ⁠טּוּרָ⁠א֩ אִתְגְּזֶ֨רֶת אֶ֜בֶן דִּי־לָ֣א בִ⁠ידַ֗יִן 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone cut a stone from the mountain, but it was not a human who cut it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
109 2:46 hb4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction נְפַ֣ל עַל־אַנְפּ֔וֹ⁠הִי 1 This symbolic act showed that the king was honoring Daniel. Alternate translation: “lay down with his face on the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
110 2:46 xf46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִנְחָה֙ וְ⁠נִ֣יחֹחִ֔ין אֲמַ֖ר לְ⁠נַסָּ֥כָה לֵֽ⁠הּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he ordered his servants to make an offering and to offer up incense to Daniel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
111 2:47 jz9s מִן־קְשֹׁט֙ דִּ֣י אֱלָהֲ⁠כ֗וֹן 1 Alternate translation: “It is true that your God”
112 2:47 q3ru אֱלָ֧הּ אֱלָהִ֛ין וּ⁠מָרֵ֥א מַלְכִ֖ין 1 Alternate translation: “greater than all the other gods, and King over all other kings”
113 2:47 ifr1 וְ⁠גָלֵ֣ה רָזִ֑ין 1 Translate **the one who reveals mysteries** as in [Daniel 2:29](../02/29.md).
114 2:47 h6md לְ⁠מִגְלֵ֖א רָזָ֥⁠ה דְנָֽה 1 Alternate translation: “to reveal the mystery of my dream”
115 2:48 lz5p וְ⁠הַ֨שְׁלְטֵ֔⁠הּ 1 Alternate translation: “and the king made Daniel the ruler”
116 2:49 pp5r לְ⁠שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַ⁠עֲבֵ֣ד נְג֑וֹ 1 These were the Babylonian names of the three Jewish men who were brought to Babylon with Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md)
117 3:intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 3 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The king’s new idol\n\nShadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### The furnace\n\nThere was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born.
118 3:1 vj2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר מַלְכָּ֗⁠א עֲבַד֙ צְלֵ֣ם דִּֽי־דְהַ֔ב & אֲקִימֵ⁠הּ֙ 1 Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to make a gold statue … They set it up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
119 3:1 l4e2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance רוּמֵ⁠הּ֙ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁתִּ֔ין פְּתָיֵ֖⁠הּ אַמִּ֣ין שִׁ֑ת 1 A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “that was about 27 meters tall and almost 3 meters wide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
120 3:1 r51y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בְּ⁠בִקְעַ֣ת דּוּרָ֔א 1 This is a location within the kingdom of Babylon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
121 3:2 pj4s לַֽ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֡⁠א סִגְנַיָּ֣⁠א וּֽ⁠פַחֲוָתָ֡⁠א 1 These are officials who have authority over different sizes of territory.
122 3:2 yr48 גְדָ֨בְרַיָּ֤⁠א 1 These officials are in charge of money.
123 3:3 qh6f אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֡⁠א סִגְנַיָּ֣⁠א וּֽ⁠פַחֲוָתָ֡⁠א 1 See how you translated this list in [Daniel 3:2](../03/02.md).
124 3:4 huk2 וְ⁠כָרוֹזָ֖⁠א 1 A **herald** is an official messenger for the king.
125 3:4 z125 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive לְ⁠כ֤וֹן אָֽמְרִין֙ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “The king commands you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
126 3:4 by5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַֽמְמַיָּ֔⁠א אֻמַּיָּ֖⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּֽ⁠א 1 Here **nations** and **languages** represent people from different nations who speak different languages. Alternate translation: “O people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
127 3:5 mml9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction תִּפְּל֤וּן וְ⁠תִסְגְּדוּן֙ 1 Alternate translation: “you must stretch yourselves out on the ground face down in worship of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
128 3:5 c6tz תִּפְּל֤וּן 1 Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down.”
129 3:6 z9s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַן־דִּי־לָ֥א יִפֵּ֖ל וְ⁠יִסְגֻּ֑ד בַּ⁠הּ־שַׁעֲתָ֣⁠א יִתְרְמֵ֔א לְ⁠גֽוֹא־אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But the soldiers will throw into a blazing furnace anyone who does not fall down and worship the statue at the very moment they hear the music” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
130 3:6 xue4 לָ֥א יִפֵּ֖ל 1 Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down”
131 3:6 x9ik אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 This is a large room filled with a hot fire.
132 3:7 i26f קַרְנָ⁠א֩ מַשְׁר֨וֹקִיתָ֜⁠א קיתרס שַׂבְּכָא֙ פְּסַנְטֵרִ֔ין 1 These are musical instruments. See how you translated these words in [Daniel 3:5](../03/05.md).
133 3:7 x2pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כָּֽל־עַֽמְמַיָּ֜⁠א אֻמַיָּ֣⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֗⁠א 1 Here **all** that means all the people who were present. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
134 3:7 y1q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַֽמְמַיָּ֜⁠א אֻמַיָּ֣⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֗⁠א 1 Here **nations** and **languages** represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who spoke different languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
135 3:7 vyk5 נָֽפְלִ֨ין 1 Here **fell down** means “quickly lay down”
136 3:7 xg6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction נָֽפְלִ֨ין & סָֽגְדִין֙ 1 They did this to worship the statue. Alternate translation: “stretched themselves out on the ground face down to worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
137 3:7 mi49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠צֶ֣לֶם דַּהֲבָ֔⁠א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ים נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֥ר מַלְכָּֽ⁠א 1 Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “the golden statue that King Nebuchadnezzar’s men had set up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
138 3:8 vy1k כָּ⁠ל־קֳבֵ֤ל דְּנָה֙ 1 This word is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about some new people in the story.
139 3:9 hf48 מַלְכָּ֖⁠א לְ⁠עָלְמִ֥ין חֱיִֽי 1 This was a common greeting to the king.
140 3:10 dzb5 קַרְנָ֣⁠א מַ֠שְׁרֹקִיתָ⁠א קיתרס שַׂבְּכָ֤א פְסַנְתֵּרִין֙ ו⁠סיפניה 1 These are musical instruments. See how you translated some of these words in [Daniel 3:5](../03/05.md).
141 3:10 jiv5 יִפֵּ֥ל 1 Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down”
142 3:10 h3iu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction יִפֵּ֥ל וְ⁠יִסְגֻּ֖ד 1 The people would do this to **worship** the statue. Alternate translation: “must stretch himself out on the ground face down to worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
143 3:11 u6bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַן־דִּי־לָ֥א יִפֵּ֖ל וְ⁠יִסְגֻּ֑ד יִתְרְמֵ֕א לְ⁠גֽוֹא־אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But your soldiers must throw into a blazing furnace anyone who does not lie down on the ground and worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
144 3:11 qdc6 לָ֥א יִפֵּ֖ל 1 Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down”
145 3:11 p2l2 אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
146 3:12 anm2 שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַ⁠עֲבֵ֣ד 1 These are the Babylonian names of the three Jewish friends of Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md).
147 3:12 ejy1 לָא־שָׂ֨מֽוּ עלי⁠ך & טְעֵ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “do not pay attention to you”
148 3:12 a7m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְ⁠צֶ֧לֶם דַּהֲבָ֛⁠א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ימְתָּ & סָגְדִֽין 1 Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “or worship the golden statue your men have set up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
149 3:13 jjl4 לְ⁠שַׁדְרַ֥ךְ מֵישַׁ֖ךְ וַ⁠עֲבֵ֣ד 1 These are the Babylonian names of the three Jewish friends of Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md).
150 3:14 t6f3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הֲקֵ֖ימֶת 1 Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “my men have set up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
151 3:15 kak3 קַרְנָ֣⁠א מַשְׁרוֹקִיתָ֣⁠א קיתרס שַׂבְּכָ֡א פְּסַנְתֵּרִין֩ וְ⁠סוּמְפֹּ֨נְיָ֜ה 1 These are musical instruments. See how you translated this list in [Daniel 3:5](../03/05.md).
152 3:15 l9el תִּפְּל֣וּן 1 Here **fall down** means “quickly lie down”
153 3:15 ws27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction תִּפְּל֣וּן וְ⁠תִסְגְּדוּן֮ 1 Alternate translation: “stretch yourselves out on the ground face down in worship of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
154 3:15 td6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy לְ⁠צַלְמָ֣⁠א דִֽי־עַבְדֵת֒ 1 Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “the statue that my men have made, all will be well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
155 3:15 vth1 עַבְדֵת֒ 1 Alternate translation: “I have made, there will no longer be a problem” or “I have made, you will be free to go”
156 3:15 gz3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בַּ⁠הּ־שַׁעֲתָ֣⁠ה תִתְרְמ֔וֹן לְ⁠גֽוֹא־אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּ֑⁠א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my soldiers will immediately throw you into a blazing furnace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
157 3:15 sl8a אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּ֑⁠א 1 This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
158 3:15 z8gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion וּ⁠מַן־ה֣וּא אֱלָ֔הּ דֵּ֥י יְשֵֽׁיזְבִנְ⁠כ֖וֹן מִן־יְדָֽ⁠י 1 The king does not expect an answer. He is threatening the three men. Alternate translation: “No god is able to rescue you from my power!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
159 3:15 hw83 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy מִן־יְדָֽ⁠י 1 Here **hands** refers to power to punish. Alternate translation: “from my punishment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
160 3:17 d2kc אַתּ֨וּן נוּרָ֧⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּ֛⁠א 1 This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
161 3:17 sj5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠מִן־יְדָ֥⁠ךְ 1 Here “hand” refers to power to punish. Alternate translation: “and … from your punishment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
162 3:18 mc1d וְ⁠הֵ֣ן לָ֔א יְדִ֥יעַ לֶהֱוֵא־לָ֖⁠ךְ מַלְכָּ֑⁠א דִּ֤י 1 Alternate translation: “But king, we must let you know that even if our God does not rescue us”
163 3:18 iq7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וּ⁠לְ⁠צֶ֧לֶם דַּהֲבָ֛⁠א דִּ֥י הֲקֵ֖ימְתָּ 1 Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “or … the golden statue your men set up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
164 3:19 bt7k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֜ר הִתְמְלִ֣י חֱמָ֗א 1 The king was so angry that rage is spoken of as if it were filling him up. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar became extremely angry” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
165 3:19 e99g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom עָנֵ֤ה וְ⁠אָמַר֙ לְ⁠מֵזֵ֣א לְ⁠אַתּוּנָ֔⁠א חַ֨ד־שִׁבְעָ֔ה עַ֛ל דִּ֥י חֲזֵ֖ה לְ⁠מֵזְיֵֽ⁠הּ 1 Here **seven times more than it was normally heated** is an idiom that means to make it very much hotter. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He commanded his men to make the furnace very much hotter than they normally make it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
166 3:21 r7tt וְ⁠כַרְבְּלָתְ⁠ה֖וֹן 1 These **hats** were head covering made of wrapped cloth.
167 3:21 xya5 אַתּ֥וּן נוּרָ֖⁠א יָקִֽדְתָּֽ⁠א 1 This is a large room filled with a hot fire. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:6](../03/06.md).
168 3:22 v2v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מִן־דִּ֞י מִלַּ֤ת מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ מַחְצְפָ֔ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “because the men quickly did what the king commanded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
169 3:24 kzd8 הֲ⁠לָא֩ גֻבְרִ֨ין תְּלָתָ֜א רְמֵ֤ינָא לְ⁠גוֹא־נוּרָ⁠א֙ מְכַפְּתִ֔ין 1 Alternate translation: “We threw three men tied up into the fire, right?”
170 3:25 gy5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וְ⁠רֵוֵ⁠הּ֙ דִּ֣י רביעי⁠א דָּמֵ֖ה לְ⁠בַר־אֱלָהִֽין 1 The gods were believed to shine brightly with light. Alternate translation: “Man four is shining brightly with light as a son of the gods would shine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
171 3:27 ru5i אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֞⁠א סִגְנַיָּ֣⁠א וּ⁠פַחֲוָתָ⁠א֮ 1 These are officials who have authority over different sizes of territory. See how you translated these in [Daniel 3:2](../03/02.md).
172 3:27 g7e8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠שְׂעַ֤ר רֵֽאשְׁ⁠הוֹן֙ לָ֣א הִתְחָרַ֔ךְ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire had not singed the hair on their heads” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
173 3:27 jr79 לָ֣א הִתְחָרַ֔ךְ 1 Alternate translation: “was not burned even a little”
174 3:27 nuu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠סָרְבָּלֵי⁠ה֖וֹן לָ֣א שְׁנ֑וֹ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire did not harm their robes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
175 3:27 hv4b וְ⁠רֵ֣יחַ נ֔וּר לָ֥א עֲדָ֖ת בְּ⁠הֽוֹן 1 Alternate translation: “and they did not smell like fire”
176 3:28 x5ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וּ⁠מִלַּ֤ת מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ שַׁנִּ֔יו 1 Not obeying the king’s command is spoken of as if they had physically moved it away from them. Alternate translation: “and they ignored my command” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
177 3:28 uld8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom וִ⁠יהַ֣בוּ גשמי⁠הון 1 This phrase refers to the three men’s willingness to die for what they believed. Alternate translation: “and they were willing to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
178 3:28 s95d לְ⁠כָל־אֱלָ֔הּ לָהֵ֖ן לֵ⁠אלָֽהֲ⁠הֽוֹן 1 Alternate translation: “any other god except their God”
179 3:29 pnl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive כָל־עַ֨ם אֻמָּ֜ה וְ⁠לִשָּׁ֗ן דִּֽי־יֵאמַ֤ר שלה עַ֣ל אֱלָהֲ⁠ה֗וֹן דִּֽי־שַׁדְרַ֤ךְ מֵישַׁךְ֙ וַ⁠עֲבֵ֣ד נְג֔וֹא הַדָּמִ֣ין יִתְעֲבֵ֔ד וּ⁠בַיְתֵ֖⁠הּ נְוָלִ֣י יִשְׁתַּוֵּ֑ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “my servants will tear apart any people, nation, or language that speaks anything offensive against the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego and will tear them limb from limb and make their houses into piles of garbage” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
180 3:29 h7gq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כָל־עַ֨ם אֻמָּ֜ה וְ⁠לִשָּׁ֗ן דִּֽי־יֵאמַ֤ר 1 Here **nation** and **language** represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “any people from any nation, or those who speak any language that says” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
181 3:29 qb3c יֵאמַ֤ר שלה עַ֣ל אֱלָהֲ⁠ה֗וֹן 1 Alternate translation: “speaks words that do not respect the God”
182 3:29 t5vb הַדָּמִ֣ין יִתְעֲבֵ֔ד 1 Alternate translation: “must have their bodies torn apart”
183 3:29 lw5h לָ֤א אִיתַי֙ אֱלָ֣ה אָחֳרָ֔ן דִּֽי־יִכֻּ֥ל לְ⁠הַצָּלָ֖ה כִּ⁠דְנָֽה 1 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “only their God is able to save like this”
184 4:intro du52 0 # Daniel 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The king becomes insane\n\nThe king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him.
185 4:1 s72g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn this chapter, Nebuchadnezzar tells what God did to him. In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. Verses 19-33 switch to the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. Verses 34-37 change back to first person as Nebuchadnezzar describes his response to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
186 4:1 ykj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר מַלְכָּ֗⁠א לְֽ⁠כָל־עַֽמְמַיָּ֞⁠א אֻמַיָּ֧⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֛⁠א דִּֽי־דארין בְּ⁠כָל־אַרְעָ֖⁠א 1 This introduces the king’s message to the people who would receive it. Your language may have a way to introduce a message. Alternate translation: “This is the message from Nebuchadnezzar to all the peoples, nations, and languages that live in all the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
187 4:1 sx24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַֽמְמַיָּ֞⁠א אֻמַיָּ֧⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֛⁠א 1 Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
188 4:1 rcl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole דִּֽי־דארין בְּ⁠כָל־אַרְעָ֖⁠א 1 Kings would often exaggerate how wide their kingdom was. Nebuchadnezzar did rule over most of the known world at the time this book was written. Alternate translation: “who live in the kingdom of Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
189 4:1 ew1j שְׁלָמְ⁠כ֥וֹן יִשְׂגֵּֽא 1 This is a common greeting.
190 4:2 t8rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet אָֽתַיָּ⁠א֙ וְ⁠תִמְהַיָּ֔⁠א 1 These words share similar meanings and refer to the amazing things that God had done. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
191 4:3 jyl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism אָת֨וֹ⁠הִי֙ כְּ⁠מָ֣ה רַבְרְבִ֔ין וְ⁠תִמְה֖וֹ⁠הִי כְּ⁠מָ֣ה תַקִּיפִ֑ין 1 Both of these phrases have the same meaning and are used to emphasize how great God’s signs and wonders are. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
192 4:3 mz21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism מַלְכוּתֵ⁠הּ֙ מַלְכ֣וּת עָלַ֔ם וְ⁠שָׁלְטָנֵ֖⁠הּ עִם־דָּ֥ר וְ⁠דָֽר 1 Both of these phrases have the same meaning and are repeated to emphasize how God’s reign is forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
193 4:4 xpm6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
194 4:4 p8nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism שְׁלֵ֤ה הֲוֵית֙ בְּ⁠בֵיתִ֔⁠י וְ⁠רַעְנַ֖ן בְּ⁠הֵיכְלִֽ⁠י 1 These two phrases are parallel and mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
195 4:4 zv52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet בְּ⁠בֵיתִ֔⁠י & בְּ⁠הֵיכְלִֽ⁠י 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
196 4:5 fmk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet חֵ֥לֶם & וְ⁠הַרְהֹרִין֙ & וְ⁠חֶזְוֵ֥י 1 These phrases mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
197 4:5 u6n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וִֽ⁠ידַחֲלִנַּ֑⁠נִי & יְבַהֲלֻנַּֽ⁠נִי 1 These phrases are parallel and they mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
198 4:7 l5u7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
199 4:8 aej3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive דִּֽי־שְׁמֵ֤⁠הּ בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר֙ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who I named Belteshazzar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
200 4:8 dhx3 בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּר֙ 1 **Belteshazzar** was the name the Babylonians gave to Daniel. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md).
201 4:9 x1x7 וְ⁠כָל־רָ֖ז לָא־אָנֵ֣ס לָ֑⁠ךְ 1 The can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “and you understand the meaning of every mystery”
202 4:10 vz2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
203 4:10 h4t8 וְ⁠רוּמֵ֥⁠הּ שַׂגִּֽיא 1 Alternate translation: “and it was very tall”
204 4:11 w5t1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage וְ⁠רוּמֵ⁠הּ֙ יִמְטֵ֣א לִ⁠שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א וַ⁠חֲזוֹתֵ֖⁠הּ לְ⁠ס֥וֹף כָּל־אַרְעָֽ⁠א 1 This is symbolic language that exaggerates how tall and how well-known the tree was. Alternate translation: “It seemed that its top reached up to the sky and that everyone in the world could see it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
205 4:12 c94i וְ⁠אִנְבֵּ֣⁠הּ שַׂגִּ֔יא 1 Alternate translation: “there was a lot of fruit on the tree”
206 4:12 bvq7 וּ⁠מָז֨וֹן לְ⁠כֹ֖לָּ⁠א־בֵ֑⁠הּ 1 Alternate translation: “and in it was food for all people and animals”
207 4:13 s8rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
208 4:14 l1nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קָרֵ֨א בְ⁠חַ֜יִל וְ⁠כֵ֣ן אָמַ֗ר 1 It can be made clear that the holy messenger was speaking to more than one person. Alternate translation: “He shouted to some people and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
209 4:14 rd55 תְּנֻ֤ד חֵֽיוְתָ⁠א֙ מִן־תַּחְתּ֔וֹ⁠הִי וְ⁠צִפְּרַיָּ֖⁠א מִן־עַנְפֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 Alternate translation: “The animals will flee from under it and the bird will fly away from its branches”
210 4:15 eb7u עִקַּ֤ר שָׁרְשׁ֨וֹ⁠הִי֙ 1 The **stump** is the part of the tree that is left above the ground after a tree is cut down.
211 4:15 e8lj וּ⁠בְ⁠טַ֤ל שְׁמַיָּ⁠א֙ 1 The **dew of heaven** is the moisture that is found on the ground in the mornings.
212 4:16 f3wx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns לִבְבֵ⁠הּ֙ מִן־אנוש⁠א יְשַׁנּ֔וֹן וּ⁠לְבַ֥ב חֵיוָ֖ה יִתְיְהִ֣ב לֵ֑⁠הּ 1 Since the tree represents Nebuchadnezzar, the masculine pronouns “his” and “him” in verse 16 refer to the same tree as the neuter pronoun “it” in verse 15. Alternate translation: “The man’s mind will change from a man’s mind to an animal’s mind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
213 4:17 k6kq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
214 4:17 j1fe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מֵאמַ֥ר קַדִּישִׁ֖ין שְׁאֵֽלְתָ֑⁠א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and the holy ones have made this decision” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
215 4:17 m2np rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit קַדִּישִׁ֖ין 1 This phrase probably refers to angels. Alternate translation: “the holy angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
216 4:17 y8ih חַ֠יַּיָּ⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “every living person” or “everyone”
217 4:17 aas5 יִתְּנִנַּ֔⁠הּ 1 Alternate translation: “gives the kingdom”
218 4:18 kjd4 בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֜ר 1 **Belteshazzar** was the name the Babylonians gave to Daniel. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md).
219 4:18 jr6i ו⁠אנתה כָּהֵ֔ל 1 Alternate translation: “But you are able to interpret it”
220 4:18 pl5q רֽוּחַ־אֱלָהִ֥ין קַדִּישִׁ֖ין 1 Nebuchadnezzar believed that Daniel’s power came from the false gods that Nebuchadnezzar worshiped. These are not the same as “the holy ones” in verse 17. See how you translated this phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
221 4:19 n8fk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nVerses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
222 4:19 u9rc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive דִּֽי־שְׁמֵ֣⁠הּ בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֗ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who I also named Belteshazzar” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
223 4:19 a33v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֶשְׁתּוֹמַם֙ כְּ⁠שָׁעָ֣ה חֲדָ֔ה וְ⁠רַעְיֹנֹ֖⁠הִי יְבַהֲלֻנֵּ֑⁠הּ 1 Daniel’s understanding of the meaning of the vision is what alarmed him. This can be explicitly stated. Alternate translation: “did not say anything for some time because he was very worried about the meaning of the dream” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
224 4:19 kf99 חֶלְמָ֥⁠א ל⁠שנאי⁠ך וּ⁠פִשְׁרֵ֥⁠הּ ל⁠ערי⁠ך 1 Daniel is expressing his wish that the dream was not about Nebuchadnezzar, even though he knew that it really was about the king.
225 4:20 vj36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nVerses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]). Many terms in this verse are almost the same as in [Daniel 4:11](../04/11.md). See how you translated that verse.
226 4:20 x69s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole לִ⁠שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א & לְ⁠כָל־אַרְעָֽ⁠א 1 These phrases are exaggerations to emphasize that everyone everywhere knew how great Nebuchadnezzar was. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
227 4:21 mm9p General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nMany terms in this verse are almost the same as [Daniel 4:12](../04/12.md). See how you translated that verse.
228 4:21 rfj9 וְ⁠אִנְבֵּ֣⁠הּ שַׂגִּ֔יא 1 Alternate translation: “and which bore a great amount of fruit”
229 4:22 uq3h אנתה־ה֣וּא מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “This tree represents you, O king”
230 4:22 gfs2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וּ⁠רְבוּתָ֤⁠ךְ רְבָת֙ וּ⁠מְטָ֣ת לִ⁠שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א וְ⁠שָׁלְטָנָ֖⁠ךְ לְ⁠ס֥וֹף אַרְעָֽ⁠א 1 These two phrases mean similar things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
231 4:22 s8jt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וּ⁠רְבוּתָ֤⁠ךְ רְבָת֙ 1 This phrase is using the word **grown** as a way of saying the king’s greatness has increased. Alternate translation: “Your greatness has increased” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
232 4:23 w9s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis verse is almost the same as [Daniel 4:13-14](./13.md) and [Daniel 4:15-16](./15.md). See how you translated those verses. Verses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
233 4:23 c89t עִקַּ֤ר שָׁרְשׁ֨וֹ⁠הִי֙ 1 This **stump** is the part of the tree that is left above ground after a tree is cut down.
234 4:23 i27p בְּ⁠דִתְאָ֖⁠א דִּ֣י בָרָ֑⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “surrounded by the tender grass of the field”
235 4:23 bx4z וּ⁠בְ⁠טַ֧ל שְׁמַיָּ֣⁠א 1 The **dew of heaven** is the moisture that settles on the ground in the mornings.
236 4:24 f3tz דִּ֥י מְטָ֖ת עַל 1 Alternate translation: “that you have heard”
237 4:25 fd8s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠לָ֣⁠ךְ טָֽרְדִ֣ין מִן־אֲנָשָׁ֡⁠א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that men will drive you away from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
238 4:25 gq52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠עִשְׂבָּ֥⁠א & לָ֣⁠ךְ יְטַֽעֲמ֗וּן 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will eat grass” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
239 4:26 fgn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nVerses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
240 4:26 tcg3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy שַׁלִּטִ֖ן שְׁמַיָּֽ⁠א 1 Here **Heaven** refers to God who lives in heaven. Alternate translation: “God in heaven is the ruler of all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
241 4:27 yna6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מִלְכִּ⁠י֙ יִשְׁפַּ֣ר עלי⁠ך 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “please accept my advice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
242 4:27 s3j8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ו⁠חטי⁠ך & פְרֻ֔ק 1 Here rejecting iniquity is spoken of as breaking it off. Alternate translation: “reject your iniquities” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
243 4:27 j7av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj עֲנָ֑יִן 1 This nominal adjective refers to people who are oppressed. Alternate translation: “people who are oppressed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
244 4:27 a7um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תֶּהֱוֵ֥א אַרְכָ֖ה לִ⁠שְׁלֵוְתָֽ⁠ךְ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God may extend your prosperity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
245 4:28 rq19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nVerses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
246 4:29 jn5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nVerses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
247 4:30 p8hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion הֲ⁠לָ֥א דָא־הִ֖יא בָּבֶ֣ל רַבְּתָ֑⁠א דִּֽי־אֲנָ֤ה בֱנַיְתַ⁠הּ֙ לְ⁠בֵ֣ית מַלְכ֔וּ בִּ⁠תְקַ֥ף חִסְנִ֖⁠י וְ⁠לִ⁠יקָ֥ר הַדְרִֽ⁠י 1 Nebuchadnezzar asks this question to emphasize his own glory. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “This is the great Babylon, which I have built as a royal residence by the might of my power and for the glory of my majesty!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
248 4:30 csl9 וְ⁠לִ⁠יקָ֥ר הַדְרִֽ⁠י 1 Alternate translation: “to show people my honor and my greatness”
249 4:31 g7xg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nVerses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
250 4:31 fjl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ע֗וֹד מִלְּתָ⁠א֙ בְּ⁠פֻ֣ם מַלְכָּ֔⁠א 1 This idiom means the king was still in the act of speaking. Alternate translation: “While the king was still speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
251 4:31 cv67 קָ֖ל מִן־שְׁמַיָּ֣⁠א נְפַ֑ל 1 Alternate translation: “he heard a voice from heaven”
252 4:31 pt4u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מַלְכוּתָ֖⁠ה עֲדָ֥ת מִנָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will no longer rule over this kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
253 4:32 f4us rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִן־אֲנָשָׁ⁠א֩ לָ֨⁠ךְ טָֽרְדִ֜ין 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will chase you away from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
254 4:32 m551 וּ⁠לְ⁠מַן־דִּ֥י יִצְבֵּ֖א 1 Alternate translation: “and : to whoever he chooses”
255 4:33 ydj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nVerses 19-33 use the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
256 4:33 xpp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בַּ⁠הּ־שַׁעֲתָ֗⁠א מִלְּתָ⁠א֮ סָ֣פַת עַל־נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּר֒ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This decree against Nebuchadnezzar happened immediately” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
257 4:33 chd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִן־אֲנָשָׁ֣⁠א טְרִ֔יד 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People chased him away from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
258 4:33 t4b6 וְ⁠טִפְר֥וֹ⁠הִי כְ⁠צִפְּרִֽין 1 Alternate translation: “and his fingernails looked like birds’ claws”
259 4:34 amm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn verses 34-37 Nebuchadnezzar speaks in the first person to describe his response to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
260 4:34 b17l וְ⁠לִ⁠קְצָ֣ת יֽוֹמַיָּ⁠ה֩ 1 This refers back to the seven years in [Daniel 4:32](../04/32.md).
261 4:34 ltf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַנְדְּעִ⁠י֙ עֲלַ֣⁠י יְת֔וּב 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and my sanity came back to me” or “and I became sane again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
262 4:34 ucj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ו⁠ל⁠עלי⁠א בָּרְכֵ֔ת וּ⁠לְ⁠חַ֥י עָלְמָ֖⁠א שַׁבְּחֵ֣ת וְ⁠הַדְּרֵ֑ת 1 The two phrases refer to the same action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
263 4:34 nk8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism דִּ֤י שָׁלְטָנֵ⁠הּ֙ שָׁלְטָ֣ן עָלַ֔ם וּ⁠מַלְכוּתֵ֖⁠הּ עִם־דָּ֥ר וְ⁠דָֽר 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are used to emphasize how God’s reign never ends. Alternate translation: “He rules forever and his kingdom will never end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
264 4:35 ce6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn verses 34-37 Nebuchadnezzar speaks in the first person to describe his response to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
265 4:35 dgr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־דארי אַרְעָ⁠א֙ כְּ⁠לָ֣ה חֲשִׁיבִ֔ין 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He considers all the earth’s inhabitants as nothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
266 4:35 cpy8 וְ⁠כָל־דארי אַרְעָ⁠א֙ 1 Alternate translation: “All the people on the earth”
267 4:35 p415 בְּ⁠חֵ֣יל שְׁמַיָּ֔⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “among the angel armies in heaven”
268 4:35 zpn8 וּֽ⁠כְ⁠מִצְבְּיֵ֗⁠הּ 1 Alternate translation: “whatever satisfies his purpose” or “anything he wants to do”
269 4:35 im6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠לָ֤א אִיתַי֙ דִּֽי־יְמַחֵ֣א בִ⁠ידֵ֔⁠הּ 1 It may be helpful to add additional detail. Alternate translation: “When he decides to do something, no one can stop him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
270 4:35 ebf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations וְ⁠יֵ֥אמַר לֵ֖⁠הּ מָ֥ה עֲבַֽדְתְּ 1 This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “or can question what he does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
271 4:36 m6m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn verses 34-37 Nebuchadnezzar speaks in the first person to describe his response to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
272 4:36 rz1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification מַנְדְּעִ֣⁠י ׀ יְת֣וּב עֲלַ֗⁠י 1 Here his sanity is spoken of as if it was able to return by its own power. Alternate translation: “I became sane again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
273 4:36 pb8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification הַדְרִ֤⁠י וְ⁠זִוִ⁠י֙ יְת֣וּב עֲלַ֔⁠י 1 Here his majesty and splendor are spoken of as if they were able to return by their own power. Alternate translation: “I regained my majesty and my splendor again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
274 4:36 nq38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet הַדְרִ֤⁠י וְ⁠זִוִ⁠י֙ 1 These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of his glory. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
275 4:36 c3xy וְ⁠לִ֕⁠י הַדָּֽבְרַ֥⁠י וְ⁠רַבְרְבָנַ֖⁠י יְבַע֑וֹן 1 Alternate translation: “My counselors and my noblemen requested my help again”
276 4:36 ks6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠עַל־מַלְכוּתִ֣⁠י הָתְקְנַ֔ת וּ⁠רְב֥וּ יַתִּירָ֖ה ה֥וּסְפַת לִֽ⁠י 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
277 4:37 zgl2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet מְשַׁבַּ֨ח וּ⁠מְרוֹמֵ֤ם וּ⁠מְהַדַּר֙ 1 All three of these words have basically the same meaning and emphasize how greatly he praised God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
278 4:37 g1df rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom מַהְלְכִ֣ין בְּ⁠גֵוָ֔ה 1 This phrase uses **walk** to refer to the person who acts proud. Alternate translation: “who are proud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
279 5:intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 5 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The writing on the wall\n\nGod told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin\nThese are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
280 5:1 cc4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֣ר 1 **Belshazzar** is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
281 5:1 ix8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers אֲלַ֑ף 1 “1,000 of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
282 5:1 tre4 וְ⁠לָ⁠קֳבֵ֥ל & חַמְרָ֥⁠א שָׁתֵֽה 1 Alternate translation: “and he drank wine in the presence of”
283 5:2 gsi3 לְ⁠מָאנֵי֙ 1 These **vessels** were cups and other items that were small enough for a person to hold and to drink from them.
284 5:2 lad2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הַנְפֵּק֙ נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֣ר אֲב֔⁠וּהִי 1 Here **Nebuchadnezzar** refers to Nebuchadnezzar’s army. Alternate translation: “his father Nebuchadnezzar’s army had taken” or “the army of Nebuchadnezzar his father had taken” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
285 5:3 i1zm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive מָאנֵ֣י דַהֲבָ֔⁠א דִּ֣י הַנְפִּ֗קוּ מִן־הֵֽיכְלָ֛⁠א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gold containers that the army of Nebuchadnezzar had taken out of the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
286 5:3 msp6 מִן־הֵֽיכְלָ֛⁠א דִּֽי־בֵ֥ית אֱלָהָ֖⁠א 1 The phrase **the house of God** tells us something more about the temple. Alternate translation: “out of God’s temple”
287 5:5 lkd1 בַּ⁠הּ־שַׁעֲתָ֗⁠ה 1 Alternate translation: “As soon as they did that” or “At that moment”
288 5:5 cra1 גִּירָ֕⁠א 1 This refers to cement or mud that is spread on walls or ceilings to give them a smooth hard surface when it dries.
289 5:6 jn25 מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ זִיוֺ֣⁠הִי שְׁנ֔וֹ⁠הִי 1 This change was caused by his fear. Alternate translation: “the king’s face became pale”
290 5:6 iee9 וְ⁠אַ֨רְכֻבָּתֵ֔⁠הּ דָּ֥א לְ⁠דָ֖א נָֽקְשָֽׁן 1 This was the result of his extreme fear.
291 5:7 gz5c לְ⁠חַכִּימֵ֣י בָבֶ֗ל 1 This refers back collectively to **the enchanters, the Chaldeans, and the astrologers** in the previous sentence.
292 5:7 ybp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive דִּ֣י כָל־אֱ֠נָשׁ דִּֽי־יִקְרֵ֞ה כְּתָבָ֣⁠ה דְנָ֗ה וּ⁠פִשְׁרֵ⁠הּ֙ יְחַוִּנַּ֔⁠נִי אַרְגְּוָנָ֣⁠א יִלְבַּ֗שׁ ו⁠המונכ⁠א דִֽי־דַהֲבָ⁠א֙ עַֽל־צַוְּארֵ֔⁠הּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give purple clothes and a gold neck chain to whoever explains this writing and its meaning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
293 5:7 ms1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַרְגְּוָנָ֣⁠א יִלְבַּ֗שׁ 1 Purple cloth was rare and reserved for royal officials. Alternate translation: “will be dressed in royal clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
294 5:7 x9vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וְ⁠תַלְתִּ֥י בְ⁠מַלְכוּתָ֖⁠א יִשְׁלַֽט 1 Alternate translation: “and he will be the number three ruler in the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
295 5:9 n4ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵלְשַׁאצַּר֙ 1 **Belshazzar** is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
296 5:9 gla9 וְ⁠זִיוֺ֖⁠הִי שָׁנַ֣יִן עֲל֑וֹ⁠הִי 1 The face of the king grew even more pale than in [Daniel 5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: “his face became even more pale”
297 5:9 w9st מִֽשְׁתַּבְּשִֽׁין 1 To be **perplexed** is to be unable to understand, or to be confused.
298 5:10 rw3v מַלְכְּתָ֕⁠א 1 Some modern versions understand this to be a reference to the queen mother, that is, to the king’s mother. The queen mother received much honor in ancient Babylon.
299 5:10 x55i מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ לְ⁠עָלְמִ֣ין חֱיִ֔י 1 This was a normal way to greet the king.
300 5:10 zq7c וְ⁠זִיוָ֖י⁠ךְ אַל־יִשְׁתַּנּֽוֹ 1 Alternate translation: “There is no need for your face to look so pale”
301 5:11 bql4 ר֣וּחַ אֱלָהִ֣ין קַדִּישִׁין֮ 1 The queen believed that Daniel’s power came from the false **gods** that Nebuchadnezzar worshiped. See how you translated this phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
302 5:11 c4n6 וּ⁠בְ⁠יוֹמֵ֣י אֲב֗⁠וּךְ 1 Alternate translation: “When your father was ruling”
303 5:11 ss1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive נַהִיר֧וּ וְ⁠שָׂכְלְתָנ֛וּ וְ⁠חָכְמָ֥ה כְּ⁠חָכְמַת־אֱלָהִ֖ין הִשְׁתְּכַ֣חַת בֵּ֑⁠הּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had light and understanding and wisdom like the wisdom of the gods” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
304 5:12 n7wa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ר֣וּחַ ׀ יַתִּירָ֡ה וּ⁠מַנְדַּ֡ע וְ⁠שָׂכְלְתָנ֡וּ מְפַשַּׁ֣ר חֶלְמִין֩ וַֽ⁠אַֽחֲוָיַ֨ת אֲחִידָ֜ן וּ⁠מְשָׁרֵ֣א קִטְרִ֗ין הִשְׁתְּכַ֤חַת בֵּ⁠הּ֙ בְּ⁠דָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֥⁠א שָׂם־שְׁמֵ֖⁠הּ בֵּלְטְשַׁאצַּ֑ר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this same Daniel, whom the king named Belteshazzar, had an excellent spirit, knowledge, and insight for interpreting dreams, explaining riddles and solving problems” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
305 5:13 hn7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive בֵּ⁠אדַ֨יִן֙ דָּֽנִיֵּ֔אל הֻעַ֖ל קֳדָ֣ם מַלְכָּ֑⁠א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then they brought Daniel before the king” or “Then the soldiers brought Daniel before the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
306 5:13 sd23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דִּ֥י הַיְתִ֛י מַלְכָּ֥⁠א אַ֖בִ⁠י מִן־יְהֽוּד 1 In this phrase **father** is being used to represent all of the soldiers. Alternate translation: “whom my father’s soldiers brought out of Judah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
307 5:14 yxu5 ר֥וּחַ אֱלָהִ֖ין 1 Belshazzar believed that Daniel’s power came from the false **gods** that Belshazzar worshiped. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 4:8](../04/08.md).
308 5:14 y4ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠נַהִיר֧וּ וְ⁠שָׂכְלְתָנ֛וּ וְ⁠חָכְמָ֥ה יַתִּירָ֖ה הִשְׁתְּכַ֥חַת בָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and … you have light and understanding and excellent wisdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
309 5:15 c33v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠כְעַ֞ן הֻעַ֣לּוּ קָֽדָמַ֗⁠י חַכִּֽימַיָּ⁠א֙ אָֽשְׁפַיָּ֔⁠א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the wise men and enchanters have come in before me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
310 5:15 u817 לְ⁠הוֹדָעֻתַ֑⁠נִי 1 Alternate translation: “tell me”
311 5:16 u2ey rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive אַרְגְּוָנָ֣⁠א תִלְבַּ֗שׁ ו⁠המונכ⁠א דִֽי־דַהֲבָ⁠א֙ עַֽל־צַוְּארָ֔⁠ךְ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will give you purple clothes and a gold neck chain” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
312 5:16 iyy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אַרְגְּוָנָ֣⁠א תִלְבַּ֗שׁ 1 Purple cloth was rare and reserved for royal officials. Alternate translation: “you will be dressed in royal clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
313 5:16 pud4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal וְ⁠תַלְתָּ֥א בְ⁠מַלְכוּתָ֖⁠א תִּשְׁלַֽט 1 “and you will be the number three ruler of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
314 5:17 evt4 מַתְּנָתָ⁠ךְ֙ לָ֣⁠ךְ לֶֽהֶוְיָ֔ן 1 Alternate translation: “I do not want your gifts”
315 5:19 l2ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole כֹּ֣ל עַֽמְמַיָּ֗⁠א אֻמַיָּ⁠א֙ וְ⁠לִשָּׁ֣נַיָּ֔⁠א 1 This phrase uses the word **all** as a generalization that represents a large number. Alternate translation: “a great number of people, of different nations and languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
316 5:19 q693 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy כֹּ֣ל עַֽמְמַיָּ֗⁠א אֻמַיָּ⁠א֙ וְ⁠לִשָּׁ֣נַיָּ֔⁠א 1 Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
317 5:19 bqb5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet הֲו֛וֹ זאעין וְ⁠דָחֲלִ֖ין מִן־קֳדָמ֑וֹ⁠הִי 1 These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of the fear. Alternate translation: “were very afraid of him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
318 5:19 ka6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy דִּֽי־הֲוָ֨ה צָבֵ֜א הֲוָ֣א קָטֵ֗ל 1 This phrase does not mean King Nebuchadnezzar put people to death himself, but rather those he commanded. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his soldiers to kill those he wanted to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
319 5:19 t7ri וְ⁠דִֽי־הֲוָ֤ה צָבֵא֙ הֲוָ֣ה מָרִ֔ים 1 Alternate translation: “He raised up those he wanted to raise up”
320 5:19 db8z וְ⁠דִֽי־הֲוָ֥ה צָבֵ֖א הֲוָ֥ה מַשְׁפִּֽיל 1 Alternate translation: “and he humbled those he wished to humble”
321 5:20 zu9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche רִ֣ם לִבְבֵ֔⁠הּ 1 Here **heart** refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “the king was arrogant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
322 5:20 g3wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche וְ⁠רוּחֵ֖⁠הּ תִּֽקְפַ֣ת 1 Here **spirit** refers to the king himself. Alternate translation: “and the king was hardened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
323 5:20 bbj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠רוּחֵ֖⁠הּ תִּֽקְפַ֣ת 1 the stubbornness of the king is spoken of as if he were **hardened**. Alternate translation: “and the king became stubborn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
324 5:20 w2tx לַ⁠הֲזָדָ֑ה 1 He was rudely and overly confident.
325 5:20 nl2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy הָנְחַת֙ מִן־כָּרְסֵ֣א מַלְכוּתֵ֔⁠הּ 1 Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. Alternate translation: “his authority was taken away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
326 5:20 z3bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive הָנְחַת֙ מִן־כָּרְסֵ֣א מַלְכוּתֵ֔⁠הּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people took away his kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
327 5:21 sl3g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִן־בְּנֵי֩ אֲנָשָׁ֨⁠א טְרִ֜יד 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The people chased him away from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
328 5:21 v3b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠לִבְבֵ֣⁠הּ ׀ עִם־חֵיוְתָ֣⁠א שוי 1 Here **mind** represents his thoughts. Alternate translation: “and he thought as an animal thinks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
329 5:21 amq8 וּ⁠מִ⁠טַּ֥ל שְׁמַיָּ֖⁠א 1 The **dew** is the moisture that is found on the ground in the mornings.
330 5:21 m4na וּ⁠לְ⁠מַן־דִּ֥י יִצְבֵּ֖ה 1 Alternate translation: “whomever he chooses”
331 5:22 z72q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֔ר 1 **Belshazzar** was the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
332 5:22 ij2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche לָ֥א הַשְׁפֵּ֖לְתְּ לִבְבָ֑⁠ךְ 1 Here **heart** refers to Belshazzar himself. Alternate translation: “have not humbled yourself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
333 5:23 fmz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor וְ⁠עַ֣ל מָרֵֽא־שְׁמַיָּ֣⁠א ׀ הִתְרוֹמַ֡מְתָּ 1 To rebel against God is spoken of as raising oneself up against him. Alternate translation: “Instead, you have rebelled against the Lord of heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
334 5:23 qc6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit דִֽי־בַיְתֵ֜⁠הּ 1 What and where “his house” is can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “from his temple in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
335 5:23 kj78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֵֽ⁠אלָהָ֞⁠א דִּֽי־נִשְׁמְתָ֥⁠ךְ בִּ⁠ידֵ֛⁠הּ 1 Here “breath” refers to life and “hand” refers to power or control. Alternate translation: “but … the God who gives you breath” or “but … the God who has control over your entire life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
336 5:23 th44 וְ⁠כָל־אֹרְחָתָ֥⁠ךְ לֵ֖⁠הּ 1 Alternate translation: “and everything you do”
337 5:24 i8fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠כְתָבָ֥⁠א דְנָ֖ה רְשִֽׁים 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and it wrote this message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
338 5:25 rcy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠דְנָ֥ה כְתָבָ֖⁠א דִּ֣י רְשִׁ֑ים 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the message that the hand wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
339 5:25 ea1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate מְנֵ֥א מְנֵ֖א תְּקֵ֥ל וּ⁠פַרְסִֽין 1 These are the Aramaic words that were written on the wall. Spell these words with the sounds that fit your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
340 5:26 tg8v מְנֵ֕א מְנָֽה־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “‘Mene’ means ‘God has numbered”
341 5:27 q5iv תְּקֵ֑ל תְּקִ֥ילְתָּה 1 Alternate translation: “‘Tekel’ means ‘you are weighed”
342 5:27 sg5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor תְּקִ֥ילְתָּה בְ⁠מֹֽאזַנְיָ֖⁠א וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֥חַתְּ חַסִּֽיר 1 Judging the worthiness of the king to rule is spoken of as weighing him. This means that the king is not worthy to rule. Alternate translation: “your worthiness to rule has been judged, and you have been found to be unworthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
343 5:27 avae rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive תְּקִ֥ילְתָּה בְ⁠מֹֽאזַנְיָ֖⁠א וְ⁠הִשְׁתְּכַ֥חַתְּ חַסִּֽיר 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has examined your worthiness to rule, and he has found that you are not worthy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
344 5:28 jb22 פְּרֵ֑ס 1 **Peres** is the singular form of “Pharsin” in 5:25.
345 5:28 b18p פְּרֵ֑ס פְּרִיסַת֙ מַלְכוּתָ֔⁠ךְ 1 Alternate translation: “‘Peres’ means ‘your kingdom has been divided”
346 5:28 j1p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive פְּרִיסַת֙ מַלְכוּתָ֔⁠ךְ וִ⁠יהִיבַ֖ת לְ⁠מָדַ֥י וּ⁠פָרָֽס 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has divided your kingdom and given it to the Medes and Persians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
347 5:29 j9jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names בֵּלְשַׁאצַּ֗ר 1 **Belshazzar** was the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
348 5:29 uvj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ו⁠המונכ⁠א דִֽי־דַהֲבָ֖⁠א עַֽל־צַוְּארֵ֑⁠הּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They put a chain of gold around his neck” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
349 5:29 nfx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal שַׁלִּ֛יט תַּלְתָּ֖א 1 “the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
350 5:31 c2bj קַבֵּ֖ל מַלְכוּתָ֑⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “became the ruler of the kingdom”
351 6:intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Daniel and the lions\n\nDaniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.
352 6:1 xf5z Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe events in this chapter take place after the Persians conquered the Babylonians and Darius the Mede began to rule in Babylon.
353 6:1 y6y9 שְׁפַר֙ קֳדָ֣ם דָּרְיָ֔וֶשׁ 1 Alternate translation: “King Darius decided”
354 6:1 a1zk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers לַ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֖⁠א מְאָ֣ה וְ⁠עֶשְׂרִ֑ין 1 “one hundred and twenty provincial governors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
355 6:2 q0vw וְ⁠עֵ֤לָּא מִנְּ⁠הוֹן֙ 1 The word **them** refers to the 120 satraps.
356 6:2 u9kb וּ⁠מַלְכָּ֖⁠א לָֽא־לֶהֱוֵ֥א נָזִֽק 1 Alternate translation: “so that nothing should be stolen from the king” or “so that no one would steal anything from the king”
357 6:3 ygu7 הֲוָ֣א מִתְנַצַּ֔ח עַל 1 Alternate translation: “excelled above” or “was more capable than”
358 6:3 aig7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ר֤וּחַ יַתִּירָא֙ בֵּ֔⁠הּ 1 Here **spirit** refers to Daniel. It means he had was unusually capable. Alternate translation: “he was an exceptional person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
359 6:3 ef6f ר֤וּחַ יַתִּירָא֙ 1 This **spirit** enabled him do better than the other leaders.
360 6:3 ry6m לַ⁠הֲקָמוּתֵ֖⁠הּ עַל 1 Alternate translation: “to give him authority over” or “to put him in charge of”
361 6:4 ex6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit אֱדַ֨יִן סָֽרְכַיָּ֜⁠א וַ⁠אֲחַשְׁדַּרְפְּנַיָּ֗⁠א הֲו֨וֹ בָעַ֧יִן עִלָּ֛ה לְ⁠הַשְׁכָּחָ֥ה לְ⁠דָנִיֵּ֖אל מִ⁠צַּ֣ד מַלְכוּתָ֑⁠א 1 The other administrators were jealous of Daniel. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Then the other chief administrators and the provincial governors became jealous. So they looked for mistakes in the work Daniel did for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
362 6:4 rl5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־עִלָּ֨ה וּ⁠שְׁחִיתָ֜ה לָא־יָכְלִ֣ין לְ⁠הַשְׁכָּחָ֗ה 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but they could find no mistakes or negligence in his work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
363 6:5 ek64 לְ⁠דָנִיֵּ֥אל דְּנָ֖ה כָּל־עִלָּ֑א 1 Alternate translation: “any reason to complain about Daniel”
364 6:6 ll7v לְ⁠עָלְמִ֥ין חֱיִֽי 1 This was a normal way to greet a king.
365 6:7 bw29 כָל־דִּֽי־יִבְעֵ֣ה בָ֠עוּ 1 Alternate translation: “whoever makes a request”
366 6:7 l2iq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive יִתְרְמֵ֕א לְ⁠גֹ֖ב אַרְיָוָתָֽ⁠א 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your soldiers must throw that person into the den of lions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
367 6:7 h7ip לְ⁠גֹ֖ב אַרְיָוָתָֽ⁠א 1 This may refer to a room or pit where **lions** were kept.
368 6:8 nj57 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nIn verse 8, the administrators continue to speak to the king.
369 6:8 i7m4 לָ֥א תֶעְדֵּֽא 1 Alternate translation: “cannot be canceled”
370 6:10 i5vv וְ֠⁠דָנִיֵּאל כְּ⁠דִ֨י יְדַ֜ע דִּֽי־רְשִׁ֤ים כְּתָבָ⁠א֙ 1 It is important to the story to state clearly that Daniel knew about the new law before he prayed to God.
371 6:10 r7ul rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background וְ⁠כַוִּ֨ין פְּתִיחָ֥ן לֵ⁠הּ֙ בְּ⁠עִלִּיתֵ֔⁠הּ נֶ֖גֶד יְרוּשְׁלֶ֑ם 1 This is background information that explains how Daniel’s enemies knew he was praying to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
372 6:12 gwm4 הֲ⁠לָ֧א אֱסָ֣ר רְשַׁ֗מְתָּ דִּ֣י כָל־אֱנָ֡שׁ דִּֽי־יִבְעֵה֩ מִן־כָּל־אֱלָ֨הּ וֶֽ⁠אֱנָ֜שׁ עַד־יוֹמִ֣ין תְּלָתִ֗ין לָהֵן֙ מִנָּ֣⁠ךְ מַלְכָּ֔⁠א יִתְרְמֵ֕א לְ⁠ג֖וֹב אַרְיָותָ֑⁠א 1 They asked this question to make the king confirm that he had made the decree.
373 6:12 div1 לְ⁠ג֖וֹב אַרְיָותָ֑⁠א 1 This may refer to a room or pit where **lions** were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
374 6:13 c3ar דִּ֣י דָנִיֵּ֡אל דִּי֩ מִן־בְּנֵ֨י גָלוּתָ֜⁠א דִּ֣י יְה֗וּד 1 This is not a respectful way of referring to **Daniel**. They intentionally used this phrase to avoid giving Daniel the respect he was due as a chief administrator.
375 6:13 jia1 דִּי֩ מִן־בְּנֵ֨י גָלוּתָ֜⁠א דִּ֣י יְה֗וּד 1 Alternate translation: “who is an immigrant from Judah”
376 6:13 l8eb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom לָא־שָׂ֨ם עלי⁠ך 1 This idiom means he ignores the king. Alternate translation: “does not obey you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
377 6:14 u8lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy וְ⁠עַ֧ל דָּנִיֵּ֛אל שָׂ֥ם בָּ֖ל לְ⁠שֵׁיזָבוּתֵ֑⁠הּ 1 Here **mind** refers to his thinking. Alternate translation: “and he thought very hard about how to rescue Daniel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
378 6:15 d92j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit כָל־אֱסָ֥ר וּ⁠קְיָ֛ם דִּֽי־מַלְכָּ֥⁠א יְהָקֵ֖ים לָ֥א לְ⁠הַשְׁנָיָֽה 1 The men were implying that since no decree or statute of the king can be changed, Daniel must be thrown into the pit of lions. This can be stated clearly if needed. Alternate translation: “no injunction or statute that the king establishes can be changed. They must throw Daniel into the pit of lions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
379 6:16 zny2 וְ⁠הַיְתִיו֙ לְ⁠דָ֣נִיֵּ֔אל וּ⁠רְמ֕וֹ 1 Alternate translation: “and his soldiers went and got Daniel and thew him”
380 6:16 q3wc לְ⁠גֻבָּ֖⁠א דִּ֣י אַרְיָוָתָ֑⁠א 1 This may refer to a room or pit where **lions** were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
381 6:16 a268 אֱלָהָ֗⁠ךְ דִּ֣י אנתה פָּֽלַֽח־לֵ⁠הּ֙ בִּ⁠תְדִירָ֔⁠א ה֖וּא יְשֵׁיזְבִנָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 The king is expressing his desire for God to save Daniel.
382 6:16 jd6x ה֖וּא יְשֵׁיזְבִנָּֽ⁠ךְ 1 Alternate translation: “may he save you from the lions”
383 6:17 szf5 גֻּבָּ֑⁠א 1 This may refer to a room or pit where lions were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
384 6:17 xjj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit וְ⁠חַתְמַ֨⁠הּ מַלְכָּ֜⁠א בְּ⁠עִזְקְתֵ֗⁠הּ וּ⁠בְ⁠עִזְקָת֙ רַבְרְבָנ֔וֹ⁠הִי דִּ֛י לָא־תִשְׁנֵ֥א צְב֖וּ בְּ⁠דָנִיֵּֽאל 1 The function of the signet ring can be stated clearly. The king and the noblemen pressed their rings into a seal made of wax. Alternate translation: “and the king pressed his signet ring into a wax seal, the nobles did this too. No one was allowed to break the seal and help Daniel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
385 6:17 p5t2 לָא־תִשְׁנֵ֥א צְב֖וּ בְּ⁠דָנִיֵּֽאל 1 Alternate translation: “no one could help Daniel”
386 6:18 un1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction וּ⁠בָ֣ת טְוָ֔ת 1 This symbolic act showed that the king was worried about Daniel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
387 6:18 a3xd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠דַחֲוָ֖ן לָא־הַנְעֵ֣ל קָֽדָמ֑וֹ⁠הִי 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He did not have anyone entertain him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
388 6:18 sb8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification וְ⁠שִׁנְתֵּ֖⁠הּ נַדַּ֥ת עֲלֽוֹ⁠הִי 1 Here **sleep** is spoken of as if it could run away from the king. Alternate translation: “and he did not sleep at all that night” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
389 6:19 e2wc לְ⁠גֻבָּ֥⁠א דִֽי־אַרְיָוָתָ֖⁠א 1 This may refer to a room or pit where **lions** were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
390 6:22 qn4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive זָכוּ֙ הִשְׁתְּכַ֣חַת לִ֔⁠י 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he knows that I have done nothing wrong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
391 6:23 r1eg גֻּבָּ֑⁠א 1 This may refer to a room or pit where lions were kept. See how you translated this in [Daniel 6:7](../06/07.md).
392 6:23 qf7q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וְ⁠כָל־חֲבָל֙ לָא־הִשְׁתְּכַ֣ח בֵּ֔⁠הּ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and they did not find any wounds on Daniel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
393 6:24 qwh3 וְ⁠לָֽא־מְט֞וֹ לְ⁠אַרְעִ֣ית גֻּבָּ֗⁠א עַ֠ד דִּֽי 1 Alternate translation: “and before they reached the floor of the lions’ den”
394 6:25 ty2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy עַֽמְמַיָּ֞⁠א אֻמַיָּ֧⁠א וְ⁠לִשָּׁנַיָּ֛⁠א 1 Here **nations** and **languages** represent people from different **nations** who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “the people from different nations and who spoke different languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
395 6:25 rl1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole בְּ⁠כָל־אַרְעָ֖⁠א 1 King Darius wrote his message to his entire kingdom which was huge. Here it says **all the earth** as a generalization to emphasis how large his kingdom was, though it did not include everyone on the earth. Alternate translation: “in his entire kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
396 6:25 zkz8 שְׁלָמְ⁠כ֥וֹן יִשְׂגֵּֽא 1 This is a form of greeting that is used to wish someone well in all areas of life.
397 6:26 m5v6 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis continues to state the message that Darius sent to everyone in his kingdom.
398 6:26 n6v5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet זאעין וְ⁠דָ֣חֲלִ֔ין 1 These two words are similar and can be combined. Alternate translation: “shake with fear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
399 6:26 s8va אֱלָהֵ֣⁠הּ דִּי־דָֽנִיֵּ֑אל 1 Alternate translation: “the God that Daniel worships”
400 6:26 ma86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ה֣וּא ׀ אֱלָהָ֣⁠א חַיָּ֗⁠א וְ⁠קַיָּם֙ לְ⁠עָ֣לְמִ֔ין 1 The two phrases **the living God** and **enduring forever** express the same concept, that God lives forever. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
401 6:26 xw4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism וּ⁠מַלְכוּתֵ⁠הּ֙ דִּֽי־לָ֣א תִתְחַבַּ֔ל וְ⁠שָׁלְטָנֵ֖⁠הּ עַד־סוֹפָֽ⁠א׃ 1 These two phrases are parallel, emphasizing how God’s kingdom will never end. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
402 6:26 s6yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive וּ⁠מַלְכוּתֵ⁠הּ֙ דִּֽי־לָ֣א תִתְחַבַּ֔ל 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and no one will destroy his kingdom” or “and his kingdom will last forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
403 6:26 fcy1 וְ⁠שָׁלְטָנֵ֖⁠הּ עַד־סוֹפָֽ⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “and he will rule forever”
404 6:27 bld2 דִּ֚י שֵׁיזִ֣יב לְ⁠דָֽנִיֵּ֔אל מִן־יַ֖ד אַרְיָוָתָֽ⁠א 1 Alternate translation: “he has not allowed the strong lions to hurt Daniel”
405 6:28 a5br בְּ⁠מַלְכ֣וּת דָּרְיָ֑וֶשׁ וּ⁠בְ⁠מַלְכ֖וּת כּ֥וֹרֶשׁ פרסי⁠א 1 **Cyrus the Persian** was the king who ruled after **Darius**.
406 7:intro e18x 0 # Daniel 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The four beasts\n\nThere will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n### The Son of Man\n\nGod will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
407 7:1 cw4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nChapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
408 7:1 dme8 Belshazzar 0 This was the name of Nebuchadnezzar’s son, who became king after him. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
409 7:1 xdv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet a dream and visions 0 The words “dream” and “visions” both refer to the same dream that is described in this chapter. Alternate translation: “visions while he was dreaming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
410 7:2 mjk7 the four winds of heaven 0 Alternate translation: “winds from everywhere” or “strong winds from all four directions”
411 7:2 b48l stirring up 0 Alternate translation: “whipped up” or “agitated” or “caused high waves in”
412 7:4 z5hd rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage The first was like a lion but had eagle’s wings 0 This was a symbolic creature, and not an animal that exists. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
413 7:4 a7n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive its wings were torn off and it was lifted from the ground and made to stand on two feet, like a man 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone tore off its wings and lifted it up from the ground and made it stand on two feet like a human being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
414 7:4 y6v7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy The mind of a man was given to it 0 Here “mind” refers to thinking. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone gave it the ability to think like a human being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
415 7:5 eqm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage a second animal, like a bear 0 This was not an actual bear, but a symbolic animal that was similar to a bear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
416 7:5 i32b ribs 0 large curved bones of the chest that connect to the spine
417 7:5 c38p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive It was told 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone told it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
418 7:6 fl2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage another animal, one that looked like a leopard 0 This was not an actual leopard, but a symbolic animal that was similar to a leopard. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
419 7:6 h4ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage four wings & four heads 0 The four wings and four heads are symbols, but their meaning is unclear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
420 7:6 y1jd it had four heads 0 Alternate translation: “the animal had four heads”
421 7:6 jpn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive It was given authority to rule 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone gave it authority to rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
422 7:7 g1aj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage a fourth animal & it had ten horns 0 This is also not an actual animal. It is a symbolic creature. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
423 7:7 w7ww trampled underfoot 0 Alternate translation: “walked on and crushed”
424 7:8 j87p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the horns 0 Translators may write a footnote like this: “Horns are a symbol of power and represent powerful leaders.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
425 7:8 ga8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Three of the first horns were wrenched out by the roots 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The little horn tore out three of the first horns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
426 7:8 d113 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche a mouth that was boasting about great things 0 Here the horn was boasting, using its mouth to do so. Alternate translation: “the horn had a mouth and boasted about doing great things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
427 7:9 dge1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nMost of the text of verses 9-14 is symbolic language with parallel lines that have similar meaning. For this reason, the ULT and UST present them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
428 7:9 hw4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive thrones were set in place 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone set thrones in their places” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
429 7:9 xvt9 the Ancient of Days 0 This is a title for God that means he is eternal. Alternate translation: “the One Who Has Lived Forever” or “the One Who Has Always Lived”
430 7:9 rc8y took his seat & His clothing & the hair of his head 0 This passage describes God as sitting down, with clothing and hair like a person. This does not mean that God really is like this, but it is how Daniel saw God in a vision.
431 7:9 crh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom took his seat 0 This is an idiom that means he sat down. Alternate translation: “sat down on his throne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
432 7:9 imw8 His clothing was as white as snow 0 His clothing is compared to snow to show that it was very white. Alternate translation: “His clothing was very white”
433 7:9 d5if rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile the hair of his head was like pure wool 0 Something about God’s hair looked like pure wool. This could mean: (1) it was very white or (2) it was thick and curly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
434 7:9 jf7e pure wool 0 Alternate translation: “clean wool” or “wool that is washed”
435 7:9 c4le His throne was flames & its wheels were burning fire 0 This describes the throne of God and its wheels as if they were made of fire. The words “flames” and “burning fire” mean basically the same thing and can be translated the same way.
436 7:9 lhh4 its wheels 0 It is unclear why God’s throne is described as having wheels. Thrones normally do not have wheels, but the text clearly states that this throne has some kind of wheels. Use a general term for “wheels” if possible.
437 7:10 rab3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor A river of fire flowed out from before him 0 The quick way in which fire came from the presence of God is spoken of as if it was water flowing in a river. Alternate translation: “Fire poured out in front of him like water in a river” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
438 7:10 z1dt before him 0 The word “him” refers to God, the Ancient of Days from [Daniel 7:9](../07/09.md).
439 7:10 gka4 millions 0 This probably refers to a large group rather than to a precise number. Alternate translation: “thousands of thousands” or “great numbers of people”
440 7:10 f9kw one hundred million 0 This probably refers to a large group rather than to a precise number. Alternate translation: “tens of thousands times tens of thousands” or “uncountable numbers of people”
441 7:10 h5d3 The court was in session 0 This means that God, the judge, was ready to investigate the evidence and make his judgment. Alternate translation: “The judge was ready to judge” or “The judge was seated”
442 7:10 pyd5 the books were opened 0 These are the books that contain the evidence to be used in court. Alternate translation: “the books of evidence were opened”
443 7:11 g8ls rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the animal was killed & to be burned up 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they killed the fourth animal, destroyed its body, and gave it to someone to burn it up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
444 7:11 tqd6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the animal was killed 0 The animal was killed because the judge determined that it was guilty. Alternate translation: “they executed the animal” or “the judge commanded and they killed the animal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
445 7:11 pms3 the animal 0 This refers to the fourth animal that had the ten horns and the horn that spoke boastfully. Alternate translation: “the most frightening animal” or “the animal that had the boastful horn”
446 7:12 ayx9 the rest of the four animals 0 It may be helpful to your readers to say, “the other three animals.”
447 7:12 dj5p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive their authority to rule was taken away 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the judge took away their authority to rule” or “their authority to rule ended” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
448 7:12 ru76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive their lives were prolonged for a period of time 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they continued to live for a period of time” or “the judge let them live a little longer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
449 7:13 lvf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nMost of the text of verses 9-14 is symbolic language with parallel lines that have similar meaning. For this reason, the ULT presents them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
450 7:13 j5t6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile I saw one coming & like a son of man 0 The person that Daniel saw was not a normal man, but had a human figure like a man. “I also saw that night someone coming who resembled a son of man, that is, he had a human figure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
451 7:13 n5qi with the clouds of heaven 0 Alternate translation: “with the clouds of the sky”
452 7:13 ln6w the Ancient of Days 0 This refers to God who is eternal. See how you translated this title in [Daniel 7:9](../07/09.md)
453 7:13 pjn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive was presented before him 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they presented this son of man to the Ancient of Days” or “he stood before him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
454 7:14 ai49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Authority to rule and glory and royal power were given to him 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who looked like a son of man received authority to rule, glory, and royal power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
455 7:14 yv4q royal power 0 This, here, refers to “authority.”
456 7:14 hc6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy peoples, nations, and languages 0 Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
457 7:14 z6xf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism will not pass away & will never be destroyed 0 These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
458 7:14 sl8k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that will never be destroyed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one will ever destroy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
459 7:15 xt3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism my spirit was grieved inside of me & the visions I saw in my mind troubled me 0 These two phrases describe how Daniel was feeling. The second one gives more information about the first one, explaining about his grieved spirit. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
460 7:15 g5s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche my spirit was grieved inside of me 0 Here “my spirit” refers to Daniel himself. Alternate translation: “I was very sad inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
461 7:16 z2w1 one of them standing there 0 This is one of the heavenly beings who were standing before God’s throne. This could mean: (1) these are angels, spirits who serve God (2) these are people who have died and are now in heaven.
462 7:16 fhe1 to show me 0 Alternate translation: “to tell me” or “to explain to me”
463 7:16 x45a these things 0 Alternate translation: “the things I had seen”
464 7:17 mw57 These large animals, four in number, 0 Alternate translation: “These four large animals”
465 7:17 s2iv are four kings 0 Alternate translation: “represent four kings”
466 7:17 e2vw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom four kings that will arise from the earth 0 Here “from the earth” means they are real people. Alternate translation: “four kings who will come to power on the earth” or “four men who will rise up from among the people of the earth and become kings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
467 7:18 tz29 they will possess it 0 Alternate translation: “they will rule over it”
468 7:18 x83s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet forever and ever 0 This repetition of ideas emphasizes that this kingdom will never come to an end. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
469 7:19 qj78 very horrifying 0 Alternate translation: “very frightening”
470 7:19 fq88 trampled on 0 Alternate translation: “walked on and crushed”
471 7:20 e5t1 the ten horns on its head 0 Alternate translation: “the ten horns on the head of the fourth animal”
472 7:20 vi4r grew up, and before which the three horns fell down 0 Alternate translation: “grew up, and about the three horns that fell down in front of it” or “grew up, and about the three horns that fell down because of it”
473 7:20 vjs9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism before which the three horns fell down 0 Here “fell down” is a euphemism that means they were destroyed.” Alternate translation: “which destroyed the three horns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
474 7:20 frj1 the mouth that boasted 0 Alternate translation: “its mouth that boasted” or “the mouth of the new horn, that boasted”
475 7:20 f425 that seemed greater than its companions 0 the horn with the eyes and a mouth seemed to be greater than the other horns
476 7:21 xcl9 this horn 0 “this fourth horn.” This refers to the horn that is described in [Daniel 7:20](../07/20.md).
477 7:22 pxx4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive until the Ancient of Days came, and justice was given 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until the Ancient of Days came and brought justice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
478 7:22 dui7 Ancient of Days 0 This is a title for God that emphasizes that he is eternal. See how you translated this title in [Daniel 7:9](../07/09.md).
479 7:22 em4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the holy people received the kingdom 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave his kingdom to his holy people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
480 7:23 ec9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nMost of the text of verses 23-27 is symbolic language. For this reason, the ULT presents them in poetic form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
481 7:23 mv4h This is what that person said 0 This is the person that Daniel approached in [Daniel 7:16](../07/16.md).
482 7:23 p7zf that person said 0 Alternate translation: “that person answered”
483 7:23 lqc9 As for the fourth animal 0 Alternate translation: “Concerning the fourth animal” or “Now, about the fourth animal”
484 7:23 t6ga rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor It will devour & it into pieces 0 This does not mean the fourth kingdom will destroy the planet, but that it will brutally attack, conquer, and destroy all other kingdoms on earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
485 7:24 x4nc As for the ten horns 0 Alternate translation: “Concerning the ten horns” or “Now, about the ten horns”
486 7:24 cn9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit out of this kingdom ten kings will arise 0 They will rule one after the other. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “ten kings will rule over this fourth kingdom, one after another” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
487 7:24 iw64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit another will arise after them 0 This other king is not one of the ten. It may be helpful to refer to him as “the eleventh king.” Alternate translation: “after that an eleventh king will become powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
488 7:24 qun4 He will be different from the previous ones 0 Alternate translation: “He will be different from the other ten kings”
489 7:24 x7hx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit he will conquer the three kings 0 He will defeat three of the original ten kings. It may be helpful to state that those three kings are represented by the three horns that were pulled out. Alternate translation: “he will defeat the three kings that were represented by the three horns that were pulled out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
490 7:25 xih7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom He will speak words against the Most High 0 This means that the newest king will openly disagree with and say bad things about the Most High. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
491 7:25 ce61 He will try & into his hand 0 The words “He” and “his” refer to the newest king, not the Most High.
492 7:25 nt2f the holy people 0 Alternate translation: “God’s holy people”
493 7:25 w16z change the festivals and the law 0 Both terms refer to the law of Moses. The festivals were an important part of the religion of Israel in the Old Testament.
494 7:25 hn8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy These things will be given into his hand 0 Here “his hand” refers to his control. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The newest king will control the religous festivals and laws” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
495 7:25 dnu4 one year, two years, and half a year 0 This means “three and half years.” This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. Try to translate it in a way that preserves this way of counting. Alternate translation: “one year plus two years plus six months”
496 7:26 is1x the court will be in session 0 This means that the judge will be ready to investigate evidence and make his judgment. Alternate translation: “the judge will judge” or “The judge will sit down”
497 7:26 iln2 they will take his royal power away 0 Alternate translation: “the members of the court will take the royal power away from the newest king”
498 7:26 j3ya royal power 0 This, here, refers to “authority.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 7:14](../07/14.md).
499 7:26 plf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive to be consumed and destroyed at the end 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and consume and destroy it in the end” or “and completely destroy his royal power in the end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
500 7:27 hh11 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The kingdom and the dominion & will be given to the people 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give the kingdom and the dominion … to the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
501 7:27 c6lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet The kingdom and the dominion 0 These two terms mean basically the same thing and emphasize that this will concern all forms of official authority. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
502 7:27 p5c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns the greatness of the kingdoms 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **greatness**, you can express the same idea with an adjective such as “great.” Alternate translation: “everything that is great about the kingdoms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
503 7:27 ry7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom of the kingdoms under the whole heaven 0 The idiom “under the whole heaven” refers to the kingdoms on earth. Alternate translation: “of all the kingdoms on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
504 7:27 eti4 His kingdom 0 Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the Most High”
505 7:27 t3ct an everlasting kingdom 0 Alternate translation: “a kingdom that will exist forever” or “a kingdom that will never end”
506 7:28 v6mq Here is the end of the matter 0 This means that Daniel has finished describing the vision. Alternate translation: “That is what I saw in my vision” or “This is the end of the description of what I saw in my vision”
507 7:28 am3a my face changed in appearance 0 Alternate translation: “my face became pale”
508 8:intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 8 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The vision of the ram and the male goat\n\nAlthough specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
509 8:1 rft5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nChapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
510 8:1 b6kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal In the third year 0 “In year three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
511 8:1 er4q Belshazzar 0 This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
512 8:1 h9fw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background had a vision appear to me (after the one & first) 0 This is background information to remind the reader that this is Daniel’s second vision. Alternate translation: “had a second vision appear to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
513 8:2 t4xy fortress 0 a walled city that was guarded and protected
514 8:2 m8kv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Susa & Elam & Ulai Canal 0 These are names of places. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
515 8:2 jfs1 Canal 0 A canal is a narrow man-made waterway.
516 8:3 kh4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage a ram with two horns 0 It is normal for rams to have two horns. These horns, however, have symbolic meaning. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
517 8:3 buj1 but the longer & passed up in length by it 0 Alternate translation: “but the longer one grew more slowly than the shorter one, and the shorter one grew to be even longer than it”
518 8:4 wrr2 I saw the ram charging 0 Alternate translation: “I saw the ram rushing” or “I saw the ram running very quickly”
519 8:4 s49e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy to rescue anyone out of his hand 0 Rams do not have hands. Here “hand” refers to the ram’s power. Alternate translation: “to rescue anyone from him” or “to rescue anyone from his power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
520 8:5 npd3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole across the surface of the whole earth 0 The phrase “the whole earth” is an exaggeration that means he came from far away. Alternate translation: “from far away across the surface of the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
521 8:5 jv2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit The goat had a large horn between his eyes 0 Goats have two horns on the sides of their heads. This image should be explained. Alternate translation: “The goat had a single large horn in the center of his head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
522 8:6 ith5 in a powerful rage 0 Alternate translation: “and it was very angry”
523 8:7 u36k trampled 0 to crush something by stepping on it
524 8:7 hh82 the ram from his power 0 Alternate translation: “the ram from the goat because of his power”
525 8:8 kr6f the goat became very large 0 Alternate translation: “the goat became very large and strong”
526 8:8 pt9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the large horn was broken 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “something broke off the large horn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
527 8:8 z9lm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom toward the four winds of the heavens 0 Here “the four winds of heaven” is an idiom that refers to the four main directions (north, east, south, west) from which the winds blow. Alternate translation: “in four different directions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
528 8:9 ys25 but which became very large 0 Alternate translation: “but it became very large”
529 8:9 i3jg in the south, in the east, and in the land of beauty 0 This probably means it pointed in those directions. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “and pointed toward the south and then toward the east and then toward the beautiful land of Israel”
530 8:9 umn2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the land of beauty 0 This is a reference to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
531 8:10 pkh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification It became so large as to engage in war 0 Here the horn is given qualities of a person and is engaging in war. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
532 8:10 h6ex rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Some of that army & thrown down to the earth 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: The horn threw some of that army and some of the stars down to the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
533 8:10 iq57 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification it trampled on them 0 Here the horn is given qualities of a person that tramples on the stars and on the army. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
534 8:11 akq6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThe horn is given qualities of a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
535 8:11 x2bs Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nDaniel continues describing his vision of the horn ([Daniel 8:9](../08/09.md)).
536 8:11 r2zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the commander of the army 0 This refers to God himself, who is the leader of the angel army. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
537 8:11 i4px It took away from him the regular burnt offering 0 Here “took away” means the horn stopped the offering. Here “him” refers to God, the commander of the army. Alternate translation: “It stopped the people from making their regular burnt offering to him”
538 8:11 c2s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the place of his sanctuary was polluted 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it defiled his sanctuary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
539 8:12 y31h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor The horn will throw truth down to the ground 0 The horn ignoring truth and godliness is spoken of as if it will throw truth to the ground. Alternate translation: “The horn will reject the truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
540 8:13 lj18 holy one 0 Alternate translation: “angel”
541 8:13 b9yz the handing over of the sanctuary 0 Alternate translation: “the surrender of the sanctuary”
542 8:13 xj3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive heaven’s army being trampled on 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the horn trampling on heaven’s army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
543 8:14 ed38 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 2,300 evenings and mornings 0 “Two thousand three hundred evenings and mornings.” Here “evenings and mornings” is a merism that refers to everything in between, which means full days. Alternate translation: “2,300 sunsets and sunrises” or “2,300 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
544 8:14 j3q3 the sanctuary will be put right 0 Alternate translation: “the temple will be purified and set in order again”
545 8:16 h4dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche a man’s voice calling between the banks of the Ulai Canal 0 Here a man is being referred to by his voice. Alternate translation: “a man calling from the Ulai Canal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
546 8:16 c8qg Ulai Canal 0 A canal is a narrow man-made waterway. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 8:2](../08/02.md).
547 8:17 c9ys rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction prostrated myself on the ground 0 This is an act of worship in which someone lies flat on the ground. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
548 8:17 v6y5 the time of the end 0 “the final days” or “the end of the world.” This does not refer to the final moment in time, but rather to the events that will happen immediately before the end.
549 8:18 c89u a deep sleep 0 This is a type of sleep when someone is sleeping heavily and does not wake up easily.
550 8:19 v9et rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the time of wrath 0 This refers to the time when God will judge. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the time when God judges in anger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
551 8:19 zif5 the appointed time for the end 0 Alternate translation: “the time when the world will end”
552 8:20 bi9v rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn these verses, the angel explains to Daniel the symbolic meaning of the things he saw in his vision. The animals and horns actually represent human rulers and kingdoms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
553 8:20 zfr2 two horns—they are 0 Alternate translation: “two horns—they represent”
554 8:20 k8n7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the kings of Media and Persia 0 This could mean: (1) this refers to the kings of Media and Persia or (2) this is a metonym in which the kings represents the kingdoms of Media and Persia. Alternate translation: “the kingdoms of Media and Persia” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
555 8:21 j9y9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the king of Greece 0 This could mean: (1) this refers to the king of Greece or (2) this is a metonym in which the king represents the kingdom of Greece. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of Greece” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
556 8:21 h37i The large horn between his eyes is 0 Alternate translation: “The large horn between his eyes represents”
557 8:22 j764 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn these verses, the angel explains to Daniel the symbolic meaning of the things he saw in his vision. The animals and horns actually represented human rulers or kingdoms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
558 8:22 qtr7 As for the horn that was broken & four others arose 0 Alternate translation: “Where the large horn was broken off, four others arose”
559 8:22 c6qn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit four kingdoms will arise from his nation 0 The four horns represent the four new kingdoms. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “they represent the four kingdoms into which the kingdom of the first king will be divided” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
560 8:22 z39i but not with his great power 0 Alternate translation: “but they will not have as much power as the king represented by the large horn”
561 8:23 gk83 At the latter time of those kingdoms 0 Alternate translation: “As those kingdoms approach their end”
562 8:23 t2i5 shall have reached their limit 0 Alternate translation: “have reached their full” or “have run their course”
563 8:23 x2ku grim-faced 0 This means someone who looks defiant, or like he will refuse to obey.
564 8:24 fm5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn these verses, the angel explains to Daniel the symbolic meaning of the things he saw in his vision. The animals and horns actually represented human rulers or kingdoms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
565 8:24 ue1c but not by his own power 0 Alternate translation: “but someone else will give him his power”
566 8:25 yq8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification he will make deceit prosper 0 Here “deceit” is spoken of as if it is a person who will prosper. Alternate translation: “the amount of deception will increase” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
567 8:25 u9tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy under his hand 0 Here “hand” refers to his rule. Alternate translation: “under his rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
568 8:25 f6qi King of kings 0 This refers to God.
569 8:25 asi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy he will be broken 0 Here “he” refers to his power. Alternate translation: “his rule will end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
570 8:25 cxx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy not by any human hand 0 Here “hand” refers to power. This can be also stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “not by any human power” or “by divine power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
571 8:26 cer6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor seal up the vision 0 The angel speaks about the vision as if it were a scroll that could be closed with a wax seal. This prevented anyone from seeing the contents until the seal was broken. Alternate translation: “close and seal up what you have written about the vision” or “do not tell anyone about the vision now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
572 8:27 us1l was overcome and lay weak for several days 0 Alternate translation: “was exhausted and lay in bed sick for several days”
573 8:27 c42h went about the king’s business 0 Alternate translation: “did the work that the king had assigned to me”
574 8:27 v7gd I was appalled by the vision 0 Alternate translation: “I was dismayed by the vision” or “I was very confused by the vision”
575 9:intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 9 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Daniel told the future\n\nGabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])\n\n### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26\n\nThis passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
576 9:1 a2ic General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nChapters 7 and 8 were not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king. Chapter 9 now returns to the events of the reign of Darius who became king in chapter 6.
577 9:1 lvl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background It was Ahasuerus who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians 0 This is background information about who Ahasuerus was. The UST places this in parentheses to make that clear. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
578 9:1 y3g6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
579 9:1 m6bc over the realm 0 Alternate translation: “over the country” or “over the kingdom”
580 9:2 h1p2 Yahweh 0 This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
581 9:2 y2g1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers there would be seventy years until Jerusalem’s abandonment would end 0 “from the time Jerusalem was destroyed, it would remain in ruins for 70 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
582 9:2 zrc4 abandonment 0 this means no one would help or rebuild Jerusalem during that time
583 9:3 xi1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy I turned my face to the Lord God 0 Here “face” represents Daniel’s attention. Alternate translation: “I focused my attention on the Lord God” or “I directed my thoughts toward the Lord God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
584 9:3 v1yi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor to seek him 0 Those who want to know Yahweh and please him are spoken of as if they are literally seeking to find Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
585 9:3 ni5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction fasting, wearing sackcloth, and sitting in ashes 0 These are symbolic acts of repentance and sorrow. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
586 9:4 waz8 I made confession of our sins 0 Alternate translation: “I confessed our sins”
587 9:4 q4bd you are the one who keeps the covenant and is faithful to love those 0 Alternate translation: “you do what you said you would do in your covenant, and you faithfully love those”
588 9:5 bz6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism We have sinned and have done what is wrong 0 These two phrases express one idea in two different ways for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
589 9:5 ie62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism We have acted wickedly and we have rebelled 0 These two phrases express one idea in two different ways for emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
590 9:5 fu8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet your commands and decrees 0 The words “commands” and “decrees” share similar meanings and refer to the whole law. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
591 9:6 x5wh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy We have not listened to your servants 0 Here “not listened” means they did not obey their message. Alternate translation: “We have not obeyed the message of your prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
592 9:6 hp4w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy spoke in your name 0 Here “name” refers to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “spoke with your authority” or “spoke as your representative” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
593 9:6 et6z the people of the land 0 Here “land” refers to Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people”
594 9:7 fy69 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor To you, Lord, belongs righteousness 0 Being righteous is spoken of as if “righteousness” were an object that belongs to Yahweh. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **righteousness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “righteous.” Alternate translation: “Lord, you are righteous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
595 9:7 x7i6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor To us today, however, belongs shame on our faces—for the people 0 Being ashamed is spoken of as if “shame” were an object that belongs to people. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **shame**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “ashamed.” Alternate translation: “But as for us, we are ashamed of what we have done—the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
596 9:7 k8fa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive To us today 0 The word “us” includes Daniel and the Israelites, but it does not include God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
597 9:7 kk5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom belongs shame on our faces 0 This idiom means their shame is visible to all. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
598 9:7 u1gy because of the great treachery that we committed against you 0 Alternate translation: “because we greatly betrayed you” or “because we were very unfaithful to you”
599 9:9 vqm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor To the Lord our God belong compassion and forgiveness 0 Having these traits is spoken of as if they belonged to the Lord. Alternate translation: “The Lord our God is compassionate and forgives” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
600 9:10 kf4g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy We have not obeyed the voice of Yahweh our God 0 Here “voice” refers to the commands that Yahweh spoke. Alternate translation: “We have not obeyed what Yahweh told us to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
601 9:11 b68w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom turned aside 0 The words “turned aside” mean that Israel stopped obeying God’s laws. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
602 9:11 qk6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive that are written in the law of Moses 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Moses wrote about in the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
603 9:11 n3rz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor have been poured out on us 0 The abundance of the curse and the oath are spoken of as if they were poured out like water. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you have brought upon us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
604 9:12 n2ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom For under the whole of heaven 0 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “For in the whole world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
605 9:12 l46l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive there has not been done anything 0 “nothing has been done.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “nothing has happened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
606 9:12 vbx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive what has been done to Jerusalem 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what you have done to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
607 9:13 c1fb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive As it is written in the law of Moses 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “As Moses wrote in the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
608 9:13 sk3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom turning away from our iniquities 0 Here stopping evil activity is spoken of as turning away from them. Alternate translation: “stopping our evil actions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
609 9:14 dxb5 Yahweh has kept the disaster ready 0 Alternate translation: “Yahweh has prepared this disaster”
610 9:14 up2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy we have not obeyed his voice 0 Here “voice” refers to the things that Yahweh commanded. Alternate translation: “we have not done what he told us to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
611 9:15 wi6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy with a mighty hand 0 Here “mighty hand” is a metonym for strength. Alternate translation: “with great strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
612 9:15 k82d you have made a famous name for yourself, as in this present day 0 Alternate translation: “you caused people to know how great you are, as you still do today”
613 9:15 u2zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism still we sinned; we have done wicked things 0 These two clauses mean basically the same thing and are used together to emphasize how bad sin is. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
614 9:15 h9ad rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive we sinned; we have done wicked things 0 Daniel and Israel sinned and did wicked things, but “we” does not include God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
615 9:16 zd1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet your anger and your wrath 0 The words “anger” and “wrath” mean basically the same thing and emphasize how terrible God’s anger is when he acts on it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
616 9:16 g4t8 your holy mountain 0 This mountain may be holy because God’s temple is there. Alternate translation: “the mountain where your holy temple is”
617 9:16 t4wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive our sins & our ancestors 0 Here “our” refers to Daniel and Israel, but not to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
618 9:16 qcc3 an object of scorn 0 Alternate translation: “a target of disrespect”
619 9:17 e6hv Now 0 This does not mean “at this moment”, but it is a way to show that the next phase in Daniel’s prayer is about to start.
620 9:17 u437 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person your servant & his pleas for mercy 0 The words “your servant” and “his” here refer to Daniel. He speaks about himself in the third person as a sign of respect for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
621 9:17 ndy1 pleas for mercy 0 Alternate translation: “requests for mercy”
622 9:17 a4vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor make your face shine on 0 The writer speaks of Yahweh acting favorably as if Yahweh’s face shone a light. Alternate translation: “act kindly toward” or “act with favor toward” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
623 9:17 b52l your sanctuary 0 This refers to the temple in Jerusalem.
624 9:18 sv8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom open your ears and listen 0 To “open the ears” is an idiom that means to listen. These two phrases means the same thing and emphasize Daniel’s desire for God to listen to his prayer. Alternate translation: “please listen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
625 9:18 jqa4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom open your eyes and see 0 To “open the eyes” is an idiom that means to see. These two phrases means the same thing and emphasize Daniel’s desire for God to pay attention to his prayer. Alternate translation: “notice us” or “pay attention” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
626 9:18 gw8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy is called by your name 0 Here “name” represents ownership. Alternate translation: “is your city” or “belongs to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
627 9:19 y5zw do not delay 0 This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “act quickly”
628 9:20 n3ma my people Israel 0 Alternate translation: “the people of Israel to whom I belong”
629 9:21 tmu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the man Gabriel 0 This is the same angel Gabriel who appeared in the form of a man in [Daniel 8:16](../08/16.md). Alternate translation: “Gabriel, who appeared as a man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
630 9:21 m9dw in the vision at the first 0 This may refer to the first vision that Daniel had while he was awake. Alternate translation: “in the previous vision” or “in the vision I saw before” or “in a vision before”
631 9:21 ud8s flew down to me in rapid flight 0 Alternate translation: “flew down to me quickly”
632 9:21 i2as at the time of the evening sacrifice 0 The Jewish people sacrificed to God each evening just before the sun went down.
633 9:22 i4uk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet insight and understanding 0 The words “insight” and “understanding” mean the same thing and emphasize that Gabriel will help Daniel to understand the message completely. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
634 9:23 bj8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the order was given 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave the order” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
635 9:23 ke8t consider this word 0 Alternate translation: “think about this message”
636 9:23 dn8d the revelation 0 This refers back to the prophesy of Jeremiah in [Daniel 9:2](../09/02.md).
637 9:24 tn7g Seventy sevens are decreed for your people and your holy city to 0 God decreed that he would do the things in this verse for the people and the holy city.
638 9:24 x7sx Seventy sevens 0 This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. If possible, try to translate in a way that preserves this use of the number seven. Alternate translation: “Seventy times seven years”
639 9:24 vmn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you your people and your holy city 0 The word “your” here refers to Daniel. The people are the Israelites and the holy city is Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
640 9:24 v75s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism to end the guilt and put an end to sin 0 The idea is repeated to emphasize how certain it is that this will happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
641 9:24 dt4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom to carry out the vision 0 Here “carry out” is an idiom that means to accomplish. Alternate translation: “to accomplish the vision” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
642 9:24 z31h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet the vision and the prophecy 0 These words in this context mean the same thing. They ensure Daniel that Jeremiah’s vision was indeed a prophecy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
643 9:25 hg9s and sixty-two sevens 0 This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. If possible, try to translate in a way that preserves this use of the number seven. Alternate translation: “seven times seven years … and sixty-two times seven years”
644 9:25 z58t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet Know and understand 0 These words are used together to make the importance clear. Alternate translation: “You must clearly understand” or “You must know for sure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
645 9:25 cc6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction the anointed one 0 Anointing is a symbolic act to show that someone is chosen. Alternate translation: “the person that God anoints” or “the person that God chooses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
646 9:25 mg6r seven sevens & and sixty-two sevens 0 These added together are 69 of the 70 sevens spoken of in verse 24.
647 9:25 tg7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Jerusalem will be rebuilt 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will rebuild Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
648 9:25 gs6w moat 0 a deep ditch around a city or building, usually with water in it
649 9:25 q3nq the times of distress 0 Alternate translation: “a time of great trouble”
650 9:26 t9v5 sixty-two sevens 0 This is not the normal way the Israelites counted. If possible, try to translate in a way that preserves this use of the number seven. See how you translated this number in [Daniel 9:25](../09/25.md). Alternate translation: “sixty-two times seven”
651 9:26 pru6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the anointed one will be destroyed and will have nothing 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will destroy the anointed one and he will have nothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
652 9:26 nzv4 the anointed one 0 Anointing is a symbolic act to show that someone is chosen. See how you translated this title in [Daniel 9:25](../09/25.md). Alternate translation: “the person that God anoints” or “the person that God chooses”
653 9:26 bn3z a coming ruler 0 This is a foreign ruler, not “the anointed one.” Alternate translation: “a foreign ruler who will come” or “a powerful ruler who will come”
654 9:26 hpa8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Its end will come with a flood 0 The army will destroy the city and the holy place just as a flood destroys things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
655 9:26 ite5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Desolations have been decreed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed ruin for the city and sanctuary” or “God has declared that the enemy army will destroy everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
656 9:27 a45k He will & he will 0 This refers to the coming ruler who will destroy the anointed one.
657 9:27 zqk4 one seven & In the middle of the seven 0 Here “seven” is used to refer to a period of seven years. Alternate translation: “seven years … Halfway through the seven years”
658 9:27 rr1b put an end to 0 Alternate translation: “stop” or “halt”
659 9:27 jsh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet the sacrifice and the offering 0 These words basically mean the same thing. The repetition is to show that the ruler will prevent all types of sacrifices. Alternate translation: “all forms of sacrificing” or “every type of offering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
660 9:27 e962 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the wing of abominations 0 This may refer to the defensive structures on top of the walls of the temple, which are called “abominations” because they are full of idols. Alternate translation: “the walls of the temple that are full of abominations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
661 9:27 l267 someone who makes desolate 0 Alternate translation: “a person who completely destroys”
662 9:27 i8lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive A full end and destruction are decreed to be poured out 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has decreed that he will pour out a full end and destruction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
663 9:27 x6c9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet A full end and destruction 0 These two words or expressions are basically the same. They emphasize how serious and complete the destruction will be. Alternate translation: “Complete destruction” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
664 9:27 t53m the one who has made the desolation 0 Alternate translation: “the person who caused the destruction”
665 10:intro rcw2 0 # Daniel 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins a section where Daniel is given a prophecy about the future from an angel. This section continues for the remainder of the book. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
666 10:1 if3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal the third year of Cyrus king of Persia 0 “year 3 of the rule of Cyrus the king of Persia” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
667 10:1 mci4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive a message was revealed to Daniel 0 This can also be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “God revealed a message to Daniel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
668 10:1 vf8c insight 0 the ability to understand more than what can be seen
669 10:3 xqe9 delicacies 0 These are expensive or rare kinds of food. Alternate translation: “fancy foods”
670 10:3 af3y until the completion of three entire weeks 0 Alternate translation: “until the end of three entire weeks”
671 10:4 s7nc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths On the twenty-fourth day of the first month 0 This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fourth day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
672 10:5 p8b1 with a belt around his waist 0 Alternate translation: “and he was wearing a belt”
673 10:5 q62t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Uphaz 0 Uphaz is a place. Its location is not known (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
674 10:6 pv61 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile His body was like topaz 0 His body gleamed with blue or yellow light as if it were made of topaz. Alternate translation: “his body gleamed like topaz” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
675 10:6 yce2 topaz 0 a blue or yellow gemstone, also known as beryl, peridot, or chrysolite
676 10:6 e9xc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile his face was like lightning 0 His face shone brightly as a bolt of lightning shines. Alternate translation: “his face shone with light as bright as the flash of lightning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
677 10:6 v1ew rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile His eyes were like flaming torches 0 His eyes were bright with light as if they were flaming torches. Alternate translation: “his eyes were so bright that it seemed they had torches burning inside them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
678 10:6 ugr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile his arms and his feet were like polished bronze 0 His arms and feet were as shiny as if they were made of polished bronze. Alternate translation: “his arms and feet shone like polished bronze that reflects the light around it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
679 10:6 vkv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile The sound of his words was like the sound of a great crowd 0 His voice was so loud that it was as if a crowd of people were all talking loudly. Alternate translation: “his voice was as loud as a huge crowd all calling out together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
680 10:8 gpj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive So I was left alone and saw 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “No one was with me, and I saw” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
681 10:8 tiw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive my bright appearance was turned into a ruined look 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “my bright appearance turned into looking ruined” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
682 10:8 pp1z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom my bright appearance 0 This describes the face of someone who is healthy. Alternate translation: “my healthy-looking face” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
683 10:8 fy67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor a ruined look 0 Someone’s unhealthy, pale face is spoken of as if it were a ruined building. Alternate translation: “pale” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
684 10:9 kc4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom I fell on my face in deep sleep 0 Possible meanings are: (1) Daniel was so scared by what he saw that he deliberately laid on the ground, where he then fainted or (2) Daniel fainted and then fell forward onto the ground. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
685 10:10 q7sg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche A hand touched me 0 Here a person’s hand represents that person, probably the man whom Daniel saw in [Daniel 10:5](../10/05.md). Alternate translation: “Someone touched me with his hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
686 10:11 uuf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Daniel, man greatly treasured 0 This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Daniel, you whom God greatly treasures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
687 10:11 r2td greatly treasured 0 much valued and loved
688 10:12 xbp6 you set your mind to understand 0 Alternate translation: “you determined to understand the vision”
689 10:12 n99a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive your words were heard 0 This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “God heard your words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
690 10:13 qc85 prince 0 Here this refers to a spirit who has authority over a human nation. Alternate translation: “spirit prince”
691 10:13 rag2 the kings of Persia 0 This probably refers to the various kings who ruled over nations in the Persian Empire, and who had to obey the king of Persia.
692 10:13 as4y Michael, one of the chief princes 0 Alternate translation: “Michael, on of the chief angels” or “Michael, one of the archangels”
693 10:15 lq7d I turned my face toward the ground 0 “I looked at the ground.” Daniel may have done this to show humble reverence, or because he was afraid.
694 10:16 dt5j One who was like the sons of man 0 This may refer to the one who had just spoken to Daniel. However, some versions interpret it as referring to a different person. Alternate translation: “This one, who looked like a human”
695 10:16 wv9e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom like the sons of man 0 Here this expression refers to human beings in general. Alternate translation: “like a human being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
696 10:16 na7s agony 0 severe emotional suffering
697 10:17 t4pn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion I am your servant. How can I talk with my master? 0 Daniel asks this question meaning that he cannot speak to the angel because he is not the angel’s equal. These sentences can be combined. Alternate translation: “I am not able to answer you because I am only your servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
698 10:17 by59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom there is no breath left in me 0 This idiom refers to breathing. Alternate translation: “I cannot breathe” or “it’s very hard to breathe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
699 10:18 wh3x the one with an appearance of a man 0 Alternate translation: “the one who looked like a human”
700 10:19 j55a Be strong now, be strong 0 The words “be strong” are repeated for emphasis.
701 10:19 w36n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive man greatly treasured 0 This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you whom God greatly treasures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
702 10:19 u5hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive I was strengthened 0 This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I became strong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
703 10:20 tku1 the prince of Persia 0 Here “prince” refers to a spirit who rules and guards a human nation. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Daniel 10:13](../10/13.md). Alternate translation: “the spirit prince of Persia”
704 10:21 k4rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit But I will tell you 0 This implies that the angel will tell Daniel about this immediately, before he goes away. Alternate translation: “But first I will tell you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
705 10:21 gx6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive what is written in the Book of Truth 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Book of Truth says” or “what someone wrote in the Book of Truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
706 10:21 f6mz who shows himself to be strong 0 Alternate translation: “who proves himself to be strong”
707 10:21 x9us There is no one who shows himself to be strong with me against them, except Michael your prince 0 Alternate translation: “Michael your prince is the only one to show himself strong with me against them” or “Michael your prince is the only one who helps me against them”
708 10:21 t5rl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you Michael your prince 0 The word “your” is plural. It refers to Daniel and the rest of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Michael, the prince of your people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
709 10:21 p2z5 Michael your prince 0 “Michael your guardian angel.” Translate “prince” when it refers to Michael as you did [Daniel 10:13](../10/13.md).
710 11:intro ee96 0 # Daniel 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe final prophecy continues in this chapter. The kings of the North and of the South will fight many wars against each other. The king of the South is probably a reference to Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
711 11:1 iik8 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nIn Daniel 11:1 through 12:4, the one who was speaking to Daniel in chapter 10 tells him what is written in the book of truth. This is as he said he would do in [Daniel 10:21](../10/21.md).
712 11:1 rm8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit In the first year of Darius 0 Darius was the King of the Medes. “The first year” refers to the first year that he was king. Alternate translation: “In the first year of the reign of Darius” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
713 11:2 eq9g Three kings will arise in Persia 0 Alternate translation: “Three kings will rule over Persia”
714 11:2 ed2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal a fourth will be far richer than all the others 0 “after them a fourth king will come into power who will have more money than the three before him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
715 11:2 dk4x power 0 This could mean: (1) authority or (2) military power.
716 11:2 e62r he will stir up everyone 0 Alternate translation: “he will cause everyone to want to fight”
717 11:3 l9xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor A mighty king will rise up 0 The idea of rising up or standing is often used for someone who becomes powerful. Alternate translation: “A mighty king will begin to reign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
718 11:3 xg79 who will rule a very great kingdom 0 This could mean: (1) that the size of this kingdom would be very great, or (2) that the king would rule his kingdom with very great power.
719 11:4 ti9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive his kingdom will be broken and divided 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “his kingdom will break apart and divide” or “his kingdom will break apart into pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
720 11:4 ewb2 the four winds of heaven 0 See how you translated this in [Daniel 7:2](../07/02.md).
721 11:4 v3mc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis but not to his own descendants 0 The idea of not being divided and shared out is implied here. Alternate translation: “but it will not be divided for his own descendants” or “but it will not be shared by his own descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
722 11:4 a3z5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive his kingdom will be uprooted for others besides his descendants 0 The kingdom is spoken of as if it were a plant that someone destroyed by uprooting it. This idea can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “another power will uproot and destroy his kingdom and others who are not his descendants will rule over it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
723 11:5 xd9k one of his commanders will become even stronger than he and will rule his kingdom with great power 0 A commander of the king of the South will become the king of the North.
724 11:6 lv1j they will make an alliance 0 The king of the South will make an alliance with the king of the North. This alliance would be a formal agreement that both nations are required to follow. Alternate translation: “the king of the South and the king of the North will promise to work together”
725 11:6 n6pd The daughter of the king of the South will come & to confirm the agreement 0 The king of the South will give his daughter in marriage to the king of the North. The marriage will confirm the agreement between the two kings.
726 11:6 lf4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor her arm’s strength & his arm 0 Here “arm” stands for power. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
727 11:6 d6vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive She will be abandoned 0 This appears to refer to a plot to kill her and those who made the alliance. This phrase may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “They will abandon her” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
728 11:7 dvw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor a branch from her roots 0 This family is spoken of as if it were a tree. The roots represent ancestors, and the branch represents a descendant. Alternate translation: “a descendant of her ancestors” or “one of her descendants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
729 11:7 rfw3 her roots 0 The word “her” refers to the daughter of the king of the South in [Daniel 11:6](../11/06.md).
730 11:7 u8jk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche He will attack the army 0 The word “he” refers to her descendant, and here it also refers to his army. Alternate translation: “He and his army will attack the army of the king of the North” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
731 11:7 jj5j He will fight them 0 Here “them” represents the soldiers of the enemy army. Alternate translation: “He will fight the enemy soldiers”
732 11:9 lpm6 but he will withdraw 0 The word “he” refers to the king of the North.
733 11:10 b8ne His sons 0 Alternate translation: “The sons of the king of the North”
734 11:10 d4ad assemble a great army 0 Alternate translation: “gather together many men who can fight in battles”
735 11:10 t3xu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile will flood everything 0 The way the large army covers the land will be like a flood of water. Alternate translation: “will be so great in number that they will cover all the land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
736 11:11 z45y will raise up a great army 0 Alternate translation: “will assemble a great army”
737 11:11 wzt8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the army will be given into his hand 0 Here “hand” represents the control of the king of the South. Alternate translation: “the king will surrender the army to the king of the South” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
738 11:12 dv6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive The army will be carried off 0 This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “The king of the South will capture the army of the North” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
739 11:12 sc8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor will be lifted up 0 Being lifted up represents the idea of becoming very proud. Alternate translation: “will become very proud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
740 11:12 yul2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy will make tens of thousands to fall 0 Here falling represents dying in battle. Alternate translation: “will have his army kill many thousands of his enemies” or “will kill many thousands of his enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
741 11:12 tj1u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers tens of thousands 0 “many thousands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
742 11:13 lhx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive a great army supplied with much equipment 0 This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a great army that has much equipment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
743 11:14 d4rt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor many will rise against the king 0 Here the idea of rising up represents rebelling. Alternate translation: “many people will rebel against the king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
744 11:14 l5gp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Sons of the violent 0 This expression stands for violent people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
745 11:14 rd3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor they will stumble 0 Here stumbling represents failing. Alternate translation: “they will not succeed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
746 11:15 eu1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche The king of the North will come 0 Here “king of the North” includes his army also. Alternate translation: “The army of the king of the North will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
747 11:15 tqb1 pour out earth for siege mounds 0 This refers to the piling up of earth in order for soldiers to reach the height of city walls in order to attack them. Soldiers and slaves would put loose earth in baskets, carry them to the right place, and pour it out in order to raise the mounds.
748 11:15 f3vi fortifications 0 walls and other things built to defend a city or fort from enemy soldiers
749 11:15 em5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy will not be able to stand 0 Here standing represents the ability to fight. Alternate translation: “will not be able to keep fighting against them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
750 11:16 nm4j the one who comes will act according to his desires against him 0 Alternate translation: “the invading king will do whatever he wants against the other king”
751 11:16 zl4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy He will stand in 0 Here standing represents ruling. Alternate translation: “The king will begin to rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
752 11:16 d31f the land of beauty 0 This refers to the land of Israel. See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:9](../08/09.md).
753 11:16 bmr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor destruction will be in his hand 0 Here “destruction” represents the power to destroy. Also, the power to destroy is spoken of as if it were something that someone could hold in his hand. Alternate translation: “he will have power to destroy anything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
754 11:17 cr5f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom set his face 0 This is an idiom for a person deciding to do something and not being willing to change his mind. Alternate translation: “decide” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
755 11:17 hz1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy come with the strength of his entire kingdom 0 This probably refers to military power. Alternate translation: “come with the force of all his army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
756 11:17 pl8v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom a daughter of women 0 This is an elegant way of saying “a woman.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
757 11:18 y98a will end his arrogance 0 Alternate translation: “will make the king of the North stop being arrogant”
758 11:18 t5p9 will cause his arrogance to turn back upon him 0 Alternate translation: “will cause the king of the North to suffer because he was arrogant toward others”
759 11:19 ef5y he will pay attention 0 Alternate translation: “the king of the North will pay attention”
760 11:19 x9wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom he will not be found 0 This is a way of saying that he will die. This idea can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he will disappear” or “he will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
761 11:20 kdc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor someone will rise up in his place 0 Rising up in a king’s place represents becoming king in place of the previous king. Alternate translation: “another man will become king of the North instead of that king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
762 11:20 j9ng rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit will make a tax collector pass through 0 The tax collector will go through the land forcing people to pay taxes. Alternate translation: “will send someone to make the people pay taxes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
763 11:20 c17c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he will be broken 0 Here “he” refers to the new king. Being broken represents dying. Alternate translation: “the new king will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
764 11:20 j9t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor but not in anger 0 This could mean: (1) no one was angry at the king, or (2) that the occasion and cause of the king’s death were kept secret. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
765 11:21 jzb9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive a despised person to whom the people will not have given the honor of royal power 0 The people will refuse to acknowledge him as king because he is not a descendant of kings. Alternate translation: “a person whom the people will despise and will not honor as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
766 11:22 h918 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive An army will be swept away like a flood from before him 0 Being swept away represents being destroyed. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “His army will completely destroy a great army as a flood destroys everything in its path” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
767 11:22 pp6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Both that army and the leader of the covenant will be destroyed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He will destroy that army and the leader of the covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
768 11:22 kdw5 the leader of the covenant 0 “the leader of the priests.” This phrase refers to the person who filled the most important religious position that God required in his covenant, that of the high priest.
769 11:23 ws3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive From the time an alliance is made with him 0 This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When other rulers make a peace treaty with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
770 11:24 ml78 will spread among his followers 0 Alternate translation: “will distribute to his followers”
771 11:24 e41l the booty, the plunder, and the wealth 0 Alternate translation: “the valuable things that he and his army take from the people they defeat”
772 11:25 gu4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification He will wake up his power and his heart 0 Power and heart (that is, courage) are spoken of as if they were people whom someone could wake up in order to make them act. Alternate translation: “He will make himself powerful and will become courageous” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
773 11:25 xr4i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor heart 0 Here this represents courage. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
774 11:25 l4sg with a great army 0 Alternate translation: “with a great army that he will assemble”
775 11:25 iy35 will wage war 0 Alternate translation: “will fight against him”
776 11:25 a8rn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor he will not stand 0 Not standing represents being defeated. Alternate translation: “the king of the South will be defeated” or “his army will be defeated” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
777 11:26 q6x3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy those who eat his fine food 0 This refers to the king’s advisers. It was usual for a king’s most trusted advisers to eat meals with him. Alternate translation: “the king’s best advisers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
778 11:26 ia23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor His army will be swept away like a flood 0 Here the severe defeat of an army is spoken of as a flood of water that completely sweeps it away. Alternate translation: “The enemy will completely defeat his army” or “His enemy will completely destroy his army as a flood destroys everything in its path” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
779 11:26 vhr4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom many of them will fall killed 0 Here “fall” is an idiom that refers to dying in battle, so “fall” and “killed” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “many of his soldiers will die in battle” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
780 11:27 uf6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor with their hearts set on evil against each other 0 Here “heart” represents a person’s desires. Desires are spoken of here as if they were an object that someone could set or place in a certain position. Alternate translation: “each determined to do evil to the other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
781 11:27 hy3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy will sit at the same table 0 Sitting at the same table represents the act of talking to each other. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
782 11:27 l9y8 but it will be of no use 0 Alternate translation: “but their talking will not help them”
783 11:27 yqf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive For the end will come at the time that has been fixed 0 This tells why their meetings will not be successful. Alternate translation: “The result of their actions will only come at the time that God has fixed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
784 11:28 gj2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy riches, with his heart set against the holy covenant 0 Here “heart” represents the mind or thoughts of a person. The idiom “his heart set against” means to be determined to oppose something. This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: “riches. He will be determined to oppose the holy covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
785 11:28 bn8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy with his heart set against the holy covenant 0 The king’s desire to act against the holy covenant represents his desire to stop the Israelites from obeying that covenant. Alternate translation: “determined to stop the Israelites from obeying the holy covenant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
786 11:28 x22z the holy covenant 0 Here “holy” describes God’s covenant with Israel. It implies that the covenant should be honored and obeyed because it comes from God himself. Alternate translation: “God’s covenant, which all the Israelites should obey”
787 11:28 cg5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit He will act 0 This implies that the king will do certain actions in Israel. Alternate translation: “He will do what he wants to in Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
788 11:30 ql6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ships of Kittim will come against him 0 The ships represent the army coming in those ships. Alternate translation: “an army will come from Kittim in ships in order to fight his army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
789 11:30 vt1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Kittim 0 This may refer to a settlement on the island of Cyprus in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
790 11:30 n36n He will be furious against the holy covenant 0 Alternate translation: “He will hate the holy covenant”
791 11:30 y4cm will show favor to those 0 Alternate translation: “will act in favor for those” or “will help those”
792 11:31 n2xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom His forces will rise up 0 “His army will appear” or “His army will come.” The word “His” refers to the king of the North. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
793 11:31 cjf5 the fortress sanctuary 0 Alternate translation: “the sanctuary that the people use as a fortress”
794 11:31 gq2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor They will take away the regular burnt offering 0 Taking away the offering represents preventing people from offering it. Alternate translation: “They will stop the priests from presenting the regular burnt offering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
795 11:31 e91v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the abomination that causes desolation 0 This refers to an idol that will make the temple desolate, that is, that will cause God to leave his temple. Alternate translation: “the disgusting idol that will cause God to abandon the temple” or “the disgusting thing that will make the temple unclean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
796 11:32 g7nd acted wickedly against the covenant 0 Alternate translation: “wickedly disobeyed the covenant”
797 11:32 qcz6 corrupt them 0 Alternate translation: “persuade them to do evil”
798 11:32 th7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy who know their God 0 Here “know” means “be faithful.” Alternate translation: “who are faithful to their God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
799 11:32 v4tg will be strong and will take action 0 Alternate translation: “will be firm and resist them”
800 11:33 fs3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor they will stumble by the sword and by flame 0 Here “stumble” is a metaphor that represents experiencing a disaster of one kind or another, including death itself. Here “sword” represents battles and warfare, and “flame” represents fire. Alternate translation: “they will die in battle and by burning to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
801 11:33 i91v they 0 This refers to the wise persons among the Israelites.
802 11:33 kc6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor they will stumble into captivity and into being robbed for days 0 Here “stumble” is a metaphor that represents experiencing a disaster of one kind or another, including death itself. The phrase “being robbed” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will become slaves and their enemies will rob them of their possessions for days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
803 11:34 ji6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive they will be helped with a little help 0 This may be put into active form. Alternate translation: “others will give them a little help” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
804 11:34 z23f In hypocrisy many will join themselves with them 0 This refers to other people who will pretend to help the wise persons, but not because they truly wish to help them.
805 11:34 w3l4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor will join themselves 0 Here “join themselves” represents “come to help.” Alternate translation: “will come to help them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
806 11:35 u9tw Some of the wise will stumble & until the time of the end 0 This suffering will continue until the time when God has decided that it will end.
807 11:35 f174 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Some of the wise will stumble 0 Here “stumble” represents experiencing a disaster of one kind or another, including death itself. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
808 11:35 ip6i so that refining will happen to them 0 Here “so that” means “with the result that.” Alternate translation: “with the result that refining will happen to them”
809 11:35 c7it rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns refining will happen to them, and cleansing, and purifying 0 These three activities are expressed here as if they were things. However, they may be expressed as actions, either in passive form or in active form. Alternate translation: “they will be refined, cleansed, and purified” or “their suffering will refine, cleanse, and purify them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
810 11:35 t14z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor refining 0 This refers to the purifying of metal by melting it in a fire. When God makes his people more faithful to himself, this is spoken of as if they were metal that a worker was making more pure by putting it into fire. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
811 11:35 x3zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor cleansing 0 This refers to making people, places, or objects suitable for God’s use by separating them from sin and other forms of evil. It speaks of evil as if it were physical dirtiness that could be removed by washing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
812 11:35 xl1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor purifying 0 This idea is very similar to refining, discussed earlier. Metal that is refined can also be said to be purified. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
813 11:35 p8p8 time of the end 0 “the final days” or “the end of the world.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:17](../08/17.md).
814 11:35 a7hv the appointed time is still to come 0 Here “appointed time” implies that God has set the time. This can be put into active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has set the time in the future”
815 11:36 ytf5 The king will act according to his desires 0 Alternate translation: “The king will do whatever he wants”
816 11:36 pn6u The king 0 This refers to the king of the North.
817 11:36 v9x7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet lift himself up and make himself great 0 The phrases “lift himself up” and “make himself great” mean the same thing and indicate that the king will become very proud. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
818 11:36 sy4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor lift himself up 0 Here this represents becoming very proud. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
819 11:36 z6yk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor make himself great 0 Here this represents pretending to be very important and powerful. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
820 11:36 w4pm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the God of gods 0 This refers to the one true God. Alternate translation: “the supreme God” or “the only true God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
821 11:36 s173 astonishing things 0 Alternate translation: “terrible things” or “shocking things”
822 11:36 m82m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor until the wrath is completed 0 This phrase pictures God as storing up his wrath until his storeroom is completely full of it and he is ready to act according to it. Alternate translation: “until God is completely angry with him” or “until God is angry enough to take action against him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
823 11:37 swa4 the god desirable to women 0 This seems to refer to the pagan god named Tammuz.
824 11:38 a7fh the god of fortresses 0 The king probably believed that this false god would help him to attack other people’s fortresses and keep his own. Alternate translation: “the god that controls fortresses”
825 11:38 zdm8 instead of these 0 The word “these” refers to the gods mentioned in [Daniel 11:37](../11/37.md).
826 11:39 xrm1 he will divide up the land as a reward 0 This could mean: (1) “he will give the land to his followers as a reward” or (2) “he will sell land to his followers”
827 11:40 tuf1 the time of the end 0 “the final days” or “the end of the world.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:17](../08/17.md).
828 11:40 m1zi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche the king of the South & The king of the North 0 These phrases stand for the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “the king of the South and his army … The king of the North and his army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
829 11:40 r8tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor will storm against him 0 Violently attacking with an army is spoken of as if a storm happened. Alternate translation: “will attack him like a violent storm” or “will violently attack him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
830 11:40 nk95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor flood them 0 When an army overruns a country, it is spoken of as if a flood occurred. See how you translated this in [Daniel 11:10](../11/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
831 11:40 pc82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit pass through 0 Nothing will stop the army. Alternate translation: “will pass through the lands with no one to stop him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
832 11:41 w7zh the land of beauty 0 This refers to the land of Israel. See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:9](../08/09.md) and [Daniel 11:16](./16.md).
833 11:41 v51y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy will fall 0 Here falling represents the action of dying. Alternate translation: “will die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
834 11:41 vkd7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy But these will escape from his hand 0 Here “hand” represents power. Alternate translation: “But these will escape from his power” or “But he will not be able to destroy these nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
835 11:42 bs1v General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis is still about the king of the North.
836 11:42 ti2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor He will extend his hand into lands 0 Here “hand” represents power and control. Alternate translation: “He will extend his control over various lands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
837 11:42 ef52 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit into lands 0 Here the idea is many lands or various lands. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
838 11:42 w3i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the land of Egypt will not be rescued 0 This can be put into active form. Alternate translation: “the land of Egypt will not escape” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
839 11:43 n537 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the Libyans and the Cushites will be in his footsteps 0 Here “footsteps” represent submission. Alternate translation: “the Libyans and the Cushites will have to serve him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
840 11:43 qp3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names the Libyans and the Cushites 0 “the people of Libya and Cush.” Libya is a country west of Egypt, and Cush is a country south of Egypt. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
841 11:44 m79f General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis is still about the king of the North.
842 11:44 et68 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns he will go out with great rage 0 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **rage**, you can express the same idea with another word such as “angry.” It can be stated clearly that he would go out with his army. Alternate translation: “he will be very angry and will go out” or “he will become very angry and will go out with his army” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
843 11:44 n5ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy go out 0 To “go out” represents the action of attacking the enemy. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
844 11:44 dsf1 to set many apart for destruction 0 Alternate translation: “to destroy many people”
845 11:45 cil2 the tent of his royal residence 0 This refers to the king’s luxurious tents that he lived in when he was with his army in time of war.
846 11:45 dk8u between the seas and the mountain of the beauty of holiness 0 This probably refers to the region between the Mediterranean Sea and Temple Mount in Jerusalem.
847 11:45 k8sp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy the mountain of the beauty of holiness 0 This refers to the hill in Jerusalem where God’s temple was. See how you translated somewhat similar phrases in [Daniel 9:16](../09/16.md) and [Daniel 9:20](../09/20.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
848 12:intro l8k2 0 # Daniel 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]])
849 12:1 c4hl Michael, the great prince 0 Michael is an archangel. Here he is also given the title “great prince.”
850 12:1 svv2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Michael & will rise up 0 Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to appear. Alternate translation: “Michael … will appear” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
851 12:1 c1ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive your people will be saved 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God will save the people. Alternate translation: “God will save your people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
852 12:1 n3vd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive whose name is found written in the book 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. You can also make it clear that God writes names in the book. Alternate translation: “whose name God has written in the book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
853 12:2 e327 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism those who sleep in the dust of the earth will rise up 0 The phrase “sleep in the dust of the earth” is another way of referring to those who have died. Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to come back to life. Alternate translation: “those who have died will come back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
854 12:3 yt7b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile Those who are wise will shine like the brightness of the sky above 0 This refers to God’s people who will share their wisdom with those around them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
855 12:3 g6t2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor those who turn many to righteousness 0 This refers to those who help others understand that they are separated from God, as if they were changing the direction in which they were going. Alternate translation: “those who teach others to live righteously” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
856 12:3 jd17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile those who turn & are like the stars forever and ever 0 These people are compared to the stars that shine. Alternate translation: “those who turn … will shine brightly like the stars forever and ever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
857 12:4 qed5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy close up these words; keep the book sealed 0 Here “words” represents the book. Alternate translation: “close this book and keep it sealed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
858 12:4 mb3v time of the end 0 “the final days” or “the end of the world.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:17](../08/17.md).
859 12:4 krj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Many will run here and there, and knowledge will increase 0 This seems to happen before “the time of the end” during which time the book is sealed. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Before that happens, many people will travel here and there, learning more and more about many things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
860 12:5 q8a8 General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nDaniel goes on to tell what he saw next in this vision that began in [Daniel 10:1](../10/01.md).
861 12:5 mxu1 there were two others standing 0 Alternate translation: “there were two other angels standing”
862 12:6 d2x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the man clothed in linen 0 This refers to the angel who appeared to Daniel in [Daniel 10:5](../10/05.md), not to one of the angels who is standing beside the river. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who was wearing linen clothes” or “the angel who was wearing linen clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
863 12:6 cw1u upstream along the river 0 This could mean: (1) the angel clothed in linen was above the river or (2) the angel was further upstream along the river.
864 12:6 x2yz How long will it be to the end of these amazing events? 0 “How long will these amazing events last?” This refers to the time from the beginning to the end of the events.
865 12:6 g6y7 these amazing events 0 At the time when the angel spoke to Daniel, none of the events in this vision had happened. This definitely refers to the events in [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md), and may possibly also include the events in the vision from chapter 11.
866 12:7 z28b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive the man clothed in linen 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who was wearing linen clothes” or “the angel who was wearing linen clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
867 12:7 s5j3 the one who lives forever 0 Alternate translation: “God, who lives forever”
868 12:7 i56r it would be for a time, times, and half a time 0 It is best to leave it ambiguous as to when this begins. If you must choose a starting point, the three and a half years probably start with the events of [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md).
869 12:7 rue1 a time, times, and half a time 0 “three and a half years.” These “times” are generally understood to refer to years. One and two and a half equal three and a half.
870 12:7 fme6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive all these things will be completed 0 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all these things will have happened” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
871 12:7 ir93 all these things 0 At the time when the man clothed in linen spoke to Daniel, none of the events in this vision had happened. This refers to the events in [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md), and may include the events in the vision from chapter 11.
872 12:8 as7u My master 0 Daniel refers to the angel clothed in linen as “My master” to show respect to the angel.
873 12:8 cd6n of all these things 0 At the time when the angel clothed in linen spoke to Daniel, none of the events in this vision had happened. This definitely refers to the events in [Daniel 12:1-4](./01.md), and may possibly also include the events in the vision from chapter 11.
874 12:9 g3nw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor for the words are shut up and sealed 0 The vision that was given to Daniel was not to be explained. The book was sealed and no one could access it. Alternate translation: “for you are to close up and seal the words you have written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
875 12:9 c98p the time of the end 0 “the final days” or “the end of the world.” See how you translated this in [Daniel 8:17](../08/17.md).
876 12:10 k53f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Many will be purified, cleansed, and refined 0 Yahweh does the purifying. These three terms mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will purify, cleanse, and refine many people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
877 12:10 nnz4 refined 0 purified by removing anything that does not belong in them
878 12:10 b2dg but the wicked will act wickedly 0 The evil people will do evil or sinful things.
879 12:10 z62c None of the wicked will understand 0 The evil people can not understand spiritual knowledge.
880 12:10 j874 but those who are wise will understand 0 Alternate translation: “but those who obey Yahweh are wise and will understand”
881 12:11 ux9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit the regular burnt offering is & is set up 0 The king of the north is the one who stops the temple sacrifices. Alternate translation: “the king of the North takes away the regular burnt offering and sets up the abomination that causes complete desolation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
882 12:11 cg65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom the abomination that causes complete desolation 0 This refers to an idol that will make the temple desolate, that is, that will cause God to leave his temple. See how you translated this in [Daniel 11:31](../11/31.md). Alternate translation: “the disgusting idol that will cause God to abandon the temple” or “the disgusting thing that will make the temple unclean” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
883 12:11 f32x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers 1,290 days 0 “one thousand two and hundred ninety days” or “twelve hundred and ninety days.” Here “days” refers to a period of time. Most commonly rendered as days, but can also imply years. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
884 12:12 gpx3 Blessed is the one who waits 0 Alternate translation: “Blessed is the person who waits” or “Blessed is anyone who waits”
885 12:12 dy9t who waits 0 Alternate translation: “who remains faithful”
886 12:12 lqv9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers the 1,335 days 0 “one thousand three hundred and thirty-five days” or “thirteen hundred and thirty-five days.” Here “days” is referring to a period of time most commonly rendered as days. However, it can also imply years. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
887 12:13 md7k You must go 0 “Daniel, you must go” This refers to Daniel continuing to live and serve the kings until the appointed time of his death.
888 12:13 gv9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism you will rest 0 This is a gentle way of saying “you will die.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
889 12:13 kjx5 You will rise 0 This is referring to the first resurrection of the dead when the righteous people will be raised up.
890 12:13 vf3x the place assigned to you 0 Alternate translation: “the place God has assigned to you”